|
The complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard your vessel, including
the operating sequences and procedures, design characteristics, a description
of the system, and required personnel will be found in the __________. |
Oil Transfer Procedures Manual |
Code of Federal Regulations |
Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment
Manual |
Crude Oil Washing addendum to the
Certificate of Inspection |
|
You are planning to use a crude oil washing system. What precaution must
be taken with the source tank for the washing machines? |
The inert gas system must lower the
oxygen content in the source tank to a maximum of 12%. |
At least one meter must be decanted
from the source tank. |
The source tank must have been crude
oil washed at least once in the past 150 days. |
The oil in the source tank must be
sampled for compatibility. |
|
Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, the oxygen content in the tank
must be measured at a position __________. |
one meter from the deck |
immediately above the level of the
oil |
in the vent riser |
at the top of the tank |
|
You are crude oil washing on a tanker with an inert gas system. What percentage
of oxygen must the inert gas system produce and deliver to the tanks? |
0 (%) |
5 (%) |
8 (%) |
11 (%) |
|
What is the maximum percent of oxygen, by volume, allowed to be maintained
in the cargo tanks prior to the commencement of crude oil tank washing? |
5 (%) |
12 (%) |
10 (%) |
8 (%) |
|
Tankers that are in service carrying "sour crudes" are faced with
additional problems for their safe operation. One such problem is called "polyphoric
oxidation" what does this result in? |
a second scrubber, known as an alkaline
scrubber, to be added in series to the "normal" scrubber. |
particles of rust in the tanks reaching
a high temperature during "gas free" operations. |
a lighter grade of crude being needed
for tank washing. |
additional time for tank cleaning. |
|
When cleaning a tank by the Butterworth process, you should begin to pump
out the slops __________. |
at the end of the drop schedule |
when the tank is clean |
when the process is finished |
when the process is started |
|
When cleaning cargo tanks with portable machines, how is the machine grounded? |
The water supply hoses contain internal
wires that act as conductors |
The machines must maintain physical
contact with the deck at the Butterworth opening. |
The water jets impinging on the vessel's
structure form a pathway to ground. |
Bonding wires are secured from the
machine to a convenient location on deck. |
|
You are planning to use the crude oil washing system on your tankship. What
is required to prevent electrostatic buildup in the tanks? |
The source tank for the tank cleaning
machines must have least one meter decanted from it. |
The inert gas system must reduce the
oxygen content in the tanks to a maximum of 18%. |
The portable machines must be set
at the proper drop for the first wash before the fixed machines are used. |
The fixed machines must be operated
simultaneously with the portable machines to equalize the electrostatic
potential. |
|
You have water washed your cargo tanks using the fixed machines. What should
you do before using portable machines to clean areas screened from the wash
of the fixed machine by structural members? |
Ventilate the tank to eliminate any
electrostatically charged mist. |
Insure that the tanks are not stripped
until the final wash is started. |
Attach the water supply hose to the
portable machine after the cleaning head is positioned inside the tank. |
Ground the fixed machines to eliminate
any electrostatic buildup on the cleaning head. |
|
You are cleaning the tanks after carrying a cargo of crude oil. Which statement
is TRUE? |
The hoses to portable cleaning machines
should be disconnected before the machines are removed from the tank. |
Washing water should be recirculated
if possible because it has the same electric potential as the cargo tank
being cleaned. |
The principal hazard with steaming
cargo tanks is raising the ambient temperature above the flame point of
the cargo residue. |
Steam cleaning and water washing are
both capable of generating electrostatic charges within a tank. |
|
When tank cleaning with a portable machine, the weight of the machine is
suspended from __________. |
the supply hose |
a wire rope suspension line |
the suspension line, usually manila
or natural fiber line |
solid iron bars clamped to the Butterworth
opening |
|
You have completed a crude oil wash. What action should be taken with the
oil in the lines running to the washing machines? |
Open a COW nozzle forward and one
aft and drain the line into the after tank by gravity |
Blow the line out using compressed
air |
Close off all valves in the system
and leave the oil in the line primed for the next crude oil wash |
Pull a suction using the supply line
pump |
|
What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective use of a crude oil
washing system? |
Decant one meter from the source tank
for the tank cleaning machines. |
Use an inert gas system while washing
tanks. |
Use portable washing machines to reach
areas obscured by structural members in the tanks. |
Strip all tanks and remove the bottom
residue. |
|
In order for you to operate your vessels crude oil wash system, the cargo
tanks to be washed must be which of the following? |
gas free |
inerted |
opened to the atmosphere for ventilation |
full of cargo |
|
Where will the complete details of a crude oil washing system aboard your
vessel, including the operating sequences and procedures, design characteristics,
a description of the system, and required personnel be found? |
Crude Oil Washing addendum to the
Certificate of Inspection |
Oil Transfer Procedures Manual |
Code of Federal Regulations |
Crude Oil Washing Operations and Equipment
Manual |
|
In controlling pollution, which action should be taken after all dirty ballast
has been transferred to the slop tank and prior to discharge through the
oily water separator? |
The clean tanks should be ballasted. |
Chemicals should be added to emulsify
the oil. |
The slops should be allowed time to
settle. |
The dirty ballast tank is crude oil
washed. |
|
You are planning to use the crude oil washing system on your tankship. What
is required to prevent electrostatic buildup in the tanks? |
The source tank for the tank cleaning
machines must have least one meter decanted from it. |
The portable machines must be set
at the proper drop for the first wash before the fixed machines are used. |
The fixed machines must be operated
simultaneously with the portable machines to equalize the electrostatic
potential. |
The inert gas system must reduce the
oxygen content in the tanks to a maximum of 18%. |
|
What type of heat must be applied in order to raise the temperature of water
from 60 degrees F to 180 degrees F? |
latent heat |
sensible heat |
crucial heat |
super heat |
|
You have water washed your cargo tanks using the fixed machines. What should
you do before using portable machines to clean areas screened from the wash
of the fixed machine by structural members? |
Attach the water supply hose to the
portable machine after the cleaning head is positioned inside the tank. |
Ventilate the tank to eliminate any
electrostatically charged mist. |
Ground the fixed machines to eliminate
any electrostatic buildup on the cleaning head. |
Insure that the tanks are not stripped
until the final wash is started. |
|
You are planning to use a crude oil washing system. What precaution must
be taken with the source tank for the washing machines? |
The source tank must have been crude
oil washed at least once in the past 150 days. |
At least one meter must be decanted
from the source tank. |
The inert gas system must lower the
oxygen content in the source tank to a maximum of 12%. |
The oil in the source tank must be
sampled for compatibility. |
|
You have completed a crude oil wash. What action should be taken with the
oil in the lines running to the washing machines? |
Close off all valves in the system
and leave the oil in the line primed for the next crude oil wash |
Blow the line out using compressed
air |
Pull a suction using the supply line
pump |
Open a COW nozzle forward and one
aft and drain the line into the after tank by gravity |
|
Which of the following shall be used to isolate fire hydrant valves on a
crude oil tanker from the crude oil washing system? |
nonreturn valves |
automatic closing valves |
face blanks |
spade blanks |
|
Oil product samples should be taken at the commencement and completion of
loading operations. As the Person in Charge, where should the the final
samples be taken? |
the dock riser |
the shore tank discharge |
the vessel's cargo tanks |
the shore line low points |
|
Which of the terms best describes the process of the production of vapor
above the surface of a boiling cargo due to evaporation on an LNG tanker? |
condensation |
adiabatic |
boil-off |
solidification |
|
If a cargo of kerosene were considered "too lean" to explode,
then it must be which of the following? |
within the "explosive range" |
below the "explosive range" |
above the "lower explosive limit" |
above the "explosive range" |
|
The boiling point of Methane is -161°C. How is the substance carried? |
Normal ambient temperature. |
Fully pressurized. |
Fully refrigerated. |
Atmospheric pressure. |
|
Which of the following would be classified as grade "C" petroleum
product? |
Reid vapor pressure of 7 psia, flash
point of 85°F. |
Reid vapor pressure of 14 psia, flash
point of 60°F. |
Reid vapor pressure of 5 psia, flash
point of 70°F. |
Reid vapor pressure above 8 1/2 psia
but less than 14 psia. |
|
LNG is carried at approximately what temperature? |
-160 degrees C |
-160 degrees K |
-160 degress F |
-160 degrees R |
|
Which of the following is an example of a example of a grade D product? |
kerosene |
aviation gas grade 115/145 |
commercial gasoline |
heavy fuel oil |
|
What is the primary hazard of liquefied petroleum gas and liquefied natural
gas? |
temperature |
flammability |
toxicity |
pressure |
|
What is the primary hazard of liquefied petroleum gas and liquefied natural
gas? |
temperature |
toxicity |
flammability |
pressure |
|
Which of the following defines flammable liquids for the purpose of U.S.
regulations? |
liquids that give off flammable vapors
at or below 80°F (27°C) |
liquids that sustain combustion at
a temperature at or below 100°F (38°C) |
liquids that give off flammable vapors
only above 80°F (27°C) |
liquids that have a Reid vapor pressure
of 18 pounds or more |
|
Which of the following describes a liquified gas? |
A substance that at normal temperature
and pressure would be a gas. |
A liquid that needs to be stored at
absolute zero to prevent it becoming gaseous. |
A liquid that requires to be heated
above normal ambient temperature to make it form a gas. |
A gas that is mixed with another substance
that causes it to liquify. |
|
What is Reid Vapor Pressure? |
exerted by liquid cargo on a cargo
hose body |
the lowest temperature and pressure
that will cause a flammable liquid to give off vapors |
a measurement of the amount of flammable
vapors given off by a liquid at a certain temperature |
exerted by liquid cargo on the sides
of a tank |
|
What is the lowest temperature at which the vapors of a flammable liquid
will ignite and cause self-sustained combustion in the presence of a spark
or flame? |
autoignition temperature |
vaporization temperature |
fire point |
flash point |
|
What grade are most crude oils are classified as? |
A or B |
E |
C or D |
B |
|
Which of the flash points would indicate a grade D combustible liquid? |
160°F |
87°F |
155°F |
65°F |
|
What do the designations A, B, C, D, and E refer to in grades of cargo? |
degrees of quality of petroleum products |
grades of crude oil |
pour point, color, and viscosity index
of petroleum products |
flash point range and Reid vapor pressure
index of petroleum products |
|
What is the standard unit of liquid volume used in the petroleum industry? |
liter |
barrel |
gallon |
drum |
|
Which of the following describes the flash point temperature of a liquid? |
at which a liquid will explode |
at which a liquid will burn steadily |
at which a liquid will give off inflammable
vapors |
that a liquid must reach before it
will flow readily |
|
What is the standard net barrel for petroleum products? |
60 gallons at 100°Saybolt |
48 gallons at 70°Fahrenheit |
50 gallons at 50°Celsius |
42 gallons at 60°Fahrenheit |
|
In what condition is LNG transported? |
At its critical temperature. |
At a pressure in excess of 15.4 PSIA. |
At its boiling point. |
At its vapor stage |
|
What is the most common liquified gas cargo? |
chemical gases |
butane |
ammonia |
hydrocarbons |
|
Which of the following describes one of the principle dangers inherent in
liquified petroleum gas? |
as it warms up it becomes heavier
than air |
the way it reacts with sea water |
its low temperature causes frostbite
or freezing |
the strong odor it produces |
|
What do the designations A, B, C, D, and E grades of cargo define? |
grades of crude oil |
pour point, color, and viscosity index
of petroleum products |
flash point range and Reid vapor pressure
index of petroleum products |
degrees of quality of petroleum products |
|
Grade E combustible liquids have a flash point of __________. |
60°F to 100°F |
80°F to 150°F |
150°F or above |
90°F to 120°F |
|
Grade D combustible liquids have a maximum flash point of __________. |
100°F |
80°F |
109°F |
149°F |
|
Most liquified gas cargoes are flammable, and are carried at or close to
their boiling point. What will happen if they are released into the atmosphere? |
result in sloshing in the tank which
could make the ship unstable |
burn, if it's within its flammable
range and has an ignition source |
freeze and possibly cause structural
damage |
allow air to enter the system causing
polymerization |
|
The designations A, B, C, D, and E grades of cargo refer to the __________. |
pour point, color, and viscosity index
of petroleum products |
flash point range and Reid vapor pressure
index of petroleum products |
degrees of quality of petroleum products |
grades of crude oil |
|
Which of the following grade classifications is assigned to Camphor oil? |
A |
C |
D |
E |
|
Which product is most likely to accumulate static electricity? |
Residual fuel oil |
Lubricating oil |
Crude oil |
Hard asphalt |
|
Most crude oils are classified as grade __________. |
E |
A or B |
C or D |
B |
|
A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 85°F. This is a grade __________. |
B flammable liquid |
C flammable liquid |
D combustible liquid |
E combustible liquid |
|
Flammable liquid means any liquid which gives off flammable vapors at or
below __________. |
40°F (4.4°C) |
80°F (26.7°C) |
110°F (43.3°C) |
150°F (65.6°C) |
|
Combustible liquids are divided into how many grades? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Four |
|
Combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a flash point above __________. |
40°F ( 4°C) |
80°F (27°C) |
110°F (43°C) |
150°F (66°C) |
|
A combustible liquid with a flash point of 90°F would be grade __________. |
B |
C |
D |
E |
|
A flammable liquid having a Reid vapor pressure of 8½ P.S.I.A. or less and
a flash point of 80°F or below is grade __________. |
A |
B |
C |
D |
|
A petroleum liquid has a flash point of 135°Fahrenheit. This liquid is classed
as a grade __________. |
B flammable liquid |
C flammable liquid |
D combustible liquid |
E combustible liquid |
|
Butadiene, inhibited, is labeled as a __________. |
flammable gas |
flammable liquid |
combustible liquid |
flammable solid |
|
The vapor pressure of a substance __________. |
increases with the temperature |
may increase or decrease as the temperature
rises |
is not affected by temperature |
decreases as temperature increases |
|
When referring to quantity of barite in a P-tank, ullage is the __________. |
total weight of barite in UPC (ullages
per centimeter) |
distance of the barite surface above
the tank bottom |
distance of the barite surface below
the tank cover |
percentage of barite in the tank |
|
The vapor pressure of a gas is defined as the pressure necessary to keep
it in what state? |
solid state |
soluble state |
liquified state |
inert state |
|
What does the term "oil", as used in the U.S. regulations mean? |
liquefied petroleum gas |
petroleum oil of any kind |
fuel oil only |
crude oil only |
|
Which of the following reacts dangerously with vinyl chloride? |
concentrated nitric acid |
alkalies |
saltwater |
organic acids |
|
A combustible liquid is defined as any liquid having a flash point above
what temperature? |
40°F (4°C) |
80°F (27°C) |
110°F (43°C) |
150°F (66°C) |
|
What is the flash point of a Grade D liquid? |
212°F or greater |
greater than 80°F and less than 150°F |
80°F or less |
150°F or greater but less than 212°F |
|
You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and
pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is TRUE? |
Carbon disulfide may be carried in
NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks. |
A tank of pyridine may be used to
separate a tank of carbon disulfide from a tank of diisopropylamine. |
Pyridine and diisopropylamine may
be carried in tanks having a common header vent. |
Carbon disulfide must be separated
from pyridine by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.). |
|
What is the flash point of vinyl chloride? |
-108°F (-78°C) |
32°F (0°C) |
-20°F (-29°C) |
97°F (36°C) |
|
What happens to the volume of flammable and combustible liquids when temperature
is increased? |
it expands |
it remains constant if pressure remains
constant |
it remains constant |
it contracts |
|
Which factor must be considered when determining the order of loading of
dissimilar products through the same piping system aboard a tanker? |
Reid vapor pressures |
Flash points |
Contamination of the cargo |
Specific gravities |
|
What is the temperature at which a vapor mixture, at a given pressure, begins
to condense? |
boiling point |
critical point |
bubble point |
dew point |
|
Some cargoes can react with air to form unstable oxygen compounds which
could cause them to do which of the following? |
form CO2 |
form water |
explode |
polymerize |
|
Which of the following will be the indication of the tendency of a grade "B"
product to vaporize? |
flammable range |
ignition temperature |
convection index |
flash point |
|
Which of the following describes the relationship between the vapor pressure
of a substance and temperature? |
increases with the temperature |
is not affected by temperature |
decreases as temperature increases |
may increase or decrease as the temperature
rises |
|
What is the general name given to propane, butane, and mixtures of the two? |
LNG |
NGL |
LEG |
LPG |
|
Which of the following describes one of the principle dangers inherent in
liquified petroleum gas? |
as it warms up it becomes heavier
than air |
its low temperature causes frostbite
or freezing |
the way it reacts with sea water |
the strong odor it produces |
|
Which of the following is a characteristic of Methane gas? |
it is corrosive |
it is odorless |
it is volatile |
it is active |
|
The fitting at the end of a cargo line in a tank that allows suction to
be taken close to the bottom of a tank is a __________. |
bell-mouth |
vacuum valve |
strainer |
suction end |
|
The system of valves and cargo lines in the bottom piping network of a tank
vessel that connects one section of cargo tanks to another section is called
a __________. |
runaround |
crossover |
manifold |
come-along |
|
The pipe used to connect two separate piping systems on a tank vessel is
known as a __________. |
crossover |
connection |
transfer |
junction |
|
The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold directly to a cargo
tank and serves only one tank is known as a __________. |
branch line |
tank drop |
filler line |
cargo fill |
|
The main underdeck pipeline on a tankship is connected to individual tanks
by __________. |
line drops |
crossovers |
tank drops |
branch lines |
|
The piping that routes an oil cargo from the manifold to underdeck pipelines
is known as a __________. |
branch line |
cargo fill |
line drop |
transfer |
|
Pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the dock should be prevented
by __________. |
tying off the topping lifts and runners
to winch heads |
laying out an excess length of hose
on deck |
adjusting the hose supports |
All of the above. |
|
A single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks off the pipe
or allows a full flow passage of a liquid through the pipe is referred to
as a __________. |
blind flange |
pivot coupling |
spectacle flange |
quick-release coupling |
|
The main function of a stripping system is to __________. |
dispose of dangerous vapors within
the cargo tanks |
maintain the temperature of the cargo
throughout the vessel |
discharge liquid left in the cargo
tanks after the main pumps have discharged the bulk |
increase the loading rate of the shoreside
pumps |
|
What will NOT increase friction of a liquid flowing in a pipe and cause
a loss of suction head? |
Slowing the pumping rate |
Bends in the piping |
Pipeline valves |
Backing rings for pipe welds |
|
Your non-oceangoing vessel is required to have a fixed piping system to
discharge oily mixtures ashore. What is required at each outlet of this
system? |
A non-return valve |
A stop valve |
A 5-gallon can or a fixed containment
system |
A means to stop each pump |
|
Insulating flanges minimize the dangers arising from which of the following? |
smoking on deck |
accumulations of electrostatic charges |
loading asphalt |
tank over-pressurization |
|
What is the most commonly used material for valve construction in LNG cargo
piping? |
9% nickel alloy steel. |
Stainless steel. |
Aluminum. |
5% nickel alloy steel. |
|
What should you use when hooking up a cargo hose to your vessel manifold? |
international shore connection |
oxygen analyzer |
insulating flange or single length
of non-conducting hose |
self-contained breathing apparatus |
|
In accordance with regulations, what is the required bursting pressure of
a cargo hose used for transferring liquefied gases? |
4 times the pressure of the cargo
pump used for transferring |
5 times the minimum working pressure
on the hose during cargo transfer |
one half the designed working pressure |
5 times the maximum working pressure
on the hose during cargo transfer |
|
On a vapor control system, what must each vessel's vapor connection flange
have? |
pressure gauge permanently attached
to the flange |
hose saddle |
stud at least 1" long projecting
from the flange face |
6" reducer |
|
What is the first action you should take to prevent oil from escaping into
the sea when ballasting through the cargo piping system? |
open sluice valves, then start the
cargo pump |
open block valves, then start the
cargo pump |
start the cargo pump, then open sea
suction valves |
open sea suction valves, then start
the cargo pump |
|
A relief valve for a cargo pump is generally installed __________. |
between the pump and suction valve |
after the discharge valve |
between the pump and discharge valve |
after the suction valve |
|
Branch venting from safety relief valves on barges shall be constructed
to discharge the gas at a vertical height above the weather deck to a minimum
of __________. |
6 feet |
8 feet |
10 feet |
12 feet |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning deep well self-priming pumps? |
When loading oil cargo, it is always
loaded via the discharge line through to the pump until the tank is topped
off. |
In recent years deep well pumps have
become increasingly unpopular in product tankers and medium size crude ships. |
Stripping systems are generally eliminated
for the purposes of cargo handling. |
There is no danger of damaging the
pump from overheating. |
|
Which statement about a centrifugal cargo pump is TRUE? |
It is a positive displacement pump. |
Increasing rotation speed will decrease
discharge pressure. |
It must have a positive suction. |
All of the above. |
|
What is a characteristic of all centrifugal cargo pumps? |
Decreasing the speed of rotation will
decrease the discharge pressure. |
Opening the discharge valve wider
will increase the discharge pressure. |
They are self-priming. |
All of the above. |
|
What is NOT an advantage of centrifugal pumps over reciprocating pumps? |
They pump more cargo in less time. |
They require priming for stripping. |
They are less expensive. |
They are smaller for equivalent pumping
ability. |
|
Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers? |
They are more expensive than reciprocating
pumps. |
They are used for stripping pumps. |
They require extensive maintenance. |
They are gravity-fed. |
|
Which pump must always be primed? |
Centrifugal pump |
Reciprocating pump |
Rotary pump |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tank vessels? |
They are positive displacement pumps. |
They are gravity-fed. |
They require more maintenance than
a reciprocating pump. |
They produce a pulsating flow. |
|
Centrifugal pumps have what advantage(s) over reciprocating pumps? |
They pump more cargo in less time. |
They are smaller for equivalent pumping
ability. |
They are less expensive. |
All of the above. |
|
A deepwell pump is a type of __________. |
gear pump |
centrifugal pump |
screw pump |
eductor |
|
All of the following steps are taken in starting a centrifugal pump, EXCEPT
to __________. |
check the lubrication system |
vent the pump casing |
set the relief valve |
open the pump suction and discharge
valves |
|
You may be able to avoid loss of suction in a pump by __________. |
using a full tank to keep the pump
primed |
opening the vent cock on the pump |
closing down on the tank valve |
All of the above. |
|
You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works for
a while and then loses suction. This could be caused by __________. |
the pump running backwards |
the discharge head being too high |
incomplete priming |
All of the above. |
|
Which method should be used to warm up the pump turbines prior to discharge? |
Run the turbine at slow speed with
the pump disconnected |
Shut the discharge valve and run the
pump at slow speed |
Lock the turbine rotor and slowly
bleed in steam until operating temperature is reached |
Run the pump at high speed with the
discharge valves closed |
|
What is LEAST likely to be used to strip a cargo tank? |
Centrifugal pump |
Reciprocating pump |
Eductor |
Rotary pump |
|
On what type of pump would you find an impeller? |
Piston |
Vane |
Gear |
Centrifugal |
|
If two centrifugal pumps, driven by two independent electric motors, operating
at unequal speeds are discharging an inflammable liquid through a common
discharge line, the higher speed pump may cause the slower pump to do which
of the following? |
overspeed the driving end |
turn backward |
overheat |
stop |
|
Steam driven pumps are considered, by regulations, sources of vapor ignition
if the steam temperature is at least what temperature? |
100°C |
1200°F |
212°F |
500°F |
|
Which of the following conditions would be hazardous if you were using two
centrifugal pumps to discharge a flammable liquid? |
Each pump operating at a different
speed and taking suction from a common line. |
Each pump operating at a different
speed and discharging into a common line. |
Both pumps operating at the same speed
and discharging into a common line. |
Both pumps operating at the same speed
taking suction from a common line. |
|
On many modern tankers, which of the following devices is used to reduce
cargo pump leakage to the pump room bilge? |
Clipper seals |
Flinger rings |
Shaft sleeves |
Mechanical seals |
|
Which statement is TRUE of centrifugal pumps aboard tankers? |
They are more expensive than reciprocating
pumps. |
They are used for stripping pumps. |
They are used for stripping pumps. |
They are gravity-fed. |
|
Which of the following statements concerning deep well cargo pumps is correct? |
A pumproom is not necessary. |
The prime mover is connected at the
lower portion of the shaft. |
The impeller is located at the upper
end of the shaft. |
Special priming provisions are necessary. |
|
The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump
to assist the discharging operation. You start the discharge, and in a few
minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of which of the
following? |
booster pump coming on the line and
discharging properly |
booster pump being lined up in the
wrong direction |
ships pump speeding up |
booster pump failing to start |
|
What are submerged LNG pump bearings lubricated by? |
silicon grease |
graphite |
LNG |
Low Temp-a special cryogenic lubricant |
|
What is the purpose of pressure-vacuum relief valves? |
Automatic regulation of pressure or
vacuum in enclosed spaces. |
Regulation of discharge pressure from
cargo pumps |
Maintaining constant velocity in cargo
lines |
Regulation of suction head on cargo
pumps |
|
To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, the valve should
be __________. |
set up as tight as possible by hand |
closed against the stop and the locking
pin inserted |
closed, opened a half turn, and then
closed again |
set up tight using a valve wrench |
|
The valve on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a tank vessel will usually
be a __________. |
gate valve |
check valve |
butterfly valve |
globe valve |
|
What is TRUE of pressure/vacuum valves? |
They are designed to provide for the
flow of small volumes of tank atmospheres caused by thermal variations in
a cargo tank. |
They should operate in advance of
the pressure/vacuum breakers. |
They should be kept in good working
order by regular inspection and cleaning. |
All of the above. |
|
What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo pump? |
Permits the return of cargo to the
suction side of the pump |
Provides for the removal of vapors |
Allows two or more tanks to be filled
at the same time |
Provides for the emergency shutdown
of the pump |
|
Cargo pump relief valves are piped to the __________. |
atmosphere through pump vents |
crossover lines interconnecting two
pumps |
cargo pump pressure gauges |
suction side of pumps |
|
Which characteristic is an advantage of a butterfly valve as compared to
a gate valve? |
No resistance to cargo flow when open |
Precise control over cargo flow |
Quick operation |
Less maintenance required |
|
What is an advantage of a gate valve over a butterfly valve? |
Less frequent maintenance |
More compact |
Faster operation |
Cheaper |
|
A device fitted over the discharge opening on a relief valve consisting
of one or two woven wire fabrics is called a flame __________. |
filter |
restrictor |
stopper |
screen |
|
What is the proper direction of flow through a globe valve when the valve
is installed to be in a normally open position? |
From above the seat |
From below the seat |
Depends on seat configuration |
Direction is unimportant |
|
Remote controls for quick-closing shut off valves are required in how many
location(s)? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What type of valve will usually be on the discharge side of a cargo pump
on a tank vessel? |
gate valve |
globe valve |
check valve |
butterfly valve |
|
Which of the following applies to cargo tank safety valves? |
can be opened by pilot valves |
are not held closed by tank pressure |
are not to be "popped" in
port |
All of the above. |
|
What is a single fitting installed in a pipeline that either blanks off
the pipe or allows a full flow passage of a liquid through the pipe? |
spectacle flange |
pivot coupling |
quick-release coupling |
blind flange |
|
What is TRUE of pressure/vacuum valves? |
They should be kept in good working
order by regular inspection and cleaning. |
They should operate in advance of
the pressure/vacuum breakers. |
They are designed to provide for the
flow of small volumes of tank atmospheres caused by thermal variations in
a cargo tank. |
All of the above. |
|
Pressure-vacuum relief valves on tank vessel cargo tanks should be kept
in good working order to prevent __________. |
escape of explosive vapors |
oil spillage on deck |
contamination from other tanks |
damage to tank boundaries |
|
The periodic weight testing of a vessel's cargo booms may be performed by
the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Society of Naval Architects and Marine
Engineers |
National Cargo Bureau |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
What would you use to adjust the height of a cargo boom? |
Topping lift |
Spanner guy |
Working guy |
Lizard |
|
What is meant by the term "topping the boom"? |
Spotting the boom over the deck |
Swinging the boom athwartships |
Lowering the boom |
Raising the boom |
|
What is meant by "spotting the boom"? |
Two-blocking it |
Lowering it into a cradle |
Spotting it with wash primer and red
lead |
Placing it in a desired position |
|
The process of lowering a boom to a horizontal position and onto its deck
support is called __________. |
collaring a boom |
cradling a boom |
toppling a boom |
spotting a boom |
|
The heel block is located __________. |
at the base of the boom |
near the spider band |
near the midships guy |
at the cargo hook |
|
The head block is located __________. |
at the base of the boom |
on top of the jack staff |
at the head of the boom |
at the head of the mast |
|
A band or collar on the top end of a boom to which the topping lift, midships
guy, and outboard guys are secured, is called the __________. |
spider band |
guy band |
collar band |
pad eye collar |
|
Which part of a cargo boom has the greatest diameter? |
It has the same diameter along its
complete length. |
Head |
Heel |
Middle |
|
What is required to be stenciled at the heel of a cargo boom? |
Date of the last quadrennial test |
Maximum angle of elevation permitted |
Maximum load when doubled up |
Safe working load |
|
The safe working load for the assembled cargo gear and the minimum angle
to the horizontal for which the gear is designed shall be marked on the
__________. |
head of the boom |
heel of the boom |
deck |
mast or king post |
|
The fitting that allows a boom to move freely both vertically and laterally
is called the __________. |
swivel |
spider band |
gooseneck |
lizard |
|
The main advantage and chief characteristic of a Steulchen boom is that
it can be __________. |
operated by one winchman |
collared to the mast |
cradled on deck |
swung from one hatch to the adjacent
hatch |
|
With a given load on the cargo hook, the thrust on a cargo boom __________. |
is greatest at an angle of 45° and
decreases as the boom is raised or lowered |
increases as the angle to the horizontal
increases |
is least at an angle of 45° and increases
as the boom is raised or lowered |
increases as the angle to the horizontal
decreases |
|
The greatest strain, when lifting a load with the jumbo purchase, is on
__________. |
the parts in the movable block |
the hauling part because it must absorb
the frictional losses of all the sheaves |
the standing part because it is directly
connected to the weight |
all of the parts, dividing the load
equally |
|
For a given weight of cargo, the stress on the heel block of a cargo boom
__________. |
is determined by the thrust stresses
on the boom |
increases as the cargo closes the
head while hoisting |
increases if the cargo runner is doubled
up |
decreases as the boom is topped to
a greater angle |
|
The greatest horizontal stress between the heads of the booms in the yard
and stay rig occurs when the load is in such a position that the __________. |
stay fall is at a greater angle to
the horizontal than the yard fall |
stay fall is vertical |
yard fall is at a greater angle to
the horizontal than the stay fall |
falls are at an equal angle to the
horizontal |
|
You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the
stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses
when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE? |
The thrust on the boom is greater
at 20°. |
The stress on the head block is greater
at 60°. |
The angle of elevation does not change
the stresses in the masthead fairlead for the topping lift. |
The stress on the heel block is greater
at 60°. |
|
You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the
stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses
when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is true? |
The change in angle of elevation has
no effect on the stresses in the head block. |
The thrust on the boom is greater
at 20°. |
The stress on the heel block is less
at 60°. |
The stress on the topping lift is
greater at 60°. |
|
You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the
stresses in the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses
when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE? |
The stress on the heel block is less
at 20°. |
The thrust on the boom is greater
at 20°. |
The stress on the topping lift is
greater at 60°. |
The stress on the masthead fairlead
for the topping lift is greater at 20°. |
|
You are lifting a one-ton weight with a swinging boom. When comparing the
stresses on the rig with the boom at 20° to the horizontal to the stresses
when the boom is at 60° to the horizontal, which statement is TRUE? |
The stress on the topping lift is
greater at 60°. |
The stress on the heel block is less
at 20°. |
The stress on the head block is less
at 60°. |
The thrust on the boom is greater
at 60°. |
|
The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended, thumb pointing
downwards, flexing fingers in and out. This is the signal to __________. |
lower the load and raise the boom |
raise the load and lower the boom |
lower the boom and raise the load |
raise the boom and lower the load |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended with the
palm down and holds this position rigidly. This is the signal to __________. |
lower |
stop |
hoist |
swing |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to hoist? |
With forearm vertical and forefinger
pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Extend arm with fingers closed and
thumb pointing upward. |
With arm extended downwards and forefinger
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Place both fists in front of body
with the thumbs pointing upward. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to use the main hoist? |
First tap your elbow with one hand,
and then proceed to use regular signals. |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is desired. |
Use one hand to give any motion signal,
and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal. |
First tap the top of your head with
your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to lower? |
With forearm vertical and forefinger
pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
With arm extended downwards and forefinger
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Extend arm and point finger in the
direction to move the boom. |
Extend arm with thumb pointing downward,
and flex fingers in and out. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to use the whip line? |
First tap your elbow with one hand,
and then proceed to use regular signals. |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is
desired. |
Use one hand to give any motion signal,
and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal. |
First tap the top of your head with
your fist, and then proceed to use regular signals. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom and lower the
load? |
Extend arm with the palm down and
hold this position rigidly. |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is
desired. |
Clasp hands in front of your body. |
Place both fists in front of your
body with thumbs pointing toward each other. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to move slowly? |
First tap the top of your head with
your fist and then proceed to use regular signals. |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up, and flex the fingers in and out for as long as the load movement is
desired. |
Use one hand to give any motion signal,
and place the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving the motion
signal. |
First tap your elbow with one hand
and then proceed to use regular signals. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to stop? |
Extend arm with the palm down and
hold this position rigidly. |
Clasp hands in front of your body. |
Place both fists in front of your
body with the thumbs pointing outward. |
With both arms extended out and palms
down, move arms back and forth. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to dog everything? |
Extend arm with the palm down and
hold this position rigidly. |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up, and flex the fingers in and out. |
Place both fists in front of your
body with thumbs pointing toward each other. |
Clasp hands in front of your body. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom? |
With arm extended and fingers closed,
point thumb downward. |
With arm extended downwards and forefinger
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
With hands clasped in front of your
body. |
Extend arm with the palm down, and
hold this position rigidly. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to swing? |
Place both fists in front of the body
with the thumbs pointing outward. |
With arm extended downwards and forefinger
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Extend arm and point finger in the
direction to move the boom. |
With both arms extended out and palms
down, move arms back and forth. |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended and is
pointing his finger in the direction to move the boom. This is the signal
to __________. |
hoist |
extend |
swing |
lower |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to raise the boom? |
Extend arm with the thumb pointing
up and flex the fingers in and out. |
With forearm vertical and forefinger
pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Extend arm with fingers closed and
point thumb upward. |
Place both fists in front of the body
with the thumbs pointing upward. |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to lower the boom and raise the
load? |
With forearm vertical and forefinger
pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
Extend arm and point finger in the
direction to move the boom. |
Extend arm with thumb pointing downward
and flex fingers in and out. |
With arm extended downwards and forefinger
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended downwards,
forefinger pointing down, and moves his hand in small horizontal circles.
This is the signal to __________. |
hoist |
lower |
extend |
swing |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his forearm vertical, forefinger
pointing up, and moves his hand in a small horizontal circle. This is the
signal to __________. |
extend |
lower |
swing |
hoist |
|
How should you signal the crane operator to stop in an emergency? |
Extend arm with the palm down and
hold this position rigidly. |
Place both fists in front of the body
with the thumbs pointing outward. |
Extend arm and move hand rapidly right
and left with the palm down. |
Place clasped hands in front of your
body. |
|
The signal man assisting a crane operator has his arm extended with his
fingers closed and thumb pointing upward. This is the signal to __________. |
check the boom stop |
raise the hook |
raise the boom and hook |
raise the boom |
|
The signal man has both arms extended out, palms down, and is moving his
arms back and forth. This is the signal for __________. |
emergency stop |
swing right |
keep lifting |
swing left |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, with the
thumb pointing up, and is flexing his fingers in and out for as long as
the load movement is desired. This is the signal to __________. |
raise the boom and lower the load |
lower the boom and lower the load |
raise the boom and raise the load |
lower the boom and raise the load |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator uses one hand to give any motion
signal and places the other hand motionless in front of the hand giving
the motion signal. This is the signal to __________. |
increase speed |
proceed with caution |
stop |
move slowly |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his arm extended, his fingers
closed, and his thumb pointing downward. This is the signal to __________. |
lower the load |
hoist the load |
raise the boom |
lower the boom |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps his elbow with one
hand and then proceeds to use regular signals. This is the signal to __________. |
use the main hoist |
use the whip line |
proceed slowly |
increase speed |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator first taps the top of his head
with his fist and then proceeds to use regular signals. This is the signal
to __________. |
use the main hoist |
use the whip line |
proceed slowly |
use the auxiliary line |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has one hand occupied and one
fist in front of his chest with the thumb pointing outward and is tapping
his chest with the heel of his fist. This is the signal to __________. |
hoist the boom |
extend the boom |
retract the boom |
lower the boom |
|
The signal man assisting the crane operator has his hands clasped in front
of his body. This is the signal to __________. |
stop |
prepare for signal |
dog everything |
stand-by |
|
What does item "K" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Cargo snaking cables |
Manual slewing cables |
Rider block taglines |
Jib luffing cables |
|
What does item "G" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Pillar |
Turntable |
Pedestal |
Mast |
|
What does item "E" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Tagline |
Cargo snaking wire |
Electric cable |
Hook release cable |
|
What does item "A" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Slewing cable |
Cargo hoist falls |
Remote block tagline system |
Boom luffing falls |
|
Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function? |
Luff travel limits |
Turntable limits |
Slew travel limits |
All of the above. |
|
Pedestal cranes have limit switches to restrict the movement of which function? |
Slew travel limits |
Slew rate limits |
Swivel power limits |
Luff rate limits |
|
What does item "C" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Equalizing beam |
Block/hook assembly |
Hoist fall spreader |
Rider block |
|
What does item "D" refer to in illustration D045DG of a 30-ton
pedestal crane? |
Hook block |
Heel block |
Gin block |
Rider block |
|
The crane manufacturer's operating tables are posted near the __________. |
crane controls |
crane pedestal |
main deck |
wire-rope locker |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal
crane? |
Taglines are wire rope purchases that
raise and lower the topping lift. |
Taglines are wire ropes payed-out
or taken-in for positioning the crane pedestal. |
Taglines are wire rope purchases that
raise and lower the jib. |
Taglines can be fastened to the corners
of vehicles or containers during cargo operations. |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning a tagline as used with a 30-ton pedestal
crane? |
The taglines are wire rope purchases
that raise and lower the topping lift. |
Taglines are wire rope purchases that
raise and lower the jib. |
The crane might not have taglines
installed in its rigging system. |
Taglines can be fastened to the corners
of the jib when lifting containers. |
|
What is the maximum weight the 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in
illustration D051DG can lift when married together in twin with the other
pair of cranes at the opposite end of the hatch? |
30 tons |
90 tons |
120 tons |
60 tons |
|
Which safety precaution(s) should be observed during crane operations? |
Using the proper slings or other lifting
devices during cargo operations |
Checking for proper lifting from beneath
the load during cargo operations |
Relaying communications to port agents
on the pier during cargo hoists |
All of the above. |
|
When a cargo boom or crane is rated at varying capacities, there will be
a table at the controls which relates safe working load to __________. |
cable strength |
winch speed |
boom strength |
load radius |
|
Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown
in illustration D047DG? |
Crane house assembly |
Foundation assembly |
Turntable assembly |
All of the above. |
|
It is the responsibility of the crane operator to, at all times, be aware
of the location of the __________. |
boom |
hook |
load |
All of the above. |
|
What is the maximum weight the 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in
illustration D049DG can lift in the twin mode? |
15 tons |
30 tons |
60 tons |
120 tons |
|
Which of the following is/are the component(s) of a twin crane set as shown
in illustration D047DG? |
Hook block assembly |
Boom assembly |
Operator's cab |
All of the above. |
|
What should be given, as a minimum, to personnel who are involved in crane
cargo handling? |
Protective head gear, gloves, and
steel-toed safety shoes |
A life preserver for going aloft to
work on the crane |
A survival suit for work on the stern
or side port |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following is/are the optional component(s) of a twin crane
set as shown in illustration D047DG? |
Rider block tagline system |
Hook block assembly |
Boom assembly |
All of the above. |
|
The load chart of a crane enables the operator to combine the load radius
with boom length to determine the __________. |
allowable load |
maximum counter weight required |
hoist rope strength |
minimum horsepower required |
|
The 30 ton capacity pedestal cranes shown in the illustration D047DG can
lift a maximum weight of how many tons in the single mode? |
120 tons |
60 tons |
30 tons |
15 tons |
|
On a ship's crane, the load chart relates the allowable load to the combination
of the boom length and __________. |
winch speed |
boom strength |
cable strength |
load radius |
|
When should a crane boom-up so high that the boom hits the stops? |
Only if the load has not exceeded
the limit at that angle |
Never |
Only if necessary to perform a given
lift |
Only if the load contains non-hazardous
materials |
|
The boom stops on a pedestal crane prevent the boom from __________. |
being raised too high |
swinging at sea |
overloading when not in use |
being lowered too low |
|
For any given pedestal crane, when the boom is lengthened, the lifting capacity
is __________. |
decreased |
eliminated |
unchanged |
increased |
|
The boom indicator on a crane will indicate the __________. |
direction of the boom |
length of the boom |
angle of the boom |
lifting capacity of the boom |
|
The boom indicator tells the operator at what angle the boom is compared
to the __________. |
horizontal position of the load being
lifted |
vertical position of the load being
lifted |
horizontal position of the boom |
vertical position of the boom |
|
Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding crane operations? |
The aft cranes can be operated from
the aft steering station. |
The forward cranes can be operated
from the bridge. |
Radio communications allow the crane
operator to disregard the use of hand signals. |
The crane operators and signalman
must be familiar with the correct hand signals. |
|
Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations? |
Pre-operation checks and start-up |
Removing booms from stowage |
Luff, slew, and hoist operations |
All of the above. |
|
Which action(s) is/are included in crane operations? |
Removing booms from stowage |
Emergency shutdown operation |
Normal boom stowage and shutdown operations |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal
cranes? |
Each single boom is of the partial-level
luffing type and is capable of limited rotation. |
A slew drive system provides for rotation
of each crane. |
An independent slew drive system rotates
the turntable. |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal
cranes? |
Maintenance logs and records are to
be kept for each crane. |
A slew drive system provides for rotation
of each crane. |
Each single boom is of the partial-level
luffing type and is capable of limited rotation. |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding a twin pedestal
crane set? |
The cranes may be interconnected for
twin operation. |
The cranes may be operated independently. |
When twinned, the crane rotation on
the foundation assembly is unlimited. |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are FALSE regarding a twin pedestal
crane set? |
The cranes may be interconnected for
twin operation. |
The cranes may be operated independently. |
The cranes are powered by independent
internal combustion power units. |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding twin pedestal
cranes? |
Each crane is supplied with luff,
hoist, and slew functions for crane load handling. |
An independent slew drive system rotates
the turntable. |
A slew drive system provides for rotation
of each crane. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE regarding the operation of a crane? |
The cargo block is raised and lowered
by the luffing winch. |
The crane jib is raised and lowered
by the luffing winch. |
The crane jib is raised and lowered
by a jibing winch. |
The crane jib is raised and lowered
by the hoisting winch. |
|
Which statement is FALSE regarding the operation of a crane? |
The cargo block is raised and lowered
by the luffing winch. |
The cargo block is raised and lowered
by the hoisting winch. |
The crane jib is raised and lowered
by the luffing winch. |
None of the above |
|
Which statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding the operation of a crane? |
The cargo block is raised and lowered
by the luffing winch. |
The crane jib is raised and lowered
by the hoisting winch. |
The load is handled by the hoisting
winch and cargo block. |
All of the above. |
|
Who should be notified prior to starting up a crane? |
The engine room |
The stevedore foreman |
The pumpman |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations? |
Cargo handlers must be outfitted with
adequate protection from personal injury. |
Do not exceed rated load capacity
of crane and container spreader or slings. |
During any cargo handling operation,
the safety of personnel is paramount. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations? |
Lifting points on all equipment must
be safely checked prior to commencing a lift. |
Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or
containers prior to lifting needs to be properly secured so as to prevent
shifting during transport. |
Never exceed crane manufacturer's
limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement(s) is/are TRUE concerning crane cargo operations? |
Never exceed crane manufacturer's
limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs. |
Lifting points on all equipment need
not be checked prior to commencing a lift. |
Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or
containers prior to lifting need not be secured. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement(s) is/are FALSE concerning crane cargo operations? |
Never exceed crane manufacturer's
limits concerning the safe working loads of cargo jibs. |
Cargo loaded into vehicles and/or
containers prior to lifting need not be secured. |
Lifting points on all equipment must
be safely checked prior to commencing a lift. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the tandem working arrangement of pedestal
cranes when completing a quad lift? |
The discharge is slow due to the size
of the cargo and all the cranes working together. |
The cargo discharge cannot be performed
at anchor. |
The cranes require shoreside assistance
to handle heavy cargos. |
The cargo discharge cannot be accomplished
without pendulation. |
|
Which action(s) should the operator of a pedestal crane take if crane control
is lost? |
Let go of both control levers and
return to neutral position. |
Press the emergency stop. |
Notify the mate on watch. |
All of the above. |
|
During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown
operations? |
Bunkering |
More than 3° list |
High winds |
Potable water spill on deck |
|
During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown
operations? |
Potable water spill on deck |
Crane hydraulic hose bursts |
Trim greater than 4 feet |
Bunkering barge alongside |
|
During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown
operations? |
Lightning |
Fire aboard |
High winds |
All of the above. |
|
During which condition should the operator of a pedestal crane shutdown
operations? |
Lightning in the vicinity |
An approaching squall line |
A fire on the pier |
All of the above. |
|
Which wire rope purchases may be used with a 30-ton pedestal crane? |
Rider block |
Luff |
Hoist |
All of the above. |
|
Which wire rope purchase(s) is/are optional with a 30-Ton pedestal crane? |
Rider block |
Hoist |
Luff |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statements is/are TRUE concerning cranes being installed
on the centerline of vessels? |
They are more economical and weigh
less. |
One crane is able to work one end
of two adjacent hatches. |
One crane is able to work both sides
of the ship. |
All of the above. |
|
Which piece(s) of equipment is/are required to "twin-up" 30-ton
pedestal cranes aboard a crane vessel? |
Portable power swivel |
Equalizing beam |
20-foot container spreader |
All of the above. |
|
What is the purpose of the equalizing beam aboard a crane vessel? |
It allows for rotation of the hook
in the single mode. |
It is used to rigidly connect two
cranes. |
It is used to pick up light loads. |
It is required to "twin-up"
30-ton pedestal cranes. |
|
What is another name for the boom of a crane? |
Lift |
Rider |
Jib |
All of the above. |
|
What does a jib refer to on a crane? |
Topping lift |
Liftline |
Boom |
Control cab |
|
The electrical components for each single crane are installed in its __________. |
turntable |
machinery base |
crane house |
All of the above. |
|
What describes a tandem crane lift? |
Single crane hoisting 30 tons |
Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120
tons |
Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting
60 tons |
All of the above. |
|
What describes a twin crane lift? |
Two sets of twin cranes hoisting 120
tons |
Two cranes on a single pedestal hoisting
60 tons |
Single crane hoisting 30 tons |
All of the above. |
|
What is another description for a tandem crane lift? |
Twin cranes hoisting 60 tons |
Quad lift hoisting 120 tons |
Single crane hoisting 30 tons |
All of the above. |
|
What is used to power modern pedestal cranes? |
Water |
Steam |
Hydraulics |
All of the above. |
|
Most pedestal crane power is provided by __________. |
Independent internal combustion power
units |
Steam units |
Electro-hydraulic units |
All of the above. |
|
What is the advantage of the tandem working arrangement of pedestal cranes
when operating cargo? |
The cargo discharge can be accomplished
with controlled pendulation |
The cranes enable the handling of
heavy cargos without shoreside assistance |
The cargo discharge can be performed
in port or at anchor |
All of the above. |
|
What is/are the advantage(s) of cranes over conventional cargo booms? |
Simplicity of operation of the crane
by its operator |
Cranes are able to pick up and drop
loads over a greater spotting area |
Increased safety because the deck
is clear of running and standing rigging |
All of the above. |
|
What is meant by the term "luffing the boom" of a crane? |
Moving the boom left or right |
Topping or lowering the boom |
Stopping the boom |
All of the above. |
|
What does "level-luffing" accomplish during crane operations? |
Less power is needed when topping
the boom with a load on the hook. |
It maintains the height of the load
above the deck. |
It prevents the load from swinging
when the boom level is adjusted. |
All of the above. |
|
What is meant by the term "level-luffing" a crane? |
Luffing while the load remains at
a constant height |
Maintaining the boom at a constant
height |
Slewing the boom left or right in
a level plane |
None of the above |
|
Before starting to hoist provisions, which should be checked? |
Hoist rope is not kinked |
The hook is centrally located over
the load |
Multiple part lines are not twisted
around each other |
All of the above. |
|
What is TRUE about hoisting operations? |
If tag lines are used to control a
suspended load, they should be secured to the deck. |
If a suspended load with no tag begins
to spin, personnel should attempt to stop the spinning if the load is within
reach. |
Personnel not involved in the hoisting
operation should be kept clear of the transfer area. |
Personnel may work beneath suspended
loads, as long as they are alert and wear hard hats. |
|
Which part of a conventional cargo gear rig provides for vertical control
and positioning of a boom? |
Gooseneck fitting |
Topping lift |
Spider band |
Cargo whip |
|
When handling cargo, the majority of cargo gear breakdowns is due to __________. |
extension failure of the boom |
topping lift failures |
guy failures |
compression bending of the boom |
|
On your vessel, a wire rope for the cargo gear shows signs of excessive
wear and must be replaced. In ordering a new wire for this 10-ton boom,
what safety factor should you use? |
Three |
Five |
Six |
Seven |
|
The wire rope used for cargo handling on board your vessel has a safe working
load of eight tons. It shall be able to withstand a breaking test load of
__________. |
32 tons |
40 tons |
48 tons |
64 tons |
|
It is permissible to place an eye splice in wire rope used as cargo gear
providing the splice is made using __________. |
three tucks with whole strands and
two tucks with 1/2 the wire cut from the tucking strand |
three tucks with whole strands |
two tucks with whole strands and one
tuck with one-half strand |
two tucks with whole strands and three
tucks with half strands |
|
What is the minimum standard for making an eye splice in a wire to be used
as cargo gear? |
Make six tucks with each strand, removing
a few wires from each strand as each additional tuck is made. |
Make three tucks with full strands,
remove half the wires from each strand, and make two more tucks. |
Make four tucks with each full strand. |
Make four tucks in each strand, cut
away every other strand, and make two more tucks with each remaining strand. |
|
Which ending is NOT acceptable in a wire rope that is free to rotate when
hoisting? |
Liverpool eye splice |
Eye formed with a pressure clamped
sleeve |
Eye formed by clips |
Poured socket |
|
Why is 6X19 class wire rope more commonly used for cargo runners than the
more flexible 6X37 wire rope? |
It is longer. |
It resists abrasion better. |
It hugs the winch drum better. |
It is less expensive. |
|
Stress on the topping lift of a swinging boom can be reduced by __________. |
increasing the mechanical advantage
of the cargo purchase |
taking all slack out of the preventer |
rigging a back stay |
raising the boom |
|
With a given load on the cargo hook, tension in a single span topping lift
__________. |
increases as the boom's angle to the
horizontal increases |
is at a maximum when the boom is at
a 45° angle to the horizontal |
increases as the boom's angle to the
horizontal decreases |
decreases as the boom's angle to the
horizontal decreases |
|
The force acting on a single cargo runner which is vertically lifting or
lowering a load is greatest when __________. |
decelerating when lowering the load |
lowering the load at constant speed |
raising the load at constant speed |
decelerating when raising the load |
|
The maximum theoretical stress that can be developed on a guy in a yard
and stay rig is limited by the __________. |
weight of the load |
lifting capacity of the winch |
position of the guy |
location of the boom |
|
If an electric cargo winch is being used to lift a draft of cargo and the
engine room loses all power, which will occur? |
The load will fall rapidly to the
deck unless the foot brake is engaged. |
The load will slowly lower to the
deck under control of the drag of the winch motor. |
A pawl, forced by a spring mechanism,
will engage the teeth of the bull gear and hold the load. |
An electromagnetic brake will hold
the load where it is suspended. |
|
Which device is designed to automatically hold the load if power should
fail to an electric winch? |
Pneumatic brake |
Motor controller |
Hand brake |
Electromagnetic brake |
|
You are using an automatic tension winch by yourself. If you get caught
in the turns of the line as they lead into the gypsyhead __________. |
the line will part and snap back |
the safety cutout will stop the winch
before you're injured |
you may be pulled into the winch and
injured or killed |
None of the above are correct |
|
Electric cargo winches have an overload safety device which normally cuts
the current to the winch motor __________. |
before the safe working load of the
fall is reached |
before the line pull reaches the rated
capacity of the winch |
when the line pull reaches the breaking
strength of the fall |
after torque causes line pull to exceed
the rated capacity of the winch |
|
If an attempt is made to hoist a load that exceeds the capacity of an electric
winch, an overload safety device causes a circuit breaker to cut off the
current to the winch motor __________. |
after a short build-up of torque |
immediately |
after the line pull exceeds the rated
winch capacity |
when the line pull reaches 99% of
the rated winch capacity |
|
If a hydraulic pump on a winch accidentally stops while hoisting, the load
will stay suspended because __________. |
a centrifugal counterweight counteracts
the force of gravity. |
the electric pump motor will cut out |
the control lever will move to the
stop position |
a check valve will close and prevent
reverse circulation |
|
Where are the test certificates, for wire rope used as cargo runners, and
loose gear certificates usually maintained? |
At the central records center of the
agency testing the cargo gear |
At the Coast Guard Marine Safety Office
with the vessel's inspection records |
With the Cargo Gear Register on the
ship |
In the Official Log |
|
In relation to cargo gear, what does "SWL" mean? |
Stress, weight, load |
Starboard wing lift |
Ship's working lift |
Safe working load |
|
A pelican hook __________. |
is used for boat falls |
is used for light loads only |
can be released while under strain |
is used for extra heavy loads |
|
Which is a TRUE statement concerning the examining of cargo equipment at
the time of a vessels Inspection for Certification. |
Cargo booms must be weight tested
at this time by the U.S. Coast Guard. |
No test at this time is required. |
Cargo booms must be weight tested
at this time by the American Bureau of Shipping. |
Cargo booms must be weight tested
at this time by the National Cargo Bureau. |
|
For vessels fitted with cargo gear, an initial test of the units under a
proof load shall be conducted. Subsequent tests and exams of the same nature
shall be carried out at what time interval? |
1 year |
3 years |
4 years |
5 years |
|
A periodic thorough examination of the cargo gear proves satisfactory. What
percentage of the total gear must be dismantled to determine actual internal
condition? |
None |
10% |
25% |
100% |
|
All wire rope used in shipboard cargo gear must be identified and described
in a certificate. The certificate shall certify all of the following EXCEPT
the __________. |
load at which a test sample broke |
name of the vessel |
date of the test |
number of strands and of wires in
each strand |
|
Who certifies the safe working load of cargo booms on a vessel? |
The Ship's Master |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Society of Naval Architects and Marine
Engineers |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
The organization that certifies the safe working load of cargo cranes on
a vessel is the __________. |
U.S. Coast Guard |
classification society |
National Cargo Bureau |
none of the above |
|
A sling is a device used in __________. |
hoisting cargo aboard a vessel |
hoisting personnel aboard a vessel |
securing a small boat to a large vessel |
hoisting the anchor |
|
The latch of a safety hook __________. |
prevents the sling ring from coming
out of the hook if the strain is abruptly eased |
increases the strength of the hook |
prevents the sling ring from coming
out of the hook if there is a strain on the sling ring |
All of the above. |
|
The best way to lift many small articles aboard your vessel is with a __________. |
snotter |
barrel hook |
pallet |
spreader |
|
Which statement is TRUE about hooks and shackles? |
Shackles are stronger than hooks of
the same diameter. |
Hooks are stronger than shackles of
the same diameter. |
Hooks and shackles of the same diameter
are of equal strength. |
All the above may be true, depending
on the hook's or shackle's overall length. |
|
Mousing a cargo hook with marline or small line __________. |
protects the hook from the sling ring |
increases the lifting capacity of
the hook |
prevents the sling ring from coming
out of the hook |
All of the above. |
|
When a two-leg sling is used to lift a load, a sling 40 feet long is better
than one of 30 feet because the __________. |
sling will be easier to attach |
load can be lifted higher |
tension in the sling legs is less |
sling will be easier to remove |
|
A spreader bar is used to __________. |
protect the slings |
increase the lifting capacity |
increase the lifting radius |
protect the upper part of a load |
|
The best way to determine if a load is within maximum lift limits is to
use __________. |
prior experience with similar lifts |
a boom angle indicator |
a load weight indicator |
material invoices for shipping weights |
|
Regulations concerning the stowage, lashing, and securing of timber deck
cargoes aboard general cargo vessels may be found in the __________. |
Load Line Regulations |
Rules and Regulations for Cargo and
Miscellaneous Vessels |
International Cargo Bureau Regulations |
vessel's classification society rules
and regulations |
|
Securing cargo by running timbers from an upper support down to the cargo,
either vertically or at an angle, is called __________. |
shores |
toms |
braces |
dunnage |
|
A case received for shipment is marked as shown in illustration D043DG below.
Which of the following is the portion of the symbol indicated by the letter
A? |
the consignee's marking |
the symbol for toxic contents |
a stowage sequence marking |
a stowage mark, showing the top of
the case |
|
To determine the weight capacity of a deck in a cargo hold, you would refer
to the __________. |
deadweight scale |
deck capacity plan |
general arrangement plan |
cubic capacity tables |
|
A lot of special cargo of similar cartons, as shown in illustration D042DG
below, is to be loaded. What is the weight of the consignment? |
50 pounds |
1100 pounds |
1200 pounds |
1250 pounds |
|
Odorous cargoes are those that __________. |
are susceptible to damage by tainting |
are exceptionally dusty and leave
a residue |
are liquid, but in containers |
give off fumes that may damage other
cargoes |
|
Cargo that gives off fumes that may contaminate other cargo is known as
a(n) __________. |
dirty cargo |
toxic cargo |
delicate cargo |
odorous cargo |
|
Which is an example of cargo damage caused by inherent vice? |
Stevedore damage |
Heating of grain |
Wear and tear |
Sublimation of chemicals |
|
A hygroscopic cargo is defined as a cargo __________. |
capable of giving off moisture in
the form of a liquid |
capable of absorbing moisture in the
form of a gas |
that is shipped in a liquid state |
that will ignite in contact with water |
|
Damage to cargo caused by dust is known as __________. |
contamination |
vaporization |
oxidation |
tainting |
|
Damage to cargo caused by fumes or vapors from liquids, gases, or solids
is known as __________. |
oxidation |
vaporization |
tainting |
contamination |
|
Cargo that is highly susceptible to damage by tainting from odorous cargo
is called __________. |
dry cargo |
delicate cargo |
immune cargo |
clean cargo |
|
Which is characteristic of a "special cargo"? |
It is of high value or easily pilferable. |
The cargo gives off toxic gases when
heated. |
It must be stowed on deck. |
Periodic inspection is required while
in transit to prevent spoilage. |
|
A "wet cargo" refers to __________. |
a cargo that will be damaged if it
gets wet |
bulk liquids |
cargoes that will cause condensation |
liquids in containers |
|
Cargoes that might leak from containers are known as __________. |
caustic cargoes |
dirty cargoes |
wet cargoes |
bulk cargoes |
|
What is a wet cargo? |
A canned or bottled liquid such as
beer |
A liquid cargo carried in the deep
tanks |
A cargo particularly susceptible to
damage by moisture |
A cargo that contains hygroscopic
moisture |
|
Which term describes goods having a stowage factor below 40? |
"Measurement" cargo |
"Deadweight" cargo |
"Heavy-lift" cargo |
"Full-and-down" cargo |
|
A cargo that has a stowage factor over 40 is known as a __________. |
weight cargo |
hygroscopic cargo |
measurement cargo |
stowage cargo |
|
The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside faces of the
cargo battens, the lower side of the deck beams, and the top of the tank
top ceiling is known as the __________. |
bale cubic |
deadweight space |
gross tonnage |
stowage area |
|
The internal volume of a cargo hold measured from the inside of the side
shell, the underside of the deck, and the tank top is known as the __________. |
gross tonnage |
grain cubic |
measurement space |
deadweight space |
|
What is NOT an advantage of filler cargo? |
Dunnage costs are reduced. |
Overcarriage is reduced or eliminated. |
Voids in the cargo stow are filled. |
The hold space has maximum utilization. |
|
The stowage factor for a cargo is based upon __________. |
one long metric ton |
one short ton |
one short metric ton |
one long ton |
|
Which vessel is most likely to be loaded full but not down? |
A bulk carrier loaded with steel |
A break bulk vessel loaded with palletized
cargo |
A bulk carrier loaded with heavy ore |
A tanker loaded with heavy grain |
|
Overcarriage is best prevented by __________. |
checking the vessel's load line calculations
carefully |
inspection of the hold at completion
of discharge |
assuring heavy cargo is stowed low
in the vessel |
stowing the cargo which is to be discharged
last on the bottom |
|
A claim for cargo damages may be held against the ship owner if such damage
is the result of failure of the ship's officers to __________. |
correct all defects in the ship's
construction |
prevent delays due to quarantine restrictions |
ensure the fitness and safety of cargo
spaces |
ensure adequate packaging of the cargo |
|
Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable
for damage to cargo when the damage arises out of __________. |
inherent vice |
poor stowage of cargo in a container |
overloading |
fire caused by lightning |
|
Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable
for damage to cargo when the damage arises from __________. |
lack of ventilation in transit |
perils of the sea |
an act of war |
an error in navigation |
|
Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable
for damage to a cargo when the damage arises from __________. |
unseaworthiness when sailing |
quarantine delays |
insufficient packing |
mismanagement of the vessel |
|
Under the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act of 1936, a vessel will be liable
for damage to a cargo when the damage arises out of __________. |
delays due to seizure of the vessel |
improper stowage |
fire caused by fault of the carrier |
strikes or lockouts |
|
Which is an example of failure to exercise due diligence? |
Sailing short of union manning requirements |
Sailing with less than 30% reserve
fuel oil supply |
Overloading |
Sailing short of being full and down |
|
What is an example of a fundamental objective of cargo stowage? |
Separate wet and dry cargoes into
separate holds. |
Load so the trim does not exceed 3
feet by the stern. |
Make maximum use of existing dunnage. |
Prevent overcarriage by block stowage. |
| "Block
stowage" means __________. |
using separation cloths to separate
different kinds of cargo |
using port marks on the cargo |
having the cargo on pallets |
stowing all the cargo for a port in
the same area |
|
The temperature at which water vapor in an atmosphere condenses to a liquid
is known as which of the following? |
the dew point |
the flash point |
the bubble point |
equilibrium |
|
When a deck cargo is secured with chain or wire lashings and grab (pear)
links, which statement is FALSE? |
The lashings should be inspected each
day and any slack taken up. |
The amount of take-up is limited by
the length of the turnbuckle. |
The turnbuckle should be secured with
a stick or lock nuts. |
At the grab (pear) link, the slack
end of chain should be led back and secured to the chain above the link. |
|
Which material should NOT be used to secure cargo on deck for a voyage? |
Steel chain |
Fiber rope |
Steel strapping |
Wire rope |
|
In the stowage of deck cargo, "cribbing" is __________. |
placed on deck to support the cargo |
separation pieces used to keep cylinders
upright and steady |
shims for stowing baled cargo |
nets placed across the hatch opening
to keep the cargo from falling in the hatch |
| "Cribbing"
is __________. |
cardboard separation pieces placed
between deck loads to prevent chafing |
a crate in which a deck cargo is packaged |
the chains and shackles used to secure
a deck cargo |
wooden blocks or dunnage placed between
a deck load and the deck |
|
A vessel has an amidships superstructure. Which location would be most suitable
for main deck stowage of vehicles? |
On top of the aftermost hatch on the
vessel |
Beside the hatches, forward of the
midships house |
On top of No.1 hatch |
On top of the hatch immediately aft
of the midships house |
|
What does it mean to "shore up" the main deck for the stowage
of deck cargo? |
weld pad eyes on deck in proper position
to secure the cargo |
strengthen the main deck by placing
pillars underneath it in the tween-decks |
package the cargo in wooden crates
so it will not damage the deck |
distribute the weight of the cargo
by placing fore-and-aft planks on the main deck |
|
It is possible, and sometimes necessary, to strengthen the deck of a vessel
for carriage of deck cargo by __________. |
erecting vertical pillars under the
deck to support the cargo |
welding steel "feet" to
the deck, on which the cargo is placed |
building a stage on which to place
the cargo |
placing bunker on the deck |
|
Which cargoes require strips of common building lathe as dunnage in order
to carry away heat generated by the cargo? |
Paper products packaged in rolls |
Refrigerated fruit that is ripening |
Canned soups packaged in crates |
Cardboard cartons of shoes |
|
Battens are fitted in cargo holds across the frames of the vessel from the
turn of the bilge upward. The purpose of these cargo battens is __________. |
to provide fittings to which cargo
lashings may be secured |
for securing a snatch block when snaking
cargo into the wings of the hold |
to prevent cargo from coming in contact
with the vessel's frames or shell plating |
to support the dunnage floors which
are laid down between tiers of cargo |
|
What is the main purpose of dunnage? |
To provide ventilation and drainage
for cargo |
To secure the tarpaulins in place |
To act as ballast for light vessels |
To support weakened bulkheads |
|
A shore is a piece of securing dunnage that __________. |
is placed on the deck under the cargo
to distribute its weight evenly |
runs from a low supporting level up
to the cargo at an angle |
is run horizontally from a support
to the cargo |
is also known as a "distance
piece" |
|
Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or damage by __________. |
inherent vice |
tainting |
hygroscopic absorption |
ship's sweat |
|
In preparation for receiving chilled reefer cargo, the reefer space has
been precooled for over twenty-four hours. Loading may begin when the space
has been cooled to a temperature between __________. |
-10°F (-23°C) and +10°F (-12°C) |
12°F (-11°C) and 20°F (-7°C) |
28°F (-2°C) and 40°F ( 4°C) |
42°F (6°C) and 55°F (13°C) |
|
A survey of refrigerated cargo, to certify that proper methods of stowage
were utilized, can be conducted by the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
National Cargo Bureau |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Occupational Safety and Health Administration |
|
Which organization would conduct a survey of the insulation in a reefer
compartment prior to loading cargo? |
OSHA |
American Bureau of Shipping |
U.S. Customs Service |
National Cargo Bureau |
|
If reefer spaces are not properly cleaned prior to loading cargo, it will
most likely cause __________. |
malfunction of the refrigeration equipment |
contamination of the insulation in
the space |
mold to develop on commodities |
All of the above. |
|
If you are loading fruit in reefer spaces and you notice that the fruit
is beginning to mold, you should __________. |
discharge CO2 into the compartment
after loading |
refuse to carry the cargo |
write up exceptions on the cargo |
carry the cargo at a cooler temperature
than originally planned |
|
When fruit is carried as refrigerated cargo, the most frequent cause of
its being infected at the discharge port is __________. |
leaks in the ship's refrigeration
system |
carriage at the wrong temperature |
improper pre-cooling of the cargo
spaces |
improper cleaning of the cargo spaces |
|
Which can be prevented only by segregating two lots of cargo into separate
holds? |
Contamination of a food cargo by an
odorous cargo |
Contamination of a clean cargo by
a dirty cargo |
Contamination of dry cargo by a wet
cargo |
Overcarriage, overstowage, and short
landing |
|
Segregation of cargoes refers to __________. |
listing the cargoes in order of their
flammability |
separating cargoes so that the inherent
characteristics of one cannot damage the other |
separating cargoes by destination |
classifying cargoes according to their
toxicity |
|
Certain cargoes must be segregated because of their __________. |
inherent characteristics |
destination |
weight |
danger to humans |
|
Keeping certain cargoes separated because of their inherent characteristics
is known as __________. |
overstowage |
segregation |
spot loading |
cargo typing |
|
Spontaneous heating of coal rapidly accelerates at the approximate minimum
temperature of __________. |
100°F |
111°F |
88°F |
119°F |
|
While loading cargo, a white trimming light on the starboard side comes
on. This indicates that __________. |
the vessel has a list of about 1`
to starboard |
the chutes should be directed to the
starboard side |
a severe list to starboard has developed
and all loading should cease |
the chutes in No. 1 hold should be
directed to the starboard side |
|
Before loading bulk grain, bilge wells must be covered to __________. |
permit rapid flow of water to the
bilge wells |
prevent cargo sifting into the bilge
wells |
prevent oil, water, or other liquid
from reaching the cargo |
add strength to the bilge well strainer |
|
The certificate of loading required by each vessel carrying grain in bulk
is issued by the __________. |
owner or charterer of the vessel |
shipper of the cargo |
National Cargo Bureau |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
What is usually NOT required in preparing a hold for reception of a bulk
grain cargo? |
Remove residue of previous cargo. |
Spray or fumigate any insect colonies. |
Remove loose rust and scale. |
Steam clean areas obstructed by structural
members. |
|
When loading a cargo of taconite, proper sequencing of loading by hatch
number is necessary to __________. |
control list |
prevent excessive longitudinal stresses |
provide the proper trim |
prevent negative stability from developing |
|
A list signal of one white light indicates that the vessel is __________. |
listing about 1° to the side the light
is displayed on |
listing over 5° with the light displayed
on the high side |
on an even keel |
listing, and the chutes should be
directed to the side where the light is displayed |
|
Which statement about shipping coal is TRUE? |
Anthracite will generate more methane
than bituminous coal. |
Coal should not be shipped while wet. |
Coal should be surface ventilated
to remove methane gas. |
The methane gas generated by coal
will react with moisture on the ship's structure and accelerate corrosion. |
|
What is NOT a problem when carrying coal? |
The requirement for through-ventilation |
The corrosion some types of coal will
cause to the ship |
Generation of methane gas |
Spontaneous heating |
|
While loading a cargo of grain, your vessel develops a list to starboard.
This will be corrected by __________. |
the list man changing the discharge
location of the chutes |
allowing the grain to level itself
as the hold fills to the spar deck level |
trimming the final loading cone by
hand |
the compensating tanks on the high
side |
|
Atmospheres laden with coal dust or grain dust caused by loading these cargoes
__________. |
may be explosive in some concentrations |
are subject to spontaneous combustion |
require loading operations to be shut
down until the atmosphere clears |
are toxic to human life |
|
Which statement about the carriage of coal is true? |
Freshly worked coal is more dangerous
than weathered coal. |
Wet coal is more liable to spontaneous
heating than dry coal. |
Coal absorbs nitrogen from the air
which reacts with methane and causes spontaneous heating. |
Most problems with spontaneous combustion
will occur within 72 hours of loading and after that the risk decreases. |
|
Which statement about the ventilation of bulk coal is TRUE? |
Coal should not be ventilated; all
oxygen should be excluded from the cargo. |
Coal should be through-ventilated
to remove methane and reduce the heat of spontaneous combustion. |
Coal should be surface ventilated
only. |
Coal should be ventilated only if
temperatures in the center of the cargo exceed 125°F. |
|
When considering a vessel's stability, which spaces in a general cargo vessel
are the best locations for the carriage of bulk grain? |
Lower holds |
Lower holds at the ends of the vessel |
Deep tanks |
'Tween-decks |
|
Ship's officers should check every cargo compartment after it is filled
with bulk grain to ensure __________. |
all void spaces are filled |
the correct grade of cargo has been
loaded |
the heavier grade is in the lower
hold |
all lighting circuits are energized |
|
Bulk cargo refers to __________. |
homogeneous cargo not enclosed in
a container |
cargo which occupies a large volume
of space |
cargo which is very dense |
cargo which requires refrigeration |
|
When carrying a full or nearly full load of bulk ore in a general cargo
type vessel which has engine spaces amidships, the cargo in each hold should
be trimmed so that the bulk of the cargo lies __________. |
along the centerline |
toward the after bulkhead of the forward
holds and the forward bulkhead of the after holds |
toward the forward bulkhead of the
forward holds and toward the after bulkhead of the after holds |
toward the after bulkhead of all holds |
|
Which statement is correct concerning the carriage of coal in bulk? |
Dunnage should be placed against ship's
sides and around stanchions. |
Coal should be vented with surface
ventilation only. |
Through ventilation, as well as surface
ventilation, should be provided whenever possible. |
Because of its inherent vice, coal
should not be loaded wet. |
|
Prior to being able to sail, each vessel that carries grain in bulk must
have a certificate of loading issued by the __________. |
National Cargo Bureau |
American Bureau of Shipping |
U.S. Salvage |
Lloyds of London |
|
Who would normally certify that all preparations have been made and all
regulations observed prior to loading a cargo of bulk grain? |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Master of the vessel |
National Cargo Bureau |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
Which agency issues a certificate of loading that is evidence that the rules
and regulations concerning bulk grain cargoes have been observed? |
Public Health Service |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Department of Agriculture |
National Cargo Bureau |
|
When referring to dry bulk cargoes, the term "flow state" __________. |
relates to the suitability of loading
a cargo by flowing down inclined chutes |
refers to the saturation of a dry
bulk product with water to the point where it acts as a liquid |
relates to the minimum granule size
of a particular product where it will flow like a liquid at an angle of
30° |
designates the state of a commodity
when the ship is heeled past the angle of repose |
|
A Great Lakes bulk ore vessel would use an "Iron Deckhand" to
assist in __________. |
making the vessel fast to a dock |
steering the vessel |
unloading bulk cargo |
removing hatch covers |
|
What is the meaning of the term tare weight? |
Weight of a container |
Pounds of force necessary to damage
a container |
Total weight of a container and contents |
Weight of the contents of a container |
|
You are on a container vessel. What concerning the handling and stowage
of containerized hazardous materials is TRUE? |
A portable cargo tank containing a
cryogenic liquid must be shipped on deck unless forced ventilation is provided
to the tween-decks. |
A portable cargo tank of a flammable,
cryogenic liquid may not be in transit for a period exceeding its marked
rated holding time unless the liquid is inhibited. |
Open-bed containers may be used to
transport hazardous materials if the cargo is properly secured. |
A container loaded with packages of
tear gas would display a placard reading "Irritant." |
|
A high cube container is designed specifically to __________. |
protect fragile cargoes |
stow cargoes with concentrated weights
such as machinery |
carry low density cargoes |
carry cargoes of very low stowage
factors |
|
How long is the standard container used to measure equivalent units? |
10 feet (3 meters) |
20 feet (6 meters) |
35 feet (11 meters) |
40 feet (12 meters) |
|
You are in a tropical port. The refrigeration machinery on a container loaded
with air-cooled fruit fails. It cannot be repaired for 18 to 24 hours. Which
step should you take to reduce the temperature rise and spoilage of the
fruit? |
Discharge a cylinder of nitrogen into
the container |
Spread ice over the top layer and
in any voids within the container |
Seal any ventilation openings and
add dry ice |
Shade the container and periodically
hose it down |
|
Which statement concerning the carriage of containers is TRUE? |
With tiered containers, a 40-foot
container may be stowed on top of two 20-foot containers. |
When stowed on deck of a break bulk
ship, the bottom of the container must be evenly supported throughout. |
The Chief Mate and Master of a container
ship should have the proposed stowage plan ready for the stevedore upon
arrival in port. |
Deck load calculations must take into
account the square footage of the entire container bottom. |
|
When loading a container vessel, the operation is basically that of vertical
loading. The important factors to be considered when loading containers
are the port of discharge, and which of the following? |
weight, and refrigeration |
crushability, and inherent vice |
sweat, and weight |
available dunnage, and chocking |
|
Because of the arrangement of the cell guides, the MOST important factor
while loading containers is the __________. |
list of the vessel |
size of the shoreside crane |
weight of the container |
contents of the container |
|
When loading containers into the cell guides in the hold of a container
ship, which statement is TRUE? |
The container must be locked into
the cell guide. |
Containers must have vertical lashings
if they do not have twist lock securing. |
No further securing is usually required. |
All containers must have vertical
and horizontal lashings. |
|
What is NOT an advantage of containership operations over conventional break-bulk
operations? |
Flexibility of operation |
Greater operational safety |
Lower stevedoring costs |
Reduction of cargo damage |
|
Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers
with twist locks, lashings are required when the tier exceeds what height? |
Lashings are always required |
Two containers |
One container |
Three containers |
|
The lashings on a stack of containers with interlocking fittings restrain
the forces that cause __________. |
buckling |
toppling |
crushing |
racking |
|
Under normal weather and sea conditions when securing a stack of containers
with non-locking fittings, lashings are required when the tier exceeds what
height? |
Lashings are always required |
One container |
Two containers |
Three containers |
|
Which statement concerning sweat damage in containers is TRUE? |
In general, containerized hygroscopic
cargoes are the only ones subject to sweat damage. |
Sweat damage in containers is unusual
due to the small enclosed volume of air. |
Sweat damage is not a problem except
in insulated and refrigerated containers. |
Containers should be ventilated, dehumidified,
or the contents physically protected against sweat damage. |
|
A high cube container would most likely be used to stow __________. |
household appliances |
heavy industrial machinery |
fragile cargoes |
dense bulk cargoes |
|
A half-height container is used __________. |
to double the stowage capacity of
the vessel |
when stowage space is limited |
to carry cargoes of low density |
to carry cargoes such as steel products
or drums |
|
What is NOT a securing system used on a containership? |
Stacking system |
Buttress system |
Lashing system |
Locking system |
|
With the buttress securing system, containers of different heights must
be stowed __________. |
on the bottom tier on deck |
on the top tier |
in the hold |
next to the buttress tower |
|
What provides the majority of strength to an aluminum-sided container? |
Framework, primarily the corner posts |
Corner fittings |
Framework and siding acting as a girder |
Aluminum side and end panels |
|
The weight of the container and its contents is supported on deck by what
part(s)? |
Bottom flooring, side, and end rails |
Bottom, side, and end rails |
Bottom flooring only |
Four lower corner castings |
|
The securing systems for containers were developed to prevent container
movement during which ship motion? |
Roll |
Yaw |
Sway |
Surge |
|
What purpose does a bridge fitting serve when lashing containers? |
Ties a container stack to the deck |
Restrains the container against horizontal
motion |
Restrains racking loads |
Ties a container to the container
below it |
|
Which statement concerning the lashings of containers with solid bar or
wire rope lashings is TRUE? |
Solid bars should be used for lashing
the first tier only, with wire lashings on the higher tier(s). |
Stack heights may be increased when
using a solid bar lashing. |
Stack heights should be reduced when
using a solid bar lashing. |
Stack weights should be less when
using a solid bar lashing as compared to a wire lashing. |
|
On the fully containerized ship, approximately one-third or more of the
cargo is on deck above the rolling center. Top stowed containers are subject
to __________. |
accelerations less than on conventional
vessels |
accelerations the same as on conventional
vessels |
accelerations greater than on conventional
vessels |
no accelerations |
|
When commencing cargo operations on a container ship, one cell at a hatch
is generally discharged completely (to the bottom of the ship) before removing
any containers from the adjoining cells to __________. |
allow longshoremen easy access to
the hatch |
improve stability during cargo operations |
remove an existing list that would
slow down cargo operations |
initiate loading in conjunction with
unloading at the hatch |
|
You are on a containership. Which statement about the stowage of hazardous
materials in containers is TRUE? |
A refrigerated container with a fuel
tank containing a flammable liquid must be stowed on deck. |
All packages within a container must
be marked "This End Up" to indicate the correct stowage. |
Packages of liquids within a container
should be stowed on top of packages of solids to prevent crushing. |
The containers provide automatic segregation
of hazardous materials except for class A explosives. |
|
You are on a containership. The cargo includes a container of small arms
ammunition, a container of lead-acid storage batteries and a container of
methyl acetylene bottles. Which statement is TRUE? |
The ammunition must be separated from
the methyl acetylene by at least one hold. |
The storage batteries must be stowed
on deck away from the ammunition. |
The storage batteries must be at least
ten horizontal feet away from the methyl acetylene. |
No separation is required because
freight containers are exempted. |
|
A sling is rigged on a piece of pipe weighing 1000 lbs. The angle between
the sling legs is 140° and the legs are of equal length. What stress is
exerted on each sling leg when the pipe is lifted? |
1318 lbs. |
1366 lbs. |
1414 lbs. |
1462 lbs. |
|
The lower hold of your vessel has a bale capacity of 60,000 cubic feet.
How many tons of cotton in bales having a stowage factor of 85 can be stowed
in the lower hold, assuming a broken stowage factor of 20%? |
141 |
565 |
706 |
847 |
|
The lower hold of your vessel has a bale cubic of 52,000 cu. ft. You will
load a cargo of cases, each weighing 380 lbs. and measuring 3 ft. x 2 ft.
x 2 ft. The estimated broken stowage is 15%. How many tons of cases can
be loaded? |
137 tons |
161 tons |
625 tons |
969 tons |
|
The amount of strain on each runner of a married fall system lifting 2000
lbs. when the angle made by the legs is 90° would be __________. |
1000 lbs. |
1154 lbs. |
1414 lbs. |
2000 lbs. |
|
A lot of special cargo as shown in illustration D042DG below is to be loaded
aboard your vessel. You examine one of the cartons of the lot shown. Assuming
no broken stowage what is the total cubic space the consignment will occupy? |
51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters) |
58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters) |
336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters) |
700 cubic feet (21 cubic meters) |
|
Ten triangular piles of piping on the pier are to be loaded - each pile
has a 20 foot base, is 15 feet high and 30 feet long. If the breadth of
the hold is 60 feet and the piping is to be stowed fore and aft in a 30
foot space, how high will it stow? |
16.6 feet |
25.0 feet |
50.0 feet |
75.0 feet |
|
The deck load capacity of a compartment into which you intend to load a
cargo of soft brick is 380 lbs. per sq. ft. The stowage factor of the brick
is 21.3. Disregarding broken stowage, what is the maximum height the brick
may be stacked without endangering the structure? |
1.7 feet |
3.6 feet |
5.0 feet |
7.1 feet |
|
A case received for shipment has the markings shown in illustration D043DG
below. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". What is the
total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy if you assume 10%
broken stowage? |
779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters) |
857 cubic feet (24 cubic meters) |
1047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters) |
112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters) |
|
A lot of special cargo of similar cartons as shown in illustration D042DG
below is to be loaded. What is the total cubic capacity the consignment
will occupy if you assume 10% broken stowage? |
51 cubic feet (1.5 cubic meters) |
58 cubic feet (1.7 cubic meters) |
65 cubic feet (2.0 cubic meters) |
336 cubic feet (10 cubic meters) |
|
You are lifting a 3 ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom
set at an angle of 60° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of
a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle
that should be used to secure the head block to the boom. |
1 1/8 inch |
1 1/2 inch |
1 3/4 inch |
2 inch |
|
A case received for shipment has the markings shown in illustration D043DG
below. Each carton measures 13" X 15" X 23". Ignoring broken
stowage what is the total cubic capacity the entire consignment will occupy? |
779 cubic feet (22 cubic meters) |
992 cubic feet (28 cubic meters) |
112,125 cubic feet (3173 cubic meters) |
1,047 cubic feet (30 cubic meters) |
|
Twenty-five hundred (2500) tons of iron ore with a stowage factor of 17
is stowed in a cargo hold. The dimensions of the hold are 55 feet long and
45 feet wide and 35 feet high. What is the height of the center of gravity
of the ore above the bottom of the hold? |
7.8 feet |
8.6 feet |
17.1 feet |
34.6 feet |
|
You are loading a cargo of cases into a hold which has a bale cubic of 44,000.
The cargo consists of cases measuring 4 ft by 2 ft by 1.5 ft. Estimated
broken stowage is 15%. What is the maximum number of cases which can be
stowed in the hold? |
3096 |
3116 |
3136 |
3156 |
|
A vessel has a deadweight carrying capacity of 10,500 tons. Fuel, water,
and stores require 1500 tons. The cubic capacity is 500,000 cubic feet.
Which cargo will put her full and down? |
Rolls of barbed wire, SF 55.5 |
Slabs of zinc, SF 7.1 |
Barrels of tallow, SF 66.8 |
Bundles of rubber, SF 140.2 |
|
You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom
set at an angle of 20° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of
a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle
that should be used to secure the head block to the boom. |
1 3/8 inch |
1 1/2 inch |
1 3/4 inch |
1 7/8 inch |
|
If two falls are attached to lift a one-ton load, what angle between the
falls will result in the stress on each fall being equal to the load being
lifted? |
60° |
75° |
120° |
150° |
|
You are lifting a 5-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom
set at an angle of 60° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of
a shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle
that should be used to secure the head block to the boom? |
1 inch |
1 3/8 inch |
1 1/2 inch |
1 7/8 inch |
|
You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3
lower hold which has a bale cubic of 72,000. How many tons of the wool can
be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage? |
493 |
577 |
602 |
648 |
|
Two falls are supporting a 1.5 ton load. The port fall is at an angle of
40° from the vertical. The starboard fall is at an angle of 70° from the
vertical. What is the stress on each fall? |
Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.0 tons |
Port 1.5 tons, starboard 1.5 tons |
Port 1.7 tons, starboard 1.3 tons |
Port 1.7 tons, starboard 2.0 tons |
|
You are lifting a 3-ton weight with a single whip rove on a swinging boom
set at an angle 20° to the horizontal. Use the formula for the size of a
shackle with a safe working load and determine the minimum size shackle
that should be used to secure the head block to the boom. |
1 3/8 inch |
1 1/2 inch |
1 5/8 inch |
1 3/4 inch |
|
You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 96 in #3
lower hold which has a bale cubic of 84,000. How many tons of wool can be
stowed in the compartment? |
577 |
602 |
654 |
875 |
|
You are going to load bales of wool having a stowage factor of 100 in #3
lower hold which has a bale cubic of 62,000. How many tons of the wool can
be stowed in the compartment, assuming 10% broken stowage? |
520 |
654 |
558 |
620 |
|
You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into
a hold which has 24,000 cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by
2-1/2 feet by 4 feet and weights 448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage
of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded? |
190 |
233 |
204 |
280 |
|
You must load as much of a large shipment of case goods as possible into
a hold which has 24,400 cubic feet of space. Each case measures 2 feet by
2 feet by 4 feet and weighs 448 pounds. If you allow for broken stowage
of 15%, how many long tons can be loaded? |
54 |
259 |
207 |
351 |
|
There is a large shipment of case goods available to be loaded on your vessel.
You are to load as many tons as possible in a hold which has 32,300 cubic
feet left unfilled by cargo. Each case measures 2-feet high by 2-feet wide
by 4-feet long and weighs 500 pounds. If you allow a broken stowage allowance
of 10% of the 32,300 feet, what is the nearest whole number of tons which
may be loaded? |
324 tons |
360 tons |
363 tons |
406 tons |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which reactive group(s) is/are not
compatible with the products polybutene and o-xylene? |
Phenols, cresols |
Amides |
Alcohols, glycols |
Nitric acid |
|
You are planning the stowage of two incompatible products on your multiple-product
tankship. What will NOT provide the minimum required segregation? |
Empty tank |
Solid (non-intercostal) bulkhead |
Tank containing a third cargo compatible
with the other two |
Diagonally adjacent tanks |
|
You are on a multiple product tankship and carrying methyl acrylate, diethanolamine,
and triethylamine. Which statement is TRUE? |
The heating coils to the cargo tank
loaded with methyl acrylate must be blanked off. |
Valve components made of aluminum,
copper, or zinc may not be in contact with the cargoes. |
Each crew member working on deck must
have an emergency escape breathing apparatus. |
Methyl acrylate may be loaded in a
tank adjacent to diethanolamine but not triethylamine. |
|
You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and
pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is TRUE? |
A tank of carbon disulfide may be
used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of diisopropylamine. |
Pyridine and diisopropylamine may
be carried in tanks having a common header vent. |
Carbon disulfide may be carried in
NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks. |
Diisopropylamine must be separated
from carbon disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.) |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker. The loading plan includes
cargoes of diethylenetriamine and formamide. Which statement concerning
the stowage of these cargoes is TRUE? |
The cargoes must have individual venting
systems. |
The valves in common piping systems
must be chained closed and locked. |
They must be separated by a void space
or empty tank. |
The minimum segregation required is
a single bulkhead. |
|
You are carrying cargoes of crotonaldehyde, phosphoric acid, and morpholine
on your multiple-product tankship. Which of the following statements is
TRUE? |
Each of the cargoes must be segregated
from the other by at least two barriers. |
Aluminum, copper, and zinc are prohibited
in all valve parts in contact with these cargoes. |
The minimum protective clothing required
for taking samples of phosphoric acid is goggles or a face shield. |
The required warning sign must have
the legend "cancer hazard" added to it. |
|
You have orders to load cargoes of carbon disulfide, diisopropylamine and
pyridine on your multi-product tankship. Which statement is true? |
A tank of diisopropylamine may be
used to separate a tank of pyridine from a tank of carbon disulfide. |
Pyridine and diisopropylamine may
not be carried in tanks having a common header vent. |
Carbon disulfide may be carried in
NOS. 1 and 2 center tanks and diisopropylamine in NOS. 1 and 2 wing tanks. |
Pyridine must be separated from carbon
disulfide by two barriers (cofferdams, voids, empty tanks, etc.). |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of
ethanolamine, methyl acrylate, and glycerine. Which statement is true? |
Methyl acrylate and ethanolamine are
compatible but both must be segregated from glycerine. |
Glycerine may be stowed adjacent to
methyl acrylate but must be segregated from ethanolamine. |
Glycerine is compatible with both
of the other cargoes. |
All of these cargoes are mutually
incompatible. |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of
butyric acid, propylene oxide, and octyl alcohol. Which statement is true? |
All of these cargoes are compatible. |
Butyric acid is incompatible with
octyl alcohol but not propylene oxide. |
Propylene oxide may not be stowed
in a tank adjacent to butyric acid. |
Octyl alcohol is incompatible with
both butyric acid and propylene oxide. |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of
allyl alcohol, benzene, and propanolamine. Which of the following is true? |
All of these cargoes are mutually
compatible. |
Propanolamine is compatible with allyl
alcohol but must be segregated from benzene. |
Benzene may not be carried in a tank
adjacent to either of the other two cargoes. |
Allyl alcohol is incompatible with
propanolamine but both are compatible with benzene. |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker and will carry cargoes of
isophorone, ethylenediamine, and creosote. Which of the following is TRUE? |
Isophorone is incompatible with ethylenediamine
but may be stowed adjacent to creosote. |
All of these cargoes are incompatible. |
Ethylenediamine is compatible with
isophorone but both are incompatible with creosote. |
All of these cargoes are compatible. |
|
You are on a multiple-product tankship and scheduled to load a cargo classed
as an aromatic amine. This cargo is incompatible with cargoes classed as
__________. |
phenols |
organic anhydrides |
esters |
ketones |
|
Which product(s) is(are) compatible with the product ethylene cyanohydrin? |
Sulfuric acid |
Isocyanates |
Ammonia |
Nitric acid |
|
Which spaces are required to be segregated from cargo tanks carrying grades
A, B, C, or D cargoes? |
Pump rooms |
Cofferdams |
Enclosed deck spaces |
Navigation spaces |
|
Which statement is NOT true concerning the stowage of class 1 explosives? |
Class 1.4 explosives may not be stowed
in the same hold with class 6.1 poisons. |
Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated
from" a stow of class 5.1 oxidizing materials. |
Class 1.4 explosives must be "separated
from" a stow of class 8 corrosive materials. |
Class 1.1 explosives may be stowed
with class 9 dangerous substances |
|
You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class
1 explosives. The package is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________. |
repair or replace the packaging before
stowage |
note an exception on the Bill of Lading |
seek the shipper's advice with regard
to withdrawal, repair, or replacement |
have the U.S.C.G. Captain of the Port
approve the shipment |
|
You receive a package, for shipment aboard your vessel, containing Class
1 explosives. The package is damp, moldy and stained. You must __________. |
replace the packaging material before
stowage |
seek the approval of the USCG Captain
of the Port |
refuse to accept the package |
note the exception(s) on the Bill
of Lading |
|
You will load class 1.2 commercial explosives and need to construct a portable
magazine. The magazine MUST __________. |
have a hinged cover |
be fastened with nails or screws |
be made of metal |
be elevated with skids 10cm (3.9 inches)
above the deck |
|
You are ordering ship's stores. Which statement is TRUE? |
A portable container of a flammable
liquid used as fuel for portable auxiliary equipment must be stowed in a
paint locker or at a designated open location. |
Acetylene may be in a ship's storeroom
in quantities not exceeding 6000 cubic feet. |
Stores such as line, rags, mattresses,
linens, etc. must be treated to be fire retardant. |
Stores certified for use on uninspected
vessels may be identified by the certification number used by Underwriter's
Laboratories. |
|
You are ordering ship's stores. Which statement is TRUE? |
Cylinders containing compressed gasses
must be constructed and tested in accordance with the Bureau of Standards. |
All distress flares when received
must be stored in the portable magazine chest. |
All stores of line, rags, linens and
other similar type stores must be certified by UL as being fire retardant. |
Up to five gallons of a flammable
liquid may be stowed in the engine room. |
|
You are ordering ships' stores that are NOT consumer commodities. Which
statement is TRUE? |
Replacement CO2 cylinders for the
fixed fire fighting system must have been tested within 8 years of receipt. |
Cartridges for the line throwing appliance
must be stored in the portable magazine chest after receipt. |
The label of a hazardous ships' store
must include instructions for safe stowage. |
All flammable liquids must be stowed
in the paint locker or specially constructed integral tanks. |
|
You are ordering ships' stores. Which statement is TRUE? |
Aerosol cans of engine starting fluid
must be stowed in either the paint locker or portable magazine after receipt. |
Drugs and medicines must be stowed
in accordance with the directives of the Food and Drug Administration. |
Properly labeled consumer commodities
need not be labeled in accordance with Title 46 CFR. |
Flammable ship's stores must be certified
for use on inspected vessels by Underwriter's Laboratories. |
|
On a vessel proceeding from a very cold to a warm climate with a cargo of
a non-hygroscopic nature in the holds, which is TRUE? |
Danger of heavy ship sweat exists;
constant and vigorous ventilation is required. |
There is little danger of ship's sweat,
slight possibility of cargo sweat; moderate ventilation is needed. |
The possibility of any sweat problem,
either cargo or ship, is remote. |
There is danger of heavy cargo sweat
if outside air is introduced by ventilation. |
|
Your vessel is going from a warm climate to a cold climate with a hygroscopic
cargo. Which statement is TRUE? |
There is little danger of any sweat
problem. |
You must ventilate constantly and
vigorously to combat ship sweat. |
There is danger of heavy cargo sweat
if you ventilate. |
You should ventilate; there is little
danger of ship sweat, but a possibility of cargo sweat. |
|
Your vessel is loaded with non-hygroscopic cargoes and is going from a cold
to a warm climate. You should __________. |
start the exhaust blowers |
ventilate the cargo holds |
not ventilate the cargo holds |
start the intake blowers |
|
Hygroscopic cargoes should be ventilated when __________. |
the outside dew point is 60°F (16°C)
and the cargo temperature is 54°F (12°C) |
the dew point of the outside air is
greater than the dew point of the air in the hold |
the dew point of the air in the hold
is very low |
going from a warm to a cold climate |
|
Sweat damage will occur in a cargo hold containing cased machinery when
the __________. |
dew point of the outside air is lower
than the temperature of the cargo |
air temperature of the hold is higher
than the temperature of the outside air |
dew point of the hold is higher than
the temperature of the ship's skin |
outside air temperature is colder
than the temperature of the cargo |
|
Sweat damage in a hatch full of canned goods in cartons will occur when
the __________. |
air temperature is lower than the
temperature of the cargo |
air temperature is higher than the
temperature of the cargo |
dew point is higher than the temperature
of the cargo |
dew point is lower than the temperature
of the cargo |
|
The moisture equilibrium chart can be used to determine the __________. |
absolute moisture content of the air
surrounding a hygroscopic cargo when moisture equilibrium exists |
enthalpy of the air surrounding a
hydroscopic cargo which is in moisture equilibrium with the cargo |
dew point temperature that the air
surrounding a hygroscopic commodity will have when in moisture equilibrium
with that commodity |
temperature at which moisture equilibrium
will occur in a cargo hold containing a hygroscopic cargo |
|
Which data can NOT be found on a moisture equilibrium chart? |
Moisture content |
Wet bulb temperature |
Vapor pressure |
Dry bulb temperature |
|
When the dew point of the outside air is higher than the dew point of the
air in the cargo hold, you should __________. |
not ventilate the cargo holds |
energize the exhaust blowers |
energize the intake blowers |
ventilate the cargo holds |
|
When the dew point of the outside air is lower than or equal to the dew
point of the air in the cargo hold, you should __________. |
secure all ventilation |
shut down the intake blowers |
shut down the exhaust blowers |
ventilate the cargo holds |
|
Which factor is MOST important in preventing sweat damage within a cargo
hold? |
Dew point of the outside atmosphere |
Outside air temperature |
Temperature of the cargo |
Dew point of the cargo hold |
|
Given a dry bulb temperature of 78°F and wet bulb temperature of 66.5°F,
the dew point is __________. illustration D008DG |
47.0°F |
51.5°F |
59.0°F |
70.0°F |
|
A heated bulkhead has the effect on a hygroscopic commodity of __________. |
lowering the dew point of the air |
raising the vapor pressure of the
commodity |
causing moisture to accumulate against
the bulkhead |
lowering the vapor pressure of the
commodity |
|
Using the available references determine the dew point when the dry bulb
temperature is 74°F (23°C) and the wet bulb temperature is 60°F (16°C).
illustration D008DG |
14°F |
20°F |
28°F |
50°F |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 55°F (13°C)
and the wet bulb is 50°F (10°C), what is the relative humidity? illustration
D008DG |
55 (%) |
70 (%) |
75 (%) |
82 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 58° and the
wet bulb temperature is 53°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
56 (%) |
61 (%) |
66 (%) |
72 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 68°and the
wet bulb temperature is 65°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
66 (%) |
74 (%) |
85 (%) |
90 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 76° and the
wet bulb temperature is 59°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
35 (%) |
47 (%) |
76 (%) |
79 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 76° and the
wet bulb temperature is 58°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
31 (%) |
47 (%) |
61 (%) |
76 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 77° and the
wet bulb temperature is 69°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
67 (%) |
70 (%) |
77 (%) |
81 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 80°F (27°C)
and the wet bulb temperature is 70°F (21°C), what is the relative humidity
in a cargo hold? illustration D008DG |
45 (%) |
52 (%) |
61 (%) |
65 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 84° and the
wet bulb temperature is 81°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
71 (%) |
79 (%) |
81 (%) |
88 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 85°and the
wet bulb temperature is 73°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
42 (%) |
56 (%) |
67 (%) |
85 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 91° and the
wet bulb temperature is 87°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
79 (%) |
85 (%) |
91 (%) |
98 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 92° and the
wet bulb temperature is 85°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
75 (%) |
81 (%) |
84 (%) |
88 (%) |
|
Using the available references, if the dry bulb temperature is 98°and the
wet bulb temperature is 87°, what is the relative humidity in a cargo hold?
illustration D008DG |
79 (%) |
84 (%) |
64 (%) |
87 (%) |
|
Sounding tubes and access openings for fuel oil tanks on cargo vessels are
permitted by U.S. regulations to be located in which of the listed spaces? |
crew lounge |
Laundries |
Washrooms |
none of the above |
|
According to the regulations, normally, manholes in LFG tanks are located
__________. |
above the weather deck |
in the expansion trunk of each tank |
in the ends of each tank |
there are no requirements in the regulation |
|
According to the regulations, to prevent excessive pressure buildup in cargo
tanks containing LFG, they are fitted with __________. |
pressure vacuum relief valves |
excess flow valves |
flame screens |
safety relief valves |
|
A tank which carries liquid is dangerous to the stability of a vessel when
it is in what state? |
completely full |
completely empty |
low in the vessel |
slack |
|
Ullage measurements are taken from the top of the liquid to which of the
following points? |
the base of the expansion trunk |
a line scribed within the ullage port |
an above-deck datum, usually the top
of the ullage hole |
the base of the ullage port |
|
Where are ullages measured from? |
the tank ceiling |
the thievage mark |
an above deck datum |
the tank top bushing |
|
The flame screens installed on tank vents that may contain combustible gases,
are designed to prevent explosions by which of the following? |
allowing the escape of flammable vapors |
dissipating the heat of an external
flame |
absorbing any flammable vapors in
the vicinity |
preventing flammable vapors from entering
the tank |
|
U.S. regulations define several acceptable means of closure for ballast
and fuel oil tank vents. Which of the following is an example of acceptable
means? |
manually operated ball check valve |
automatically operated hinged closure |
permanently installed canvas hood |
corrosion resistant wire screen |
|
The term "segregated ballast" is defined in the U.S. regulations
as ballast water introduced into which of the following? |
oily water separator for segregation |
fuel settling tank for segregation
from lighter fluids |
isolated tank for analysis because
of its noxious properties |
tank that is completely separated
from the cargo oil and fuel oil systems |
|
According to the Coast Guard Pollution Prevention Regulations (33 CFR),
what is the minimum number of bolts required in a temporarily connected
standard ANSI coupling? |
6 bolts |
8 bolts |
2 bolts |
4 bolts |
|
U.S. regulations require that all oil spills in United States waters be
reported immediately. Who is this report made to? |
state pollution board |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Corps of Engineers |
local port authority |
|
Which of the following describes heavy fuel oils when they have been spilled? |
they are not a real threat to marine
life |
they are more harmful to sea life
than lighter oils |
they are easier to clean up than lighter
refined oils |
they are less harmful to sea life
than lighter oils |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which of the following does not qualify as
a discharge of oil? |
Pumping oil overboard through a fixed
piping system. |
Leakage of oil to the water by an
improperly blanked transfer hose. |
Spilling oil on the main deck and
having it flow over the side. |
Discharging oil into the sea for pollution
research. |
|
What term is not considered a "discharge" as it applies to the
U.S. pollution regulations? |
spilling a harmful substance |
pumping a harmful substance |
sampling a harmful substance |
leaking diesel fuel oil |
|
Which topic is NOT required to be discussed at the pre-transfer conference? |
Identity of the product to be transferred |
Estimated time of finishing cargo |
Details of transferring and receiving
systems |
Emergency shutdown procedures |
|
If you observe any situation which presents a safety or pollution hazard
during the fuel transfer operations, which action should you take FIRST? |
Close the valves at the manifold. |
Notify the person in charge of the
shore facility. |
Sound the general alarm. |
Shut down the operation. |
|
What causes the most frequent incidents of pollution during tanker operations? |
groundings |
loading and discharging |
collisions |
routine discharge of oil during ballasting
and tank crude oil washing |
|
Remote controls for quick-closing shut off valves are required in how many
location(s)? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Who enforces the U.S. pollution regulations that apply to ships? |
Corps of Engineers |
Port Authority |
U.S. Coast Guard |
State Pollution Board |
|
Which of the following represents an emergency procedure used to stop the
oil flow aboard tank vessels, of 250 tons or greater, as required by U.S.
regulations? |
Self-closing emergency disconnect
fitting |
Pressure-sensitive oil pressure controller |
Quick-acting power actuated valve |
Manually-operated quick-closing valve |
|
Which of the following describes the depth of a product in a tank? |
Innage |
Outage |
Thievage |
Ullage |
|
What does the MARPOL 73/78 convention deal with? |
International Marine Organization
Gas Carrier Code |
International Convention of Safety
of Life at Sea |
International Convention for the Prevention
of Pollution from Ships |
International Convention on Standards
of Training Certification and Watchkeeping |
|
It would be prudent to perform which of the following actions prior to the
commencement of bunkering? |
close the lids on the vents |
plug the sounding pipes |
plug the vents |
plug the scuppers |
|
In reference to accidental oil pollution, the most critical time during
bunkering is when __________. |
you first start to receive fuel |
hoses are being blown down |
hoses are being disconnected |
final topping off is occurring |
|
Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak develops in the hose.
You order the pumping stopped. Before you resume pumping, which of the following
action should you perform? |
place a large drip pan under the leak
and plug the scuppers |
notify the terminal superintendent |
replace the hose |
repair the hose with a patch |
|
Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak develops in the hose.
You order the pumping stopped. What action should you take before you resume
pumping? |
repair the hose with a patch |
place a large drip pan under the leak
and plug the scuppers |
notify the terminal superintendent |
replace the hose |
|
When you notice oil on the water near your vessel while taking on fuel,
what should your first action be? |
determine whether your vessel is the
source |
stop loading |
notify the terminal superintendent |
notify the senior deck officer |
|
While loading bulk oil, you notice oil on the water near the barge. Which
of the following actions should you carry out FIRST? |
Search the vessel for leaks |
Notify the Coast Guard |
Notify terminal superintendent |
Stop loading |
|
U.S. regulations require a meeting before starting any oil transfer operation.
Who must be in attendance at this meeting? |
terminal supervisor, Master of the
vessel and the Coast Guard |
master of the vessel and the terminal
superintendent |
master and chief engineer of the vessel
and the terminal supervisor |
person-in-charge of the oil transfer
operations on the vessel and the person-in-charge of the oil transfer operations
at the facility |
|
U.S. regulations state that a person may not transfer oil or hazardous materials
to or from a vessel unless each person-in-charge has signed which of the
following documents? |
valve inspection record |
machinery log |
oil record book |
Declaration of Inspection |
|
For all loading operations, the terminal must supply the vessel with a means
in which the vessel's designated person-in-charge may stop the flow of oil
to the vessel, insuring immediate shutdown in the event of a hose rupture,
tank overflow, etc. Which of the following choices will accomplish this
task as required by 33 CFR? |
a signal-board on the bridge |
a loudhailer from the vessel bridge |
a specific sequence of lights |
a pneumatically or mechanically operated
device |
|
Which is NOT a safety precaution to be observed during the loading of LFG? |
Make sure the raked ends of the barge
are completely dry and mopped. |
Ascertain that the hoses to be used
are in good condition. |
Report any leakage of cargo. |
Be on the lookout for work being accomplished
ashore in the vicinity of the barges. |
|
Why is a warning sign displayed at the gangway or access point of a barge
during cargo transfer? |
To designate smoking areas |
To indicate any health risk if applicable |
To indicate if the cargo is a marine
pollutant |
To keep visitors away from the barge |
|
According to 46 CFR there are specific alarms that are required to be tested
prior to cargo transfer. Which of the following items does not require testing? |
quick closing loading valves |
high level visual alarm |
high level audible alarm |
low liquid level alarms |
|
If a repair team is to enter a confined space for repair work, what minimum
level of oxygen should be present? |
18 (%) |
19 (%) |
20 (%) |
21 (%) |
|
Who completes the Declaration of Inspection before loading a tank vessel? |
The manager of the shore facility |
The designated person in charge |
The US Coast Guard. |
The American Bureau of Sipping. |
|
The person in charge on the vessel and the person in charge at the facility
must hold a meeting before starting the transfer of oil. Who must decide
to start the transfer? |
The person in charge of either place
that is doing the pumping |
The person in charge on the vessel |
The person in charge at the facility |
Both persons in charge |
|
U.S. regulations state that no person may transfer oil to or from a vessel
unless which of the following conditions is met? |
a representative sample has been taken
from the oil being received |
an oil containment boom is available
for immediate use |
oil residue has been drained from
all hoses |
all parts of the transfer system have
been properly lined up |
|
To insure proper seating when closing a valve on a tank, what position should
the valve be in? |
set up as tight as possible by hand |
closed, opened a half turn, and then
closed again |
set up tight using a valve wrench |
closed against the stop and the locking
pin inserted |
|
What is the lowest temperature at which a liquid will give off sufficient
vapors to form a flammable mixture with air? |
lower explosive limit |
threshold limit value |
flash point |
fire point |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning insulating flanges? |
After the insulating flange is installed,
hot work may be performed on deck. |
Switching off a cathodic protection
system may be substituted for using an insulating flange |
The measured resistance value after
installation should be less than 1,000 ohms. |
They should be inspected and tested
periodically to ensure that the insulation is clean and in good condition. |
|
When is it acceptable to use power-driven or manually-operated spark producing
devices in the pump room, where grades A, B, C, and D liquid cargoes are
involved? |
when all cargo tanks have been inerted |
when the vessel is gas free |
when all cargo tanks are empty |
when the compartment itself is gas
free |
|
Which of the following does not require cargo transfer operations on a tank
vessel to be stopped? |
a large, fresh oil spill is discovered
immediately adjacent to the side of the tanker |
there is an electrical storm in the
vicinity |
a tug comes alongside while the tanker
is loading grade D and E cargoes |
there is a fire on the dock or on
a nearby vessel |
|
You have berthed in a port area with other tank vessels. What signal is
displayed by a vessel to indicate it is transferring flammable or combustible
liquid cargo? |
A green light visible all around the
horizon |
A flashing yellow light |
A red light visible all around the
horizon |
An illuminated red and yellow caution
flag |
|
Which statement about the use of portable electric lights in petroleum product
tanks is TRUE? |
They must be explosion-proof, self-contained,
battery-fed lamps. |
They can be used only when the compartment
is gas free. |
The fixture must be explosion-proof
and the line must have a ground wire. |
No portable electric equipment of
any type is allowed. |
|
U.S. regulations require an emergency means of stopping the flow of oil
or LNG during transfer operations. The emergency means may be which of the
following? |
self-closing automatic disconnect
fitting |
manually-operated quick-closing valve |
emergency pump control on the cargo
deck |
automatic pressure-sensitive oil flow
regulator |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning combustible gas indicators? |
They will detect a lack of oxygen. |
They do not work properly where there
is a lack of oxygen. |
One sample of air is adequate to test
a tank. |
They are calibrated to read the percentage
chance of explosion. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which of the following is a requirement of
the ventilation system of a pump room on a tanker? |
the regulation requires that the ventilation
be non-spark producing |
the regulation only requires the installation
of an exhaust fan |
the regulation makes exception for
the ventilation requirements if a SCBA is mounted at the entrance |
the regulation only applies to vessels
built prior to Jan 1, 1963 |
|
What is the inert gas system on a tanker used for? |
dilute tank atmospheres to keep gas
concentrations below the lower explosive limit |
blow out cargo lines to prevent gas
concentrations |
prevent fires in the pumproom by continually
displacing flammable vapors |
prevent the generation of flammable
or combustible gas in tanks |
|
According to U.S. regulations, tank vessels are required to have a means
of emergency shutdown. This device does which of the following? |
shuts off the main propulsion plant |
shuts off the firefighting foam systems |
stops the flow of oil to shore facility
or other vessel |
secures electrical power to all motors |
|
Who is responsible for the final inspection ensuring a tank barge is provided
with the required equipment and has fittings in good and serviceable condition
prior to loading cargo? |
tankerman or person in charge of loading |
charterer through the Master of the
towing vessel |
owner of the barge |
terminal operator |
|
Before a tank is to be crude oil washed, what position must the oxygen content
in the tank must be measured at? |
one meter from the deck |
in the vent riser |
at the top of the tank |
immediately above the level of the
oil |
|
What are the flammable limits for motor gasoline? |
2.5% to 12.8% mixture in air |
5.3% to 7% mixture in air |
0.9% to 5.9% mixture in air |
1.4% to 7.6% mixture in air |
|
Combustion can occur inside a piping system such as a vapor collection header
in a marine emission control system. Which of the following will not aid
in this combustion process? |
oxygen |
ignition |
nitrogen |
fuel |
|
What are the primary concern(s) for safely transporting and handling Liquefied
Gas? |
cargo tanks and piping strong enough
to withstand the pressure |
a system of cargo tanks and piping
free from leaks |
cargo tanks and piping located or
protected to minimize physical damage |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following actions is not considered to have the potential for
generating static electricity? |
discharging a fire hose on deck |
spraying or splashing of petroleum |
settling of solids or water in petroleum |
flow of petroleum through pipes |
|
What is the minimum temperature required to ignite gas or vapor without
a spark or flame being present called? |
lower explosive limit |
autoignition temperature |
flash point |
fire point |
|
Where would be the most likely location for a liquid cargo fire to occur
on a tanker? |
at the main deck manifold |
in the pumproom |
at the vent header |
in the midships house |
|
Which of the following is the chief source of spontaneous combustion aboard
tankers? |
kerosene cargo |
gasoline cargo |
JP4 cargo |
oil soaked rags or rubbish |
|
U.S. regulations require that tank vessels handling grade B liquids shall
have their cargo pumps separated from all sources of vapor ignition by which
of the following? |
areas equipped with power ventilation |
gas tight bulkheads |
cofferdams |
empty cargo spaces |
|
What is the best method for extinguishing a fire of escaping liquefied flammable
gas? |
interrupting the chain reaction |
cooling the gas below the ignition
point |
stopping the flow of gas |
cutting off the supply of oxygen |
|
Which of the following is a safety consideration when dealing with Liquefied
Gas? |
it's caustic |
it's cold |
it's corrosive |
it's carcogenic |
|
With reference to Liquefied Gas operations, what does the term "rollover"
used to describe? |
vapor pockets forming at the bottom
of a half-filled tank |
when two or more stratified layers
of different density LNG in the same tank suddenly mix together, causing
a rapid increase in boil-off vapors |
custody transfer at the terminal |
moving LNG from one tank to another |
|
What is the primary hazard of liquefied petroleum gas and liquefied natural
gas? |
pressure |
temperature |
toxicity |
flammability |
|
Which of the following conditions will cause a combustible gas indicator
to become inoperative or give erroneous readings? |
compartment to be tested is free of
CO2 |
hydrocarbon content of the atmosphere
is less than the upper explosive limit |
atmosphere has sufficient oxygen |
inerted content of the atmosphere
is less than the lower explosive limit |
|
Span gas is used for what process? |
To calibrate a gas analyzer to ensure
it indicates correct gas concentrations. |
The name of a gaseous state when the
temperature of the vapor is the same as that of the liquid. |
To insure an inert atmosphere during
the span of time when a system is being brought to a dry air condition from
a flammable atmosphere. |
To find the zero point on a gas analyzer. |
|
What is span gas used for aboard liquefied natural gas carriers? |
detect leaks in cargo piping |
odorize the cargo |
inert the barrier spaces |
calibrate the gas leak detectors |
|
How does an inert gas system on a tanker function to prevent explosions
in cargo tanks? |
De-energizes the "charged mist"
effect. |
Maintains a positive pressure on the
vent header to cool the flammable vapors. |
Inert gas dilutes the flammable vapor
and air concentrations to keep them below the lower explosive limit. |
Inert gas filters out the flammable
vapors from the cargo tank spaces. |
|
In an inert gas system, high pressure alarms are set in the main vapor collection
line to cause an audible and visual alarm if the pressure reaches a certain
level. What is the percentage of the lowest relief valve setting at which
the alarm must sound? |
70 (%) |
80 (%) |
90 (%) |
95 (%) |
|
On a tanker vessel, what is the required combined capacity of the inert
gas generating system as compared to the total capacity of all the cargo
pumps which can be operated simultaneously? |
50 (%) |
75 (%) |
100 (%) |
125 (%) |
|
Which of the following describes intrinsically safe equipment? |
an electrical circuit in which a spark
is incapable of causing the ignition of a given explosive mixture |
electrical circuits under 2 amperes |
electrical circuits under 12 volts |
an electrical circuit normally limited
to instrumentation in hazardous areas |
|
The flame screens installed on tank vents that may contain combustible gases,
are designed to prevent explosions by which of the following? |
preventing flammable vapors from entering
the tank |
dissipating the heat of an external
flame |
allowing the escape of flammable vapors |
absorbing any flammable vapors in
the vicinity |
|
The intakes for an air compressor on a tank vessel carrying grade A cargo
may be located in which of the following areas? |
An enclosed machinery space containing
cargo piping |
A cargo handling room |
An enclosed space connected to the
cargo handling room |
An area aft of the cargo area 2.5
meters vertically above the deck |
|
Which of the following choices does not depict the tank inerting process
on a tank vessel? |
the introduction of inert gas into
a cargo tank during cargo discharge operations to replace the volume of
discharged cargo |
the introduction of inert gas into
a gas free tank with the objective of reducing the oxygen content to below
8% by volume |
the introduction of nitrogen gas into
a tank with the objective of reducing the oxygen content to below 8% by
volume |
the introduction of oxygen into a
gas free tank prior to entry |
|
Your vessel is securely moored to the berth preparing to discharge a cargo
of LPG. Which of the following items would not comply with a "Safety
Checklist" and should be corrected? |
there is sufficient pumproom ventilation |
the inert gas system deck water seal
is drained and secured |
cargo tanks atmosphere pressure is
positive, with an oxygen content of 8% or below |
the fixed and portable oxygen analysers
are calibrated and operational |
|
Under which of the following conditions will the blowers of an inert gas
generation system aboard a tanker remain operational? |
boiler combustion control indicates
high oxygen level |
high temperature of the inert gas
being delivered to the cargo tanks |
The tank atmosphere above 8% oxygen |
the cooling water supply to the scrubbers
is lost |
|
The cargo pump relief valve is usually piped to which of the following components? |
cargo pump pressure gauge |
atmosphere through pump vent |
suction side of pump |
crossover line |
|
What is the required gas supply capacity of an inert gas system? |
125% of forced draft rate |
125% of fan capacity |
125% of shore side loading rate |
125% of cargo pump capacity |
|
If the inert gas system was not in operation while loading crude oil on
a tank vessel, what action would you take? |
Continue loading, as this is a normal
procedure. |
Continue loading under "Emergency
Procedures" |
Immediately stop loading. |
Immediately start up the inert gas
system and admit gas to the deck main when oxygen content is below 8 (%). |
|
Which of the following conditions will result in an automatic shut down
of the flue gas inert gas system? |
High temperature gas entering the
scrubber. |
Low temperature water leaving the
scrubber seal. |
Oxygen content of the gas falls below
5 (%). |
High temperature gas discharge from
inert gas blowers. |
|
What is the maximum allowable oxygen content within the ships cargo tanks,
inert gas piping and the vapor recovery system? |
4 (%) |
5 (%) |
8 (%) |
10 (%) |
|
When the inert gas system is temporarily unable to maintain a positive pressure,
or an oxygen content less than 8%, how should cargo operations be adjusted? |
operations should be shut down immediately |
operations should continue only under "Emergency
Procedures" |
operations should be monitored more
frequently |
operations should continue at a slower
rate until these requirements are met |
|
When a tank vessel with a capacity of 250 barrels is transferring oil to
a facility, U.S. regulations require an emergency means to stopping the
flow of oil. Where must these emergency means must be operable from? |
two or more locations on the tank
vessel |
the usual operating station of the
person in charge of the oil transfer |
the engine room, cargo control room
and bridge sequentially |
a remote location of equal distance
from the tank vessel and facility |
|
How is an inert gas system designed to reduce the possibility of tank explosions? |
by reducing the oxygen concentration
below levels necessary for combustion |
by eliminating sparks and fire in
the vicinity of cargo tanks |
by removing all hydrocarbon gases
from the cargo tanks |
by blanketing cargo tanks with inert
foam |
|
What do the emergency shutdown requirements of U.S. regulations apply to? |
condensate pumps |
induced draft fans |
cargo transfer systems |
air compressors |
|
Which alarm is NOT found on an inert gas system? |
Deck seal low water alarm |
Scrubber high water level alarm |
Low oxygen alarm |
Low pressure alarm |
|
Which is NOT a safety precaution to be observed during the loading of Liquefied
Gas? |
Report any leakage of cargo. |
Ascertain that the hoses to be used
are in good order. |
Make sure the rake ends of the barge
are completely dry and mopped. |
Be on the lookout for work being accomplished
ashore in the vicinity of the barges. |
|
What is the preferable way to extinguish an Liquefied Gas fire? |
Apply mechanical foam. |
Shut off the source of the gas feeding
the fire. |
Apply "Purple K" dry chemical. |
Apply water fog. |
|
What is generally, the first action in extinguishing an Liquefied Gas fire
caused by escaping gas? |
use a chemical foam fire extinguisher |
call the local fire department |
shut off the leak |
sweep flames away with water spray |
|
In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity while loading
petroleum products, you should __________. |
use the overall method of loading
only |
start to load slowly |
increase the air flow into the tank |
start to load at maximum pressure |
|
Where is the most likely location for a cargo fire to occur on a tanker? |
at the main deck manifold |
in the pumproom |
at the vent header |
in the midships house |
|
What is the primary function of a flame screen on a tank vessel? |
prevents inert gas from leaving a
tank |
permits the passage of vapor but not
of flame |
prevents the passage of flammable
vapors |
permits vapors to exit but not enter
a tank |
|
Which of the following is the primary function of the screens that are fitted
to the Fuel oil tank vents? |
vapors from leaving the tank vent |
flames on deck from entering the tank
vent |
air from entering the tank vent |
oil from flowing out of the tank vent |
|
Protective clothing must be worn while sampling hazardous cargo on a tankship.
This clothing includes which of the following at a minimum? |
chemical resistant gloves |
boots |
a face mask or goggles |
a hood or hard hat |
|
Which of the following will prevent a flammable atmosphere from occurring
in a cargo tank on a tank vessel? |
inert gas |
a combustion stabilizer |
an oxidizer |
a vortex eliminator |
|
In special cases, the Commandant of the Coast Guard may permit cargo piping
to pass through machinery spaces. This is permitted provided that the only
cargo carried through such piping is(are) which of the following? |
grade E |
grades D or E |
grades A or B |
LFG |
|
Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has
too much trim by the stern. What action should you take to obtain an even
keel and still maintain profitability? |
shift bunkers forward |
discharge cargo midships |
add ballast forward |
load more cargo forward |
|
46 CFR directs the location of fuel oil sounding tubes and access openings
for fuel oil tanks on cargo vessels. Where can the tubes be located? |
Laundries |
Washrooms |
Cargo holds |
Crew lounge |
|
Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has
too much trim by the stern. Which of the following action would reduce the
excessive trim? |
discharge cargo from the after tanks |
shift bunkers forward |
load more cargo forward |
add ballast forward |
|
What are flame screens used for? |
prevent flames from entering tanks |
protect firefighters from flames |
keep flames and sparks from getting
out of an engine's exhaust system |
contain flammable fumes |
|
What is a cofferdam? |
Tube fitted to an ullage hole |
Void or empty space separating two
tanks |
Opening in the deck used for cleaning
a tank |
Area the product is loaded into |
|
What type of valve is usually on the discharge side of a cargo pump on a
tank vessel? |
butterfly valve |
globe valve |
check valve |
spectacle valve |
|
On tankers with manually operated tank valves, which of the following is
the type of valve most commonly used? |
butterfly valve |
gate valve |
check valve |
globe valve |
|
On modern tankers with separate pump rooms, which of the following is used
to minimize cargo pump shaft leakage? |
Stuffing box glands |
Shaft sleeves |
Mechanical seals |
Slinger rings |
|
The condition of asphyxia arises from which of the following? |
an inadequate supply of oxygen |
too much oxygen |
sleep deprivation |
improper caloric intake |
|
Compared to air, the weight of liquefied petroleum gas vapors are which
of the following? |
lighter |
the same |
heavier |
variable |
|
What would likely happen if you were exposed to a 100% methane atmosphere
for more than 15 minutes? |
be severely burned |
suffocate |
break out in a cyrogenic rash |
become quite ill due to the toxic
nature of the gas |
|
When providing first aid to a victim of gas poisoning, what is the MOST
important symptom to check for? |
slow and weak pulse |
unconsciousness |
suspension of breathing |
cold and moist skin |
|
Cryogenic burns can result in frostbite, what is the proper immediate treatment? |
Apply ice to the area and gradually
warm. |
Warm the area quickly by placing it
in water at 108°F until it has thawed. |
Massage the affected area. |
Compress the affected area with cryogenic
burn heat wrap. |
|
What is the proper first aid for LPG in the eye? |
Keep the eyelid close. |
Apply an ice pack to the eye. |
Flush the eye with plenty of water. |
Rub the eye area clean. |
|
Every U.S. crude oil tankship with a keel laying date on or after 1/1/75,
shall be equipped with an inert gas system if the tonnage is more than __________. |
50,000 DWT (metric tons) |
50,000 DWT (long tons) |
100,000 DWT (metric tons) |
100,000 DWT (long tons) |
|
During loading and discharging operations, in addition to when the cargo
tanks have been properly filled, each inert gas system must be capable of
maintaining a minimum gas pressure of __________. |
75 millimeters of water pressure |
125 millimeters of water pressure |
150 millimeters of water pressure |
100 millimeters of water pressure |
|
Which statement about the pressure in a tank being inerted by an inert gas
system is TRUE? |
A positive pressure should be maintained
at all times. |
The maximum pressure permitted is
8 psi. |
The pressure must remain within the
limits of +5 psi to -1 psi. |
None of the above |
|
Where are remote readouts for oxygen concentration, pressure, and temperature
of an inert gas system required to be located? |
Main deck and engine control consoles |
Cargo control and engine control consoles |
Bridge and tank(s) being inerted |
Bridge and engine control consoles |
|
Each ship having an inert gas system must have a portable instrument to
measure concentrations of hydrocarbon vapor in inert atmospheres and also
to measure __________. |
oxygen |
water vapor |
carbon dioxide |
nitrogen |
|
Each inert gas system must be designed to supply the cargo tanks with a
gas, or mixture of gasses, that has an oxygen content by volume of __________. |
20% or less |
5% or less |
15% or less |
10% or less |
|
Coast Guard Regulations permit which of the following systems to be used
for fire prevention and the simultaneous inerting of cargo tanks on tank
vessels? |
A fixed water spray system |
An inert gas system |
The fire main system |
The deck foam system |
|
The last 1.0 meter (3.3 feet) of vapor piping before the vessel vapor connection
must be painted __________. |
hi-visibility yellow |
yellow/red/yellow |
international orange |
red/yellow/red |
|
Each inert gas system gas main must have an automatic shut down valve at
the outlet of the gas production plant. This valve must close automatically
upon __________. |
low inert gas temperature |
blower failure |
deck seal low water level |
cargo pump failure |
|
On a vapor control system, each vessel's vapor connection flange must have
a __________. |
pressure gauge permanently attached
to the flange |
6" reducer |
hose saddle |
stud at least 1" long projecting
from the flange face |
|
Vapor recovery hoses must be tested yearly at what ratio to their maximum
allowable working pressure? |
1½ mawp |
2 mawp |
3 mawp |
5 mawp |
|
During loading, what is the minimum pressure required to be maintained by
the inert gas system on cargo tanks? |
2" water gauge |
4" water gauge |
20" water gauge |
40" water gauge |
|
When checking the oxygen content of the cargo tanks prior to loading cargoes
requiring vapor recovery, the atmosphere must be sampled __________. |
one meter from the tank bottom and
one meter below the tank top |
at three meter intervals from the
tank top |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter above the tank bottom |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter below the tank top |
|
An on-board monitoring system, using level sensors permanently installed
in each vessel compartment, will have a high level alarm set at not more
than __________. |
90% of compartment capacity |
99% of compartment capacity |
97% of compartment capacity |
95% of compartment capacity |
|
What is the combined fan discharge rate in an inert gas system is related
to? |
shoreside loading rate |
size of the largest cargo tank |
boiler forced draft fan rate |
maximum cargo pump discharge rate |
|
How does an inert gas system on a tanker function to prevent explosions
in cargo tanks? |
Inert gas filters out the flammable
vapors from the cargo tank spaces. |
Inert gas dilutes the flammable vapor
and air concentrations to keep them below the lower explosive limit. |
Maintains a positive pressure on the
vent header to cool the flammable vapors. |
De-energizes the "charged mist"
effect. |
|
How does an inert gas system on a tanker function to prevent explosions
in cargo tanks? |
Maintains a positive pressure on the
vent header to cool the flammable vapors. |
De-energizes the "charged mist"
effect. |
Inert gas dilutes the flammable vapor
and air concentrations to keep them below the lower explosive limit. |
Inert gas filters out the flammable
vapors from the cargo tank spaces. |
|
What is NOT a requirement for the safe and effective use of a crude oil
washing system? |
Use portable washing machines to reach
areas obscured by structural members in the tanks. |
Decant one meter from the source tank
for the tank cleaning machines. |
Strip all tanks and remove the bottom
residue. |
Use an inert gas system while washing
tanks. |
|
Which alarm is NOT found on an inert gas system? |
Low oxygen alarm |
Scrubber high water level alarm |
Low pressure alarm |
Deck seal low water alarm |
|
The high-level overfill tank alarm, installed in the on-board monitoring
system, must __________. |
sound when the tank is 90% full |
operate in unison with other alarms |
be both audible and visual |
be the same as the overfill alarm |
|
In an inert gas system, high pressure alarms are set in the main vapor collection
line to cause an audible and visual alarm if the pressure reaches a certain
level. What is the percentage of the lowest relief valve setting at which
the alarm must sound? |
70 (%) |
80 (%) |
90 (%) |
95 (%) |
|
You are on an inerted tankship. A low pressure alarm must be set to cause
an audible and visual alarm if the pressure in the tanks cannot be maintained
at more than __________. |
90% of the pressure drop through the
scrubber |
90% of the vacuum assist fan |
4" water gauge |
90% of the vacuum relief setting |
|
On a tank vessel, each high level alarm and tank overfill alarm must be
tested __________. |
anytime prior to loading |
no earlier than 24 hours prior to
loading |
no later than 24 hours prior to loading |
weekly |
|
What percent of oxygen content by volume, must each inert gas system be
designed to supply the cargo tanks with a gas, or mixture of gases? |
15% or less |
20% or less |
10% or less |
5% or less |
|
The fresh air intake of the inert gas system __________. |
allows the inert gas piping to be
used for gas freeing the tanks |
opens when there is excessive vacuum
on the deck water seal |
enables outside air to mix with and
to cool the hot flue gasses |
prevents the flue gas from falling
below an oxygen content of 3% |
|
Which part of the inert gas system is designed to relieve sudden large overpressures
that exceed the capacity of the mechanical P/V valves? |
Pressure control valve |
Deck water seal |
Isolation valve |
Liquid filled P/V breaker |
|
After the initial cleaning of flue gas in an inert gas system the gas is
passed through what device for final cleaning? |
Demister |
Deck water seal |
Final filter |
Scrubber |
|
Which function is NOT provided by the scrubber of an inert gas system? |
Removes chemical impurities from the
gas. |
Removes particulate matter like soot. |
Cools the inert gas. |
Maintains gas pressure in the tanks. |
|
What is the major function of the deck water seal in an inert gas system? |
Relieves excessive pressures from
the system. |
Removes any leftover water or soot
after the gas has been scrubbed. |
Isolates hazardous areas from nonhazardous
areas. |
Prevents the flow of inert gas into
closed or isolated tanks. |
|
The deck water seal of the inert gas system __________. |
cools the inert gas and prevents soot
from entering the cargo tanks |
acts as an emergency system shutdown
when the inlet pressures exceed the safe working pressure in the hazardous
zone |
prevents the backflow of hydrocarbon
gasses into nonhazardous areas |
relieves sudden large overpressures
in the system |
|
The component in an inert gas system used for cleaning the gas of solid
and sulfur combustion products, while simultaneously cooling the inert gas,
is called the __________. |
scrubber |
filter |
cooler |
purifier |
|
Which of the listed functions is the purpose of a gas scrubber in an inert
gas generation system? |
Maintains flow to the water seal on
the gas main. |
Cools the inert gas. |
Maintains the oxygen content at 5%
by volume. |
Bleeds off static electricity in the
inert gas. |
|
After allowing for pressure losses, the pressure-volume capacity of an inert
gas blower must be able to maintain a pressure, in any cargo tank, at a
minimum of __________. |
50 millimeters of water pressure |
100 millimeters of water pressure |
150 millimeters of water pressure |
200 millimeters of water pressure |
|
The combined fan discharge rate in an inert gas system is related to the
__________. |
cargo pump discharge rate |
boiler forced draft fan rate |
size of the largest cargo tank |
shoreside loading rate |
|
In order for combustion to occur inside a piping system such as a vapor
collection header in a marine emission control system, there must be __________. |
oxygen |
fuel |
ignition |
All of the above. |
|
Each hose used for transferring vapors must __________. |
have a design burst pressure of at
least 25 psig |
be capable of withstanding at least
2.0 psi vacuum without collapsing or constricting |
be electrically continuous with a
maximum resistance of ten thousand ohms |
All of the above. |
|
The liquid-filled PV breaker has acted to relieve a vacuum in a tank. What
action must be taken in regards to the PV-breaker before continuing operations? |
Refill the breaker with liquid. |
Manually reset the vacuum side of
the breaker. |
Install a new rupture disc. |
Check to make certain that it has
reset itself. |
|
What type of liquid is used in the liquid P/V breaker? |
Hydraulic oil |
Distilled water |
Water-antifreeze mixture |
Oil from the cargo |
|
Which method is used to supply inert gas from a flue gas system to the cargo
tanks? |
High capacity fan |
Exhaust gas pressure from the stack |
Inert gas compressor |
Natural aspiration |
|
The purpose of the deck seal in an inert gas system is to prevent __________. |
flammable vapors from entering machinery
space |
inert gas escaping to atmosphere |
air entering inert gas system |
flue gas escaping to atmosphere |
|
The blowers of an inert gas generation system aboard a tanker, will be automatically
secured if __________. |
normal water supply at the water seal
is lost |
the cooling water supply to the scrubbers
is lost |
the temperature of the inert gas being
delivered to the cargo tanks is more than 150°F |
All of the above. |
|
Which function is NOT provided by the scrubber of an inert gas system? |
Cools the inert gas. |
Removes particulate matter like soot. |
Maintains gas pressure in the tanks. |
Removes chemical impurities from the
gas. |
|
Which of the following describes the fresh air intake of the inert gas system? |
it enables outside air to mix with
and to cool the hot flue gases |
it allows the inert gas piping to
be used for gas freeing the tanks |
it prevents the flue gas from falling
below an oxygen content of 3% |
it opens when there is excessive vacuum
on the deck water seal |
|
Tank vessel inerting refers to __________. |
the introduction of inert gas into
a tank with the object of reducing the oxygen content to below 8% by volume |
the introduction of inert gas into
a gas free tank for the purpose of reducing the oxygen content to below
8% by volume |
the introduction of inert gas into
a cargo tank during cargo discharge to replace the volume of discharged
cargo |
All of the above. |
|
An inert gas system on a tanker should be used to __________. |
dilute tank atmospheres to keep gas
concentrations below the lower explosive limit |
prevent fires in the pumproom by continually
displacing flammable vapors |
prevent the generation of flammable
or combustible gas in tanks |
blow out cargo lines to prevent the
build up of gas concentrations |
|
An inert gas system is designed to reduce the possibility of tank explosions
by __________. |
removing all hydrocarbon gases from
the cargo tanks |
reducing the oxygen concentration
below levels necessary for combustion |
eliminating sparks and fire in the
vicinity of cargo tanks |
blanketing cargo tanks with inert
foam |
|
The purpose of inert gas systems aboard tank vessels is to __________. |
provide increase in cargo discharge
pressure |
allow sufficient oxygen in the tank
to sustain life |
comply with double hull pollution
prevention regulations |
prevent outside air from entering
the tank |
|
An inert gas system installed on a tanker is designed to __________. |
aid in the stripping and cleaning
of cargo tanks |
force toxic and explosive fumes from
a cargo tank to vent to the outside atmosphere |
lower the oxygen levels inside cargo
tanks, making explosion nearly impossible |
increase the rate of discharge of
cargo |
|
On a hydrocarbon flammability chart the line which extends from 0% to 21.8%
oxygen, lying tangent to the flammability range, is called the __________. |
critical displacement line |
critical dilution line |
minimum oxygen content line |
upper threshold limit |
|
The maximum allowable oxygen content within the ship's cargo tanks, inert
gas piping and the vapor recovery system is __________. |
4 (%) |
5 (%) |
8 (%) |
10 (%) |
|
Introducing inert gas into a tank already inert with the object of further
reducing the oxygen or hydrocarbon content to prevent combustion if air
enters the tank is called __________. |
bonding |
gas dispersion |
gas freeing |
purging |
|
The advantages of using an inert gas system on a tank vessel is that it
provides __________. |
tank atmosphere with low oxygen content |
better fuel economy |
for faster loading |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning inert gas systems on tank vessels? |
Flue gases from the ship's boilers
are used in some systems. |
Helium is the preferred inert gas. |
Using the system accelerates the rusting
of the tanks. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement about the inert gas system is TRUE? |
Flue gas with excessive oxygen content
is de-oxygenated in the scrubber. |
The boiler will produce the most quantity
of flue gas for the IG system when the boiler load is very light. |
The boiler will produce the best quality
of flue gas for the IG system when the boiler load is very light. |
Boiler soot blowers should never be
used when the IG system is operating. |
|
You are discharging cargo and the inert gas system is in operation to inert
the tanks. The pressure in a tank being discharged starts to drop below
the allowable limit. What action should you take? |
Reduce the pumping rate. |
Open the tank isolation valve to the
fully open position. |
Cut in another IG fan to increase
gas flow. |
Open the pressure control valve until
the pressure increases. |
|
Which operation may cause the pressure in an inert tank to fall below the
prescribed limits? |
Loading |
Discharging |
Steaming tanks |
Crude oil washing |
|
Which statement about inert gas pressures in a cargo tank is TRUE? |
The pressures of the inert gas in
the tank may create excessive pressure at the pump while discharging. |
Gas pressures should be maintained
at the highest permissible level throughout the discharging process. |
High gas pressures may cause loss
of suction when stripping. |
High gas pressures may cause pyrophoric
oxidation in the tank. |
|
Which action must be taken when an individual cargo tank is closed off from
the inert gas system by the tank isolation valve? |
The tank must be gas freed. |
The tank must be ballasted. |
The tank must be vented to the atmosphere. |
The bypass valve must also be closed. |
|
Which step is NOT generally taken when gas-freeing a tank? |
Fresh air ventilation |
Removal of corrosion products and
sludge |
Washing the tank interior with sea
water |
Application of degreasing solvents |
|
Which of the following describes excessive recirculation of inert gas? |
it is likely to over heat the deck
water seal |
it is undesirable and it may lead
to high oxygen content of the inert gas |
it is highly recommended |
it is likely to over pressurize the
cargo tanks |
|
Which of the following methods is used to supply inert gas from a flue gas
system to the cargo tanks? |
Exhaust gas pressure |
High capacity fan |
Inert gas compressor |
Natural aspiration |
|
While discharging cargo, the cargo tank pressures are falling too low. What
can the Cargo Officer do to correct the problem? |
Slow the discharge rate. |
Ask the terminal to send more vapor
to the ship. |
Stop the discharge rate. |
All of the above. |
|
You are discharging cargo and the inert gas system is in operation to inert
the tanks. The pressure in a tank being discharged starts to drop below
the allowable limit. What action should you take? |
Cut in another IG fan to increase
gas flow. |
Open the pressure control valve until
the pressure increases. |
Open the tank isolation valve to the
fully open position. |
Reduce the pumping rate. |
|
You are on a multiple-product chemical tanker with orders to load diethylamine.
What is NOT a requirement for transporting this cargo? |
Each crew member must be provided
with an emergency escape breathing apparatus. |
You must have a containment system
made out of stainless steel other than types 416 and 422. |
You must have two toxic vapor detectors
or the pumproom must meet special requirements. |
If you are also carrying allyl alcohol,
the venting systems don't have to be segregated. |
|
On a manned vessel carrying packaged hazardous cargo, the hazardous materials
shall be inspected __________. |
every 24 hours unless equipped with
a fire detecting system |
after stowage is complete |
prior to entry into a U.S. port |
All of the above. |
|
Your tankship is carrying a 30% solution of hydrogen peroxide. The cargo
containment system must have a permanent inert gas system. While discharging
this cargo the inert gas system must maintain a minimum pressure of __________. |
3.0 psig |
0.5 psig |
5.0 psig |
atmospheric pressure |
|
In accordance with regulations, ethylene oxide shall be loaded below what
temperature? |
51°F |
90°F |
70°F |
its flash point |
|
Protective clothing must be worn while sampling hazardous cargo on a tankship,
and as a minimum includes __________. |
chemical resistant gloves |
a face mask or goggles |
boots |
a hood or hard hat |
|
Which statement about the carriage of solid hazardous materials in bulk
is TRUE? |
Hazardous materials that require separation
must not be handled at the same time. |
The shipping papers can be used in
lieu of a Dangerous Cargo Manifest for a vessel carrying solid hazardous
materials in bulk. |
A certificate issued by ABS will be
accepted as evidence that the vessel complies with all applicable loading
regulations. |
A special permit issued by the Coast
Guard is required before bulk solid materials that require special handling
are loaded |
|
You are on a cargo vessel carrying toluol in bulk in portable tanks. Which
is a requirement for pumping the toluol? |
If transferring at anchor, you must
display a red flag by day and a red light at night. |
Hose connections to the tank must
be made with a minimum of three bolts. |
You must shut down if another vessel
comes alongside. |
There must be water pressure on the
fire main. |
|
Your tankship is carrying a cargo of styrene. Which of the following is
NOT a requirement for carriage of this cargo? |
P/V valves with galvanized parts must
be replaced. |
You must have a "Certificate
of Inhibition" provided by the shipper. |
The cargo tank heating coils must
be blanked off. |
Authorization to carry styrene must
be endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection. |
|
Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel
was laid in 1980. Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo
is TRUE? |
Carriage of this cargo is authorized
by issuance of an IMO Certificate. |
Aluminum, copper, zinc, and mercury
are allowed in valve parts in contact with the cargo. |
The cargo may be gauged by automatic
float type devices. |
A flammable gas detection system must
be installed in each cargo pump room. |
|
Your U.S. tankship is designed to carry anhydrous ammonia in bulk. The keel
was laid in 1980. Which statement concerning the carriage of this cargo
is TRUE? |
Aluminum and copper alloys are prohibited
from being in valve parts in contact with the cargo. |
Carriage of this cargo is authorized
by issuance of an IMO Certificate. |
Tanks may not be located "on
deck". |
A flammable gas detection system must
be installed in each cargo pump room. |
|
You are on a vessel designed to carry compressed gasses in bulk with a cargo
of butadiene. Which statement is TRUE? |
The shipping document must specify
the exact quantity of butadiene being carried. |
The cargo tank may be sampled only
when the tank is being filled. |
Silver and copper are prohibited in
the parts of valves and fittings in contact with the cargo. |
The ullage must be padded with compressed
air at a minimum pressure of 2 psig. |
|
You are to load styrene in bulk, which is subject to self-polymerization.
In accordance with 46 CFR Table 153 what are you required to do? |
use heating coils to maintain the
styrene within the temperatures specified by the shipper |
be furnished with a Certificate of
Inhibition to be maintained on the bridge |
inject nitrogen to pad any ullage
above the styrene to prevent contact with oxygen |
not carry any cargo in the tanks surrounding
the tank loaded with styrene |
|
You are on a tankship designed to carry molten sulfur. Which statement is
TRUE? |
Cargo temperature may be taken by
portable thermometers. |
There must be two portable toxic vapor
detectors on board. |
The pressure in the heating coils
in the tanks must be less than that of the cargo exerted on them. |
The cargo tank ventilation system
must maintain the H2S vapor concentration at 1.85% or more by volume. |
|
You are on a cargo vessel carrying portable tanks of dangerous cargoes in
bulk. Which statement is TRUE? |
If the tanks are pumped out while
remaining on board, each hose connection must have a minimum of three bolts. |
When transferring sulfuric acid, you
must display a red flag by day whether at anchor or moored. |
All electrical equipment within 10
feet horizontally must be explosion proof or intrinsically safe. |
If the tanks are off loaded, no more
than two tanks may be lifted together in a hoist. |
|
What type of gauging is required for a cargo of formic acid? |
Restricted |
Closed |
Open |
None of the above |
|
You are on a tankship carrying benzene in bulk. Which statement is TRUE? |
No other cargoes may be carried due
to the possibility of contamination by a carcinogen. |
Benzene is not a cancer-causing agent. |
Personnel working in regulated areas
must use respirators. |
The crew quarters must have positive-pressure
ventilation to prevent the fumes from entering the living spaces. |
|
What is NOT required as special safety equipment on a tankship carrying
hazardous cargoes in bulk? |
Shower and eyewash fountain |
Two portable vapor detectors suitable
for the cargoes carried |
Equipment to lift an injured person
from a pumproom |
A safety locker adjacent to the emergency
shutdown station |
|
You are on a vessel carrying liquefied butadiene in bulk. Which document
is NOT required to be either in the wheelhouse or easily accessible to the
person on watch while underway? |
Cargo manual |
Certificate of Inspection |
Shipping document |
Cargo information card |
|
Which is NOT required on a tankship carrying hazardous liquid cargoes in
bulk? |
Certificate of Adequacy for the hazardous
cargoes carried |
Certificate of Inspection issued under
the Tank Vessel Regulations |
Cargo piping plan showing loading
rates for all applicable cargo lines |
A copy of 46 CFR parts 35 and 150 |
|
Your tank vessel is loading a hazardous cargo. The allowance for expansion
is based on ambient temperatures of what maximum range? |
-18°C to 46°C |
-40°C to 50°C |
-10°C to 90°C |
0°C to 100°C |
|
You are on a vessel that carries liquefied gasses in bulk. The person on
watch is required to have what information about the cargo easily accessible? |
Exact quantity on board |
Name and address of consignee |
Firefighting procedures |
Port of loading |
|
You have a tow of chemical barges. The mate reports an ammonia smell around
the head of the tow. You would suspect a leak in the barge carrying __________. |
propanolamine |
morpholine |
methyl chloride |
heptane |
|
No hot work shall be performed on board a vessel with hazardous materials
as cargo unless the work is approved by the __________. |
local U.S. Coast Guard Captain of
the Port |
National Cargo Bureau |
American Bureau of Shipping |
harbormaster |
|
In handling break bulk hazardous materials, it is forbidden to use __________. |
metal bale hooks |
slings |
cargo nets |
pallets |
|
Once a vessel has loaded packaged hazardous cargo, the cargo spaces shall
be inspected. The spaces shall also be inspected at least once in every
24 hours. The only exception to daily inspection is when __________. |
the cargo is of a nonflammable type |
a vessel is equipped with an automatic
smoke or fire detecting system |
there is sufficient fire protection
located on the main deck adjacent to the cargo hatch |
the cargo hatches are of steel construction |
|
You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The regulations require
you to __________. |
keep a warning sign posted nearby |
allow no chipping or painting in the
vicinity of the cargo |
periodically inspect it and make an
entry in a log |
keep a fire hose run out and ready
for use if needed |
|
If a Master must jettison a container loaded with hazardous material, he
must, as soon as possible, notify the __________. |
National Cargo Bureau |
Environmental Protection Agency |
nearest Captain of the Port |
National Hazardous Chemical Response
Center |
|
Your ship is carrying hazardous cargo. During a daily inspection, you notice
that some of the cargo has shifted and several cases are broken. You should
FIRST __________. |
log the facts in the rough log and
inform the Chief Mate later |
call out the deck gang to jettison
the cargo |
make a determination of the seriousness
of the breakage, and do what you think best |
report the facts immediately to the
Master, who will make a decision |
|
When stowing hazardous materials on deck, lashing of such cargo is permitted
if __________. |
the lashings are secured to deck pad
eyes |
a wooden bin is constructed of at
least 2-inch dunnage and bolted together |
the cargo is lashed to the adjacent
guard rails |
there is at least 3 inches of dunnage
on deck |
|
What is NOT a requirement for the preparation of used, gasoline-propelled
cars if they are to be carried as ordinary cargo and not as hazardous cargo? |
The fuel tank must be inerted with
CO2. |
The engine must be run until it dies
from lack of fuel. |
The ignition key may not be in the
ignition. |
The vehicle must be inspected for
fuel leaks. |
|
Which agency is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in the inspection of
vessels for the suitability of loading hazardous materials? |
U.S. Navy explosive loading details |
National Cargo Bureau, Inc. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Environmental Protection Agency |
|
What would NOT require that a detailed report of the release of hazardous
cargo be made to the Department of Transportation? |
The valve on an empty portable tank
that contained acetone is accidentally opened and some of the residue escapes
to the open sea. |
Heavy weather causes damage to packages
of a hazardous liquid that is subsequently pumped out at sea through the
bilge pumping system. |
Part of your deck cargo of five gallon
cans of paint is damaged and leaking so you jettison them to eliminate the
fire hazard. |
A carboy of nitric acid is broken
on deck while loading and is flushed overboard with no injury or damage. |
|
You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. You must inspect this
cargo __________. |
after encountering rough weather |
daily, at sea only |
after loading and prior to arrival
in port only |
daily |
|
You are transporting dangerous cargo on your vessel. The Dangerous Cargo
Manifest must be signed by the __________. |
Master or his authorized representative |
shipper |
Master only |
U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector |
|
You have loaded dangerous cargo on your vessel and must fill out a Dangerous
Cargo Manifest. In which publication would you find the requirements to
complete this form? |
IMDG - International Maritime Dangerous
Goods |
33 CFR - Navigation and Navigable
Waters |
46 CFR - Shipping |
IMCO - Intergovernmental Maritime
Consultative Organization |
|
You are loading a cargo that includes cylinders of acetylene aboard your
break bulk vessel. Which statement is true? |
The cylinders may be protected from
the radiant heat of the Sun by laying a tarp on them. |
The cylinders must be stowed at least
10 horizontal feet from corrosive materials in the same space. |
Stowage in the upper deck-deck is
considered to be the equivalent of "on deck" stowage for this
cargo. |
The cylinders must have a red label
for flammability and a green label for compressed gas. |
|
All handling and stowage of packaged hazardous materials on board a domestic
vessel engaged in foreign trade shall be done under the supervision of __________. |
a U.S. Coast Guard Marine Inspector |
the National Cargo Bureau |
an officer assigned to the vessel |
the American Bureau of Shipping |
|
If you carry packaged hazardous cargoes on a break bulk vessel bound foreign,
you must __________. |
log the receipt of hazardous cargoes
in the Official Logbook |
stow the hazardous cargoes on deck
available for jettisoning if necessary |
have the shipping papers indicate
the proper shipping name and the technical name of n.o.s. cargoes |
remove the hazardous cargo labels
from a portable tank after the tank is emptied |
|
Many dangerous cargoes are stowed on deck because of the __________. |
necessity of periodic inspection |
danger to crew and cargo |
possible need to jettison |
All of the above. |
|
You have completed a Dangerous Cargo Manifest for dangerous cargoes loaded
on board. It should be kept in a conspicuous location __________. |
in the radio room |
in the ship's office |
outside the Captain's stateroom |
on or near the bridge |
|
The National Cargo Bureau represents the __________. |
shipper |
operator |
agent |
All of the above. |
|
Which spaces are required to be segregated from cargo tanks carrying grades
A, B, C, or D cargoes? |
Navigation spaces |
Cofferdams |
Enclosed deck spaces |
Pump rooms |
|
What is NOT required of the cargo tank venting on a tank barge carrying
grade A liquids? |
Each cargo tank must have a vent. |
A vent header must be fitted with
a pressure-vacuum valve. |
The diameter of the vent must be greater
than 4 inches in diameter. |
The vent must extend to a reasonable
height above the weather deck. |
|
In special cases, the Commandant of the Coast Guard may permit cargo piping
to pass through machinery spaces, what are the type(s) of cargo permitted
to be carried through such piping? |
grades A or B |
grades D or E |
grade E |
LFG |
|
What must access to a cargo pumproom on a tank vessel carrying grades A,
B, C or D liquid cargoes be? |
at least 13.1 feet away from the galleys,
living quarters or navigation spaces |
only from areas equipped with power
ventilation systems |
isolated from any part of the vessel
which normally contains sources of vapor ignition |
from the open deck |
|
Air compressors are NOT permitted in which space(s) on a tank barge carrying
grade A cargo? |
A cargo handling room |
A space in which cargo hose is stored |
An enclosed space containing cargo
piping |
All of the above. |
|
On a barge carrying grade A cargo, who determines where smoking may be permitted
during a loading operation? |
The vessel owner |
The OCMI who issued the Certificate
of Inspection |
Smoking is not permitted during a
loading operation. |
The senior deck officer on duty or
certified tankerman |
|
According to regulations, cargo pump rooms, on the tank vessels handling
grades A, B, or C liquid cargo, shall be equipped with power ventilation
of the exhaust type. What is the time requirement to sufficiently effect
a complete change of air? |
1 minute |
2 minutes |
3 minutes |
5 minutes |
|
A vessel constructed after 1970, carrying grades A, B, C or D cargoes, has
enclosed spaces where sources of vapor ignition are normally present. What
is not required for the segregation of these spaces from cargo tanks? |
cofferdams |
galleys |
pump rooms |
tanks used to carry liquids having
a flash point of 150°F or above |
|
Regulations require that cargo pumprooms on tank barges (constructed in
1965) carrying grades B or C liquid cargoes have power ventilation systems.
In what time period can these systems completely change the air? |
1 minute |
3 minutes |
5 minutes |
10 minutes |
|
Regulations require that cargo tanks in which grades B or C liquids are
carried must be vented with which of the following? |
Flame screens |
Gooseneck vents |
Pressure vacuum relief valves |
Forced draft blowers |
|
What are tank vessels handling grade B liquids required to have their cargo
pumps separated from all sources of vapor ignition by? |
gas tight bulkheads |
empty cargo spaces |
cofferdams |
areas equipped with power ventilation |
|
What are the minimum ventilation requirements for pumprooms on tank vessels,
constructed in 1960, carrying grades B or C liquid cargo with machinery
spaces located below the freeboard deck? |
gooseneck vents and flame screens |
that it be fitted with at least two
ducts extended to the weather deck |
that it be power ventilation |
that it be connected to a vent header
system |
|
In order to carry a cargo of triethanolamine, what hull type is required? |
I |
II |
III |
IV |
|
Who must approve the carriage of a liquefied gas not appearing in table
4 of 46 CFR Part 154? |
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection |
vessel owner |
Commandant (G-MTH) |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
Flammable liquids should have what kind of label? |
White |
Red |
Yellow |
Skull and crossbones |
|
Flammable liquids should have what kind of label? |
Skull and crossbones |
Red |
Yellow |
White |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which material is not compatible with
vinylidene chloride (inhibited)? |
Nickel |
Copper or copper alloys |
Aluminum |
Stainless steel |
|
Camphor oil is classified as a __________. |
Grade A flammable liquid |
Grade C flammable liquid |
Grade D combustible liquid |
Grade E combustible liquid |
|
Grade E combustible liquids have a flash point of __________. |
150°F and above |
150°F and below |
below 80°F |
below 150°F and above 80°F |
|
Grade E combustible liquids are those having flash points of __________. |
150°F or greater |
greater than 115°F and less than 150°F |
greater than 80°F and less than 115°F |
80°F or less |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, fuel oil number 6 has a flash point
(degrees F) of __________. |
65 |
80 - 100 |
110 - 140 |
150 - 430(cc) |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which extinguishing agent is NOT recommended
for use on a retinol fire? |
Foam |
Dry chemical |
CO2 |
Water spray |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what is NOT a recommended extinguishing
agent for an ethylene cyanohydrin fire? |
Dry chemical |
Alcohol foam |
Water fog |
CO2 |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which material would corrode upon
contact with aniline? |
Copper |
Nickel |
Mild steel |
Aluminum |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what are the flammable limits of ethylene
oxide? |
2 - 100 (%) |
2.7 - 34 (%) |
1.85 - 48.0 (%) |
1.9 - 88.0 (%) |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, ethylene oxide exhibits which fire
and explosion hazard? |
It does not need oxygen for combustion. |
It reacts with water to provide flammable
vapors. |
Its flash point is 80.4°F. |
It breaks down into highly toxic fumes
of bromides. |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what does ethyl chloride produce when
ignited? |
Poisonous chlorine gas |
Toxic fumes of lead |
Poisonous phosgene gas |
Toxic fumes of oxides of nitrogen |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, propylene oxide is assigned a health
hazard rating of 3,2,2. What does the last digit "2" of the rating
mean? |
chemical vapors will cause a slight
smarting of the eyes or respiratory system if present in high concentrations |
the chemical is severely hazardous,
usually having threshold limits below 10 ppm |
the chemical poison presents some
hazard if it enters the body and typically has threshold limits of 100 to
500 ppm |
the chemical contains fairly severe
skin irritants, causing second- and third-degree burns after a few minutes
contact |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what is a recommended extinguishing
agent for an ethyl chloride fire? |
Carbon Tetrachloride |
Alcohol foam |
CO2 |
Water foam |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which extinguishing agent is recommended
for use in fighting an ethylamine fire? |
Dry chemical |
Water foam |
Water fog |
Sand or Sawdust |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what does the grade B flammable liquid
carbon disulfide produce when burning? |
carbon tetrachloride |
phosgene gas |
sulfur dioxide gas |
sulfuric acid gas |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, the flash point for the grade B flammable
liquid piperylene is __________. |
108°F |
43°C |
not available |
-20°F |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, piperylene possesses which characteristic? |
A boiling point of 43°F |
Insoluble in water |
A Reid vapor pressure of 14 psia |
Specific Gravity of 0.86 |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, 1,3 - pentadiene possesses which characteristic? |
Colorless liquid, faint odor |
Straw-colored liquid, sweet-odor |
Colorless liquid, mild aromatic odor |
Pale yellow liquid, strong odor |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, to what chemical family does 1,3 -
pentadiene belong? |
Olefins |
Unsaturated hydrocarbons |
Esters |
Phosphorus |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what is the Reid Vapor Pressure of
tert-butylamine? |
11 (psig) |
12 (psig) |
13 (psig) |
14 (psig) |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, what is a characteristic of allyl
chloride? |
It has sour odor. |
It is classified as a grade B poison. |
It is chemically unstable |
It may be stored in steel tanks |
|
According to the chemical data guide, what type of odor would you smell
if a leak occurred while loading diethylenetriamine? |
gasoline |
rotten eggs |
ammonia |
None of the above |
|
Grade D liquids are those having flash points of __________. |
80°F or less |
212°F or greater |
150°F or greater but less than 212°F |
greater than 80°F and less than 150°F |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, epichlorohydrin is a(n) __________. |
corrosive |
class B poison |
oxidizer |
explosive |
|
According to the Chemical Data Guide, which extinguishing agent should be
used on a petrolatum fire in an open area? |
Dry chemical |
Monoxide powders |
CO2 |
Foam |
|
Nonflammable gases should have what kind of label? |
Red |
Skull and crossbones |
Green |
White |
|
Nonflammable gases should have what kind of label? |
Skull and crossbones |
Red |
Green |
White |
|
The flash point of vinyl chloride is __________. |
-20°F (-29°C) |
97°F (36°C) |
32°F (0°C) |
-108°F (-78°C) |
|
Another name for coal naphtha that would appear on a dangerous cargo manifest
is __________. |
tar |
middle oil |
benzene |
toluene |
|
You are loading a cargo tank on your container ship. The tank displays the
red label as shown in illustration D023DG below. Which statement is TRUE? |
The tank's volume is 1077 cubic feet. |
There are three tanks in the shipment. |
The tank contains an oxidizing material. |
The tank contains propylene. |
|
Which statement concerning castor oil is TRUE? |
It has a specific gravity of 1.3. |
It is a grade E combustible liquid. |
It has a Reid vapor pressure of 9.5. |
The boiling point is 215°F (102°C). |
|
What produces the MOST dangerous vapors? |
Camphor oil |
Pentane |
Methyl alcohol |
Anhydrous ammonia |
|
What is the MOST irritating to the skin? |
Oleum |
Ethyl alcohol |
Isoprene |
Carbon disulfide |
|
What is an explosion hazard when exposed to flame? |
Tallow |
Nitrous oxide |
Toluene |
Formic acid |
|
Sulfuric acid is a __________. |
whitish liquid with a faint, pleasant
odor |
colorless-to-brown liquid with a choking
odor when hot |
colorless liquid with a pleasant fruity
odor |
clear syrupy liquid with no odor |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning toluene? |
Its Reid Vapor Pressure is 9.4. |
The boiling point is 174°F. |
It is an aromatic hydrocarbon. |
It is classified as a grade A flammable
liquid. |
|
What is a solid at ambient temperature? |
Methyl chloride |
Napthalene |
Aniline |
Formic acid |
|
Which flash point would indicate a grade E combustible liquid? |
140°F |
155°F |
80°F |
75°F |
|
Vinyl chloride reacts dangerously with __________. |
alkalies |
saltwater |
concentrated nitric acid |
organic acids |
|
Heavy fuel oils when spilled are __________. |
easier to clean up than lighter refined
oils |
more harmful to sea life than lighter
oils |
less harmful to sea life than lighter
oils |
not a real threat to marine life |
|
Containers of flammable solids should be conspicuously labeled by the shipper
with a __________. |
yellow label |
orange label |
green label |
red and white label |
|
The label required for magnesium scrap is __________. |
oxidizer |
yellow |
corrosive |
None of the above |
|
Corrosive liquids and acids should have which kind of label? |
Yellow and white |
Red and white |
White and black |
Skull and crossbones |
|
Cottonseed oil is classed as a __________. |
poison B |
flammable liquid |
combustible liquid |
flammable solid |
|
Argon is classified as a __________. |
flammable liquid |
flammable gas |
nonflammable gas |
corrosive |
|
The label required on containers carrying barium oxide in an international
shipment must read __________. |
"Poison" |
"Infectious Substance" |
"Radioactive" |
"Spontaneously Combustible" |
|
A package contains nitric acid solution and is radioactive. The radiation
level at the package surface is .36 millirems per hour. How should this
package be labeled? |
Radioactive II and oxidizer |
Radioactive II and poison |
Radioactive I and corrosive |
Fissile class I |
|
You are on a containership carrying a tank container that had been filled
with sodium hydroxide solution. The container is empty but has not been
cleaned. Which, if any, placard is required? |
Black and white corrosive placard |
Empty placard with corrosive placard |
Residue label with the UN number |
No placard is required; the tank openings
must be sealed |
|
Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard.
The placard has the number 2206 on it. This indicates that it is carrying
what cargo? |
Xylenol |
Propadiene, inhibited |
Isocyanates, n.o.s. |
Hexanols |
|
Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard.
The placard has the number 2282 on it. This indicates that it is carrying
what cargo? |
Furan |
Phosphine |
Isoheptene |
Hexanols |
|
Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard.
The placard has the number 2199 on it. This indicates that it is carrying
what cargo? |
Adiponitrile |
Phosphine |
Xylenol |
Furan |
|
Your containership has a container displaying a hazardous cargo placard.
The placard has the number 2224 on it. This indicates that it is carrying
what cargo? |
Acrylic acid |
Propadiene, inhibited |
Hexanol |
Benzonitrile |
|
Corrosive liquids and acids should have what kind of label? |
Red |
Skull and crossbones |
White |
Yellow |
|
What is the threshold limit value (TLV) for a product of PHTHALIC ANHYDRIDE? |
1 ppm |
2 ppm |
3 ppm |
4 ppm |
|
What is the TLV of cyclohexanol? |
20 ppm |
30 ppm |
40 ppm |
50 ppm |
|
Which of the following product(s) would be classified as grade E? |
Bunker C |
Gasoline |
Kerosene |
All of the above. |
|
The appearance of Bunker C and fuel oils are dark colored liquids, and __________. |
soluble oils |
cutting oils |
viscous oils |
slop oils |
|
When heated to breakdown, tetraethyl or tetramethyl lead compounds emit
highly toxic fumes of __________. |
lead |
bromide |
phosgene |
hydrogen gas |
|
You are loading propanolamine and spill a small quantity on deck. According
to the Chemical Data Guide, you would expect its odor to be __________. |
fishy |
similar to ammonia |
similar to turpentine |
sweet |
|
What is classified as a combustible liquid? |
Carbon tetrachloride |
Acetaldehyde |
Tetraethylene glycol |
Ethyl alcohol |
|
If you came into contact with nitrobenzene while disconnecting the cargo
hose, you should be aware that it is __________. |
highly toxic when absorbed through
the skin |
a nerve poison |
a blood poison |
All of the above. |
|
What are the health hazard ratings for a product of triethylbenzene? |
1,1,1 |
2,2,2 |
0,1,1 |
Unavailable |
|
In order to determine the health hazard data for carbolic acid, you would
use that information contained in the Chemical Data Guide for which chemical? |
Acetic oxide |
Carbinol |
Carbon bisulfide |
Phenol |
|
Triethylene glycol fires may be extinguished by __________. |
carbon dioxide |
dry chemical |
alcohol foam |
All of the above. |
|
What is NOT a grade E product? |
Creosote coal tar |
Formic acid |
Dioctyl-phthalate |
Gasoline |
|
A synonym for chloroform is __________. |
sulfuric chlorohydrin |
trichloromethane |
4-methyl phenol |
chlorine gas |
|
You are loading benzyl chloride and a small quantity spills on deck. According
to the Chemical Data Guide, which of the following may be used as a substitute
for water for the cleanup procedure? |
Sodium carbonate |
Sodium bisulfite |
Alcohol |
Soda ash solution |
|
Severe exposure to chlorine gas can be fatal. Chlorine gas is primarily
a __________. |
blood poisoning agent |
respiratory irritant |
nerve paralyzing irritant |
skin burning agent |
|
What is the proper first aid for LPG in the eye? |
Keep the eyelid closed. |
Apply an ice pack to the eye. |
Rub the eye area clean. |
Flush the eye with plenty of water. |
|
What is the Reid vapor pressure of a Grade A flammable liquid? |
5 to 8 1/2 psia |
more than 8 1/2 psia but less than
14 psia |
14 psia or more |
None of the above |
|
You are transferring a cargo of ethyl chloride and a small amount spills
into the water around your vessel. What does the Chemical Data Guide indicate
is the solubility of ethyl chloride in water? |
negligible |
slight |
complete |
moderate |
|
What is an example of a grade A flammable liquid? |
Ethyl acetate |
iso-Propylamine |
Morpholine |
Acetone |
|
What is an example of a grade A flammable liquid? |
Methyl alcohol |
Ethylene dibromide |
Pentane |
Nonyl phenol |
|
During transfer operations, ethyl chloride spills into the water. According
to the Chemical Data Guide, at what temperature will the ethyl chloride
boil off the water? |
above 46°F |
above 54°F |
above 60°F |
above 68°F |
|
During transfer operations, a quantity of propylamine spills on deck. According
to the Chemical Data Guide, what is the correct reaction? |
move to a position upwind of the spill
and allow the product to boil off |
add sodium bisulfate on the contaminated
surface and spray it down with water |
cover the contaminated surface with
soda-ash-soaked lime solution |
immediately flush the spill with large
quantities of fresh water |
|
Which extinguishing agent is effective in combating an isoprene fire? |
Absorbent C |
Foam |
Water fog |
Any isoprene inhibitor |
|
What is the lowest temperature at which a liquid gives off sufficient vapors
to form a flammable mixture with air in the presence of an ignition source? |
autoignition temperature |
reid vapor index |
flash point |
flammable range |
|
What is the flash point of iso-Hexane? |
-10°Fahrenheit |
20°Centigrade |
68°Fahrenheit |
152°Centigrade |
|
Which fire extinguishing agent can NOT be used on an ethylenediamine? |
Alcohol foam |
Water foam |
Dry chemical powder |
Water fog |
|
What is the Vapor pressure of ethylene oxide at 46° C? |
15.2 (psia) |
48.0 (psia) |
10.9 (psia) |
38.5 (psia) |
|
To what chemical family does ethylene oxide belong? |
Esters |
Alkylene oxides |
Glycol ethers |
Alcohols |
|
What is the Reid vapor pressure of a grade B product? |
9 1/2 psia and a flash point of 95°F |
more than 8 1/2 psia but less than
14 psia and a flash point of 72°F |
above 14 psia |
7 psia and a flash point of 80°F |
|
To what chemical family does chlorallylene belong? |
Substituted allyl |
Alcohols |
Glycol ethers |
Esters |
|
What is the Reid vapor pressure of allyl chloride? |
16.5 (psia) |
14.0 (psia) |
12.9 (psia) |
10.3 (psia) |
|
What is the boiling point of carbon disulfide? |
167°F |
115°F |
111°F |
46°F |
|
Which of the following is classified as a flammable liquid? |
Bunker C |
Mineral spirits |
Methyl alcohol |
Butane |
|
Which is an example of a grade B flammable liquid? |
Phenol |
Acetaldehyde |
Carbon disulfide |
Allyl alcohol |
|
What is a grade B flammable liquid? |
Ethylene oxide |
Allyl alcohol |
Paraldehyde |
Chlorallylene |
|
Which is a grade B flammable liquid? |
Carbon Disulfide |
Ethyl Chloride |
Butadiene |
Carbon Tetrachloride |
|
Which extinguishing agent is recommended in the Chemical Data Guide for
use on a carbon disulfide fire? |
Alcohol foam |
Water fog |
Dry chemical |
Chemical foam |
|
Which of the following would be a good extinguishing agent for a grade B
product of 1,3-Pentadiene? |
Foam |
Low Velocity Fog |
High Velocity Fog |
Water |
|
What is a major health hazard of the product tert-butylamine? |
can be absorbed through the skin |
causes irreversible damage to eye
tissue |
is a very unstable product |
it reacts to protective rubber gear |
|
Which of the flash points would indicate a grade D combustible liquid? |
65°F |
87°F |
160°F |
155°F |
|
Which flash point would indicate a grade D combustible liquid? |
40°F |
95°F |
79°F |
155°F |
|
An example of a grade D product is __________. |
aviation gas grade 115/145 |
kerosene |
heavy fuel oil |
commercial gasoline |
|
Which cargo is considered volatile? |
Bunker C |
Sweet oil |
Turkey-red oil |
iso-Propylamine |
|
You are loading epichlorohydrin onto your barge. According to the Chemical
Data Guide, you could expect to detect a leak by smell if the concentration
in air was at least __________. |
2 ppm |
10 - 25 ppm |
40 ppm |
105 ppm |
|
In order to determine the fire and explosion hazard data for naphtha, you
would use that information contained in the Chemical Data Guide for which
chemical? |
Tar camphor |
Napthalene |
Treacle |
Mineral spirits |
|
Depending on its concentration, which product(s) can be classified as either
grade D or E? |
Sulfuric acid |
Formaldehyde solutions 37% to 50% |
1,1,1-trichloroethane |
All of the above. |
|
The flash point of a product is 100°F. What can happen if it is heated above
110°F? |
It may burn and explode if an ignition
source is present. |
It will become less volatile and easier
to handle. |
It will boil off to the atmosphere. |
None of the above |
|
If a cargo of kerosene were considered "too lean" to explode,
then it must be __________. |
within the "explosive range" |
above the "explosive range" |
below the "explosive range" |
None of the above |
|
If a crew member is exposed to phenol by way of skin or eye contact, you
should IMMEDIATELY __________. |
give victim stimulant |
treat victim for shock |
administer oxygen |
flush skin and eyes with water |
|
When measuring the oxygen content of the cargo tanks prior to loading cargoes
requiring vapor recovery, check it __________. |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter above the tank bottom |
at three meter intervals from the
tank top to the bottom |
one meter from the tank bottom and
one meter below the tank top |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter below the tank top |
|
With an increase in temperature the volume of flammable and combustible
liquids __________. |
contracts |
expands |
remains constant if pressure remains
constant |
remains constant |
|
Where would you expect to find a "charged mist" on a tanker? |
In a common vent header during tank
ballasting. |
In a cargo tank during inerting operations. |
In the overflow line while topping
off. |
In a cargo tank during "Butterworthing". |
|
What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off? |
Reduce the loading rate. |
Maintain communications with the dock
man. |
Give the operation your undivided
attention. |
Notify the engine room of the procedure. |
|
When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you should take
if a cargo valve jammed open? |
Trip the pump relief valve. |
Call the owner, operator, or terminal
supervisor. |
Run out the vessel's or terminal's
fire hose. |
Order the dock man to shut down. |
|
Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at deck level when loading
on a cold day because __________. |
a subsequent temperature rise will
cause the cargo to overflow |
the increased viscosity of the product
requires higher loading pressure which increases the chances of a spill |
air pockets may cause the cargo to
bubble out of the ullage hole |
the tank valve may be stiff and a
spill will occur before the valve can be closed |
|
Your tank vessel is loaded down to her marks, and you find that she has
too much trim by the stern. To adjust the trim you may __________. |
add ballast forward |
shift bunkers forward |
load more cargo forward |
All of the above. |
|
Your tank vessel is fully loaded, and you find that she is down slightly
by the head. To adjust the trim, you may __________. |
add ballast aft |
load more cargo aft |
shift cargo aft |
All of the above. |
|
Which factor must be considered when determining the order of loading of
dissimilar products through the same piping system aboard a tanker? |
Reid vapor pressures |
Specific gravities |
Contamination of the cargo |
Flash points |
|
When loading a tanker, you should __________. |
keep the seamen on watch on standby
in the mess room |
close valves by closing them down,
reopening one or two turns, and re-closing |
keep a strain on the loading hoses |
load only one tank at a time |
|
A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a manhole at the mid-length
of the tank. In order to fill the tank to maximum capacity, what trim should
the vessel have? |
Down by the bow |
Down by either the bow or stern |
Down by the stern |
In level trim |
|
In controlling pollution, which action should be taken after all dirty ballast
has been transferred to the slop tank and prior to discharge through the
oily water separator? |
The dirty ballast tank is crude oil
washed. |
The slops should be allowed time to
settle. |
The clean tanks should be ballasted. |
Chemicals should be added to emulsify
the oil. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, how much hose should you use in transferring
oil in bulk? |
One and one half times the distance
between ship and dock. |
Sufficient for maximum vessel movement
without straining the hoses. |
Twice the distance between ship and
dock. |
Not over 300 feet (91.4 m) of hose. |
|
The term "load on top" is used on many crude oil carriers, what
is this a method for? |
loading ballast by gravity |
calculating the ullage in the cargo
tanks |
the loading of new cargo into a decanted
slop tank as a procedure to minimize pollution |
calculating the ratio of cargo expansion
in a cargo tank |
|
Where do you check when measuring the oxygen content of the cargo tanks
prior to loading cargoes requiring vapor recovery? |
at three meter intervals from the
tank top to the bottom |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter above the tank bottom |
one meter from the tank bottom and
one meter below the tank top |
one half the ullage of the tank and
one meter below the tank top |
|
To prevent the overflow of cargo tanks due to expansion, where should you
top off? |
to within 1% to 3% of its capacity |
to the bottom of the expansion trunk |
1 to 3 inches from top of the vent
pipe |
to within 1 to 3 inches of its capacity |
|
A vessel loads edible oil in a deep tank through a manhole at the mid-length
of the tank. In order to fill the tank to maximum capacity, what trim should
the vessel have? |
Down by either the bow or stern |
Down by the bow |
Down by the stern |
In level trim |
|
When loading a petroleum cargo which is below average ambient temperatures,
You must do which of the following? |
verify vapor baffles are installed |
verify the vents are sealed |
verify there is room for expansion |
All of the above. |
|
Petroleum cargo tanks should not be topped off at deck level when loading
on a cold day due to which of the following? |
air pockets may cause the cargo to
bubble out of the ullage hole |
a subsequent temperature rise will
cause the cargo to overflow |
the tank valve may be stiff and a
spill will occur before the valve can be closed |
the increased viscosity of the product
requires higher loading pressure which increases the chances of a spill |
|
The terminal indicates to you that they are going to use a booster pump
to assist the discharging operation. You start the discharge, and in a few
minutes the pressure drops sharply. This could be a result of the __________. |
booster pump coming on the line and
discharging properly |
booster pump being lined up in the
wrong direction |
ship's pump speeding up |
booster pump failing to start |
|
When stripping a tank, excessive air in the suction line may cause __________. |
an over pressurized line |
increase of suction |
loss of suction |
back pressure |
|
While discharging a tanker, list can be controlled by __________. |
using wing tanks near the longitudinal
center, discharging as necessary |
using the after peak tank, loading
as necessary |
using a center tank near the bow,
discharging as necessary |
shoreside personnel |
|
When discharging an oil cargo, the first consideration is to __________. |
discharge from the wings first |
get the bow up |
discharge from the centerline tanks
first |
discharge from amidships first |
|
Which tanker discharge pattern would be the safest and most efficient? |
Start discharging with most of the
discharge coming from forward, but include some from midships and after
tanks |
Start pumping from forward, midships,
and aft with the discharge distributed equally among the tanks |
Start pumping from midships and then
work forward and aft simultaneously as the midships tank is emptied |
Empty the forward tanks and start
working aft, emptying each tank in sequence |
|
You are on a tankship discharging oil. When all of the oil that the main
cargo pumps can handle is pumped out of a tank, the remainder is __________. |
stripped out and pumped directly ashore
into the mainline as the remaining cargo tanks are pumped out with the main
pumps |
gravitated to the centers from the
wings and pumped out with the main pumps |
stripped to one tank and then pumped
out with the main pumps |
stripped out and pumped directly ashore
after all the tanks have been emptied by the main pumps |
|
Which tanker discharge pattern would be the safest and most efficient? |
Empty the forward tanks and start
working aft, emptying each tank in sequence |
Start pumping from midships and then
work forward and aft simultaneously as the midships tank is emptied |
Start discharging with most of the
discharge coming from forward, but include some from midships and after
tanks |
Start pumping from forward, midships,
and aft with the discharge distributed equally among the tanks |
|
You are on a tankship discharging oil. what happens to the remaining oil
when all of the oil that the main cargo pumps can handle is pumped out of
a tank? |
the remainder is gravitated to the
centers from the wings and pumped out with the main pumps |
the remainder is stripped out and
pumped directly ashore after all the tanks have been emptied by the main
pumps |
the remainder is stripped out and
pumped directly ashore into the mainline as the remaining cargo tanks are
pumped out with the main pumps |
the remainder is stripped to one tank
and then pumped out with the main pumps |
|
While discharging a cargo, the stripping of the tanks falls behind schedule.
What does this indicate? |
main pumps are leaving too much oil
in the tanks |
stripping pump is not primed |
stripping line is cross-connected
to the main line |
main pumps are working at a high discharge
pressure |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which conditions would not disqualify a nonmetallic
hose as being suitable for use in transferring oil? |
Evidence of internal or external deterioration. |
A small cut in the hose cover which
just pierces the reinforcement. |
A slight oil seepage between the hose
and flange connection. |
A leak in the flange gasket while
hydrostatically testing the hose. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which of the following conditions would disqualify
a nonmetallic hose as being suitable for use in transferring oil? |
A cut in the cover which makes the
reinforcement visible. |
Evidence of internal or external deterioration. |
The hose has not been tested in the
last 180 days. |
A blown gasket when hydrostatic test
pressure is applied. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, no person may transfer oil to or from a vessel
unless each person in charge has signed what document? |
oil record book |
declaration of inspection |
certificate of inspection |
valve inspection record |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which of the following describes the declaration
of inspection? |
paper issued by the Coast Guard marine
inspector which allows you to conduct a transfer operation |
application you must complete and
submit to the Coast Guard to have an inspector visit your vessel |
document signed by vessel and shore
facility persons-in-charge declaring that all transfer requirements have
been met |
annual report submitted by vessel
personnel to the Coast Guard declaring that all transfer equipment has been
inspected |
|
Your tank vessel is fully loaded to the marks, and you find that she is
down slightly by the head. Which of the following choices would be the best
action to take to trim the vessel slightly by the stern? |
load more cargo aft |
shift cargo aft |
shift ballast from the aft to forward |
add ballast aft |
|
What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off? |
Notify the engine room of the procedure. |
Give the operation your undivided
attention. |
Reduce the loading rate. |
Maintain communications with the dock
man. |
|
U.S. regulations require which of the following upon completion of oil transfer
operations? |
all soundings shall be entered in
the oil record book |
all persons on duty during oil transfer
shall be accounted for |
all hoses shall be blown down with
air |
all valves used during transfer shall
be closed |
|
Which of the following describes the Declaration of Inspection required
prior to the transfer of fuel? |
it requires the "Discharge of
Oil Prohibited" placard to be posted at the gangway |
it is the same as the Certificate
of Inspection |
it describes the procedure for draining
the sumps of oil lubricated machinery into the bilges of U.S. vessels |
it must be signed by both the person-in-charge
of the pumping and the person-in-charge of receiving |
|
On tankers ullages are measured from what point? |
an above-deck datum such as the top
of the ullage pipe |
the tank ceiling aboard transversely
framed vessels |
the tank top |
a thievage mark below the edge of
the deck |
|
What does the sign used to caution persons approaching the gangway of a
tank barge during cargo transfer read? |
"Warning, No Smoking, No Open
Lights, No Visitors" |
"Warning, Keep Off, Stay Clear" |
"Danger, Do Not Board" |
"Dangerous Cargo Being Transferred" |
|
On tankers using manually operated tank valves, what does the deck hand
wheel indicator register? |
exact lift position of the tank valve
disk, through 100% of its operation |
oxygen content of the tank |
level of oil in the tank |
approximate number of turns the tank
valve has been opened |
|
Each pressure gauge used in an oil transfer operation must be accurate to
within what percent? |
1 (%) |
3 (%) |
5 (%) |
10 (%) |
|
Cargo hose carried on tank vessels shall be able to withstand a pressure
of at least how many psi? |
75 psi |
100 psi |
120 psi |
150 psi |
|
Each pressure gauge used in an oil transfer operation must be accurate to
within what percent? |
1 percent |
3 percent |
5 percent |
10 percent |
|
When loading a tanker, you should do which of the following? |
load only one tank at a time |
keep a strain on the loading hoses |
keep the seamen on watch on standby
in the mess room |
close valves by closing them down,
reopening one or two turns, and re-closing |
|
What is the purpose of the relief valve of a cargo pump? |
Provides for the removal of vapors |
Allows two or more tanks to be filled
at the same time |
Provides for the emergency shutdown
of the pump |
Permits the return of cargo to the
suction side of the pump |
|
When two ballast pumps used for deballasting a single tank start cavitating,
what action should you take? |
close the valve on the discharge side
of the pump to re-acquire suction |
open all valves on the discharge side
to permit improved flow |
shut down one pump |
close the valve on the suction side
of the ballast pump to re-prime the pump |
|
Which refers to the depth of a petroleum product in a tank? |
Thievage |
Ullage |
Outage |
Innage |
|
When tank cleaning with a portable machine, how is the weight of the machine
is suspended? |
a wire rope suspension line |
a natural fiber tag line, saddle and
hose |
a portable davit |
solid metal bars clamped to the Butterworth
opening |
|
When discharging a tanker, how can list be controlled? |
by using a center tank near the bow,
discharging as necessary |
by using wing tanks near the longitudinal
center, discharging as necessary |
by shoreside personnel |
by using the after peak tank, loading
as necessary |
| "Line
Displacement" is a procedure that is followed at an oil terminal facility,
when there is a change of which of the following? |
cargo lines at the terminal before
loading |
product before the start of loading |
product after the final discharge |
product during the final phase of
loading |
|
When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the first action you should take
if a cargo valve jammed open? |
Order the dock man to shut down. |
Run out the vessel or terminal fire
hose. |
Call the owner, operator, or terminal
supervisor. |
Unplug the deck scuppers. |
|
While loading bulk liquid cargo, a tank valve jams open, what is the first
action you should take? |
unplug the deck scuppers |
call the chief engineer |
order the shore facility to shut down |
run out the vessels fire hose |
|
Who must supervise functions aboard a tanker or tank barge such as connecting,
disconnecting, and topping off? |
the Master of the vessel |
the officer of the watch |
any certificated tankerman |
the person designated as "person
in charge" |
|
When stripping a tank, what is caused by excessive air in the suction line? |
loss of suction |
increase of suction |
back pressure |
an over pressurized line |
|
What is the distance between the surface of the liquid and the tank top
in a cargo tank called? |
thievage |
ullage |
tankage |
innage |
|
Which of the following is equivalent to a "barrel", which is a
unit of liquid measure? |
40 U.S. gallons at 50°F |
43 U.S. gallons at 65°F |
42 U.S. gallons at 60°F |
45 U.S. gallons at 75°F |
|
What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo? |
Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum
for shipboard use. |
Reducing the gross cargo calculations
to net amounts. |
Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide
with the draft. |
Determining the amount of water (if
any) in each cargo tank. |
|
What is NOT a precaution to be taken when topping off? |
Maintain communications with the dock
man. |
Reduce the loading rate. |
Notify the engine room of the procedure. |
Give the operation your undivided
attention. |
|
You start a centrifugal cargo pump to discharge cargo. The pump works fine
for awhile and then loses suction. What could have caused this? |
the pump running backwards |
incomplete priming |
the discharge head being too high |
head pressure on the suction side
of the pump |
|
What is litmus paste is used to determine? |
ullage |
the tank datum point |
innage |
thievage |
|
According to U.S. regulations, no person may connect or disconnect an oil
transfer hose or engage in any other critical oil transfer operation on
a tank vessel unless which of the following is met? |
the designated person-in-charge supervises
that procedure |
that person holds a tankerman assistant
endorsement |
that person holds a license as master,
mate, or engineer |
that person holds a valid port security
card |
|
Which of the following is the pipe used to connect two separate piping systems
on a tank vessel? |
junction |
crossover |
transfer |
connection |
|
How should pinching of the cargo hose between the vessel and the dock be
prevented? |
tying off the topping lifts and runners
to winch heads |
laying out an excess length of hose
on deck |
adjusting the hose supports |
install hose preventers |
|
Which of the following terms best describes the amount of product in a tank
measured from the tank top to the level of liquid? |
Innage |
Thievage |
Outage |
Ullage |
|
What should be the first consideration when discharging an oil cargo? |
discharge from the wings first |
get the bow up |
discharge from amidships first |
discharge from the centerline tanks
first |
|
How can you determine which grades of cargo a tank vessel is permitted to
carry? |
check the loading order |
ask the terminal supervisor or his
representative |
examine the cargo tanks and fittings |
refer to the vessel's Certificate
of Inspection |
|
During oil transfer operations, who would be responsible to guarantee that
the posted transfer procedures are being followed? |
The oiler |
The designated person in charge |
The senior able seaman |
The tankerman |
|
When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you should take
if a cargo valve jammed open? |
Run out the vessel or terminal fire
hose. |
Call the owner, operator, or terminal
supervisor. |
Order the dock man to shut down. |
Trip the pump relief valve. |
|
The sign used to caution persons approaching the gangway of a tank barge
during cargo transfer should state which of the following? |
"Danger, Do Not Board" |
"Warning, No Smoking, No Open
Lights, No Visitors" |
"Warning, Keep Off, Stay Clear" |
"Dangerous Cargo Being Transferred" |
|
Which of the following procedures would insure proper seating of the valve
when closing? |
set up as tight as possible by hand |
closed against the stop and the locking
pin inserted |
closed, opened a half turn, and then
closed again |
set up tight using a valve wrench |
|
Which factor must be considered when determining the order of loading of
dissimilar products through the same piping system aboard a tanker? |
Reid vapor pressures |
Flash points |
Specific gravities |
Contamination of the cargo |
|
When loading a tanker, you should perform which of the following functions
to ensure a safe operation? |
keep a strain on the loading hoses |
load only one tank at a time |
keep the seamen on watch on standby
in the mess room |
close valves by closing them down,
reopening one or two turns, and re-closing |
|
Which lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be painted or soaked
in oil when not in use? |
Webbing |
Wire rope. |
Chain |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be
stowed when not in use? |
Webbing |
Wire rope |
Chain |
All of the above. |
|
Entries should be made in a Ro-Ro vessel's cargo-securing device record
book for __________. |
procedures for accepting cargo securing
devices |
record of cargo securing device inspections |
procedures for maintaining and repairing
cargo-securing devices |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following is a characteristic of a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Heavy vehicles only require lightweight
securing equipment |
Long port stays necessary to secure
vehicles |
Short in port turnaround times |
Passenger tours available upon docking |
|
How could lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels be stowed when not in use? |
Hang vertically in a sheltered area |
Stow in bins at hatch coming side |
Drape along brackets |
All of the above. |
|
What characterizes a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Lightweight securing equipment trailers |
May carry up to 24 passengers |
Long port stays required for cargo
securing |
High freeboard and sail area |
|
Which of the following lashing gear used aboard Ro-Ro vessels should be
maintained when not in use? |
Webbing |
Wire rope |
Chain |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following is not a loading or transfer feature aboard a Ro-Ro
vessel? |
Stuelcken boom |
Stern ramp and/or side ramp |
Hatch opening designed as a lift |
Cargo lift |
|
The primary objective of a Ro-Ro vessel is to __________. |
transport vehicles |
load the vessel with palletized cargo |
transfer containers without chassis |
be loaded full and down to her marks |
|
Cargo that is suitable for carriage on Ro-Ro vessels includes __________. |
trailers |
rolling vehicles |
containers |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that
can be carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
Road train |
Semi-trailer |
Articulated road train |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following are considered to be "road vehicles" that
can be carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
Articulated train |
Train |
Semi-trailer |
All of the above. |
|
Any vehicle to be loaded aboard a Ro-Ro vessel must __________. |
be provided with an effective braking
system |
have securing points with each aperture
capable of accepting more than one lashing |
weigh less than 22 tons |
All of the above. |
|
Which operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Periodic inspection and retensioning
of lashings during the voyage |
One officer assigned to oversee the
initial loading and lashing |
All lashings should be completed before
leaving port |
All of the above. |
|
Which standard operating procedure(s) should be adhered to on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Battery cables must be disconnected
to prevent fire hazard |
One deck engine mechanic assigned
to oversee the initial loading and lashing |
Periodic inspection and retensioning
of lashings as required during voyage |
All of the above. |
|
When accepting vehicles for shipment, the Master should ensure that __________. |
all decks intended for the stowage
of vehicles are, in so far as is practicable, free from oil and grease |
vehicles are in apparent good order
and condition suitable for sea transport, particularly with regards to securing |
the ship has on board an adequate
supply of cargo securing gear, which is maintained in sound working condition |
All of the above. |
|
Onboard a Ro-Ro vessel many decks are used for the carriage of both rolling
and container cargoes, as such it is most useful if a deck socket accepts
both __________. |
twist-Locks and lashing hooks |
bridge fittings and lashing hooks |
container locks and bridge fittings |
twist-locks and container locks |
|
Cargo securing for Ro-Ro is based on the concept of __________. |
palletized cargo |
rapid loading and discharge |
vessel loaded full and down to her
marks |
solid packing |
|
The securing of passenger cars on a Ro-Ro vessel requires __________. |
low labor intensive equipment |
specially designed equipment to avoid
vehicle damage |
simple and lightweight equipment |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following is considered auxiliary securing equipment that provides
extra reliability to lashing in Ro-Ro transport operations? |
Wheel chocks |
Trailer trestles |
Pedestals |
All of the above. |
|
The lashings used on Ro-Ro vessels should be capable of withstanding the
forces of __________. |
pitching |
heaving |
rolling |
All of the above. |
|
Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro
vessels? |
Changes in humidity |
Center of gravity of vehicle or cargo
unit |
Age of vehicle or cargo unit |
Vessel's draft |
|
Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro
vessels? |
Size and weight of vehicle/cargo unit |
Air pressure in the vehicles tires |
Age of vehicle or cargo unit |
Reputation of shipper concerning condition
of cargo |
|
Which variable factor affects the initial lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro
vessels? |
Port of origin |
Vessel's draft |
ABS requirements |
Number, position and angle of lashings |
|
Which lashing device(s) would be used in securing heavy vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Chain |
Buckle or ratchet tensioner |
Webbing |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following lashing materials would be used in securing heavy
vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Buckle or ratchet tensioner |
Webbing |
Chain lever or turnbuckle |
All of the above. |
|
Which lashing materials would be used in securing light vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Chain |
Chain lever or turnbuckle |
Webbing |
None of the above |
|
Which lashing material is preferred when securing new cars aboard Ro-Ro
vessels? |
Webbing |
Wire |
Chain lever or turnbuckle |
None of the above |
|
What is used when securing light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Manila rope |
Buckle or ratchet tensioner |
Wire |
Chain |
|
What is used when securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Buckle or ratchet tensioner |
Webbing |
Manila rope |
None of these |
|
What is used when securing light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Wire |
Chain lever or turnbuckle |
Chain |
None of these |
|
What may NOT be used when securing heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Chain lever |
Chain |
Webbing |
Turnbuckle |
|
An advantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels
is that it __________. |
absorbs shock |
is light weight |
has fine adjustment |
has long life |
|
A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels
is that it __________. |
is easily damaged |
does not absorb shock |
is affected by temperature |
can wrap around cargo |
|
A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels
is that it is __________. |
easily damaged |
costly relative to the strength ratio |
affected by temperature |
heavy |
|
The disadvantage(s) of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro
vessels is that __________. |
it does not absorb shock |
it is heavy |
the links lose strength if placed
over corners |
All of the above. |
|
A disadvantage of using chain lashing on heavy vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels
is that __________. |
it is easily damaged |
the links lose strength if placed
over corners |
it is affected by temperature |
it has high initial cost |
|
The disadvantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro
vessels is that it __________. |
deteriorates in sunlight |
is vulnerable to damage and pilferage |
cuts on sharp edges |
All of the above. |
|
What is/are the advantage(s) of using web lashing on light vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Flexible |
Light and easy to handle |
Good working life |
All of the above. |
|
The advantage(s) of using wire rope lashing on vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels
is that it __________. |
has a good working life |
is Lighter than chain |
is not affected by temperature |
All of the above. |
|
Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles
aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Ratchet tensioner |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Chain lever |
Buckle tensioner |
|
Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Chain lever |
Ratchet tensioner |
Buckle tensioner |
|
Which tensioning device is used with webbing to secure light vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Ratchet tensioner |
Turnbuckle |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Chain lever |
|
Which of the following tensioning devices is used with webbing to secure
light vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Buckle tensioner |
Turnbuckle |
Chain lever |
|
Which tensioning device is used with wire rope lashing to secure vehicles
aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Buckle tensioner |
Ratchet tensioner |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Chain lever. |
|
Which tensioning device is used with chain to secure heavy vehicles aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Turnbuckle |
Adjust-a-matic tensioner |
Ratchet tensioner |
Buckle tensioner |
|
Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements
to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
The generally recommended lash angle
is no greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction. |
It is not necessary for an adequate
number of securing points on the vehicles themselves since setting the brakes
is sufficient. |
The movements experienced by road
borne cargo are the same as the movements of a ship at sea. |
The securing of cargo on flats and
trailers must be adequate to withstand road motions only. |
|
Which of the following is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements to secure
vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
It is necessary for an adequate number
of securing points on the vehicles themselves in order that lashings may
be properly and safely utilized. |
The generally recommended lash angle
cannot be greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction. |
The securing of cargo on flats and
trailers and in containers must be adequate to withstand both road and sea
motions |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding lashing requirements
to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
For effective securing vehicles should
be stowed athwartships whenever possible. |
The generally recommended lash angle
should not be greater than 45 degrees relative to the deck in any direction. |
It is NOT imperative that the securing
of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequate for BOTH road
and sea motions. |
It is not necessary to lash automobiles
since setting the brakes is sufficient to keep them from moving. |
|
Which of the following statement(s) is/are TRUE regarding lashing requirements
to secure vehicles aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
It is necessary for adequate number
and strength of securing points on the vehicles themselves in order that
lashings may be properly and safely utilized. |
The movements experienced by road
borne cargo differ significantly from the roll and sway movements of a ship
at sea. |
It is imperative that the securing
of cargo on flats and trailers and in containers be adequate for both road
and sea motions. |
All of the above. |
|
Which factor(s) affect lashing requirements aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Wide variations of air temperature |
Ship's characteristics and motion
in a seaway |
Trim of the vessel |
All of the above. |
|
What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles on
a Ro-Ro? |
Disconnecting the battery cables to
prevent fire hazard |
Number, position and angle of lashes |
Minor air pressure changes in the
tires |
Number of axles |
|
What should you be concerned with when loading and securing vehicles aboard
a Ro-Ro vessel? |
The size, weight, and center of gravity
of vehicle/cargo unit |
The preferred stowage of vehicles
is athwartships wherever possible |
That all fuel is drained from the
vehicles' tanks to prevent fire hazard |
The vehicles' brakes should not be
set to allow for adjusting the lashings |
|
Which factor(s) should be considered when loading vehicles or trailers aboard
Ro-Ro vessels? |
Vertical clearances |
Layout of decks |
Tie-down and lashing |
All of the above. |
|
Which element(s) should be taken into account in the preparation of the "Cargo
Securing Manual"? |
Geographical area of the voyage |
Weight of the vehicles |
Dynamic forces under adverse weather
conditions |
All of the above. |
|
According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points
that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle
mass is between 3.5 Tons and 20 Tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
Four |
Three |
One |
Two |
|
According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points
that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle
mass is between 30 tons and 40 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Four |
|
According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points
that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle
mass is between 3.5 tons and 20 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
Three |
Two |
One |
None of the above |
|
According to the IMO Code, what are the minimum number of securing points
that should be on each side of a "road vehicle", whose gross vehicle
mass is between 20 tons and 30 tons, when carried on Ro-Ro vessels? |
Three |
Two |
One |
None of the above |
|
What should be done after putting down the ramp on a Ro-Ro vessel, prior
to loading or discharging cargo? |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds. |
Call out the deck department for all
hands. |
Turn on red cargo light. |
None of the above |
|
What should be done before energizing the cargo hold ventilation on a Ro-Ro
vessel, prior to loading or discharging cargo? |
Notify the engine room. |
Notify the boarding agent. |
Call out the deck department for all
hands. |
All of the above. |
|
What should be done immediately after putting down the stern ramp on a Ro-Ro
vessel, prior to loading or discharging cargo? |
Turn on the red cargo light. |
Raise/open the stern door. |
Call out the deck department for all
hands. |
Turn on pumproom ventilation. |
|
Which of the following is NOT necessary, prior to loading or discharging
cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Lower the stern ramp. |
Turn on the red cargo light. |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds. |
Raise/open the stern door. |
|
Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to
loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the
stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Raise/open the stern door, lower the
stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door |
|
Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to
loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door |
Raise/open the stern door, lower the
stern ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the
stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp |
|
Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to
loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
raise/open the stern door, lower the stern ramp |
Lower the stern ramp, raise/open the
stern door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Raise/open stern door, lower the stern
ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
lower the stern ramp, raise/open the stern door |
|
Which of the following actions are stated in the correct order prior to
loading or discharging cargo on a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern door |
Lower the stern ramp, raise/open stern
door, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Raise/open stern door, lower the stern
ramp, turn on ventilation for cargo holds |
Turn on ventilation for cargo holds,
raise/open stern door, lower the stern ramp |
|
Which of the following is the stated proper sequence before commencing cargo
operations aboard Ro-Ro vessels? |
Notify engine room, lower the ramp,
start ventilation |
Start ventilation, notify engine room,
lower the ramp |
Lower the ramp, start ventilation,
notify engine room |
Start ventilation, lower the ramp,
notify engine room |
|
Peck and Hale gear is used most commonly for securing __________. |
palletized cargo |
large wooden crates |
automobiles |
baled cargo |
|
While loading or discharging vehicles, which is the most important safety
consideration aboard a Ro-Ro vessel? |
Calling out the deck department for
all hands periodically |
Notifying the engine room prior to
completing operations |
Preventing the asphyxiation of personnel
below decks |
Ensuring that a fuel barge cannot
come alongside |
|
The most important safety consideration during loading or discharge aboard
a Ro-Ro vessel is __________. |
ensuring that visitors cannot come
aboard |
having all crewmembers and longshoremen
wear hard hats |
the thorough ventilation of all cargo
spaces |
having the outboard anchor down |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0003 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference to determine the sagging
numeral.
|
71.07 numeral |
74.95 numeral |
77.56 numeral |
78.29 numeral |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0004 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
hogging numeral.
|
49.73 numeral |
52.76 numeral |
55.29 numeral |
57.93 numeral |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0009 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
hogging numeral.
|
43.19 numeral |
46.56 numeral |
49.92 numeral |
55.72 numeral |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0001 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
hogging numeral.
|
86.72 numeral |
89.98 numeral |
91.40 numeral |
93.18 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0014 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
sagging numeral. |
81.79 numeral |
89.68 numeral |
91.92 numeral |
85.02 numeral |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0002 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
sagging numeral.
|
29.49 numeral |
31.97 numeral |
33.61 numeral |
35.12 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0023 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
hogging numeral |
91.42 numeral |
79.23 numeral |
74.73 numeral |
85.60 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0024 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
hogging numeral. |
52.79 numeral |
91.36 numeral |
101.02 numeral |
72.43 numeral |
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0025 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability book to determine the hogging numeral.
|
84.46 numeral |
98.23 numeral |
95.70 numeral |
81.37 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0026 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
sagging numeral. |
72.42 numeral |
78.98 numeral |
83.46 numeral |
91.48 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0027 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
sagging numeral. |
49.82 numeral |
58.33 numeral |
29.70 numeral |
33.63 numeral |
|
The tankship Northland is loaded as shown in table BL-0028 below. Use the
salmon colored pages in the Stability Data Reference Book to determine the
sagging numeral. |
40.18 numeral |
89.75 numeral |
22.44 numeral |
28.62 numeral |
|
Which is the MOST important consideration for a tank vessel? |
The stress on the hull |
The vertical center of gravity |
GM |
The longitudinal center of gravity |
|
A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How many tons of liquid
of specific gravity 0.9300 will it hold when filled to 90% capacity? |
326.6 |
343.2 |
377.6 |
390.2 |
|
A tanker is loaded with 5,000 barrels of petroleum. The cargo was loaded
at a temperature of 70°F, and the coefficient of expansion is .0004. What
is the net amount in barrels of cargo loaded? |
4800 |
4980 |
5020 |
5200 |
|
A cargo of 10,000 barrels of gasoline is loaded at a temperature of 90°F,
and a cargo temperature of 55°F, is expected on this voyage. It has a coefficient
of expansion of .0006. How many barrels would you expect to discharge at
your destination? |
9790 |
9994 |
10210 |
10410 |
|
A tanker is loaded with 12,000 barrels of #2 fuel oil. The temperature of
the product is 88°F. API gravity is 39°. The volume correction factor (VCF)
is .0005. The net amount of cargo in gallons, loaded is __________. |
496944 |
511056 |
650760 |
669240 |
|
Your ship departed Venezuela for New York, loaded with 10,000 barrels of
crude oil, whose average cargo temperature was 30°C (86°F). API is 25°.
The volume correction factor (VCF) is .00045. If this cargo is heated to
100°F prior to discharge, how many barrels will you offload? |
10315 |
10063 |
9937 |
9685 |
|
Your ship departed Venezuela for New York, loaded with 10,000 barrels of
crude oil, whose average cargo temperature was 30°C (86° F). API is 25°.
The volume correction factor (VCF) is .00045. If this cargo is heated to
100°F prior to discharge, how many gallons will you offload? |
417354 |
422646 |
546535 |
553465 |
|
Your ship has loaded 6,000 barrels of gasoline, at a cargo temperature of
50°F, departing New Jersey bound for Florida. API gravity is 55°. The volume
correction factor (VCF) is .0006. How many barrels would you expect to unload
if the cargo temperature is 90°F at the discharge port? |
5856 |
5982 |
6018 |
6144 |
|
Your ship has loaded 6,000 barrels of gasoline, at a cargo temperature of
50°F, departing New Jersey bound for Florida. API gravity is 55°. The volume
correction factor (VCF) is .0006. How many gallons would you expect to unload
if the cargo temperature is 90°F at the discharge port? |
337920 |
322080 |
295952 |
258048 |
|
Your ship has loaded 8,000 barrels of gasoline at a cargo temperature of
85°F, departing Aruba bound for New Jersey. API gravity is 55°. The volume
correction factor (VCF) is .0006. How many barrels would you expect to unload
if the cargo temperature is 50°F at the discharge port? |
7880 |
7832 |
8168 |
8120 |
|
Your ship has loaded 8,000 barrels of gasoline at a cargo temperature of
85°F, departing Aruba bound for New Jersey. API gravity is 55°. The volume
correction factor (VCF) is .0006. How many gallons would you expect to unload
if the cargo temperature is 50°F at the discharge port? |
449240 |
430760 |
343056 |
328944 |
|
Your ship has loaded 20,000 barrels of crude oil, departing Valdez, Alaska
for San Francisco. When loaded the cargo temperature was 96°F. API was 15°.
The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0004. If the cargo temperature is
expected to be 56°F at the discharge port, how many barrels will be offloaded? |
19680 |
19712 |
20288 |
20320 |
|
Your ship has loaded 20,000 barrels of crude oil, departing Valdez, Alaska
for San Francisco. When loaded the cargo temperature was 96°F. API was 15°.
The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0004. If the cargo temperature is
expected to be 56°F at the discharge port, how many gallons will be offloaded? |
853440 |
1082400 |
826560 |
1117600 |
|
Your ship has loaded 22,000 barrels of crude oil, departing Valdez, Alaska
for Panama. When loaded the cargo temperature was 90°F. API was 15°. The
volume correction factor (VCF) is .0004. If the cargo temperature is expected
to be 100°F at the discharge port, how many barrels will be offloaded? |
21252 |
21912 |
22088 |
22748 |
|
A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the
product is 90°F (32°C), and it has a coefficient of expansion of .0008.
What is the net amount of cargo loaded? |
8856 bbls |
8784 bbls |
8820 bbls |
9216 bbls |
|
Your ship has loaded 22,000 barrels of crude oil, departing Valdez, Alaska
for Panama. When loaded the cargo temperature was 90°F. API was 15°. The
volume correction factor (VCF) is .0004. If the cargo temperature is expected
to be 100°F at the discharge port, how many gallons will be offloaded? |
1214840 |
1205160 |
927696 |
920304 |
|
Your ship has loaded 9,000 barrels of fuel oil at a cargo temperature of
35°C (95°F). API gravity is 44°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0005.
You are bound to New Jersey from Venezuela. How many barrels would you expect
to unload if the cargo temperature is 55°F at the discharge port? |
9180 |
9090 |
8820 |
8910 |
|
Your ship has loaded 9,000 barrels of fuel oil at a cargo temperature of
35°C (95°F). API gravity is 44°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0005.
You are bound for New Jersey from Venezuela. How many gallons would you
expect to unload if the cargo temperature is 55°F at the discharge port? |
504900 |
485100 |
370440 |
85560 |
|
Your ship has loaded 8,000 barrels of gasoline at a cargo temperature of
36°C (97°F). API gravity is 54°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0006.
You are bound for New Jersey from Ecuador. How many barrels would you expect
to unload if the cargo temperature is 55°F at the discharge port? |
7798 |
7827 |
8173 |
8202 |
|
Your ship has loaded 8,000 barrels of gasoline at a cargo temperature of
36°C (97°F). API gravity is 54°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0006.
You are bound for New Jersey from Ecuador. How many gallons would you expect
to unload if the cargo temperature is 55°F at the discharge port? |
327533 |
344484 |
451110 |
428890 |
|
A tank is loaded with 9,000 barrels of gasoline. The temperature of the
product is 80°F (27°C), and it has a coefficient of expansion of .0008.
The net amount of cargo loaded is __________. |
8,944 barrels |
8,856 barrels |
9,144 barrels |
9,072 barrels |
|
A cargo of oil has a coefficient of expansion of .0005 per degree F. If
this cargo is loaded at 70°F, and a cargo temperature of 90°F is expected
at the discharge port, how many barrels would you expect to unload if you
loaded 10,000 barrels? |
9900 |
9990 |
10010 |
10100 |
|
A cargo of fuel oil is loaded whose temperature is 66°F. API gravity is
36°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0005. A cargo temperature of
80°F is expected at the discharge port. If 9,000 barrels were loaded, how
many barrels would you expect to unload? |
8910 |
8937 |
9063 |
9090 |
|
A cargo of fuel oil is loaded whose temperature is 66°F. API gravity is
36°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is .0005. A cargo temperature of
80°F is expected at the discharge port. If 9,000 barrels were loaded, how
many gallons would you expect to unload? |
375354 |
380646 |
491535 |
498465 |
|
A tanker is loaded with 8,000 barrels of fuel oil. The temperature of the
cargo is 50°F. API gravity is 37°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is
.0005. What is the net amount in barrels of cargo loaded? |
7984 |
7960 |
8040 |
8016 |
|
A tanker is loaded with 8,000 barrels of fuel oil. The temperature of the
cargo is 50°F. API gravity is 37°. The volume correction factor (VCF) is
.0005. What is the net amount in gallons of cargo loaded? |
334320 |
337680 |
437800 |
442200 |
|
A tanker is loaded with 12,000 barrels of #2 fuel oil. The temperature of
the product is 88°F. API gravity is 39°. The volume correction factor (VCF)
is .0005. The net amount of cargo in barrels, loaded is __________. |
11832 |
12006 |
12168 |
11994 |
|
You are loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0900 you find that you
have loaded 207,000 barrels. At 1030 you find that you have loaded 223,000
barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately
__________. |
2100 that night |
0730 the next day |
0910 the next day |
1215 the next day |
|
You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945 on 13 April, you find
that you have loaded 202,000 barrels. At 1130, you find that you have loaded
223,000 barrels. If you continue at the same rate, you will finish at __________. |
1322, 13 April |
1920, 13 April |
1120, 14 April |
1305, 14 April |
|
You are loading 475,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0800 on 8 July, you find
that you have loaded 174,000 barrels. At 1000, you find that you have loaded
192,000 barrels. If you continue loading at the same rate, you will finish
at approximately __________. |
1752, 8 July |
1940, 8 July |
0143, 9 July |
1727, 9 July |
|
You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030,
on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000
barrels. At 1200 you find that you have loaded 218,000 barrels. If you continue
loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________. |
1510, 5 November |
1104, 6 November |
1242, 6 November |
0735, 7 November |
|
You are in the process of loading 465,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 1030,
on 5 November, you gauge the vessel and find that you have loaded 203,000
barrels. At 1200 you find that you have loaded 218,000 barrels. If you continue
loading at the same rate, you will finish at approximately __________. |
0735, 7 November |
1104, 6 November |
1510, 5 November |
0140, 6 November |
|
You are loading 530,000 barrels of cargo oil. At 0945 on 13 April, you find
that you have loaded 202,000 barrels. At 1130, you find that you have loaded
223,000 barrels. When will you complete loading if you continue at the same
rate? |
1322, 13 April |
1920, 13 April |
1120, 14 April |
1305, 14 April |
|
The process of adding mercaptans to gas, is known as which of the following? |
smelling |
stenching |
saturating |
reeking |
|
A centrifugal ballast pump has a capacity of 200 gpm. If suction is taken
on a ballast tank containing 200 long tons of seawater, how much water will
be remain in the tank after discharging for one hour? |
45.83 long tons |
101.63 long tons |
154.16 long tons |
199.87 long tons |
|
What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo? |
Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide
with the draft |
Determining the amount of water (if
any) in each cargo tank |
Reducing the gross cargo calculations
to net amounts |
Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum
for shipboard use |
|
Which of the following best describes the heat value of a fuel? |
the amount of fuel added to a fuel
to cause it to burn |
the amount of heat released when a
fuel is burned |
the temperature to which a fuel must
be raised to cause ignition |
the cost per BTU of a fuel |
|
What is meant by "thieving" a petroleum cargo? |
Adjusting the cargo figures to coincide
with the draft |
Siphoning off a few barrels of petroleum
for shipboard use |
Determining the amount of water (if
any) in each cargo tank |
Reducing the gross cargo calculations
to net amounts |
|
What is the heat given to or given up by a substance while changing state? |
condensation |
latent heat |
vaporization |
evaporation |
|
A tank holds 400 tons of sea water when filled. How many tons of liquid
of specific gravity 0.9300 will it hold when filled to 90% capacity? |
390.2 |
326.6 |
377.6 |
343.2 |
|
Your vessel is taking on fuel when a small leak develops in the hose. You
order the pumping stopped. Before you resume pumping, you should __________. |
repair the hose with a patch |
place a large drip pan under the leak
and plug the scuppers |
notify the terminal superintendent |
replace the hose |
|
The most likely time for oil pollution while bunkering is when __________. |
hoses are disconnected and being capped |
final topping off is occurring |
hoses are being blown down |
first starting to receive fuel |
|
When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be __________. |
drained, blanked off, and stored securely |
cleaned internally with a degreaser |
stowed vertically and allowed to drain |
washed out with hot soapy water |
|
Which statement is FALSE concerning precautions during fueling operations? |
All windows, doors, hatches, etc.
should be closed. |
Fuel tanks should be topped off with
no room for expansion. |
All engines, motors, fans, etc. should
be shut down when fueling. |
A fire extinguisher should be kept
nearby. |
|
If you are bunkering and you close off one tank in the line of tanks being
filled, the rate of flow to other open tanks on the same line will __________. |
stop |
decrease |
increase |
remain constant |
|
Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed during the day while
bunkering? |
A red and yellow flag |
A red light |
A red flag |
A yellow flag |
|
Which of the signals listed is required to be displayed at night while bunkering
at a dock? |
Two red lights |
One red light |
One red light over a yellow light |
One red light over a white light |
|
When bunkering at a dock which of the following signals must be displayed? |
A red flag by day, red light by night |
A red flag by day, a blue light by
night |
A yellow flag by day, red light by
night |
A green flag by day, green light by
night |
|
When bunkering at anchorage which of the following signals must be displayed? |
A red flag by day, red light by night |
A red light by night ONLY |
A red flag by day ONLY |
No signal required at anchorage |
|
The scuppers had been plugged as required at the time an oil spill occurs
on deck. After shutting down the transfer, the engine room should first
be informed and then __________. |
spread an absorbent material, such
as sawdust |
rig a fire hose and call for water
on deck |
remove the plugs from the scuppers |
sound the general alarm |
|
A precaution you should take before bunkering is to __________. |
plug the vents |
plug the scuppers |
plug the sounding pipes |
close the lids on the vents |
|
When selecting the fuel oil tanks for the "burn-out" of bunkers
during a voyage consideration of all of the following must be taken with
the EXCEPTION of __________. |
stability |
trim |
list |
flashpoint |
|
In reference to accidental oil pollution, the most critical time during
bunkering is when __________. |
final topping off is occurring |
hoses are being disconnected |
hoses are being blown down |
you first start to receive fuel |
|
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act requires the person in charge of
a vessel to immediately notify the Coast Guard as soon as he/she knows of
any oil discharge. Failure to notify the Coast Guard can lead to a monetary
fine and imprisonment of what time period? |
1 year |
3 years |
2 years |
5 years |
|
Fuel oil tank vents are fitted with a screen which will stop __________. |
vapors from leaving the tank vent |
air from entering the tank vent |
oil from flowing out of the tank vent |
flames on deck from entering the tank
vent |
|
A flame screen __________. |
prevents the passage of flammable
vapors |
permits vapors to exit but not enter
a tank |
permits the passage of vapor but not
of flame |
prevents inert gas from leaving a
tank |
|
The most likely location for a liquid cargo fire to occur on a tanker would
be __________. |
in the midships house |
at the vent header |
in the pumproom |
at the main deck manifold |
|
Static electricity may be built up by the __________. |
settling of solids or water in petroleum |
spraying or splashing of petroleum |
flow of petroleum through pipes |
All of the above. |
|
Your vessel is taking on cargo oil when a small leak develops in the hose.
You order the pumping stopped. Before you resume pumping, you should __________. |
repair the hose with a patch |
place a large drip pan under the leak
and plug the scuppers |
replace the hose |
notify the terminal superintendent |
|
Which of the following terms best defines the spontaneous mixing of a tank's
liquid contents when a heavier layer forms above a less dense lower layer? |
flash over |
boil off |
cascading |
rollover |
|
In order to reduce the accumulation of static electricity while loading
petroleum products, you should __________. |
increase the air flow into the tank |
start to load at maximum pressure |
start to load slowly |
use the overall method of loading
only |
|
Which topic is NOT required to be discussed at the pre-transfer conference? |
Emergency shutdown procedures |
Estimated time of finishing cargo |
Details of transferring and receiving
systems |
Identity of the product to be transferred |
|
When carrying a cargo of asphalt or molten sulfur, which are carried at
temperatures of over 300°F, one of the biggest dangers is __________. |
inadequate ullage space |
explosion of vapors after discharge |
water in the tanks or pipelines |
having the cargo too cool |
|
A tank vessel transferring non-flammable hazardous cargo in bulk must display
warning signs. These signs must __________. |
be visible from both sides and from
forward and aft |
be displayed only while transferring
cargo and fast to a dock |
indicate "NO SMOKING" |
use black lettering on a white background |
|
How should cargo tank hatches be protected when the ullage opening is open
and the tank NOT gas free? |
With warning signs |
With flame screens |
With gooseneck vents |
With pressure-vacuum relief valves |
|
Open ullage holes in tanks which are not gas-free must be protected by __________. |
warning signs |
PV valves |
stop-check valves |
flame screens |
|
What is acceptable flame screening? |
A fitted single stainless steel screen
of 15 x 15 mesh |
Two fitted brass screens of 10 x 15
mesh spaced 1/2 inch apart |
A fitted single brass screen of 10
x 10 mesh |
A fitted stainless steel screen of
30 x 30 mesh |
|
What must be present in order for combustion to occur inside a piping system
such as a vapor collection header in a marine emission control system? |
fuel |
oxygen |
ignition |
All of the above. |
|
What is the proper first aid for LPG in the eye? |
Keep the eyelid close. |
Flush the eye with plenty of water. |
Apply an ice pack to the eye. |
Rub the eye area clean. |
|
When discharging clean ballast prior to entering a loading port, what must
you do if it is determined the ballast exceeds 15 parts per million of oil? |
the deballasting must be completed
only after "load on top" has been completed |
the deballasting must be completely
discharged in order to load |
the deballasting must be terminated
automatically |
the deballasting must be stopped until
the oil can settle out, then resumed at a slower discharge rate |
|
When planning the loading or discharging of a VLCC (100,000 DWT+) what is
the most important consideration? |
Draft and trim |
Rate of discharging |
Rate of loading |
Limits of the bending moments |
|
Asphyxia is generally limited to enclosed spaces, and the deficiency of
breathable air in an enclosed space can occur with any of the following
conditions. Indicate the condition that will NOT cause asphyxia. |
When large quantities of cargo vapor
is present |
Where rusting of internal tank surfaces
has taken place. |
When 21% of oxygen is present. |
Where large quantities of inert gas
is present. |
|
What is a enclosure which will withstand ignition of a flammable gas, and
which will prevent the transmission of any flame able to ignite a flammable
gas, which may be present in the surrounding atmosphere called? |
gas-safe enclosure |
primary gas barrier |
explosion proof |
a flame proof screen |
|
What can be used to prevent a flammable atmosphere from occurring in a tank
container? |
inert gas |
a vortex eliminator |
a combustion stabilizer |
an oxidizer |
|
Which extinguishing agent is effective in combating an isoprene fire? |
Foam |
Dry chemicals |
CO2 |
All of the above. |
|
What type of gas detection device is used to determine when gassing up is
complete? |
Oxygen meter |
CO2 meter |
Methane detector |
Dew point meter |
|
What must cargo tanks be fitted with to prevent over pressurization when
loading liquid petroleum products? |
equalizing line |
pressure-vacuum valve |
overpressurization valve |
ullage opening |
|
Which signal must you display at night on a docked tank barge to show that
it is loading or discharging flammable liquid cargo? |
ICC yellow light. |
Flashing amber light. |
Red light. |
Two orange lights. |
|
What color must the last 1.0 meter (3.3 feet) of piping before the vessel
vapor connection be painted? |
yellow/red/yellow |
red/yellow/red |
hi-visibility yellow |
international orange |
|
What percent of oxygen content by volume, must each inert gas system be
designed to supply the cargo tanks with a gas, or mixture of gases? |
10% or less |
20% or less |
15% or less |
5% or less |
|
Which of the following describes (auto) ignition temperature? |
the temperature at which a 1% mixture
of the fuel with air will explode |
the temperature at which a fuel begins
to give off explosive vapors |
the temperature at which no spark
or flame is required to ignite gas or vapor |
the temperature at which a fuel if
ignited will continue to burn |
|
A marine chemist issues gas free certificates and is certified by which
organization? |
National Fire Protection Association |
Mine Safety Appliance Association |
Marine Chemists Association |
American Chemical Society |
|
Before welding in a tank that has carried petroleum products, the tank must
be certified by __________. |
the American Bureau of Shipping |
the Coast Guard |
the shipyard fire department |
a certified marine chemist |
|
A gas-free certificate would usually be issued by a(n) __________. |
certified marine chemist |
ABS marine surveyor |
Coast Guard marine inspector |
port engineer |
|
You are berthed at a cargo facility where you have just completed discharging
a dangerous cargo. You must complete topside repairs involving hot work
before sailing. Which of the following statements is TRUE? |
The repair area must be inspected
by a marine surveyor to ensure that it can be done safely. |
The Captain of the Port may give specific
approval to make hot work repairs. |
You can make repairs with permission
of the facility owner since you are empty and the cargo is on the facility. |
Hot work repairs at such a facility
are prohibited. |
|
You are berthed at a cargo facility where you have just completed discharging
a dangerous cargo from your barge. You must complete topside repairs on
the barge involving hot work before sailing. Which statement is TRUE? |
Hot work repairs at such a facility
are prohibited. |
The facility operator must notify
the Captain of the Port before conducting welding or hotwork. |
The repair area must be inspected
by a marine surveyor to ensure that it can be done safely. |
You can make repairs with permission
of the facility owner since you are empty and the cargo is on the facility. |
|
Before welding is permitted on a fuel tank, it must be certified or declared
as which of the following? |
not safe for personnel |
not safe for hot work |
safe for personnel |
safe for hot work |
|
Who will certify the vessel to be gas free before entering the shipyard? |
The chief officer. |
A representative from the vessel's
class society. |
A shoreside gas chemist. |
A dedicated company representative. |
|
A marine chemist issues gas free certificates and is certified by the __________. |
National Fire Protection Association |
American Chemical Society |
Mine Safety Appliance Association |
Marine Chemists Association |
|
The only portable electrical equipment permitted in a compartment which
is not gas free is a lamp that is __________. |
battery fed |
approved explosion proof |
self-contained |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement about entry into a water ballast tank that has been sealed
for a long time is TRUE? |
Sea water acts on the ship's metal
and generates chlorine gas which may accumulate in poisonous quantities. |
After ventilation and testing, and
the tank is found safe for entry, someone should stand by at the tank entrance
while you are inside. |
You should always wear a gas mask. |
A "buddy system" should
be used where someone enters the tank with you. |
|
Which step is NOT generally taken when gas-freeing a tank? |
Removal of corrosion products and
sludge |
Application of degreasing solvents |
Washing the tank interior with sea
water |
Fresh air ventilation |
|
Which statement about entry into a space that has been sealed for a long
time is TRUE? |
The natural ventilation through the
installed vents is sufficient to provide the proper oxygen content. |
A tank that has been used to carry
hazardous liquids should be tested for oxygen content, toxicity, and explosive
gases. |
The heat of the sun on upper ballast
tanks, such as in a bulk carrier, may generate carbon monoxide. |
You can safely enter the space without
a breathing apparatus if the oxygen content exceeds 14%. |
|
Which statement about entering into a tank which has been sealed for a long
time is TRUE? |
If the oxygen content tests at less
than 12% you should wear an approved gas mask. |
The tank should be tested only once
to ensure the oxygen content is at least 14% before entry. |
The tank need not be tested for oxygen
content if it is ventilated for more than 24 hours. |
The tank must be tested at frequent
intervals to ensure that hazardous gasses have not regenerated. |
|
You have been carrying a liquid with flammable limits of 1% to 7% mixture
with air. If your instructions say that no one shall enter the tank if the
vapor concentration is over 15% of the LEL, what is the maximum allowable
percentage of vapors for men to enter? |
0.15 (%) |
0.85 (%) |
1.05 (%) |
7 (%) |
|
Which type of portable lighting may be used to enter a compartment on a
tank barge which is NOT gas-free? |
An explosion-proof, self-contained,
battery-fed lamp |
A three-cell flashlight |
A spark resistant and flame retardant
lamp |
None of the above |
|
What best describes for how long a gas-free test is good? |
For the instant that it is made |
For as long as is indicated on the
gas-free certificate |
Until valves in line with the tank
or compartment are reopened |
Until changes in temperature or pressure
affect the vapor content in the space |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 24'-08", AFT 25'-04". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 180 long tons are loaded in No. 23 hatch. |
FWD 24'-04 2/3", AFT 25'-10 3/4" |
FWD 24'-06 1/2", AFT 25'-08 2/3" |
FWD 24'-08 1/4", AFT 25'-00 2/3" |
FWD 24'-10 1/4", AFT 25'-00 1/4" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 29'-05", AFT 30'-07". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 540 long tons are loaded in No. 18 hatch. |
FWD 29'-05", AFT 31'-03" |
FWD 30'-01", AFT 31'-03" |
FWD 30'-04", AFT 29'-06" |
FWD 29'-09", AFT 30'-11" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 17'-03", AFT 18'-09". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. Grand Haven, determine the new draft
if 450 long tons are loaded in No. 16 hatch. |
FWD 16'-11", AFT 19'-04 2/3" |
FWD 17'-01", AFT 18'-11 1/4" |
FWD 17'-04", AFT 19'-03 3/4" |
FWD 17'-07", AFT 18'-11 1/4" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 19'-08", AFT 20'-04". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 840 long tons are loaded in No. 1 hatch. |
FWD 18'-08", AFT 21'-06" |
FWD 18'-09", AFT 21'-07" |
FWD 18'-11", AFT 21'-09" |
FWD 22'-00", AFT 19'-02" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 25'-04", AFT 24'-08". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 634 long tons are discharged from NO. 19 hatch. |
FWD 25'-00 1/4", AFT 25'-04 1/8" |
FWD 25'-02 3/4", AFT 23'-08 5/8" |
FWD 25'-05 1/4", AFT 23'-08 5/8" |
FWD 25'-10 1/4", AFT 23'-11 3/4" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 14'-00", AFT 16'-00". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 350 long tons are discharged from No. 13 hatch. |
FWD 13'-03 5/8", AFT 15'-03 1/8" |
FWD 13'-04 3/4", AFT 15'-03 1/4" |
FWD 13'-05 1/5", AFT 15'-04 3/5" |
FWD 13'-08 4/5", AFT 15'-08 4/5" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 17'-04", AFT 18'-08". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 765 long tons are discharged from No. 7 hatch. |
FWD 15'-04 3/4", AFT 18'-04" |
FWD 15'-11 3/5", AFT 18'-11" |
FWD 18'-08 2/5", AFT 18'-05" |
FWD 18'-05 3/4", AFT 18'-10" |
|
Your vessel's existing draft is FWD 19'-02", AFT 20'-10". Using
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN, determine the new draft
if 170 long tons are discharged from No. 8 hatch. |
FWD 19'-00.4", AFT 20'-08.6" |
FWD 18'-10.8", AFT 20'-10.4" |
FWD 19'-03.4", AFT 20'-05.6" |
FWD 19'-05.4", AFT 20'-03.4" |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. Grand Haven, determine the amount
of ballast required in tank No. 5 (P & S) to maintain drafts of 17'-00"
forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain which has a
test weight of 35 lbs. |
785 tons each |
820 tons each |
880 tons each |
900 tons each |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. Grand Haven, determine the amount
of ballast required in tank No.1 (P&S) to maintain drafts of 17'-00"
forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain which has a
test weight of 39.5 lbs. |
155 tons each |
170 tons each |
190 tons each |
200 tons each |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading the M.V. Grand Haven, determine the
amount of ballast required in tank No. 5 (P & S) to maintain drafts
of 17'-00" forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain
which has a test weight of 33 lbs. |
1010 tons each |
1025 tons each |
1050 tons each |
1070 tons each |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading the M.V. Grand Haven, determine the
amount of ballast required in tank No. 3 (P & S) to maintain drafts
of 17'-00" forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain
which has a test weight of 34 lbs. |
1150 tons each |
1180 tons each |
1220 tons each |
1250 tons each |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading the M.V. Grand Haven, determine the
amount of ballast required in tank No. 1 (P&S) to maintain drafts of
17'-00" forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain
which has a test weight of 43 lbs. |
23 tons each |
50 tons each |
75 tons each |
150 tons each |
|
Using the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. Grand Haven, determine the amount
of ballast required in tank No. 3 (P & S) to maintain drafts of 17'-00"
forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain which has a
test weight of 37.6 lbs. |
930 tons each |
955 tons each |
975 tons each |
990 tons each |
|
Using sheet 25 in the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. Grand Haven, determine
the amount of ballast required in tank No. 5 (P & S) to maintain drafts
of 17'-00" forward and 22'-06" aft for a vessel loaded with grain
which has a test weight of 33 lbs. |
1010 tons each |
1025 tons each |
1045 tons each |
1070 tons each |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatches 8 & 12 while using
a single belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 28'-03"?
(use the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN). |
460 tons per hatch |
520 tons per hatch |
690 tons per hatch |
730 tons per hatch |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatch No. 20 while using a single
belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 29'-06"? (Use
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN.) |
1550 tons |
2920 tons |
3010 tons |
3515 tons |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatch No. 23 while using a single
belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 28'-00"? (Use
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN.) |
2930 tons |
3110 tons |
3170 tons |
3240 tons |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatch No. 3 while using a single
belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 27'-07"? (Use
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN.) |
2500 tons |
2550 tons |
2600 tons |
2650 tons |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatch No. 20 while using a single
belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 24'-10"? (Use
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN.) |
1540 tons |
1590 tons |
1645 tons |
1670 tons |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatches 2, 6, & 10, while
using a single belt loader, to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 27'-07"?
(use the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN) |
510 tons per hatch |
530 tons per hatch |
590 tons per hatch |
610 tons per hatch |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatches 5 & 7 while using
a single belt loader, to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 25'-02"?
(Use the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN.) |
1410 tons |
1450 tons |
1490 tons |
1520 tons |
|
Assuming that the recommended hatch loading sequence is followed, how many
long tons of iron ore may be loaded through hatch No. 1 while using a single
belt loader to arrive at a desired mean keel draft of 29'-11"? (use
the Guidance Manual for Loading M.V. GRAND HAVEN) |
2230 tons |
2270 tons |
2310 tons |
2350 tons |
|
There are basically three categories of water level fluctuations on the
Great Lakes. What is NOT included as one of these? |
Seasonal fluctuations |
Long range fluctuations |
Controlled outflow fluctuations |
Short period fluctuations |
|
You are transiting the Straits of Mackinac by way of an improved channel.
You have information which indicates that the channel's Federal project
depth is 28 ft. Which of the following statements is true with regards to
this channel? |
The maximum depth which may be expected
within the limits of the channel is 28 ft. |
The channel has 28 ft. in the center
but lesser depths may exist in the remainder of the channel. |
The design dredging depth of the channel
is 28 ft. |
The least depth within the limits
of the channel is 28 ft. |
|
A channel is stated as having a controlling depth of 38 feet. Which statement
is TRUE? |
The sides of the channel conform to
at least 50% of the controlling depth. |
At least 50% of the channel is cleared
to the charted depth. |
At least 80% of the channel is cleared
to the charted depth. |
100% of the channel width is clear
to 38 feet. |
|
Which basic category of water level fluctuations on the Great Lakes is the
most regular? |
Long-term fluctuations |
Seasonal fluctuations |
Short-term fluctuations |
Outflow fluctuations |
|
On the Great Lakes, the term "controlling depth" means the __________. |
minimum amount of tail water available
behind a dam |
distance in units of the chart (feet,
meters or fathoms) from the reference datum to the bottom |
least depth within the limits of the
channel which restricts the navigation |
designed dredging depth of a channel
constructed by the Corps. of Engineers |
|
Which two Great Lakes are considered hydraulically as one? |
Lakes Erie - Ontario |
Lakes Michigan - Huron |
Lakes Erie - St. Clair |
Lakes Superior - Huron |
|
Distances on the Great Lakes System are generally expressed in __________. |
statute miles |
miles above the head of the passes
(AHP) |
miles above the entrance to the St.
Lawrence Seaway (MASLW) |
nautical miles |
|
Which of the Great Lakes is most affected by short-term Lake level fluctuations? |
Lake Erie |
Lake Michigan |
Lake Superior |
Lake Huron |
|
Which of the Great Lakes experiences the least amount of water level fluctuation
between seasonal high and low water marks? |
Lake Michigan |
Lake Superior |
Lake Erie |
Lake Huron |
|
Which of the Great Lakes is generally the last to reach its seasonal low
and seasonal high water marks? |
Lake Michigan |
Lake Huron |
Lake Superior |
Lake Ontario |
|
Which of the Great Lakes lies entirely within the United States? |
Lake St. Clair |
Lake Superior |
Lake Michigan |
Lake Ontario |
|
Which of the Great Lakes generally has the shortest navigation season? |
Lake Michigan |
Lake Erie |
Lake Huron |
Lake Superior |
|
Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Michigan via the Straits of
Mackinac and is proceeding south to Chicago. Which statement is TRUE with
respect to the aids to navigation you will encounter along this route? |
Aids to navigation are serviced jointly
by the U.S. and Canadian Coast Guard. |
Red buoys should be passed down your
starboard side. |
Green buoys mark the location of wrecks
or obstructions which must be passed by keeping the buoy on the right hand. |
All solid colored buoys are numbered,
the red buoys bearing odd numbers and green buoys bearing even numbers. |
|
The Lake Carriers Association and the Canadian Shipowners Association prescribe
separation routes for upbound and downbound vessels on the Great Lakes.
The recommended courses for these routes are shown on the Great Lakes Charts
in the form of __________. |
black figures over a segmented course
line track |
red or magenta figures over a segmented
course line track |
red figures over a solid course line
track |
green figures over a solid course
line track |
|
Nautical charts published by the Canadian Hydrographic service which are
referenced in the United States Coast Pilot are identified by __________. |
the letter "C" in parentheses
following the chart number |
a footnote number |
an asterisk preceding the chart number |
the abbreviation "can" preceding
the chart number |
|
Assume that your vessel has just entered Lake Erie by way of the Welland
Canal and is proceeding in a southwesterly direction. Which statement about
the aids to navigation you can expect to encounter along the route is TRUE? |
Lighted aids, fog signals, and radio
beacons maintained by Canada are not included in the Great Lakes Light List. |
The characteristics of buoys and other
aids are as if "returning from seaward" when proceeding in this
direction. |
All aids are maintained by the U.S.
Coast Guard, 9th Coast Guard District, Cleveland, Ohio. |
All red even-numbered buoys should
be kept on your port side when proceeding in this direction. |
|
How are aids to navigation on the Great Lakes arranged geographically? |
In an easterly and southerly direction,
except on Lake Erie |
In a westerly and northerly direction,
except on Lake Michigan |
In an easterly and southerly direction,
except on the New York State Barge Canal |
In a westerly and northerly direction,
except on Lake St. Clair |
|
Your vessel is approaching the International Bridge on the St. Marys River.
If the gage on the bridge, read from top to bottom, indicates 124 ft. and
the IGLD (1955) is 600 ft., determine the actual vertical clearances between
the existing water level and the lowest point of the bridge over the channel. |
124 feet |
476 feet |
724 feet |
840 feet |
|
The vertical reference for all water levels and bench marks on the Great
Lakes - St. Lawrence River System is known as __________. |
Great Lakes Low Water Datum |
International Great Lakes Datum |
North Central Reference Datum |
Mean Sea Level Datum |
|
Your vessel has been ordered to proceed to the United Grain Growers Wharf
at Thunder Bay, Lake Superior, for the purpose of taking on a load of wheat.
Which publication(s) would you consult for such information as the length
of the wharf, the depth of the water alongside, and the loading capacity
at the facility? |
The United States Coast Pilot #6 |
The International Guide to Canadian
Ports and Facilities |
The Lake Carriers Association Facilities
Directory |
The Navigational Chart and Light List
Vol. VII |
|
Which publication offers information on Great Lakes ice services? |
National Weather Service, Ice Outlooks |
Marine Weather Log |
Light List volume VII |
U.S. Coast Pilot #6 |
|
Who publishes the "Canadian List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals"? |
The U.S. Hydrographic Service |
The Canadian Coast Guard |
The U.S. Coast Guard |
The Canadian Hydrographic Service |
|
Which statement is FALSE with regards to the Great Lakes Light List? |
The Light List does not contain information
on any of the navigational aids maintained by Canada. |
The Light List should be corrected
each week from the appropriate Notice to Mariners. |
Volume VII does not include information
on Class III private aids to navigation. |
The Light List does not include Coast
Guard mooring buoys, special purpose buoys, or buoys marking fish net areas. |
|
Your vessel is underway and approaching an overhead obstruction on Lake
Superior. Given the following information, determine the clearance between
your vessel and the obstruction. Highest point on vessel: 74 ft. Lowest
point of obstruction: 126 (LWD) Monthly lake level: +2 (LWD) International
Great Lakes Datum: 600.0 (182.88 meters) |
474 feet |
400 feet |
175 feet |
50 feet |
|
A list man would expect to see any of the following light signals EXCEPT
__________. |
two red lights |
one amber light |
one white light |
one green light |
|
Your vessel is on a voyage from Ogdensburg, NY, to Chicago, IL, via the
Great Lakes. The date is October 3 of the current year. If your vessel is
subject to the load line requirements, using illustration D031DG below,
to which of her marks should she be loaded? Illustration D031DG |
Salt water - Winter |
Fresh water - Winter |
Fresh water - Intermediate |
Salt water - Intermediate |
|
Which statement is TRUE with respect to the load line markings shown in
illustration D031DG below? |
Vessels engaged solely on Great Lakes
voyages are not required to show these marks. |
A vessel displaying these marks may
load in the salt waters of the St. Lawrence River. |
U.S. flag vessels less than 100 feet
in length and less than 200 gross tons are not required to show these marks. |
U.S. flag vessels of 100 gross tons
and upward must show these marks. |
|
A vessel is loaded to her summer marks for a voyage from Montreal, Canada
to Duluth, MN via the Great Lakes System. The voyage has been estimated
to take nine (9) days. If the vessel departs Montreal on September 28th,
which of the following statements is TRUE? |
The vessel is in violation of the
load line requirements. |
The vessel's intermediate load line
marks may not be submerged after September 30. |
The vessel must be at her summer marks
when she arrives at Duluth. |
The vessel must be at her winter marks
by the evening of the third day. |
|
What does the line labeled "MS" indicate on the Great Lakes load
line model shown in illustration D031DG below? |
Midsummer |
Mean sea level |
Midseason |
Maximum submergence |
|
Where on a vessel are the load line markings shown in illustration D031DG
inscribed? |
port and starboard sides |
starboard side |
stern |
port side |
|
In illustration D031DG below, what does the single line located directly
above the diamond indicate? |
load line |
deck line |
water line |
freeboard line |
|
On Great Lakes vessels, when do midsummer load lines apply? |
June 16 through September 16 |
July 16 through August 30 |
April 16 through April 30 and September
16 through September 30 |
May 1 through September 15 |
|
Which vessel is exempt from the load line and marking requirements for vessels
operating on the Great Lakes System? |
A 500 GT dry cargo river barge operated
continuously between Calumet Hbr Chicago, IL and Burns Hbr, IN |
A 79-foot, 150 GT pleasure craft operating
on the St. Lawrence River |
A 200 GT passenger vessel operating
between Duluth, MN and Munising, MI |
A 300 GT tank barge operating exclusively
on Lake Michigan |
|
Advection fog, a common occurrence on the Great Lakes, forms when __________. |
frigid arctic air moves across the
lakes and becomes saturated |
cool air contacts warm river currents |
relatively warm air flows over cooler
water |
air comes in contact with a rapidly
cooling land surface |
|
Advection fog holds longest over which portions of the lakes? |
Southeast |
Northwest |
Northeast |
Southwest |
|
The phenomenon known as a "seiche" is most likely to occur on
Lake Erie __________. |
during the passage of a rapidly moving
warm front |
when the Moon and Sun are in alignment |
during the months of May through August |
when strong winds from the Northeast
suddenly diminish |
|
Nearly half of all storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin during the period
from October through May come from __________. |
highs which originate in north eastern
and eastern Canada |
lows which originate in the central
and western USA |
lows which originate in north central
and western Canada |
highs which originate in the east
and east central USA |
|
Storms that enter the Great Lakes Basin from the west and northwest at a
peak in October are the products of pressure systems known as __________. |
Fata morgana |
Alberta lows |
Northwesters |
Polar highs |
|
Which type of fog is the most dense and widely spread of those that occur
on the Great Lakes? |
Steam fog |
Lake effect fog |
Radiation fog |
Advection fog |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning weather conditions on the Great Lakes? |
When a vessel is north of an eastward-moving
storm center, changes in the weather are less distinctive than when sailing
south of the center. |
The most destructive storms usually
come from the northwest or north. |
When a vessel is south of an eastward-moving
storm center, the approach of the low is evidenced by winds from the north
to northeast. |
Thunderstorms are most likely to develop
from November through April. |
|
Which statement concerning storm surges on the Great Lakes is FALSE? |
They are common along the deeper areas
of the lakes. |
They cause rapid differences in levels
between one end of the lake and the other. |
The greatest water level difference
occurs when the wind is blowing along the axis of the lake. |
If the wind subsides rapidly, a seiche
effect will most likely occur. |
|
A vessel operating on the Great Lakes, and whose position is south of an
approaching eastward-moving storm center, would NOT experience __________. |
a southwest to west wind |
a falling barometer |
lowering clouds and drizzle |
rain or snow |
|
On the Great Lakes, winter storms compound the ice threat by bringing a
variety of wind, wave, and weather problems on an average of every __________. |
four days |
three days |
five days |
two days |
|
Fog can form in any season on the Great Lakes, but it is most likely to
occur over open waters in __________. |
winter and early spring |
spring and early summer |
autumn and early winter |
summer and early autumn |
|
What is NOT characteristic of the conditions which would be experienced
by a vessel located southeast of an approaching eastward-moving storm center
on the Great Lakes? |
Lowering clouds |
Rain or snow |
Falling barometer |
A westerly wind |
| "Seiche"
is defined as a(n) __________. |
higher than normal high water or lower
than normal low water |
unusually strong storm system which
approaches the Great Lakes System generally from the Northeast |
oscillation caused by the diminishing
of forces which cause lake level fluctuations |
lake current which is predominant
during the spring and fall navigation season on the Great Lakes |
|
On the Great Lakes, short-term fluctuations in water levels may be a result
of any of the following EXCEPT __________. |
seiches |
sudden changes in barometric pressure |
strong winds |
below normal rain fall |
|
On which of the Great Lakes would shore ice be the most pronounced? |
Lake Huron |
Lake Superior |
Lake Erie |
Lake Michigan |
|
Generally speaking, the more destructive storms occurring on the Great Lakes
usually come from the __________. |
northeast or east |
northwest or north |
southeast or south |
southwest or west |
|
A vessel operating on the Great Lakes, and whose position is southeast of
an eastward-moving storm center, would NOT experience __________. |
a northeast wind |
rain or snow |
lowering clouds and drizzle |
a falling barometer |
|
Which statement concerning storm surges on the Great Lakes is FALSE? |
They cause rapid differences in levels
between one end of the lake and the other. |
If the wind subsides rapidly, a seiche
effect will most likely occur. |
The greatest water level difference
occurs when the wind is blowing along the longitudinal axis of the lake. |
They are common along the deeper areas
of the lakes. |
|
Limit switches are located on the survival craft winch systems for OSVs
to __________. |
limit the ascent rate |
stop the winch just before the survival
craft reaches final stowage position |
limit the amount of cable on the drum |
stop the winch in case the craft's
weight exceeds the load lift limit |
|
The light on a personal flotation device on an OSV must be replaced __________. |
when it is no longer serviceable |
each year after installation |
every six months |
when the power source is replaced |
|
The person-in-charge shall insure that each rescue boat on an OSV is lowered
to the water, launched and operated at least once every __________. |
week |
two months |
three months |
six months |
|
The Master or person-in-charge of an OSV shall insure that each deck from
which rescue boats are launched is __________. |
posted with a list of persons assigned
to the rescue boat |
kept clear of any obstructions that
would interfere with launching |
surfaced with a nonskid texture |
roped off to prevent unnecessary access |
|
On an OSV, how many ring buoys are required to have a buoyant line attached? |
Three ring life buoys |
One ring life buoy on each side of
the OSV |
One ring life buoy |
Two ring life buoys on each side of
the OSV |
|
On an OSV, when may a work vest be substituted for a required life jacket? |
For use during fire drills |
For use during boat drills |
To replace a damaged life jacket |
At no time |
|
The rescue boat on an OSV is not required to carry a __________. |
radar reflector |
searchlight |
sea anchor |
fishing kit |
|
The normal equipment of every rescue boat shall include __________. |
compass |
one can opener |
one 50 meter line |
All of the above. |
|
The normal equipment of every rescue boat shall include __________. |
one 50 meter line |
one first aid kit |
buoyant oars |
All of the above. |
|
Of the required ring life buoys for an OSV, how many must be equipped with
a water light? |
8 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
|
What is the minimum required number of ring life buoys on an OSV certified
for ocean service? |
4 |
8 |
12 |
16 |
|
The rescue boat on an OSV shall carry a tow line strong enough to tow the
vessel's largest loaded liferaft at a speed of at least __________. |
1 knot |
10 knot |
2 knot |
5 knot |
|
The Emergency Position Indicating Radio beacon on an OSV vessel must be
stowed __________. |
so that it is accessible from the
pilothouse of the vessel |
in an inside passageway |
so that it will float free if the
vessel sinks |
in an approved bracket |
|
Which type EPIRB must each ocean-going OSV carry? |
Class C |
Class B |
Category I |
Class A |
|
Regulations require that OSV's under 100 GT must have a steering system
that is capable of moving the rudder __________. |
by a required auxiliary steering system
under emergency conditions when duplicated main steering power systems are
provided |
at one-half the maximum astern speed
without damage |
from 35° on one side to 30° on the
other side, in no more than 28 seconds, while making maximum headway |
from 15° on one side to 15° on the
other side, in 30 seconds at 7 knots, or one-half the maximum speed |
|
Each OSV must carry __________. |
at least one life buoy on each side
of the vessel fitted with a buoyant life line |
at least 12 rocket parachute flares |
one category I 406 Mhz satellite EPIRB |
All of the above. |
|
The instructions for rescue boats and liferafts on an OSV must be approved
by the __________. |
Minerals Management Service |
lease operator |
person-in-charge of the unit |
Coast Guard |
|
For an OSV not on an international voyage, an approved substitute for an
impulse projected type line throwing appliance is a __________. |
heaving line |
shoulder type line throwing gun |
spring-loaded line thrower |
hand thrown buoyant line |
|
Each EPIRB required on an OSV shall be tested using the integrated test
circuit and output indicator every __________. |
month |
week |
two weeks |
two months |
|
The immersion suit requirements for OSVs apply to units operating in the
Atlantic Ocean __________. |
above 20 degrees North and below 20
degrees South |
above 25 degrees North and below 25
degrees South |
above 30 degrees North and below 30
degrees South |
above 32 degrees North and below 32
degrees South |
|
Each buoyant work vest on an OSV must be __________. |
marked with the name of the unit |
Coast Guard Approved |
equipped with a waterlight |
All of the above. |
|
Each personal flotation device light on an OSV that has a non-replacement
power source must be replaced __________. |
every six months after initial installation |
every 24 months after initial installation |
every 12 months after initial installation |
on or before the expiration date of
the power source |
|
Which would be considered pollution under the U.S. water pollution laws? |
Hazardous substances |
Garbage |
Oil |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following is considered "discharge" as it applies
to the pollution regulations? |
pumping |
leaking |
spilling |
All of the above. |
|
In the navigable waters of the United States, Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 is
NOT applicable to a(n) __________. |
uninspected towing vessel |
uninspected passenger vessel under
100 GT |
U.S. government vessel in non-commercial
service |
recreational yacht |
|
The pollution prevention regulations in MARPOL apply to U. S. flag vessels
__________. |
only on the western rivers and international
waters |
only on international voyages outside
U.S. territorial waters |
on all international and inland waters |
only on the Great Lakes and international
waters |
|
Which vessel in ocean service is not subject to Annex V of MARPOL 73/78? |
A 26-foot tug and tow |
An uninspected 35-foot passenger vessel |
A 20-foot sailing vessel |
A Navy Destroyer |
|
The regulations that were passed to implement MARPOL 73/78 concerning oil
pollution apply to a U.S. flag vessel that sails on which waters? |
International waters |
Great Lakes only |
Inland waters only |
All of the above. |
|
A U.S. merchant vessel in ocean service is NOT subject to the requirements
of Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 __________. |
in the waters of those countries not
signatory to MARPOL |
outside of the navigable waters of
the United States |
A U.S. vessel in ocean service is
ALWAYS subject to MARPOL. |
outside of 25 nautical miles from
nearest land |
|
Which international body is responsible for drafting the convention prohibiting
marine pollution (MARPOL)? |
International Maritime Organization |
International Association of Shipping |
Maritime Advisory Council |
Association of Seafaring Nations |
|
While operating your oceangoing vessel you must keep a record of any discharge
or disposal of garbage. When should these entries be made? |
before the end of the voyage |
no later than 24 hours after disposal
of the garbage |
at the time the garbage was disposed |
before arriving at your next port |
|
Under the Pollution Regulations, how long must garbage disposal records
be retained onboard for? |
until the end of the voyage |
two years |
until the next Coast Guard inspection |
one year |
|
Which statement is TRUE? |
You must keep a record of garbage
discharged in port to a shore facility. |
You need not keep a record of garbage
incinerated on the ship. |
You need not keep a record of ground
garbage dumped into the sea more than 25 miles offshore. |
You must keep a record of the approximate
weight of the garbage dumped. |
|
Under the Pollution Regulations, which action is required when you dump
garbage in to the sea? |
make an entry in the Official Logbook |
No action is required if you are more
than 25 miles from land and no plastic materials are dumped. |
notify the U.S. Coast Guard |
keep a record for two years |
|
You are offloading garbage to another ship. Your records must identify that
ship by name and show her __________. |
official number |
Master |
home port |
next port-of-call |
|
Your oceangoing vessel is required to have a waste management plan. This
plan must be in writing and describe procedures for __________. |
collecting and discharging garbage |
segregating the different types of
shipboard waste |
reducing the amount of shipboard waste |
disposing waste from marine sanitation
devices |
|
You are keeping the required garbage disposal records. The amount of garbage
disposed must be stated in __________. |
cubic meters |
both kilos and pounds |
both cubic meters and cubic feet |
barrels of 55 gallon capacity |
|
You discharge garbage overboard at sea. When recording your vessel's position
as required, you must include __________. |
latitude, longitude, course, speed,
and a copy of that days noon position slip |
latitude, longitude, and estimated
distance from shore |
latitude, longitude and approximate
depth of water |
latitude and longitude only |
|
Which statement is TRUE? |
You need not keep a record of garbage
incinerated on the ship. |
You must keep a record of the approximate
weight of the garbage dumped. |
You need not keep a record of dumping
ground garbage in to the sea more than 25 miles offshore. |
You must keep a record of garbage
discharged in port to a shore facility. |
|
Which is an exception to the garbage discharge requirements in Annex V to
MARPOL 73/78? |
A person falls overboard, and a plastic
ice chest is thrown for flotation. |
Garbage accumulation on board has
exceeded storage space. |
The garbage to be discharged will
sink. |
The destination port or terminal cannot
receive garbage. |
|
You are in the Baltic Sea which is a special area listed in ANNEX V of MARPOL.
How many miles from land must you be to discharge ground rags, glass, and
bottles into the sea? |
3 |
25 |
12 |
Must be retained aboard |
|
Providing you are not sailing in the Red Sea or another special area as
listed in ANNEX V of MARPOL, how many miles from land must you be to throw
garbage including bottles, rags, and glass that has not been ground up into
the sea? |
3 nm |
6 nm |
12 nm |
25 nm |
|
You intend to discharge medical or hazardous wastes ashore. MARPOL Annex
V requires you to notify a receiving port or terminal in advance. How much
advance notice is required? |
48 hours |
24 hours |
12 hours |
Advance notification is not required. |
|
If Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies to your vessel, which of the following
cannot be discharged anywhere at sea? |
metal |
glass |
plastic |
paper |
|
No person on board any vessel to which Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies may
discharge garbage of any type when __________. |
less than 12 nautical miles from nearest
land |
less than 12 nautical miles from the
United States |
less than 25 nautical miles from nearest
land |
in the navigable waters of the United
States |
|
According to Annex V to MARPOL 73/78, garbage containing plastic is permitted
to be disposed of by __________. |
grinding to less than 1" and
discharging at least 12 nautical miles from nearest land |
incinerating offshore |
grinding to less than 1" and
discharging at least 25 nautical miles from nearest land |
discharging when at least 12 nautical
miles from nearest land |
|
A vessel to which Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies is located in a MARPOL
designated special area, 14 nautical miles from nearest land. What type
of garbage is permitted to be discharged? |
Glass ground to less than 1" |
Metal ground to less than 1" |
Paper products |
Food waste |
|
Which area is designated a special area by Annex V to MARPOL 73/78? |
Gulf of Saint Lawrence |
Sargasso Sea |
Great Lakes |
Red Sea |
|
Under Annex V to MARPOL 73/78, garbage discharged from vessels that are
located between 3 and 12 nautical miles from nearest land must be ground
to less than __________. |
1" |
1-1/4" |
1-1/2" |
2" |
|
At what distance from shore may plastic material may be thrown overboard
from a vessel? |
25 miles from shore |
3 miles from shore |
12 miles from shore |
None of the above are correct. |
|
You are in the North Sea, which is a special area listed in ANNEX V of MARPOL.
How many miles from land must you be to throw broken plywood dunnage over
the side? |
6 nm |
25 nm |
12 nm |
Must be retained aboard |
|
How is the Master or operator of a vessel required to keep the crew informed
of the regulations concerning the discharging of garbage overboard? |
Call an all hands meeting before sailing. |
Have each person read and sign a copy
of the regulations. |
Keep placards prominently posted. |
Give each crewmember a copy of ANNEX
V of MARPOL. |
|
You are at sea and not in a special area as defined in ANNEX V of MARPOL.
How many nautical miles from land must you be to discharge ground garbage
that will pass through a one-inch (25 mm) screen into the sea? |
6 nm |
25 nm |
3 nm |
12 nm |
|
Providing you are not in a special area, such as the Mediterranean or Red
Sea, how many nautical miles from land must you be to throw wooden dunnage
into the sea? |
6 nm |
25 nm |
12 nm |
3 nm |
|
Your oceangoing vessel has medical waste to be disposed of ashore. How many
hours advance notice must you give the port or terminal? |
6 |
12 |
24 |
48 |
|
Providing you are not in a special area, such as the Mediterranean or Red
Sea, how many nautical miles from land must you be to throw packing materials
that will float into the sea? |
25 nm |
12 nm |
6 nm |
3 nm |
|
If you are operating on the Inland Waters of the United States, which of
the following may you discharge overboard? |
metal |
bottles |
dunnage |
None of the above |
|
A vessel to which Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies is 24 nautical miles from
the nearest land. Which type of garbage is prohibited from being discharged? |
Dunnage |
Metal |
Crockery |
Glass |
|
A vessel to which Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies is located 10 nautical
miles from the nearest land. Which type of garbage is prohibited from being
discharged? |
Rags ground to less than 1" |
Paper ground to less than 1" |
Food waste, not comminuted or ground |
None of the above |
|
What is the MINIMUM distance a vessel subject to the requirements of Annex
V to MARPOL 73/78 must be located from nearest land to legally discharge
paper trash? |
25 nautical miles |
12 nautical miles |
10 nautical miles |
5 nautical miles |
|
Vessels to which Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 applies may discharge garbage containing
plastics __________. |
12 nautical miles from nearest land |
5 nautical miles from nearest land |
25 nautical miles from nearest land |
None of the above |
|
What product is considered a noxious liquid substance for regulatory purposes? |
Octanol |
Cetyl-Eicosyl methacrylate |
Acetonitrile |
Hog grease |
|
What product is considered a noxious liquid substance for regulatory purposes? |
Sulfur (molten) |
Latex |
Dodecyl methacrylate |
Asphalt |
|
What product is considered a noxious liquid substance for regulatory purposes? |
Acetonitrile |
Sulfur (molten) |
Dodecanol |
Trimethyl phosphite |
|
What product is considered a noxious liquid substance for regulatory purposes? |
Formaldehyde (>50%) |
Methyl ethyl ketone |
Nonane |
Sulfur (molten) |
|
According to Coast Guard Regulations (CFR 33), the shipboard Oil Pollution
Emergency Plan must include __________. |
a one-line schematic of the plan to
be implemented |
an explanation and purpose of the
plan |
the operating instructions for any
and all oily-water separators installed aboard the vessel |
all information ordinarily provided
in the Oil Record Book |
|
Which is a mandatory section of the shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan? |
Reporting requirements |
List of individuals required to respond |
Planned exercises |
Removal equipment list |
|
Which list is NOT required to be provided as part of the appendices of the
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan? |
A list specifying who will be responsible
for informing the parties listed and the priority in which they must be
notified. |
A list of agencies or officials in
regularly visited ports. |
A list of agencies or officials of
Coastal State Administrators responsible for receiving and processing incident
reports. |
A list of personnel duty assignments. |
|
When amendments are made to the shipboard oil pollution emergency plan,
all revisions must be submitted to the Coast Guard __________. |
one month before the anniversary date
of the plan |
six months before the end of the approval
period |
and cannot be implemented without
approval |
and can be implemented without immediate
approval as long as final approval is received within six months of submission |
|
Which of the following is required to have a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency
Plan? |
all vessels, regardless of size and
commercial application |
an oil tanker of 150 gross tons and
above, or other ship of 400 gross tons and above |
any barge or ship constructed or operated
in such a manner that no oil in any form can be carried aboard |
an oil tanker of 400 gross tons and
above, or other ships of 150 gross tons and above |
|
What is the approval period for a shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan? |
two years |
three years |
four years |
five years |
|
At what frequency do Coast Guard regulations require a shipboard Oil Pollution
Emergency Plan to be reviewed? |
annually |
once every two years |
once every four years |
once every five years |
|
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans must be reviewed __________. |
only once every five years, with a
letter submitted six months before expiration |
annually by the owner, with a letter
submitted six months before expiration |
and the entire plan resubmitted for
approval once every five years, six months before expiration |
annually by the owner, with a letter
submitted to the Coast Guard within one month of the anniversary date of
the plan approval |
|
A ship that, at any time, operates seaward of the outermost boundary of
the territorial sea is required to prepare, submit, and maintain a(n) __________. |
shipboard oil pollution emergency
plan |
vapor recovery procedures plan |
oil discharge plan |
synthetic plastic discharge plan |
|
Which of the following operations aboard a tanker must be recorded in the
Oil Record Book on a tank-to-tank basis according to U.S. Regulations? |
Any internal transfer of oil cargo
during a voyage. |
The discharge overboard in port or
at sea of any bilge water accumulated in machinery spaces. |
The loading or unloading of any or
all oil cargo. |
All of the above. |
|
Which vessel is required to have a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan? |
an oil tanker of 400 gross tons and
above, or other ships of 150 gross tons and above |
an oil tanker of 150 gross tons or
above, or other ship of 400 gross tons or above |
any barge or other ship which is constructed
or operated in such a manner that no oil in any form can be carried aboard |
all vessels, regardless of size and
commercial application |
|
International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) Certificates are required
for each U.S. oil tanker at or above how many gross registered tons? |
300 gross registered tons |
150 gross registered tons |
400 gross registered tons |
100 gross registered tons |
|
Remote controls for quick-closing shut off valves are required in how many
location(s)? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
According to the regulations, what fire safety control feature is required
in quick-closing shut off valves? |
Manual cut off switch |
A fusible link |
Electrical cut off switch |
A water spray actuator |
|
U.S. regulations require all tankships of 150 GT and above and all other
ships of 400 GT and above, to prepare and maintain which of the following? |
a USCG approved oil discharge plan |
a USCG approved vapor recovery procedures
plan |
a USCG approved shipboard oil pollution
emergency plan |
a USCG approved synthetic plastic
discharge plan |
|
Which of the following vessels is NOT exempt from mandatory requirements
on ballast water management for control of non-indigenous species in waters
of the United States? |
A crude oil tanker engaged in the
coastwise trade. |
A vessel engaged in the foreign export
of Alaskan North Slop Crude Oil. |
A passenger vessel equipped with a
USCG approved system designed to kill aquatic organisms in ballast water. |
United States Navy frigate. |
|
When a vessel violates the oil pollution laws, who may be held responsible? |
Credentialed officers only |
Owners only |
Master only |
Any individual connected with the
vessel involved in the operation |
|
Regardless of local requirements, when in a U.S. port, all oil spills must
be reported to which of the following agencies? |
National Response Center (USCG) |
Environmental Protection Agency |
Minerals Management Service |
All of the above. |
|
Which substance is NOT considered to be "Oil" under the pollution
prevention regulations? |
Sludge |
Oil mixed with dredge spoil |
Oil refuse and oil mixed with wastes |
Petroleum and fuel oil |
|
What does the term "oil" as used in the Oil Pollution Regulations
mean? |
oil refuse |
fuel oil |
sludge |
All of the above. |
|
A tankerman who permits or causes oil to go into a navigable waterway may
be federally punished with which of the following? |
imprisonment |
fine |
suspension or revocation of tankerman's
document |
All of the above. |
|
When cleaning up an oil spill in U.S. waters you must obtain the approval
of the Federal On-Scene Coordinator before using which of the following? |
chemical agents |
skimmers |
sawdust |
straw |
|
If you fail to notify the Coast Guard of an oil spill, how long may be imprisoned
for? |
1 year |
2 years |
3 years |
5 years |
|
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act requires the person in charge of
a vessel to immediately notify the Coast Guard as soon as he knows of any
oil discharge. Failure to notify the Coast Guard can lead to a monetary
fine and imprisonment up to __________. |
5 years |
3 years |
2 years |
1 years |
|
The use of sinking and dispersing chemical agents for removal of surface
oil is __________. |
too expensive for common use |
generally safe to sea life |
authorized only with prior approval
of the Federal On-Scene Coordinator |
the most common method used in the
United States |
|
It is generally NOT allowed to clean up an oil spill by using __________. |
suction equipment |
skimmers |
a boom |
chemical agents |
|
As soon as the officer in charge of the vessel has taken steps to stop the
discharge of oil or oily mixture into a U.S. harbor, what must he do FIRST? |
Call the Coast Guard. |
Inform the Environmental Protection
Agency. |
Rig a boom for recovery. |
Alert the fire department. |
|
When authorized to use chemical agents on an oil spill they would __________. |
dissolve the oil in the water |
sink the oil |
facilitate the removal of the pollutant
from the water |
absorb the oil for easy removal |
|
In cleaning up an oil spill, straw is an example of a __________. |
sorbent |
blocker |
chemical agent |
None of the above |
|
After making the required notification that a large oil spill into the water
has occurred, what is the FIRST action that should be taken? |
contain the spread of the oil |
have the vessel move out of the spill
area |
apply straw or sawdust on the oil |
throw grains of sand into the oil |
|
A cargo hose is marked with which of the following? |
safety relief valve setting |
bursting pressure |
maximum temperature |
maximum working pressure |
|
How is the minimum bursting pressure for each cargo hose assembly determined? |
three times the sum of the relief
valve setting and the static head |
the sum of the relief valve setting
and the static head |
twice the sum of the relief valve
setting and the static head |
four times the sum of the relief valve
setting and the static head |
|
No vessel may use or carry an oil transfer hose unless it meets certain
requirements. Which of the following is NOT among those requirements? |
Metallic reinforcement |
A working pressure that is more than
the sum of the relief valve setting and the static head |
Identification markings |
A bursting pressure that is at least
four times the sum of the relief valve setting and the static head |
|
According to U.S. regulations, normally, where are manholes in LFG located? |
in the ends of each tank |
above the weather deck |
in the expansion trunk of each tank |
there are no requirements in the regulation |
|
According to the regulations, what type of gauging is required for a cargo
of butadiene? |
Closed |
None |
Open |
Restricted |
|
According to regulations, a cargo hose used for transferring liquefied gases
must have a bursting pressure of __________. |
4 times the pressure of the cargo
pump used for transferring |
5 times the minimum working pressure
on the hose during cargo transfer |
one half the designed working pressure |
5 times the maximum working pressure
on the hose during cargo transfer |
|
According to U.S. regulations what is the maximum allowable working pressure
(MAWP) for each hose assembly used for transferring oil? |
at least 600 psi (4.14 MPa) |
more than the sum of the pressure
of the relief valve setting |
more than the maximum pump pressure
when a relief valve is not installed |
at least four times the sum for the
pressure of the relief valve setting |
|
According to the regulations, what type of gauging is required for a cargo
of butadiene? |
Restricted |
Closed |
Open |
None |
|
According to the regulations, what fire safety control feature is required
in quick-closing shut off valves? |
A fusible link |
A water spray actuator |
Electrical cut off switch |
Manual cut off switch |
|
A large metallic device, mounted directly in the piping (usually located
at the dock near the point where the vapor hose is attached), designed to
prevent the passage of a rapidly moving flame through the piping is called
a __________. |
detonation blocker |
detonation arrestor |
flame arrestor |
flame screen |
|
For the purposes of cargo oil containment, the fixed container under the
manifold of an eight-inch loading line must hold a minimum of __________. |
three barrels |
four barrels |
six barrels |
eight barrels |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the placard entitled "Discharge
of Oil Prohibited"? |
It must be located at the bilge and
ballast pump control station. |
It must be located in a conspicuous
place in the wheelhouse. |
It is required on all vessels. |
All of the above. |
|
Who may serve as the "person in charge" of loading and discharge
operations aboard a tankship? |
The bosun |
A credentialed officer who holds a
tankerman-PIC endorsement |
The Master |
The pumpman who has a tankerman assistant
endorsement |
|
Which vessel is NOT required to have a Pollution Placard posted on board? |
215-foot naval auxiliary vessel |
75-foot towing vessel |
50-foot cabin cruiser used for pleasure
only |
150-foot unmanned tank barge |
|
To serve as a person in charge of transfer operations on board a self-propelled
tank vessel, an individual must hold/be which of the following? |
a valid officer credential for inspected
vessels |
a letter from the company stating
his qualification |
be 30 years old |
a tankerman-PIC endorsement |
|
Which of the following best describes the requirement of the emergency pump
control when used as the emergency shutdown on tank vessels? |
stop the flow of oil at the main deck
manifold |
prevent the oil from leaving the shore
facility |
prevent the oil from siphoning through
the pump |
None of the above |
|
What can be done to prevent small oil spills on deck from going overboard? |
plugging the sounding pipes |
closing the lids on the vents |
driving wooden plugs into the vents |
plugging the scuppers |
|
What do pollution regulations require of each scupper in an enclosed deck
area? |
soft rubber plug |
mechanical means of closing |
wooden plug |
two-piece soft patch |
|
Your vessel is carrying 24,000 barrels of oil for discharge. The cargo hoses
have an inside diameter of eight inches. The container around the loading
manifold must hold __________. |
three barrels |
four barrels |
six barrels |
eight barrels |
|
A 100-GT vessel, constructed before July 1,1974, is loading diesel fuel.
What is the minimum capacity of the drip pans required for placement under
or around each fuel tank vent, overflow, and fill pipe? |
1 gallon |
5 gallons |
1 barrel |
2 barrels |
|
Your vessel is carrying 84,000 barrels of oil for discharge. The cargo hoses
have an inside diameter of 14 inches. When four hoses are connected to the
manifold, the container around the manifold must hold a total of how many
barrels? |
Three |
Four |
Twelve |
Sixteen |
|
You are preparing to load fuel oil on a vessel of 300 gross tons constructed
after June 30, 1974. Before loading, you must check that the fuel oil tank
vents __________. |
are not obstructed by on-deck cargo |
have a fire extinguisher within the
immediate area |
have containment capacity for at least
one half barrel |
are opened and the flame screen replaced |
|
You are preparing to load fuel oil on a vessel of 1,600 gross tons constructed
after June 30, 1974. Before loading, you must check that the fuel oil tank
vents __________. |
have a fire extinguisher within the
immediate area |
are not obstructed by on-deck cargo |
are opened and the flame screen replaced |
have containment capacity for at least
one barrel |
|
You are preparing to load fuel oil on a vessel of 300 gross tons constructed
after June 30, 1974. Before loading, you must check that the fuel oil tank
vents __________. |
are opened and the flame screen replaced |
have a fire extinguisher within the
immediate area |
have portable containment capacity
for at least 5 gallons |
are not obstructed by on-deck cargo |
|
Which type of vessel shall be required to have an emergency towing arrangement
fitted at both ends? |
A 30,000 dwt ton oil barge |
An 18,000 dwt ton tanker constructed
in 1998 |
A 5,000 dwt ton coastal tanker |
A 22,000 dwt ton tanker operated after
Jan. 1, 1999 |
|
What is the minimum fuel-oil discharge-containment needed for a 100 gross
ton vessel constructed after June 30,1974? |
At least 5 gallons |
At least 1 barrel |
At least 2 barrels |
At least 3 barrels |
|
Fueling results in the collection of waste oil in drip pans and containers.
Which is an approved method of disposing of the waste oil? |
Mixing it with dispersants before
draining it overboard |
Adding sinking agents and discharging
it into the water |
Placing it in proper disposal facilities |
Draining it overboard when the vessel
gets underway |
|
You are operating a non-ocean going vessel, how much of the accumulated
oily waste must you be able to retain on board? |
25 (%) |
50 (%) |
75 (%) |
100 (%) |
|
A vessel in ocean service that does not have an approved means of processing
oily bilge slops or oily ballast must have __________. |
a discharge outlet for the ballast
system on each side of the weather deck |
one portable adapter for a shore connection
to the ballast line |
a fixed piping system for ballast
discharge to a reception facility |
All of the above. |
|
What must ocean going vessels of 100 GT to 400 GT be fitted with for oily
mixtures? |
A fixed system to discharge the slops
overboard |
A fixed system to discharge oily mixtures
to a reception facility |
A portable system to discharge the
slops overboard |
A portable system to discharge oily
mixtures to a reception facility |
|
If you must pump bilges while a vessel is in port, you should pump only
__________. |
on the outgoing tide |
during the hours of darkness |
if discharge is led to a shore tank
or barge |
as much as is necessary |
|
What must Inland vessels of 100 GT and over be fitted with for oily mixtures? |
A fixed system to discharge oily mixtures
to a reception facility |
A fixed system to discharge the slops
overboard |
A portable system to discharge oily
mixtures to a reception facility |
A portable system to discharge the
slops overboard |
|
Fuel for use on a vessel (300 GT or more constructed before July 1, 1974)
may be carried in independent tanks forward of a collision bulkhead if the
__________. |
shell of the tank is of the same thickness
or greater than that of the vessel's hull |
tanks were designated, installed,
or constructed for fuel oil carrying before July 1, 1974 |
fuel has a flash point above 180°F |
tank is 18 inches inboard of the hull
structure |
|
What would you consult to determine the number of persons required on duty
while loading a cargo of leaded gasoline on your tanker? |
Oil Transfer Procedures Manual |
IOPP Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
46 CFR Part 15 (Manning) |
|
What is NOT required to be contained in the oil transfer procedures? |
Any special procedures for topping
off tanks |
The number of persons on duty during
oil transfer operations |
The location and capacity of all fuel
and cargo tanks on the vessel |
A line diagram of the vessel's oil
transfer piping |
|
The oil transfer procedures aboard a tanker transferring oil are NOT required
to contain __________. |
a description of the deck discharge
containment system |
a line diagram of the vessel's oil
transfer piping |
special procedures for topping off
tanks |
the name of each person designated
as the person in charge of transfer |
|
Where are the transfer procedures for oil products are required to be posted? |
in the upper pumproom flat |
in the pilothouse |
where they can be easily seen or readily
available |
in the officer's lounge |
|
During oil transfer operations, who is responsible for ensuring that the
posted transfer procedures are followed? |
The tankerman |
The oiler |
The designated person in charge |
The senior able seaman |
|
The operator of a vessel subject to the pollution regulations shall keep
a written record available for inspection by the COPT or OCMI. What will
this record contain? |
the name of each person currently
designated as a person in charge |
hose information including the minimum
design burst pressure for each hose |
the date and result of the most recent
test on the system relief valves |
All of the above. |
|
The operator of each vessel subject to the pollution regulations is NOT
required to keep written records of __________. |
hose information not marked on the
hose |
cargoes carried and dates delivered,
including destinations |
the date and results of the most recent
equipment inspection |
the name of each person designated
as a person in charge |
|
An inland oil barge must have equipment available to remove an on-deck oil
spill of at least __________. |
one barrel |
two barrels |
five barrels |
ten barrels |
|
The equipment required to remove an on-deck oil spill on a barge transferring
oil must either be carried on board or __________. |
kept at the shoreside hose connection
during transfer |
on a tug standing by |
available by contract with the shore
facility |
kept in a protected shoreside location
readily accessible |
|
The transfer procedures required to be followed on tankships shall contain
__________. |
a list of each port of discharge |
a current crew list |
the duties by name of each person
in charge required for each transfer operation |
a line diagram of the vessel's transfer
piping |
|
Before operating a non-oceangoing ship greater than 100 gross tons it must
have a fixed piping system to discharge oily mixtures ashore. This system
must include __________. |
a spare pump in case the main pump
is inoperative |
approved oil-water separating equipment |
at least one outlet accessible from
the weather deck |
a fixed or portable containment system
at the shore connection |
|
You are operating an ocean-going vessel of 322 gross tons. If your vessel
does NOT have an oily-water separator then she must have a fixed piping
system to discharge oily ballast to a shore facility. This system must include
__________. |
at least two outlets accessible from
the weather deck |
at least two pumps that may be put
in line |
containment capacity for at least
5 gallons at the tank vents |
a means to stop each pump near the
discharge outlet |
|
You are operating a ship greater than 400 gross tons. You are NOT permitted
to carry oil or hazardous materials in a(n) __________. |
on-deck portable tank |
forepeak tank |
deep tank |
after peak tank |
|
The the U.S. regulations require an emergency means of stopping the flow
of oil during oil transfer operations. Where must these emergency means
be operable from? |
engine room |
bridge |
emergency operating station of the
person-in-charge |
usual operating station of the person-in-charge |
|
Which of the following must be included in the "oil transfer procedures"
required by U.S Pollution Prevention Regulations? |
the emergency cleanup and containment
procedures to be followed in the event of an oil spill |
any special procedures inherent to
that particular vessel for topping off tanks |
the location, size, and barrel capacity
of each tank that is capable of carrying oil |
All of the above. |
|
An individual must be which of the following to serve as the person in charge
of oil cargo transfer operations onboard a self-propelled tank vessel? |
be licensed only |
be 30 years old |
have a letter from the company stating
his qualification |
be a certified tankerman (PIC) |
|
Your vessel is at a dock taking bunkers. If oil begins to flow out of a
tank vent, what should you do FIRST? |
Close the valve on the tank vent line. |
Signal the shore control point to
shut down. |
Set out drip pans and sawdust and
begin to mop up the spill. |
Open the intake valve to an adjacent
tank. |
|
While your vessel is taking on fuel you notice oil on the water around the
vessel. What should you do FIRST? |
Notify the Coast Guard. |
Stop the fueling. |
Determine the source of the oil. |
Notify the terminal superintendent. |
|
If you observe any situation which presents a safety or pollution hazard
during fuel transfer operations, what action should you take FIRST? |
Notify the person in charge of the
shore facility |
Shut down the transfer operation |
Close the valves at the transfer manifold |
Sound the fire alarm |
|
You may not act as person-in-charge of oil transfer operations on more than
one vessel at a time __________. |
unless radio communication is set
up between the vessels |
under any circumstances |
unless authorized by the Captain of
the Port |
unless the vessels are moored clear
of all docks |
|
How long must a "Declaration of Inspection" be kept on board? |
One week |
Two weeks |
One month |
Three months |
|
How long shall the operator of a vessel employed in the transferring of
oil to other vessels keep the Declaration of Inspection of those transfers? |
1 week from date of signature |
2 weeks from date of signature |
1 month from date of signature |
6 months from date of signature |
|
While taking on fuel oil, the transfer hose leaks causing a sheen on the
water. What action should you take? |
shut down operations |
repair the leak with duct tape |
reduce the rate of transfer |
apply dispersants to the sheen |
|
When the Captain of the Port or Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection issues
an order of suspension to the operator of a vessel concerning oil transfer
operations, it __________. |
must be in writing before it takes
effect |
includes a statement of each condition
requiring corrective action |
is always effective immediately |
All of the above. |
|
What is the FIRST action to take if you detect oil around your tank vessel
while discharging? |
have the pumpman check the discharge
piping |
try to find out where the oil is coming
from |
shut down operations |
call the Master |
|
The person in charge on the vessel and the person in charge at the facility
must hold a meeting before starting the transfer of oil. Who must decide
to start the transfer? |
The person in charge of either place
that is doing the pumping |
The person in charge on the vessel |
The person in charge at the facility |
Both persons in charge |
|
Who completes the Declaration of Inspection before loading a tank vessel? |
The manager of the shore facility |
The U.S. Coast Guard |
The person(s) designated in-charge |
The American Bureau of Shipping |
|
How long must the operator of each vessel engaged in a vessel-to-vessel
oil transfer operation keep a signed copy of the declaration of inspection
for? |
10 days |
1 month |
6 months |
1 year |
|
Who must sign the Declaration of Inspection made before oil transfer operations? |
Master of the vessel |
Captain of the Port |
person(s) in charge |
All of the above. |
|
Hoses used for cargo transfer operations must be tested and inspected at
specified intervals by __________. |
a representative of the Captain of
the Port |
a representative of the American Bureau
of Shipping |
the operator of the vessel or facility |
a representative of the National Cargo
Bureau |
|
During the annual inspection by the owner, each nonmetallic oil transfer
hose must not burst, bulge, leak, or abnormally distort under static liquid
pressure of at least __________. |
100 pounds per square inch |
the relief valve setting pressure |
the shoreside pump discharge pressure |
1½ times the maximum allowable working
pressure |
|
You are inspecting the nonmetallic oil transfer hoses on the vessel you
operate. The maximum allowable pressure of the hose is 70 psi. Your inspection
confirms the hose did not burst, bulge, leak or abnormally distort under
the required static liquid pressure of __________. |
70 psi |
105 psi |
140 psi |
210 psi |
|
33 CFR 156 deals with matters concerning __________. |
operation of nautical school ships |
vessel construction and design |
oil and hazardous material transfer
operations |
lifesaving and firefighting equipment |
|
Who has the authority to grant an alternate procedure for oil transfer operations? |
Captain of the Port |
Area Commander |
nearest Coast Guard office |
Officer-in-Charge, Marine Inspection |
|
Application for a waiver of any requirements of the regulations for oil
transfer operations must be submitted to the __________. |
Commandant |
District Commander |
nearest Coast Guard office |
Captain of the Port |
|
How far in advance must applications for waivers of any requirements of
the regulations for oil transfer operations be submitted? |
the day before the operations |
5 days before the operations |
10 days before the operations |
30 days before the operations |
|
Each pressure gauge used in an oil transfer operation must be accurate to
within __________. |
1 percent |
3 percent |
5 percent |
10 percent |
|
What is the minimum number of bolts required in a temporary bolted flange
oil hose coupling? |
6 |
4 |
3 |
A bolt must be used in every hole. |
|
How many bolts are required in a temporarily connected standard ANSI (American
National Standards Institute) coupling? |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
|
What is the minimum number of bolts required in a permanently connected
flange oil hose coupling? |
A bolt must be used in every hole. |
6 |
4 |
3 |
|
While taking on fuel oil from an offshore supply vessel, the transfer hose
leaks, causing a sheen in the water. You should __________. |
continue transfer operations |
repair the leak with duct tape |
reduce the rate of transfer |
immediately shut down operations |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which of the following describes the declaration
of inspection? |
paper issued by the Coast Guard marine
inspector which allows you to conduct a transfer operation |
application you must complete and
submit to the Coast Guard to have an inspector visit your vessel |
document signed by vessel and shore
facility persons-in-charge declaring that all transfer requirements have
been met |
annual report submitted by vessel
personnel to the Coast Guard declaring that all transfer equipment has been
inspected |
|
According to the Pollution Prevention Regulations (33 CFR), who makes the
final decision of when oil transfer may begin? |
The designated person-in-charge |
Any local Coast Guard representative |
The captain of the port |
The senior deck officer present |
|
What type of information is found in 33 CFR part 156? |
oil and hazardous material transfer
operations |
lifesaving and firefighting equipment |
vessel construction and design |
operation of nautical school ships |
|
Which of the following applies in determining if all requirements of the
Declaration of Inspection are met for oil transfer operations prior to bunkering
from a shoreside facility? |
vessel and bunker facility must be
independently inspected by the designated persons-in-charge |
the bunker facility must be inspected
by the designated person-in-charge of the vessel and vice versa for the
vessel |
the vessel is responsible to provide
an inspected oil hose |
vessel and bunker facility must be
inspected by a representative of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port |
|
What shall the transfer procedures required to be followed on tankships
contain? |
the duties by name of each person
in charge required for each transfer operation |
a current crew list |
a list of each port of discharge |
a line diagram of the vessel transfer
piping |
|
According to the U.S. regulations, what must be agreed upon by the person-in-charge
of transfer operations, both ashore and on the vessel? |
the status of the oily water separator |
whether or not the transferring ship
is a "Public Vessel of the United States" |
the identity of the product to be
transferred |
the size of the slop tank required
under 155.330 |
|
According to Pollution Prevention Regulations (33 CFR), when may a person
serve as the person-in-charge of both a vessel and a facility during oil
transfer operations? |
Whenever the vessel is short of manpower. |
When authorized by the Captain of
the Port. |
Whenever the facility is unmanned. |
When licensed as a certified refueling
officer. |
|
During oil transfer operations, who would be responsible to guarantee that
the posted transfer procedures are being followed? |
The senior able seaman |
The designated person in charge |
The oiler |
The tankerman |
|
U.S. regulations require that no person may transfer oil to or from a vessel
unless which of the following criteria are met? |
the transfer system is connected to
an automatic back pressure shutoff nozzle |
the transfer system is connected to
a flexible overflow fuel hose |
all necessary components of the transfer
system are lined up before the transfer begins |
all unnecessary parts of the transfer
system are open and drained |
|
To allow for the rise or fall in tide and for change in draft of a tankship
during cargo transfer, cargo hoses must be suspended with __________. |
topping lifts and runners tied off
to winches |
slings or saddles placed at 25-foot
(8 meter) intervals |
enough slack in their bight |
All of the above. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, if a cargo hose shows a small leak in its
fabric, when may it be used to transfer oil? |
after a drip pan is placed under the
leak |
never the hose must be replaced |
after the hose leak is securely wrapped |
after the terminal foreman is notified |
|
According to U.S. regulations, how often are you are required to test cargo
discharge piping? |
6 months |
18 months |
24 months |
12 months |
|
According to U.S. regulations, when a tank vessel is discharging cargo,
each sea suction valve connected to the vessel's oil transfer, ballast,
or cargo tank systems must be which of the following? |
fitted with an anti-siphon device |
fitted with a blank flange |
sealed or lashed closed |
lined up for immediate use |
|
What does Title 33 CFR Part 156 of the Pollution Prevention Regulations
concern? |
pumping equipment design |
oil and hazmat transfer operations |
large oil transfer shoreside facilities |
cargo vessel design |
|
What does the term, "cargo tank length", as used in part 157 of
the Pollution Regulations, mean? |
greatest distance between two opposite
cargo tank bulkheads |
diagonal measurement of a cargo tank |
length of any individual cargo space,
from bulkhead to bulkhead |
length from the forward bulkhead of
the forwardmost cargo tanks to the after bulkhead of the aftermost cargo
tanks |
|
A oil tanker may not discharge an oily mixture into the sea from a cargo
tank, slop tank, or cargo pump room bilge unless which of the following
conditions is present? |
is within "Special Areas"
defined in Regulation 1 (10) of Annex I to MARPOL 73/78 |
at anchor or stopped |
discharging at an instantaneous rate
of oil content not exceeding 30 liters per nautical mile |
more than 12 nautical miles from the
nearest land |
|
Which type of marine sanitation device (MSD) is used solely for the storage
of sewage and flush water at ambient air pressure and temperature? |
Type I |
Type II |
Type III |
Type IV |
|
According to U.S. regulations, what vessels are required to have the "Discharge
of Oil Prohibited" placard? |
U.S. vessels less than 26 feet in
length |
Foreign vessels when engaged in noncommercial
service |
foreign vessels not in U.S. navigable
waters |
U.S. Vessels 26 feet or more in length |
|
In the event of an oil spill a report must be made to which of the following
entities? |
local police |
U.S. Corps of Engineers |
local fire department |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
Which statement concerning an accidental oil spill in the navigable waters
of the U.S. is TRUE? |
The Corps of Engineers is responsible
for the cleanup of the spill. |
The Department of Interior is responsible
for the cleanup of the spill. |
The person in charge must report the
spill to the Coast Guard. |
A warning broadcast must be made by
radiotelephone. |
|
Pollution of the waterways may result from the discharge of __________. |
the galley trash can |
sewage |
an oily mixture of one part per million |
All of the above. |
|
The preferred type of pollution control for oil spills on the water is(are)
__________. |
straw |
booms |
skimmers |
chemical dispersants |
|
When oil is accidentally discharged into the water, what should you do after
reporting the discharge? |
Throw sand on the water to sink the
oil. |
Obtain your permit from the Corps
of Engineers |
Contain the oil and remove as much
of it as possible from the water. |
Throw chemical agents on the water
to disperse the oil. |
|
Which statement is TRUE of a gasoline spill? |
It will sink more rapidly than crude
oil. |
It is visible for a shorter time than
a fuel oil spill. |
It is not covered by the pollution
laws. |
It does little harm to marine life. |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning small oil spills? |
A small spill is not dangerous to
sea life in the area. |
They may cause serious pollution as
the effect tends to be cumulative. |
They usually stay in a small area. |
They usually disappear quickly. |
|
Most minor spills of oil products are caused by __________. |
equipment failure |
major casualties |
unforeseeable circumstances |
human error |
|
Single hull vessels operating exclusively on the Great Lakes must be dry
docked at intervals not to exceed __________. |
24 months |
60 months |
12 months |
48 months |
|
By regulation, your cargo vessel must have __________. |
sufficient facilities for the crew
to wash their clothes |
a wash basin in each room |
separate toilet facilities for engineers
where their number exceeds six |
All of the above. |
|
The largest crew a cargo vessel may carry without having a hospital space
is __________. |
6 |
11 |
12 |
16 |
|
What is the maximum number of crew members that may be berthed in one room
aboard your cargo vessel? |
Two |
Four |
Six |
Eight |
|
Which statement about the hospital space on a cargo ship is TRUE? |
The hospital may be used for disciplinary
confinement if it is not being used for treatment. |
The hospital space must have both
a bathtub and shower. |
If a ship has a crew of forty-five
who do not have their own room, the hospital must have four berths. |
A hospital is required on all vessels
with a crew of 12 or more if it makes overnight voyages. |
|
The regulations governing the sleeping accommodations of a cargo vessel
are found in __________. |
46 CFR subchapter B |
46 CFR subchapter S |
46 CFR subchapter I |
46 CFR subchapter T |
|
The galley on your cargo vessel has an area of 2,500 square feet. What would
fulfill the minimum requirements for fire protection? |
One B-I extinguisher |
One B-II extinguisher |
One B-II and one C-II extinguisher |
One B-V extinguisher |
|
The galley on your cargo vessel has an area of 2,900 square feet. What will
fulfill the requirements for fire protection? |
One B-I extinguisher |
One B-II extinguisher |
One B-II and one C-II extinguisher |
One B-V extinguisher |
|
In the subchapter for Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels of the Code of Federal
Regulations, what is the maximum number of sleeping accommodations a barge
may have before it is required to have fire pumps, hydrants, hose, and nozzles
installed? |
5 |
8 |
12 |
15 |
|
A B-III foam extinguisher contains __________. |
2-1/2 gallons of foam |
8 gallons of foam |
10 gallons of foam |
12 gallons of foam |
|
For a cargo vessel of 1,000 GT or over, on an international voyage, the
required minimum pitot tube pressure from the two highest outlets when two
fire pumps are operating simultaneously is required to be which of the following? |
35 psi |
100 psi |
70 psi |
50 psi |
|
What is considered to be a B-II portable fire extinguisher? |
2 pound dry chemical |
2-1/2 gallon foam |
4 pound carbon dioxide |
All of the above. |
|
The number of fire axes required to be carried on a cargo vessel of 14,000
GT and on an international voyage is __________. |
4 |
6 |
8 |
12 |
|
On a vessel of 900 GT, the minimum number of fire axes required is __________. |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
|
The number and type of hand portable fire extinguishers required outside
and in the vicinity of the paint locker exit is __________. |
one A-I |
two A-IIs |
one B-II |
one C-II |
|
How many fire axes should be carried by a 700 GT cargo vessel, navigating
the Great Lakes? |
4 |
6 |
2 |
8 |
|
The required number and type of hand portable fire extinguishers to be carried
in the vicinity of the radio room exit for a tank vessel on an international
voyage is one __________. |
B-I |
B-II |
C-I |
C-II |
|
The required number and type of hand portable fire extinguishers for staterooms
on cargo vessels is __________. |
one C-I |
none required |
one A-I |
one B-I |
|
Which space(s) on your cargo vessel must have a fire detection system? |
Any compartment containing explosives |
Enclosed spaces which are "specially
suitable for vehicles" |
Any compartment adjacent to one containing
explosives |
All of the above. |
|
The required number and type of hand portable fire extinguishers required
for a galley having an area of 3,500 square feet is __________. |
one B-II |
one C-II |
two B-II's or C-II's |
two A-II's or B-II's |
|
On cargo vessels, which fire extinguisher is considered semi-portable? |
B-III |
C-II |
A-II |
All of the above. |
|
On cargo vessels, the discharge of the required quantity of carbon dioxide
into any "tight" space shall be completed within __________. |
1 minute |
2 minutes |
4 minutes |
6 minutes |
|
In areas where CO2 piping is installed, such piping may not be used for
any other purpose EXCEPT __________. |
in connection with the fire-detecting
system |
to ventilate the space |
in connection with the water sprinkler
system |
to run the emergency wiring to the
space |
|
The space containing the cylinders for the carbon dioxide (CO2) fire extinguishing
system must be designed to preclude an anticipated ambient temperature over
__________. |
80°F |
95°F |
130°F |
150°F |
|
CO2 cylinders, which protect the small space in which they are stored must
__________. |
NOT contain more than 200 pounds of
CO2 |
have an audible alarm |
be automatically operated by a heat
actuator |
All of the above. |
|
Carbon dioxide cylinders which protect machinery spaces, paint lockers and
tanks may be located within those spaces when the amount of carbon dioxide
does not exceed __________. |
150 lbs |
300 lbs |
450 lbs |
600 lbs |
|
The number of pounds of carbon dioxide required for each cargo space on
a cargo vessel is equal to __________. |
one pound of CO2 per square foot of
deck area |
one pound of CO2 per cubic foot of
space |
the gross volume of the space in cubic
feet divided by 30 |
the gross volume of the space in cubic
feet divided by 100 |
|
You have determined that a cargo space on a freight vessel is 45 feet by
36 feet by 62 feet. How many pounds of carbon dioxide is required for this
space? |
1674 |
2511 |
3348 |
5022 |
|
On a vessel of 125,000 GT on an international voyage, how many international
shore connection flange(s) must be provided? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of 2,000
GT? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of 900
GT? |
4 |
2 |
1 |
3 |
|
The connection facilities for the international shore connection must be
located to provide access __________. |
on the main deck |
as close as possible to the house |
on each level of the accommodation
space |
to each side of the vessel |
|
On a vessel of 125,000 GT on an international voyage, how many international
shore connection flange(s) must be provided? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of 2,000
GT? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of 900
GT? |
3 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
|
The connection facilities for the international shore connection must be
located to provide access __________. |
as close as possible to the house |
on each level of the accommodation
space |
to each side of the vessel |
on the main deck |
|
Aboard a cargo vessel, the carbon dioxide supply used in a fixed extinguishing
system MUST at least be sufficient for what space(s)? |
all cargo spaces |
the engine room and largest cargo
space |
all the spaces of a vessel |
the space requiring the largest amount |
|
The letter and number symbols, such as B-II, used to classify portable fire
extinguishers indicate the __________. |
class of fire and location aboard
vessel |
extinguishing agent and location aboard
vessel |
class of fire and size of the extinguisher |
extinguishing agent and relative size
of the extinguisher |
|
The lifeline which is part of a fireman's outfit must be __________. |
not less than 50 feet in length |
made of steel or bronze wire rope |
corrosion resistant |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statements is/are TRUE in regard to Ro-Ro vessels'
spaces that are "specially suitable for vehicles"? |
The spaces are prohibited from being
fitted with fixed CO2 fire extinguishing systems. |
The spaces shall have designated smoking
areas. |
The spaces shall be fitted with an
approved fire or smoke detecting system. |
All of the above. |
|
Which of the following statements is/are TRUE in regard to Ro-Ro vessels'
spaces which are "specially suitable for vehicles"? |
The Commandant may permit the installation
of an approved water sprinkler extinguishing system. |
The spaces shall be fitted with an
approved fire or smoke detecting system. |
The spaces shall be fitted with an
approved fixed fire extinguishing system. |
All of the above. |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 2300 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 75-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 600 brake horsepower? |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 75-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 2200 brake horsepower? |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 75-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 2000 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 4000 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 3200 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 2000 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 75-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 1200 brake horsepower? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 2500 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II fire extinguishers must be in the machinery space of a 175-foot
long fishing vessel propelled by engines with 3300 brake horsepower? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
Category 1 EPIRBs are required to be carried on board __________. |
small passenger vessels |
all deep draft vessels |
fishing industry vessels |
small passenger vessels on the Great
Lakes |
|
An inflatable liferaft equipped with a SOLAS B pack must be stowed __________. |
near the wheelhouse |
so as to float free |
with the vessel's emergency equipment |
as far forward as possible |
|
Cold water, in commercial fishing, means water where the monthly mean low
water temperature is normally __________. |
39°Fahrenheit or less |
44°Fahrenheit or less |
49°Fahrenheit or less |
59°Fahrenheit or less |
|
Coast Guard regulations require that all of the following emergencies be
covered at the periodic drills on a fishing vessel EXCEPT __________. |
emergency towing |
fire on board |
minimizing the affects of unintentional
flooding |
rescuing an individual from the water |
|
Which emergency is required to be covered at the required periodic drills
on a fishing vessel? |
Steering casualty |
Loss of propulsion power |
Emergency towing |
Recovering an individual from the
water |
|
A new crew member aboard your fishing vessel, who has not received any safety
instructions or participated in any drills, reports on board. The Master
must provide a safety orientation __________. |
before sailing |
on reporting day if it occurs within
normal work hours |
within one week |
within 24 hours |
|
A documented oceangoing fishing vessel is required to have emergency instructions
posted if it __________. |
exceeds 49 feet in length |
is over 25 gross tons |
has sleeping accommodations |
carries more than 16 persons |
|
A life float on a fishing vessel must be equipped with __________. |
a life line |
a hydrostatic release |
smoke flares |
a signal mirror |
|
After 1 September 1992, in the North Pacific area, a documented 75-foot
fishing vessel operating in cold waters 25 miles off the coast must have
at least a(n) __________. |
inflatable liferaft with a SOLAS pack |
approved rescue boat |
buoyant cushion for each person on
board |
inflatable buoyant apparatus with
EPIRB attached |
|
The hydrostatic release on the inflatable liferafts on a fishing vessel
must be __________. |
replaced annually |
tested monthly |
serviced annually |
overhauled quarterly |
|
You are operating 10 miles offshore with three people aboard. What kind
of survival craft must you carry? |
A life float |
No survival craft is required. |
An inflatable buoyant apparatus |
An inflatable liferaft with a coastal
pack |
|
The survival craft carried aboard a commercial fishing vessel must safely
accommodate __________. |
the number of people required by the
certificate of inspection |
the entire crew |
all of the people aboard |
None of the Above |
|
An undocumented vessel with 10 people aboard and operating 25 miles off
the seacoast must carry a survival craft of the __________. |
life float type |
inflatable buoyant apparatus type |
buoyant apparatus type |
All of the above. |
|
What do regulations allow to be marked with EITHER the name of the fishing
vessel OR the name of the person to whom it is assigned? |
Life float |
Buoyant apparatus |
Ring buoy |
Immersion suit |
|
The name of the fishing vessel is NOT required to be marked on a(n) __________. |
EPIRB |
inflatable liferaft |
buoyant apparatus |
life float |
|
Each commercial fishing vessel must have at least one immersion suit, exposure
suit, or life preserver for each __________. |
person working on deck |
person aboard |
crew member |
None of the above are correct. |
|
Each life preserver must be readily accessible to the person for whom it
is intended while he or she is __________. |
in his or her berthing area, only |
at work, only |
BOTH at work and in his or her berthing
area |
None of the above |
|
On a commercial fishing vessel, a wearable personal flotation device must
be marked with the name of the __________. |
vessel |
assigned individual |
owner of the device |
Any of the above. |
|
You are on a commercial fishing vessel 78 feet long. At least one of your
ring buoys or throwable flotation devices must have a line of what minimum
length attached? |
60 feet |
70 feet |
80 feet |
90 feet |
|
Your fishing vessel operates more than 25 miles from the coastline on the
Great Lakes. Which distress signal is NOT required to be on board? |
6 red hand flares |
1 electric distress light |
3 orange smoke signals |
3 red parachute flares |
|
A fishing vessel that is required to have a fireman's outfit, must have
all of the following in the outfit except a __________. |
combustible gas indicator |
fire axe |
self-contained breathing apparatus |
flashlight |
|
A vessel must have at least two fireman's outfits aboard if she __________. |
is under foreign articles |
is documented |
is over 100 gross tons |
has more than 49 people aboard |
|
Your fishing vessel is required to have a compass. It must also have a(n)
__________. |
radar reflector |
electronic position-fixing device |
deviation table |
copy of the Sailing Directions |
|
You are on a 92 foot fishing vessel with 35 individuals on board. Which
one of the following items are you NOT required to have on board? |
Gyro compass |
Magnetic compass |
VHF radiotelephone |
Electronic position fixing device |
|
Radar reflectors are required for __________. |
sail-propelled fishing vessels |
all fishing vessels of less than 200
GT |
wooden hull fishing vessels with a
poor radar echo |
all fishing vessels over 39 feet in
length |
|
The bilge pump on a fishing vessel __________. |
must be capable of pumping at least
450 gpm |
may be used as a fire pump |
must be portable if there are more
than 4 watertight compartments |
must be fixed if the vessel exceeds
12 meters in length |
|
Which lifesaving equipment must be tested monthly? |
EPIRB |
Dated batteries |
Inflatable PFD's |
Hydrostatic releases |
|
A vessel operating outside of coastal waters must carry an automatically
activated Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) if she __________. |
has berthing and galley facilities |
is a workboat and her mother ship
carries an EPIRB |
does not have berthing facilities |
None of the above are correct. |
|
Every fishing vessel required to have a general alarm system must test it
__________. |
once every day that the vessel is
operated |
prior to operation of the vessel |
once every week that the vessel is
operated |
Both B and C |
|
Every injury aboard a commercial fishing industry vessel must be reported
to the __________. |
National Fisheries Service |
Coast Guard |
Occupational Safety and Health Administration |
vessel owner or owner's agent |
|
The Master or other vessel representative must contact the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety Office within five days of a(n) __________. |
accident which requires $(SA)2500
of repairs |
injury which requires first aid |
grounding |
All of the above. |
|
A fishing vessel casualty must be reported to the Coast Guard if it involves
__________. |
an injury requiring only first aid |
loss of equipment which doesn't reduce
the vessel's maneuverability |
loss of life |
$(SA)10,000 in property damage |
|
You are in charge of a fishing vessel with 18 individuals on board. You
are required to conduct drills and give safety instruction at least once
__________. |
before you begin fishing |
every 15 days |
every week |
every month |
|
A bilge suction line, in a fishing vessel with more than 16 individuals
aboard, must have a strainer with an open area not less than how many times
the open area of the suction line? |
one |
two |
three |
four |
|
Which of the following would be considered downflooding on a fishing vessel
as defined in regulation? |
Vessel takes on water due to the hatches
being left open in heavy rain. |
Vessel takes on water by the propeller
shaft due to failure of the stern gland. |
Vessel heels until water enters a
hatch. |
Vessel in collision floods through
a damaged area above the waterline. |
|
Your vessel is 79 feet long with 20 people aboard. The coaming of a deck
above the lowest weather deck (except an exposed forecastle deck) must be
at least __________. |
6" high |
12" high |
24" high |
Not required |
|
In commercial fishing, "cold water" means water where the monthly
mean low water temperature is normally __________. |
39°Fahrenheit or less |
44°Fahrenheit or less |
49°Fahrenheit or less |
59°Fahrenheit or less |
|
A documented vessel operating over 50 miles offshore must carry an inflatable
liferaft with a __________. |
SOLAS B pack |
coastal pack |
SOLAS A pack |
small vessel pack |
|
The Master shall insure that the Emergency Position Indicating Radio beacon
(EPIRB) is __________. |
secured inside the wheelhouse |
tested annually |
secured in the emergency locker |
tested monthly |
|
The Master shall insure that the Emergency Position Indicating Radio beacon
(EPIRB) is __________. |
tested monthly |
secured in the emergency locker |
tested annually |
secured inside the wheelhouse |
|
Your vessel has 3 lifeboats on each side. The middle boat on the starboard
side is designated as boat number __________. |
2 |
2 STARBOARD |
3 |
4 |
|
Which item may be substituted for, in the fireman's outfit, on a cargo vessel? |
fire ax |
flashlight |
rigid helmet |
flame safety lamp |
|
A marine radar system for surface navigation must be fitted on all ocean
or coastwise vessels of over __________. |
1,400 GT |
1,500 GT |
1,600 GT |
1,700 GT |
|
An accommodation ladder or other equally safe and convenient means must
be provided for a pilot whenever the distance from the sea level is more
than __________. |
20 feet |
30 feet |
40 feet |
50 feet |
|
On cargo and miscellaneous vessels what is NOT a required part of the fireman's
outfit? |
Rigid helmet, boots, and gloves |
Flame safety lamp |
Self-contained breathing apparatus
with a lifeline attached |
Combustible gas indicator |
|
Under the regulations for cargo vessels, which statement is TRUE concerning
fireman's outfits? |
Each fireman's outfit shall contain
a fresh-air breathing apparatus. |
If a vessel carries two outfits, they
may be stored in the same location. |
Each fireman's outfit shall contain
a flame safety lamp of an approved type. |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning vessels over 1600 gross tons certificated
for service solely on the Great Lakes? |
They must carry a deep-sea hand lead. |
They must have gyro compasses. |
They must have magnetic compasses. |
All of the above. |
|
A vessel in Great Lakes service shall carry anchors in accordance with standards
established by the __________. |
U.S. Coast Guard |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Canadian Coast Guard |
underwriter of the vessel |
|
Cargo vessels being navigated, and fitted with emergency lighting and power
systems, shall have their emergency systems tested at least once __________. |
in each week |
a month |
in every 6 months |
in every 12 months |
|
Who must ensure that the emergency lighting and power systems on cargo vessels
are operated at least weekly? |
Engineering officer assigned |
Master |
Deck officer assigned |
Chief Engineer |
|
On a vessel making a voyage more than 48 hours long, regulations require
that __________. |
fire pumps be tested by starting within
12 hours prior to departure |
the entire steering gear be tested
within 12 hours prior to departure |
the emergency generator and lighting
system be tested by starting and operating within 12 hours prior to departure |
a lifeboat drill be held within 12
hours prior to departure |
|
Regulations require that prior to departure on a three-day voyage, the steering
gear, whistle, and communications system between the bridge and engine room
must be tested prior to departure no earlier than __________. |
1 hour |
4 hours |
8 hours |
12 hours |
|
What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a vessel? |
Official Crew List |
Company Mission Statement |
Maneuvering Characteristics |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
Maritime Administration personnel may be allowed in the pilothouse upon
the responsibility of the __________. |
officer in charge of the watch |
most senior person present from the
Maritime Administration |
Chief Officer |
Navigator |
|
Which item is NOT required to be marked with the vessel's name? |
Lifeboat oar |
Immersion suit |
Hand-portable fire extinguisher |
Life preserver |
|
When can a work vest be substituted for a lifejacket in the total count
of the required lifesaving gear? |
When working near or over the water |
When it is approved by the Coast Guard |
When stowed away from the ring buoys |
A work vest may never be counted as
a lifejacket. |
|
In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations, Coast Guard approved buoyant
work vests __________. |
should be stowed in engineering spaces
in lieu of approved life jackets because they are less bulky and permit
free movement in confined spaces |
should not be stowed where they could
be confused with life jackets in an emergency |
may be used as a substitute for approved
life preservers during routine drills, but never during an emergency |
All of the above. |
|
Fire hose stations shall be marked in red letters and figures such as Fire
Station No. "1", "2", "3", etc. The height
of the letters and figures must be at least __________. |
1/2 inch |
1 inch |
1-1/2 inches |
2 inches |
|
Fire hose stations shall be marked in red letters and figures such as Fire
Station No. "1", "2", "3", etc. The height
of the letters and figures must be at least __________. |
1/2 inch |
1 inch |
1-1/2 inches |
2 inches |
|
According to regulations when, if ever, may cargo hatches on Great Lakes
vessels, with more than 6 feet of freeboard, be left uncovered or open while
the vessel is being navigated? |
If a Mate deems it necessary for ship's
maintenance |
At the discretion of the Master, for
reasonable purposes |
The hatch may never be uncovered |
On the authority of the Bosun |
|
The Great Lakes Edition of the Notice to Mariners is published __________. |
weekly by the 9th Coast Guard District |
monthly by the Army Corps of Engineers |
monthly by the Naval Oceanographic
office |
biweekly by the Commandant, U.S. Coast
Guard |
|
It is recommended that drip collectors required on all updraft carburetors
be drained by __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
a device to automatically return all
drip to the engine air intakes |
no means whatsoever |
a pump leading to a point outside
the hull |
a separate pipe leading to the bilges |
|
Air-cooled radiators for gasoline propulsion engine cooling __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
must have a double fan installation |
must be approved for marine use |
are permitted on vessels less than
65 feet carrying not more than 12 passengers |
must be filled with fresh water |
|
Air-cooled gasoline auxiliary engines are allowed on vessels not more than
65 feet in length, carrying not more than 12 passengers if __________. |
they are rated at not more than 4.5
horsepower |
they have a self-contained fuel system
and are installed on an open deck |
it is not practicable to supply water
to the engine |
All of the above. |
|
What is required for a dry exhaust pipe? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Noncombustible hangers and supports |
An automatic damper |
Insulation from combustible material |
A rain spray and spray cap |
|
Starting motors, generators, and any other spark producing devices shall
be __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
rated for at least 12 volts |
of the alternating current type |
mounted as high as practicable above
the bilges |
All of the above. |
|
Starting motors, generators, and other spark producing devices should be
mounted as high above the bilges as possible to __________. |
prevent accidental ignition of any
gasoline vapors that may have accumulated in the bilges |
make them more accessible for repairs |
keep them cool when the vessel is
underway |
keep them dry when the bilges are
full of water |
|
Switchboards shall be __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Grounded to the main engine on a wooden
hulled boat. |
Watertight. |
The dead-front type, totally enclosed |
Equipped with switch locks |
|
Lifesaving equipment shall be stowed so that it will be __________. |
locked up |
on the topmost deck of the vessel
at all times |
readily accessible for use |
inaccessible to passengers |
|
Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in a small passenger vessel
less than 100 gross tons must __________. |
not contain sluice valves that allow
water to flow freely from one watertight compartment to another |
be kept as high and as far inboard
as possible |
have some means to make them watertight |
All of the above. |
|
Coast Guard approved buoyant work vests __________. |
should be stowed adjacent to lifeboats
and emergency stations |
should be used when carrying out duties
near a weather deck's edge |
may be used by boat crews and line
handlers during lifeboat drills |
may be substituted for 10 percent
of the required life preservers |
|
How many ring life buoys must a small passenger vessel, of less than 65
feet in length, carry? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
A vessel of not more than 65 feet in length must have a collision bulkhead
if it carries more than __________. |
49 passengers |
6 passengers |
12 passengers |
36 passengers |
|
What do the small passenger vessel regulations require when installing a
hydraulic accumulator or other unfired pressure vessel? |
It be installed to the satisfaction
of the cognizant OCMI |
It be operated at one and one half
times normal operating pressure for ten minutes. |
Safety and/or relief valves settings
be checked at two and one half times normal operating pressures. |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels after loading and prior to departure, the master
shall determine the vessel complies with all stability requirements in which
of these documents? |
Load Line Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
stability letter |
All of the above. |
|
On Subchapter T small passenger vessels, after loading and prior to departure,
the master shall determine the vessel complies with all stability requirements
in which of these documents? |
stability letter |
Load Line Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
All of the above. |
|
A Certificate of Inspection issued to a small passenger vessel describes
__________. |
any special conditions or restrictions
on her operation |
the minimum fire extinguishing equipment,
lifejackets, survival and rescue craft she must carry |
the name of the managing operator |
All of the above. |
|
The painter on a life float or buoyant apparatus shall __________. |
be resistant to ultraviolet sunlight
deterioration |
be stowed to pay out freely if the
vessel sinks |
have a minimum breaking strength of
3,000 lbs. if the capacity of the lifesaving gear is 50 persons or greater |
All of the above. |
|
Which vessel is required to carry a Category I, 406 MHz EPIRB installed
to automatically float free and activate? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
A vessel operating on the ocean within
5 miles from the coastline. |
A vessel operating within 3 miles
from the coastline in the Gulf of Mexico. |
A vessel operating beyond 3 miles
from the coastline of the Great Lakes. |
A vessel operating exclusively on
inland waters. |
|
Your vessel is greater than 100 GRT and carries more than 12 passengers.
In addition to the deck officer in the pilothouse, where should there be
an additional crew member on watch? |
always in the pilothouse |
in or near the pilothouse |
on lookout on the fore deck |
on the bridge wing |
|
Which river passenger vessel must have a copy of the vessel's plans permanently
displayed? |
A 200 GT vessel carrying more than
50 passengers |
A 325 GT vessel on a voyage in excess
of 8 hours |
A 550 GT vessel with sleeping accommodations |
A 1100 GT vessel making daylight excursion
trips only |
|
A passenger vessel of 600 GT is required to have how many fire axes? |
6 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
|
When a passenger vessel's plans must be permanently exhibited, they are
NOT required to show information on the __________. |
lifeboats, liferafts, and life preservers |
portable fire extinguishers |
fire detection system |
ventilation systems |
|
General arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited on all passenger
vessels of at least __________. |
200 GT and over |
500 GT and over |
1000 GT and over |
1500 GT and over |
|
The patrolman, while on duty on a passenger vessel, must have in his possession
a(n) __________. |
A-I fire extinguisher |
flashlight |
passenger list showing assigned berths |
nightstick |
|
A passenger vessel is required to have a supervised patrol when __________. |
there are passengers berthed on board |
navigating in excess of eight hours |
the vessel has substantial wood in
its construction |
there is no automatic fire-detection
system installed |
|
On a passenger vessel with stateroom accommodations, which space would NOT
be required to be checked by the patrol between 10 pm and 6 am? |
weather decks |
pilothouse |
public spaces with an automatic fire
detection system |
galley |
|
If your passenger vessel is fitted with a loudspeaker system, it must be
tested at least once __________. |
a watch or once a trip, whichever
is shorter |
a day |
every week |
every trip |
|
How many means of escape must be provided from passenger areas on a passenger
vessel of 500 GT? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Two, unless there is an elevator provided |
|
According to the regulations for passenger vessels, a "motor vessel"
is one which is propelled by machinery other than steam and is more than
__________. |
16 ft. in length |
34 ft. in length |
45 ft. in length |
65 ft. in length |
|
A passenger vessel in river service which operates in fresh water at least
6 out of every 12 months since the last dry dock examination must be dry-docked
at intervals not to exceed __________. |
12 months |
24 months |
48 months |
60 months |
|
If your passenger vessel has been issued a stability letter, it must be
__________. |
posted adjacent to the Certificate
of Inspection |
posted in the pilothouse |
posted in a passenger area |
filed in the ship's office |
|
Which passenger vessel is required to permanently exhibit a fire control
plan? |
any vessel over 500 Gross Tons |
a vessel 500 Gross Tons on an international
voyage |
a vessel 500 Gross Tons on a domestic
voyage |
None of the above |
|
When required, the steering gear, whistle, and the means of communication
between the pilothouse and the engine room on a passenger vessel shall be
tested by an officer of the vessel within a period of not more than how
many hours prior to departure? |
4 |
8 |
12 |
24 |
|
Small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross registered tons must be inspected
by the Coast Guard when they carry more than __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
12 passengers |
50 passengers |
6 passengers |
1 passenger |
|
According to 46 CFR Subchapter T the definition of a ferry includes vessels
that __________. |
have provisions only for deck passengers,
vehicles, or both |
operate on a short run on a frequent
schedule between two points over the most direct water route |
operate in other than ocean or coastwise
service |
All of the above. |
|
Unless otherwise stated, the term "approved" applied to a vessel's
equipment, means approved by the __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Congress of the United States |
American Bureau of Shipping |
Commandant of the Coast Guard |
Board of Fire Underwriters |
|
In the regulations that apply to small passenger vessels an "open boat"
is a vessel __________. |
on which gambling and consumption
of alcoholic beverages is permitted |
that is not protected from entry of
water by means of a complete weathertight deck |
that is docked and open for visitors |
that is used for charter fishing or
tours and is open to the public |
|
In the small passenger vessel regulations a coastwise route is defined as
one that is __________. |
on ocean waters more than 200 nautical
miles from shore in the Gulf of Alaska |
not more than 50 statute miles from
shore in the Gulf of Mexico |
not more than 20 statute miles from
the nearest safe harbor in the Pacific Ocean |
not more than 20 nautical miles offshore
in the ocean |
|
The definition of "partially protected waters", as used in the
Regulations does not include __________. |
sheltered waters presenting no special
hazard |
waters within 20 nautical miles from
the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge |
the Great Lakes during the summer
season |
harbors, lakes and similar waters
determined by the OCMI to be protected waters |
|
What is the maximum number of passengers a "T-Boat" may carry? |
is the number authorized by your credential |
depends on the number of lifejackets
you carry |
is stated on the vessel's Certificate
of Inspection |
is the number authorized in the Navigation
Rules |
|
The Coast Guard determines how many passengers are permitted on a "T-Boat"
by applying the __________. |
"Deck Area" criteria that
permits one passenger for every 10 square feet of deck space available for
passenger use |
Any or a combination of the above
criteria |
"Fixed Seating" criteria
that allocates 18 inches of space for each passenger to rest his/her buttocks
upon |
"Length of Rail" criteria,
allowing 30 inches of rail space along the vessel's sides and transom for
each passenger |
|
No "T-boat", however propelled, may operate with more than six
passengers onboard __________. |
until a permit is obtained from the
Collector of Customs |
unless the operator has a Coast Guard
Credential |
unless the vessel has a valid Permit
to Proceed |
until the Boarding Officer has checked
the papers |
|
A damaged "T-Boat" that is unable to meet the requirements of
its Certificate of Inspection but is able to travel to a shipyard under
its own power should __________. |
request an Expiration Certificate
if the vessel displays a tendency to sink |
hire a tug and pilot instead |
get underway as soon as possible |
make the trip only after obtaining
a "Permit to Proceed to Another Port for Repair", Form CG-948 |
|
On vessels subject to 46 CFR Subchapter T, Certification Expiration Date
Stickers __________. |
must be readily visible to each passenger
prior to boarding and to patrolling Coast Guard law enforcement personnel |
are issued along with a valid Certificate
of Inspection (COI) to indicate the date the COI expires |
must be placed on glass or other smooth
surfaces where they may be removed without damage to the vessel |
All of the above. |
|
Whenever a "T-Boat" is hauled out for repairs or alterations affecting
its safety you must __________. |
schedule a full safety equipment inspection |
notify the cognizant OCMI |
provide a complete set of plans to
the Commandant for review |
Both B and C |
|
A SOLAS passenger ship safety certificate is required on all __________. |
T-Boats that carry more than 12 passengers
on an international voyage |
T-Boats carrying more than 49 passengers
for hire |
T-Boats carrying more than 150 passengers
for hire |
large excursion vessels on lakes,
bays, sounds, and river routes |
|
You must make a written application to obtain or renew your "T"
boat's Certificate of Inspection __________. |
on form CG-3752 |
every time your boat is hauled out |
at the shipyard where you are hauled
out |
on form CG-835 |
|
When a vessel is not in compliance with its Certificate of Inspection, which
certificate may be issued to allow its movement to a repair facility? (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
Change of Employment |
Permit to Proceed |
Application for Inspection |
Temporary Certificate of Inspection |
|
Whenever an inspected vessel is dry-docked for major repairs, the person
in charge of the vessel, the owner or the agent should report this to the
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection |
American Boat and Yacht Council, Inc. |
National Cargo Bureau, Inc. |
All of the above. |
|
Whenever practicable, the Certificate of Inspection must be posted __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
in any location desired |
as high as feasible in the pilot house |
in a conspicuous place where it will
most likely be observed by the passengers |
near the area where passengers embark |
|
The Certificate of Inspection issued to a vessel carrying more than six
passengers must be __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
posted on the dock where passengers
are embarked |
retained at the owner's principal
place of business |
posted on board under glass, if practical |
kept on file by the Collector of Customs |
|
A vessels Certificate of Inspection will show the __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
minimum fire fighting and lifesaving
equipment |
route permitted |
crew requirements |
All of the above. |
|
How do you know how many passengers you may carry? (small passenger vessel
regulations) |
As many as possible |
Use your own judgment |
The amount on the Certificate of Inspection |
No more than 40 passengers |
|
A small passenger vessel engaging in international voyages must be dry docked
at least once every __________. |
6 months |
12 months |
36 months |
60 months |
|
A small passenger vessel, operating only on domestic routes, which is operated
in salt water for more than three months in a year must undergo a dry dock
and internal structural examination at least once every __________. |
2 years |
3 years |
4 years |
5 years |
|
Each vessel shall be dry-docked or hauled out at intervals not to exceed
2 years if operated in salt water for a total of more than __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
3 months in any 12 month period since
it was last hauled out |
6 months in the 3 year period since
it was last hauled out |
12 months in the 5 year period since
it was last hauled out |
whenever ownership or management changes |
|
The inspection of small passenger vessels of 60 feet in length carrying
more than twelve persons on an international voyage is required by the Coast
Guard __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
once every 6 months |
once every year |
once every 2 years with a minimum
of one reinspection during that period |
once every 3 years with a minimum
of two reinspections during that period |
|
A Certificate of Inspection for vessels of less than 100 gross tons carrying
more than twelve passengers on an international voyage will be issued for
a period of __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
four years |
three years |
two years |
one year |
|
The inspection of a 50 ft. vessel of 65 gross tons carrying more than twelve
passengers on an international voyage is required by the Coast Guard once
in every __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
four years with a minimum of three
reinspections during the four year period |
year |
two years |
three years with a minimum of two
reinspections during the three year period |
|
As Master of an inspected small passenger vessel, you have a question regarding
a proposed modification to a watertight bulkhead. In which subchapter of
title 46 of the Code of Federal Regulations would you find the answer? |
Subchapter B |
Subchapter D |
Subchapter F |
Subchapter T |
|
Before issuing an initial Certificate of Inspection, the construction arrangement
and equipment of a vessel must be acceptable to the __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
American Bureau of Shipping Surveyor |
U.S. Customs Collector |
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection |
U.S. Salvage Marine Surveyor |
|
Which circumstance concerning an inspected passenger vessel would require
knowledge and approval of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection? (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
The removal of a watertight bulkhead |
Renewal of a FCC Certificate for a
radiotelephone |
A minor overhaul of the propulsion
machinery |
All of the above. |
|
Which type of fire extinguishers are permitted on inspected vessels? (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
Foam |
Dry chemical |
Carbon dioxide |
All of the above. |
|
A carbon dioxide fire extinguisher is required to be recharged if the weight
loss exceeds what percentage of the weight of the charge? (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
One percent |
Five percent |
Seven percent |
Ten percent |
|
The premixed foam agent in fixed and semi portable fire extinguishing systems
should be replaced __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
every 18 months |
every 12 months |
every 36 months |
only when used |
|
The carbon dioxide cylinders of all fixed fire extinguishing systems shall
be retested and remarked whenever a cylinder remains in place on a vessel
for __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
5 years from the latest test date
stamped on the cylinder |
7 years from the latest test date
stamped on the cylinder |
10 years from the latest test date
stamped on the cylinder |
12 years from the latest test date
stamped on the cylinder |
|
At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, all carbon
dioxide fire extinguishers aboard a vessel are __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
weighed |
discharged and recharged |
checked for pressure loss |
sent ashore to an approved service
facility |
|
Paint and oil lockers on small passenger vessels must be constructed of
or lined with __________. |
steel or equivalent material |
fiberglass |
sheetrock, asbestos, or other material
that retards the spread of fire |
marine plywood |
|
On small passenger vessels bunks installed in overnight passenger accommodation
spaces __________. |
must be immediately adjacent to an
aisle leading to a means of escape |
must not be located more than 3 high,
fitted with a suitable aid to access bunks more than 5' above deck with
suitable aids to access bunks more than 5' above deck |
must be no less than 74" long
and 24" wide with 24" of clear space above |
All of the above. |
|
What is the minimum height of rails on passenger decks of ferryboats, excursion
vessels, and vessels of a similar type? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
18 inches (.5 m) high |
24 inches (.6 m) high |
39-1/2 inches (1 m) high |
42 inches (1.1 m) high |
|
How many escape routes must normally exist from all general areas accessible
to the passengers or where the crew may be quartered or normally employed?
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
Two |
Three |
Four |
Five |
|
Fixed ballast, if used, may be __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
discharged or moved at any time |
moved temporarily for examination
or repair of the vessel, when done under the supervision of an inspector |
moved under the supervision of the
owner, Master or shipyard |
moved under any condition except extreme
emergency |
|
A small passenger vessel of not more than 65 feet in length must have a
collision bulkhead if it __________. |
is more than 40 feet in length and
operates on partially exposed waters |
operates on exposed waters |
carries more than 49 passengers |
All of the above. |
|
A small passenger vessel operating on exposed or partially protected waters
may not have a port light below the weather deck unless __________. |
it is made of thick transparent plastic |
it opens and has a solid, inside,
hinged cover |
it is sealed shut |
its sill is at least 30 inches above
the deepest load waterline |
|
On small passenger vessels each inlet or discharge pipe penetrating the
hull less than six inches above the deepest load waterline __________. |
must be fitted with a gate valve |
except for engine exhausts must have
a means to prevent water from entering the vessel if the pipe fails |
must have a check valve to prevent
water from entering |
must be sealed |
|
On a small passenger vessel, if an inlet or discharge pipe is not accessible,
its shut off valve __________. |
may be operable from any accessible
location above the bulkhead deck |
must be operable from the weather
deck |
must be labeled at its operating point
to show its identity and direction of closing |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels, which material must not be used in a valve or
fitting for a hull penetration? |
Cast iron |
Cast bronze |
Stainless steel |
Plastic |
|
All inlet and discharge fittings below the waterline shall have __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
an efficient and accessible means
of closing |
a wooden plug with a 36 inch lanyard |
a blank-off flange of similar material |
cast-iron shut-off valves |
|
What is correct with respect to required watertight bulkheads on small passenger
vessels less than 100 GT? |
Sluice valves are not permitted. |
Each bulkhead must be stepped at its
midpoint. |
Penetrations are prohibited. |
All of the above. |
|
Hatches on small passenger vessels operating on exposed waters and exposed
to the weather __________. |
need not be watertight |
must be watertight |
must be open at all times |
None of the above |
|
Where should life jackets be stowed? (Small Passenger Vessel Regulations) |
In locked watertight and fireproof
containers on or above the main deck |
In the wheelhouse |
Throughout the accommodation spaces |
In the forepeak |
|
Electric generators can be protected against overload __________. |
with a governor on the engine |
with switches |
with fuses or circuit breakers |
by using heavy wire |
|
Painters fitted to life floats and buoyant apparatus with a capacity of
49 or less persons must __________. |
be at least 100 feet long and have
a breaking strength of 3,000 lbs. |
be of manila rope or equivalent, not
less than two inches in circumference and not less than four fathoms long |
be 100 feet long and have a breaking
strength of at least 1500 lbs. |
be made of 90 feet of 3/8" nylon |
|
You must ensure that lifesaving equipment is __________. |
inaccessible to passengers |
readily accessible for use |
on the topmost deck of the vessel
at all times |
locked up |
|
On small passenger vessels painters fitted to life floats shall be at least
__________. |
20.0 meters (65.5 feet) in length |
30.5 meters (100 feet) in length |
10 fathoms (60 feet) in length |
90 feet (27.5 meters) in length |
|
Small passenger vessels on rivers routes in cold water must be provided
with life floats of an aggregate capacity to accommodate __________. |
25% of the crew and 50% of all passengers
allowed to be carried |
not less than 50% of all passengers
on board at the time |
at least 50% of all persons on board
or meet certain construction standards |
All persons on board (100% of all
passengers and crew) |
|
With certain exceptions a suitable rescue boat is required __________. |
on most "T-Boats" regardless
of length |
only on "K-Boats" |
on most "T-Boats" more than
65 feet in length |
None of the above |
|
On small passenger vessels if an item of lifesaving equipment is carried
but not required __________. |
it must be destroyed in the presence
of a marine inspector |
it must be removed from the vessel
as excess equipment |
it may remain aboard the vessel as
excess equipment regardless of its condition |
the equipment must be approved by
the Commandant |
|
Each small passenger vessel that operates on the high seas, or beyond 3
miles from the coastline of the Great Lakes must have a Category 1 406 MHz
EPIRB that __________. |
is protected against all physical
hazards |
is in good operating condition and
is stowed near its charger |
will float free and clear of a sinking
vessel and automatically activate |
All of the above. |
|
Which small passenger vessel(s) is/are NOT required to carry a Category
1 406 MHz EPIRB? |
A coastwise vessel whose route does
not take it more than three miles from shore |
A vessel operating within three miles
from the coastline of the Great Lakes |
A vessel operating on lakes, bays,
sounds, and rivers |
All of the above. |
|
Distress flares and smoke signals for small passenger vessels __________. |
must be Coast Guard approved and stowed
in a portable, watertight container |
are not required aboard vessels on
runs of less than 30 minutes duration |
must be marked with an expiration
date not more than 42 months from the date of manufacture |
All of the above. |
|
Ring life buoys used aboard a small passenger vessels on oceans or coastwise
routes are required to be what color? |
Orange |
Any highly visible color easily seen
from the air |
White |
White or international orange |
|
Small passenger vessels not limited to service during daylight hours must
carry __________. |
a radar maintained in good operating
condition |
a collision bulkhead |
at least one floating water light |
a white 20 point anchor light |
|
What is FALSE concerning the use of unicellular plastic foam work vests
on small passenger vessels? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
They may be substituted for up to
50% of the required life jackets. |
They shall be stowed separately from
required lifesaving equipment. |
They may be worn by crew members when
working near or over the water. |
They shall be of an approved type. |
|
Regulations require that approved buoyant work vests __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
may be substituted for 10% of the
required life jackets |
shall be stowed separately from the
required life jackets |
shall be stowed in a place inaccessible
to passengers |
may not be carried on inspected vessels |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning work vests on a small passenger vessel? |
They need not be an approved type |
They may be worn during drills |
They must be stowed separately from
approved life jackets |
They may be substituted for up to
10% of the required life jackets on board |
|
When a lifeline is required to be attached to a ring life buoy it must be
at least __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
60 feet long |
90 feet long |
30 feet long |
120 feet long |
|
On vessels subject to the provisions of 46 CFR Subchapter T, life jackets
shall be __________. |
kept locked up at all times when underway |
inaccessible to passengers |
on the topmost deck of the vessel
at all times |
stored in convenient places throughout
the accommodation spaces |
|
Which of these approved lifesaving devices must a small passenger vessel
carrying passengers for hire carry for each person on board? (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
Buoyant vest |
Life jacket |
Ring buoy |
Buoyant cushion |
|
A vessel carrying passengers for hire shall have on board an approved life
jacket __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
for every passenger on board |
or buoyant cushion for every person
on board plus 10% for children |
for every person on board, plus 10%
additional on upper deck in box |
for every person on board, plus 10%
childrens' life jackets |
|
Unless the COI is endorsed for adults only, there shall be provided a number
of approved life jackets suitable for children equal to at least __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
10% of the passengers carried |
20% of the total number of persons
carried |
10% of the total number of persons
carried |
20% of the passengers carried |
|
If your vessel is certificated to carry 10 persons, including both adults
and children, how many life jackets are you required to carry on board?
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
10 adult and 5 child |
10 adult and 1 child |
10 adult |
11 adult |
|
Your vessel is certificated to carry 50 persons. You are required to have
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
50 adult life jackets and 2 child
life jackets |
50 adult life jackets and 5 child
life jackets |
40 adult life jackets and 10 child
life jackets |
50 adult life jackets |
|
Aboard small passenger vessels the number of children's' life jackets carried
must be at least what percentage of the total number of persons aboard? |
4 (%) |
7.5 (%) |
10 (%) |
15 (%) |
|
The number of approved adult life jackets that shall be carried is equal
to __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
90% of the number of persons listed
in the vessel's Certificate of Inspection |
120% of the number of persons listed
in the vessel's Certificate of Inspection |
90% of the number of persons on board
at the time |
the number of persons on board at
the time |
|
Distress flares and smoke signals are not required on vessels operating
on short runs. A "short run" is limited to __________. (small
passenger vessel regulation) |
where land is always in sight |
water of less than 20 feet in depth |
about 30 minutes away from the dock |
no more than 5 miles |
|
For emergency communications, vessels operating on oceans, coastwise, or
Great Lakes routes, on runs of more than 30 minutes shall carry in a portable
watertight container at or near the operating station __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
one 3-cell flashlight |
six orange hand smoke distress signals |
six red hand flare distress signals |
six red hand flare distress signals
and six orange hand smoke distress signals |
|
All small passenger vessels operating on lakes, bays, sounds, or river routes
on runs of more than 30 minutes are required to carry __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
8 red hand flare distress signals
and 8 orange smoke hand distress signals |
3 red hand flare distress signals
and 3 orange smoke hand distress signals |
6 red hand flare distress signals
and 6 orange smoke hand distress signals |
None of the above |
|
All vessels not limited to daylight service shall be fitted with a ring
life buoy __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
with a water light to be attached
during nighttime operation |
on the stern of the vessel |
with a twenty fathom line attached |
with no line attached |
|
A 50-foot passenger vessel not limited to daylight operation is required
to be equipped with at least __________. |
1 ring life buoy with a water light |
2 ring life buoys with a water light |
2 ring life buoys with 2 water lights |
3 ring life buoys with 2 water lights |
|
Painters on life floats shall be not less than __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
20 feet in length |
30 feet in length |
70 feet in length |
100 feet in length |
|
What equipment must be on a life float? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Water-light, painter, and signal mirror |
Water-light and painter only |
Two paddles, painter, and six red
flares |
Two paddles, a light, painter, lifeline
and pendants |
|
Which equipment is not required for a life float? (small passenger vessel
regulations) |
Paddles |
Painter |
Compass |
Light |
|
Each life float on an inspected vessel shall be fitted and equipped with
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
two paddles, a light, a lifeline,
a painter and pendants |
a lifeline, a painter, and a water
light |
a lifeline, a painter, and one paddle |
two paddles, a light, and a lifeline |
|
Life floats must be equipped with __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
paddles |
a sea anchor |
an EPIRB |
a signal mirror |
|
Life floats and buoyant apparatus shall be marked __________. (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
with the vessel's name |
with the vessel's name on all paddles |
the number of persons capacity the
device is equipped for |
All of the above. |
|
On a life float or buoyant apparatus, the life line is __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
woven into a net and secured in the
center of the float |
secured around the sides and ends
in bights of not longer than three feet |
the lanyard for securing provisions |
used for securing unconscious persons
to the sides |
|
Buoyant apparatus are required to be fitted or equipped with all of the
following equipment EXCEPT __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
life lines |
water lights |
paddles |
painters |
|
Life floats and buoyant apparatus may be stowed in tiers, one above the
other, to a height of not more than __________. (small passenger vessel
regulations) |
3 feet |
4 feet |
5 feet |
6 feet |
|
Survival craft required on a steel small passenger vessel operating in cold
water must __________. |
have sufficient capacity for at least
50% of all persons on board for vessels in ocean service |
international orange in color only
for vessels in lakes, bays and sounds service |
be only inflatable liferafts |
have sufficient capacity for all persons
on board the vessel in ocean service. |
|
A wooden small passenger vessel operating on a coastwise route in cold water
shall carry sufficient inflatable buoyant apparatus for _____________ or
meet alternate requirements regarding collision bulkhead standards and the
provision of life floats. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
all persons aboard |
67% of the total number of persons
permitted on board. |
50% of all persons aboard |
30% of all persons aboard |
|
Vessels in ocean service shall carry sufficient life floats for __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
25% of all persons on board |
50% of all persons on board |
75% of all persons on board |
100% of all persons on board |
|
Vessels in ocean service shall carry __________. (small passenger vessel
regulations) |
life floats for 50% of all persons
on board |
buoyant apparatus for all persons
on board |
life jackets for 50% of all persons
on board |
sufficient inflatable buoyant apparatus
for all persons on board |
|
Vessels operating in warm water whose routes are restricted to 20 miles
from a harbor of safe refuge shall carry life floats or buoyant apparatus
for not less than __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
100% of all persons on board |
25% of all persons on board |
50% of all persons on board |
75% of all persons on board |
|
Small wooden hull passenger vessels, whose routes are limited to coastwise
warm water routes on the high seas, must carry approved life floats or buoyant
apparatus __________. |
for not less than 100% of all persons
permitted on board |
for not less than 67% of all persons
permitted on board |
in place of ring life buoys |
for all persons on board |
|
Small passenger vessels in cold water ocean routes, that do not meet the
standards for collision bulkheads or subdivision in subchapter S, must carry
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
at least two EPIRBs |
at least one hand fire pump |
100% inflatable buoyant apparatus |
All of the above. |
|
Small passenger vessels in coastwise service must carry approved __________. |
inflatable buoyant apparatus |
life floats |
inflatable liferafts |
Any of the above. |
|
What is the minimum length of a life floats paddle on a small passenger
vessel? |
Six feet |
Five feet |
Three feet |
Four feet |
|
The lifesaving equipment on all vessels shall be __________. |
readily accessible |
stowed in locked compartments |
tested yearly |
inspected weekly |
|
U.S.C.G. approved buoyant work vests are considered to be items of safety
equipment and may be worn by members of the crew __________. |
when carrying out duties near a weather
deck's edge |
in lieu of life preservers during
an actual emergency |
in lieu of life preservers during
fire drills |
in lieu of life preservers during
boat drills |
|
The life jackets on all vessels shall be __________. |
inspected weekly |
readily available |
worn at all times |
tested yearly |
|
Required lifesaving equipment on existing vessels may be continued in use
on the vessel if __________. |
maintained in good and serviceable
condition |
kept on board no more than 2 years |
destroyed if more than 5 years old |
inspected and serviced every 6 months |
|
The life jackets on all vessels shall be __________. |
inspected weekly |
readily available |
worn at all times |
tested yearly |
|
When a lifeline is required to be attached to a ring life buoy it must be
at least __________. |
30 feet long |
60 feet long |
90 feet long |
120 feet long |
|
Your vessel must have a B-II fire extinguisher. Which extinguisher fulfills
this requirement? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
4 lb. carbon dioxide |
4 lb. dry chemical |
15 lb. carbon dioxide |
12 gallon foam |
|
What would be an example of a B-I extinguisher? (small passenger vessel
regulations) |
2.5 gallon foam |
2 pound dry chemical |
10 pound carbon dioxide |
5 pound foam |
|
On a small passenger vessel, 58 feet in length, carrying 52 passengers the
fire pump shall have a minimum pumping capacity of __________. |
10 gallons per minute |
100 gallons per minute |
50 gallons per minute |
100 gallons per minute |
|
All vessels not required to have a power driven fire pump shall carry __________.
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
an emergency hand fire and bilge pump |
at least three 2-1/2 gallon fire buckets |
a suitable, detachable pump usable
for fire fighting purposes |
not less than three hand fire pumps |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning fire hose on a small passenger vessel? |
All fittings on hoses shall be of
steel or other ferrous metal. |
A length of hose with nozzle attached
shall be attached to each fire hydrant at all times. |
Fire hose shall be at least 3/4"
outside diameter. |
One length of fire hose shall be provided
for every two fire hydrants. |
|
Which portable fire extinguisher is required just outside the exit of the
propulsion machinery space of a 75-ton passenger vessel? |
15 lb. CO2 extinguisher |
2-1/2 gallon foam extinguisher |
2 lb. dry chemical extinguisher |
None of the above |
|
On vessels that are required to have fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing
systems, the controls to operate the system shall be installed in an accessible
location __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
at the carbon dioxide cylinders |
in a padlocked waterproof metal box |
inside the space protected |
outside the space protected |
|
How many portable fire extinguishers are required to be located inside the
machinery space of a small passenger vessel? |
None are required |
One B-I, C-I |
One B-II, C-II |
One B-II |
|
Fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems shall be installed to protect
enclosed machinery and fuel tank spaces of all vessels using gasoline or
other fuel having a flash point of __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
0°F or lower |
75°F or lower |
90°F or lower |
110°F or lower |
|
If your vessel is required to have a fire ax on board, where should it be
located? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
In below-decks passenger accommodations |
In or adjacent to the primary operating
station |
In the galley near the stove |
Just outside the engine room access |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the number of portable fire extinguishers
required at the operating station of a small passenger vessel? (small passenger
vessel regulations) |
None are required. |
One B-II extinguisher is required. |
One B-I extinguisher is required. |
Two B-I extinguishers are required. |
|
According to 46 CFR Subchapter T, rigid plastic and other nonmetallic piping
materials __________. |
are preferable to steel pipe |
may not be used on inspected vessels |
may only be used in non-vital systems |
may replace metal pipe or tubing in
any installation |
|
On small passenger vessels which parts of a water-cooled gasoline or diesel
engine must be water-jacketed and cooled? |
The exhaust manifold |
The engine's head |
The block |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels, what type of devices are required at both the
tank and engine connections of all internal combustion engine fuel lines? |
Shut-off valves |
Drain valves |
Fuel gauges |
Clean out plates |
|
Which is/are required for engine exhaust pipe installations on small passenger
vessels? |
Piping must be arranged so that water
backflow cannot reach the engine exhaust ports |
Protection where people or equipment
can contact the pipe. |
Dry exhaust pipe ending at the transom
should be located as far outboard as possible |
All of the above. |
|
Gasoline fuel tank vents should terminate __________. |
in the fuel tank space |
in the engine compartment |
above or outside the hull |
at the most convenient location |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning a power driven fire pump on board a small
passenger vessel? |
It shall be painted red. |
The hand fire pump shall be located
adjacent to the main engine spaces. |
It may also serve as a bilge pump. |
It shall be of at least 2 gallons
per minute capacity. |
|
On board small passenger vessels the minimum fill pipe size for a gasoline
or diesel tank is __________. |
Large enough so it does not cause
backpressure and fuel spillage |
Not specified by the Regulations |
1 1/2 inches nominal pipe size |
2 1/2 inches nominal pipe size |
|
Which type of ventilation is required for enclosed spaces containing gasoline,
machinery, or fuel tanks? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Mechanical supply and mechanical exhaust |
Natural supply and mechanical exhaust |
Natural supply and natural exhaust |
Mechanical supply and natural exhaust |
|
On small passenger vessels a gasoline tank vent pipe must __________. |
terminate in a U-bend as high above
the weather deck as practicable |
have a cross sectional area not less
than that of 19 millimeters OD tubing. |
be connected to the tank at its highest
point |
All of the above. |
|
For pumping the bilges, a 54 foot long "T-Boat", which is not
a ferry, but is certificated to carry 30 passengers, must be fitted with
at least __________. |
one fixed power pump and one portable
hand pump |
one fixed hand pump and one portable
hand pump |
two portable hand pumps |
either "A" or "B" |
|
What material is allowed in construction of the hull of a vessel with an
integral diesel fuel tank? |
Steel or aluminum |
Sandwich style fiberglass with a natural
rubber core |
Copper-nickel or copper silicon alloys |
Any or all of the above. |
|
If it is impractical to use the fill line to sound the fuel tank, then the
tank should be fitted with __________. (Small Passenger Vessel Regulations) |
An extra five gallon tank for reserve
fuel |
A good air vent of sufficient diameter |
a separate sounding tube or an installed
marine type fuel gauge |
A glass tube to visually observe the
fuel |
|
When a vessel is required to have a power-driven fire pump, the pump may
also be used for __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
the drinking water supply system |
engine cooling water |
the bilge pump |
None of the above |
|
46 CFR Subchapter T requires that rigid plastic or other nonmetallic piping
__________. |
not be used in gasoline or diesel
fuel systems |
have approved metallic fittings and
cutoff valves where it penetrates a watertight deck or bulkhead |
only be used in non-vital systems |
All of the above. |
|
When water-cooled engines are installed on small passenger vessels, the
cooling system __________. |
may use a closed fresh water system |
must have a suitable hull strainer
in the raw water intake |
pump must operate whenever the engine
is operating |
All of the above. |
|
A gasoline fuel tank vent on a small passenger vessel should terminate __________. |
Midway between the fuel tank and the
engine |
Below the waterline to eliminate the
accumulation of explosive vapors |
As close to the deck plates as possible |
On the hull exterior as high above
the waterline as practicable and remote from any hull opening |
|
On small passenger vessels, which device(s) must be fitted to a fuel line's
tank connection? |
A fuel strainer |
A tubular glass gauge to indicate
the fuel level |
A shut-off valve |
All of the above. |
|
Aboard a 60 foot long small passenger vessel (other than a ferry) which
is certificated to carry 33 persons, the minimum capacity required per bilge
pump is __________. |
10 gallons per minute |
19 gallons per minute |
38 gallons per minute |
50 gallons per minute |
|
Why is it necessary to extend ventilators of gasoline powered vessels to
the bilges? |
To remove fuel vapors which are heavier
than air |
To cool the machinery areas |
To provide adequate air to the engines |
To keep them dry, and thus easier
to clean |
|
On board small passenger vessels, fill lines and sounding pipes of gasoline
tanks must extend directly __________. |
to within one-half of their diameter
from the bottom of the tank |
Midway between the top and bottom
of the tank |
To within one-half foot from the bottom
of the tank |
To the tank top |
|
In addition to a portable hand-operated bilge pump, a 55 foot long ferry
must have a fixed power operated bilge pump capable of pumping at least
__________. |
5 GPM |
10 GPM |
25 GPM |
50 GPM |
|
On small passenger vessels, shut-off valves must be installed on both gasoline
and diesel fuel supply lines __________. |
at the tank and the engine end of
the fuel line |
only at the engine end of the fuel
line |
outside the engine room on the fill
and vent lines |
only at the tank end of the fuel line |
|
Your vessel has a gasoline engine and a mechanical exhaust ventilation system.
BEFORE starting the engine, the exhaust blower should be run long enough
to __________. |
warm up the exhaust blower motor |
insure at least one complete change
of air in the compartments concerned |
see the system is in good operating
condition |
provide a proper supply of fresh air
for the engine(s) |
|
A fill pipe for a gasoline tank on board a small passenger vessel must be
__________. |
terminated on the weather deck and
extend to within one-half of its diameter from the bottom of the tank |
arranged so neither liquid gasoline
nor its vapors can overflow or escape inside the vessel |
fitted with a suitably marked watertight
deck plate or screw cap |
All of the above. |
|
On board a small passenger vessel, fuel tank vents should __________. |
terminate in a U-bend fitted with
a single corrosion resistant wire screen of at least 30x30 mesh |
be installed with an upward gradient
to prevent fuel from being trapped in the line |
be connected at the highest point
in the tank |
All of the above. |
|
A carburetor is required to have a safety device called a(n) __________. |
pressure release |
automatic shut off |
flow valve |
backfire flame arrestor |
|
Which device is required in the fuel supply line at the engine? |
Filter |
Shut-off valve |
Flow meter |
Pressure gauge |
|
The shut off valve at the gasoline tank which can be operated from outside
the tank space __________. |
shuts off the gasoline supply at the
tank |
controls the amount of gasoline to
the engine |
is used if the gasoline tank leaks |
All of the above. |
|
Vessels required to be equipped with an approved backfire flame arrester
are __________. |
those with large engines only |
all those with gasoline engines |
those with diesel engines |
None of the above |
|
Which device is required to be installed under the carburetor of a gasoline
engine? |
Vent |
Flame arrestor ONLY |
Drip collector |
Box of sawdust |
|
Backfire flame arrestors are installed on __________. |
distributors |
spark plugs |
fuel tanks |
carburetors |
|
Gasoline fuel tanks on small passenger vessels must be installed __________. |
in a cool and insulated place |
independent of the hull |
so the fuel line to the engine leads
from a shut-off valve at the bottom of the tank |
on a level higher than the engine |
|
On small passenger vessels gasoline tanks must be __________. |
electrically bonded to a common ground |
fitted with vertical baffle plates
if the tank is longer than 30 inches in any horizontal dimension |
built without flanged-up top edges |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels a gasoline engine must be fitted with __________. |
A means of backfire flame control |
Jacket water discharge temperature
gauges |
A lubricating oil pressure gauge and
a tachometer |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels what device must you install under carburetors,
other than the downdraft type, to allow ready removal of fuel leakage? |
A drip collector |
A sponge |
Suitable absorbent material |
A funnel and a tin can |
|
According to 46 CFR Subchapter T, where practicable carburetor drip collectors
should drain to __________. |
a separate pipe leading to the bilges |
a suitable absorbent material |
the engine air intakes |
the fuel tanks |
|
On small passenger vessels which type of internal combustion engine carburetor
does not require a drip collector? |
Updraft |
Four barrel |
Two barrel |
Downdraft |
|
ABYC equipment standards are published by the __________. |
Association of Boat and Yacht Classifiers |
American Boat and Yacht Council |
American Boat and Yacht Convention
1991 |
American Boat and Yacht Club |
|
On small passenger vessels electrical equipment in spaces that contain gasoline
powered machinery must be __________. |
intrinsically safe |
ignition protected for use in a gasoline
atmosphere |
explosion-proof |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels, cooling water for the exhaust lines from an
internal combustion engine must be __________. |
flushed and changed periodically |
obtained from the engine's cooling
water system or from a separate engine-driven pump |
obtained from a fresh water storage
tank or an expansion tank |
chemically treated to prevent corrosion |
|
Gasoline tank vent lines on board small passenger vessels must be fitted
with removable flame screens __________. |
consisting of a single screen of at
least 30 X 30 mesh, corrosion resistant wire |
three inches in circumference inside
the fill pipe |
three inches in diameter with a check
valve to prevent water from entering in heavy weather |
and 30 square inches of louvers |
|
On small passenger vessels, fuel lines may be made of __________. |
plastic, rubber, or seamless steel
tubing |
annealed tubing of copper, nickel-copper,
or copper nickel |
stainless steel, iron, or brass |
copper, plastic, stainless steel,
or galvanized iron |
|
Aboard small passenger vessels, which material may be used for diesel fuel
line installations but not for gasoline fuel lines? |
Copper-nickel tubing |
Seamless steel pipe or tubing |
Annealed copper tubing |
Nickel-copper tubing |
|
On board small passenger vessels, fittings used in a gasoline supply line
must be __________. |
an interlocking type |
an asbestos covered type |
made of non-ferrous metal, and be
a flare or non-bite flareless type |
a silver-soldered type |
|
On small passenger vessels, when may a flexible hose be used in gasoline
or diesel fuel lines? |
In diesel installations only |
In gasoline installations only |
In both diesel and gasoline installations |
In neither diesel nor gasoline installations |
|
On small passenger vessels, drains or outlets for drawing off diesel fuel
from water traps or strainers __________. |
must be extended to an external area
of the hull |
must be located at the lowest portion
of the tank |
must have only a gravity-forced flow |
are permitted |
|
On small passenger vessels, outlets in fuel lines are permitted __________. |
for inspection purposes only |
to bleed fuel lines |
to tap fuel for cleaning parts and
engine wash down |
under no circumstances in gasoline
installations |
|
On small passenger vessels how many supply and exhaust ducts are required
in each enclosed space containing gasoline powered machinery or gasoline
fuel tanks? |
4 of each |
3 of each |
2 of each |
1 of each |
|
Spaces containing gasoline-powered machinery or gasoline storage tanks on
small passenger vessels should have ventilator ducts that extend to the
bilges because __________. |
Gasoline vapors are heavier than air,
tend to settle in the bilges, and create an explosion hazard |
oil and water mix there |
air is heavier than gas fumes |
it prevents air from entering or leaving
the space |
|
Aboard small passenger vessels which type(s) of ventilation must be provided
for enclosed spaces containing gasoline engines or gasoline fuel tanks? |
Mechanical supply and natural exhaust |
At least one opening to the exterior
of the hull |
Natural supply and mechanical exhaust |
All of the above. |
|
On small passenger vessels, how many supply and exhaust ducts are required
in each enclosed space containing gasoline powered machinery or gasoline
fuel tanks? |
1 of each |
2 of each |
3 of each |
4 of each |
|
On small passenger vessels, all spaces containing gasoline-powered machinery
or gasoline storage tanks must be ventilated with __________. |
mechanical air supply fans and natural
exhaust |
natural air supply and mechanical
exhaust fans |
cowls and scoops which can be closed
during foul weather |
air conditioning to control moisture |
|
According to 46 CFR Subchapter T, how long should exhaust blowers be operated
in enclosed spaces containing gasoline powered machinery before starting
the engine? |
Long enough to achieve a minimum of
two complete air changes |
For at least four to five minutes |
Long enough to achieve at least one
complete change of air |
No fixed amount, but the blower should
run until you don't smell any gas |
|
On board small passenger vessels, ducts for compartments which contain gasoline
powered machinery or gasoline storage tanks __________. |
must not allow any appreciable vapor
flow except through their normal openings |
must lead as directly as possible
and be properly fastened and supported |
must be of rigid, permanent construction |
All of the above. |
|
What is the minimum diameter allowed for bilge piping on small passenger
vessels which are more than 65 feet in length? |
1" |
1-1/2" |
2" |
2-1/2" |
|
Hand tillers are only accepted as an auxiliary means of steering if __________. |
they are found satisfactory by the
cognizant OCMI |
they are not operated through a reduction
gear |
they are at least 6 feet long |
Both A and C above |
|
Most small passenger vessels have an auxiliary steering arrangement. According
to the regulations, which is acceptable as a substitute for the auxiliary
steering system? |
A suitable hand tiller, approved by
the OCMI |
A spare rudder, stowed so it can be
readily mounted |
A threefold purchase, rove to advantage |
All of the above. |
|
On a small passenger vessel, backfire flame arrestors are installed on a/an
__________. |
oil fired turbine or reciprocating
steam engine |
natural gas (propane) engine |
gasoline powered engine |
turbocharged diesel engine |
|
On small passenger vessels, backfire flame arrestors are installed on __________. |
turbocharged diesel engines |
gasoline engines |
all electric motors |
both A and C |
|
The purpose of fuses in electric wiring is to __________. |
prevent overloading the circuits |
reduce voltage to the branch circuits |
permit the use of smaller wiring for
lighting circuits |
allow for cutting out branch circuits |
|
If a vessel is not equipped with an automatically-activated emergency lighting
system, the vessel must be __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
equipped with luminous tape markings
on emergency equipment |
operated only in daylight hours |
provided with gasoline or kerosene
lights |
equipped with individual battery-powered
lights |
|
On small passenger vessels all connections to electrical conductors MUST
be __________. |
installed only by a licensed marine
electrician |
served and parceled with the lay,
turned and wormed the other way |
made within enclosures |
inspected annually by the Coast Guard |
|
In general, batteries aboard small passenger vessels should be __________. |
as high above the bilge as practicable |
accessible for maintenance and removal |
stowed in well-ventilated spaces to
allow dissipation of any gases generated |
All of the above. |
|
Spaces containing batteries require good ventilation because __________. |
less water would be used |
ventilation supplies extra oxygen
for the battery |
ventilation avoids CO2 buildup |
ventilation avoids flammable gas accumulation |
|
Storage batteries on "T-Boats" must be located __________. |
in sight of the main engine(s) |
near the bilge to lower the center
of gravity and improve stability |
in locked closets with restricted
ventilation |
in a tray lined with suitable material
that resists damage from the electrolyte |
|
Electrical wiring on all "T-Boats" must be __________. |
in an accessible place behind the
ceiling |
concealed so the boat can be maintained
more easily |
protected from the weather |
concealed to prevent mechanical damage |
|
Individual wires, used in systems greater than 50 volts, __________. |
should be supported at 24 inch intervals
with plastic tie wraps |
must be installed in conduit |
should never be located in a tank |
All of the above. |
|
According to the T-Boat regulations the reason for providing adequate ventilation
for a battery storage area is to prevent __________. |
accumulation of carbon dioxide gas
that chokes the battery |
battery failure including battery
case meltdown caused by excessive heat |
mildew or dry rot in the battery box |
accumulation of explosive and toxic
gases the battery can generate |
|
On small passenger, vessels spaces containing batteries require good ventilation
because it __________. |
helps dissipate flammable gas accumulations |
adds as much as 2 volts to battery
performance |
supplies extra nitrogen for the battery |
allows less soda water to be used
in the diodes |
|
Lead-acid batteries used aboard "T-Boats" must have terminal connections
that are __________. |
located so as to be easily greased |
the spring slip style |
a permanent type |
temporarily clamped on the top of
the battery |
|
To prevent damage by and to storage batteries aboard small passenger vessels
they should be located __________. |
so as to prevent movement when the
vessel pitches and rolls |
in trays constructed of material that
is resistant to the electrolyte |
in a well ventilated area |
All of the above. |
|
On board small passenger vessels, storage batteries containing an electrolyte
must be set in trays constructed of __________. |
a fireproof material |
suitably strong to hold the weight
of the batteries |
a porous material that permits drainage
of any acid overflow |
a material resistant to damage by
the electrolyte |
|
According to 46 CFR Subchapter T the purpose of fuses in electric wiring
is to __________. |
reduce voltage to the branch circuits |
permit the use of smaller wiring for
lighting circuits |
prevent overloading the circuits |
allow for cutting out branch circuits |
|
According to the regulations for small passenger vessels, fuses and circuit
breakers are used in electrical circuits to __________. |
keep the circuit from becoming overloaded
or overheated |
prevent voltage fluctuations |
make the operator inspect his wiring
periodically after the fuses blow |
keep equipment from shutting off unexpectedly |
|
For what purpose may gasoline be used on small passenger vessels? |
Cooking |
Lighting |
Heating |
None of the above |
|
Which T-Boat must be fitted with a suitable compass? |
The regulations do not require a compass
on any vessel |
A vessel operating on a short, restricted
route on lakes, bays, and sounds |
A vessel in river service |
A vessel engaged in ocean or coastwise
service |
|
As appropriate for the voyage, all vessels must carry adequate and up-to-date
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Light Lists |
charts |
Coast Pilots |
All of the above. |
|
Which vessel must carry a compass on board? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
A vessel operating in protected waters
with a short restricted route |
A vessel operating on the Gulf of
Mexico |
A non-self-propelled vessel |
A vessel operating on the Ohio River |
|
Which fuel cannot be used for cooking on vessels carrying passengers for
hire? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Kerosene |
Coal |
Gasoline |
Wood |
|
On small passenger vessels cooking and heating equipment __________. |
cannot use gasoline |
may use liquefied petroleum gas |
shall be suitable for marine use |
All of the above. |
|
A "T-Boat" accident resulting in loss of life, serious injury
or more than $25,000 property damage must be reported to __________. |
the owner or his insurance agent |
the Coast Guard |
the Maritime Administration (MARAD) |
All of the above. |
|
According to small passenger vessel regulations, while serving as Master
on board your vessel, what should be done with your credential? |
displayed in the company office on
shore |
displayed in your home |
kept in the Coast Guard office where
you sat for your license |
in your possession on board the vessel |
|
When an autopilot is being used aboard small passenger vessels, who must
make or supervise the changeover from automatic to manual steering and vice
versa? |
The Master or Mate on watch |
A qualified Engineer |
A credentialed state or federal pilot |
A certified quartermaster |
|
Who shall test every small passenger vessel's steering gear prior to getting
underway for the day's operations? |
the Master |
a credential Engineer |
the Mate on watch |
a Mate or Designated Duty Engineer |
|
The owner, agent, Master or person-in-charge of a small passenger vessel
involved in a marine casualty is NOT required to notify the Coast Guard
in cases where there is __________. |
death or injury to a shipyard worker
or harbor worker not resulting from the vessel casualty |
no injury which requires more than
first aid treatment |
property damage less than $25,000 |
All of the above. |
|
The Master of a small passenger vessel fitted with loading doors must ensure
that the doors are closed, watertight and secured __________. |
at all times when underway unless
operating on protected or partially protected waters |
at all times, at the dock or underway
when the loading door is not actually being used for passage |
when loading cargo |
when leaving the dock |
|
On small passenger vessels, when must watchmen patrol throughout the vessel
to guard against and give alarm in case of fire or other danger? |
When the rest of the crew is asleep |
At all times outside normal work hours |
At all times when the vessel is underway |
During the nighttime when the vessel
carries overnight passengers |
|
The Master of a small passenger vessel must conduct sufficient drills and
give sufficient instruction as necessary __________. |
Every week |
To ensure that all crew members are
familiar with their duties during emergencies |
At each crew change |
Every month |
|
Where must the draft marks be placed on a small passenger vessel? |
On each side, amidships |
Near the stern post or rudder post |
At each end of the vessel |
On each side of the stem |
|
Life floats and buoyant apparatus used aboard small passenger vessels shall
be marked in clearly legible letters and numbers __________. |
with the parent vessels name and the
number of persons allowed |
by a Coast Guard inspector after inspecting
the equipment |
by the American Bureau of Shipping
(ABS), another recognized, authorized classification society or the vessels
underwriters |
by all of the above |
|
A documented vessel's name is marked on a clearly visible exterior area
of both sides of the bow and on the stern in block letters not less than
__________. |
6 inches in height |
5 inches in height |
4 inches in height |
3 inches in height |
|
On a documented small passenger vessel, what information must be permanently
affixed in block-type letters and/or numerals to the main beam or other
clearly visible interior structural part of the hull? |
The vessel's name and home port |
The vessel's official number |
Draft markings |
The vessel's name and gross tonnage |
|
A small passenger vessel's Official Number must be marked___________. |
in block type Arabic numerals not
less than 3 inches high |
or mounted so that any alteration,
removal, or replacement would be obvious |
on some clearly visible interior structural
hull part |
All of the above. |
|
A small passenger vessel's Official Number must be marked___________. |
in block type Arabic numerals not
less than 1-1/2 inch high |
or mounted so its alteration, removal,
or replacement would be obvious |
on some clearly visible exterior structural
hull part |
All of the above. |
|
According to the "T-Boat" regulations, the permanent marks placed
on each side of a vessel forward, aft, and amidships to indicate the maximum
allowable draft and trim are called __________. |
the air draft |
Plimsoll marks |
loading marks |
depth marks |
|
All life jackets carried on board small passenger vessels are required to
be marked __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
with the vessel's name |
with the vessel's official number |
with the maximum weight to be held
by the life preserver |
with the maximum serviceable life
of the life preserver |
|
All life jackets and life buoys shall be marked with the vessel's name in
letters at least __________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
1-1/2 inches high |
1/2 inch high |
Height not specified |
1 inch high |
|
The Master of a vessel shall make sure the EPIRB is tested __________. (small
passenger vessel regulations) |
daily |
weekly |
every two weeks |
monthly |
|
Certain equipment aboard vessels, inspected under the small passenger vessel
regulations, is required to be marked with the vessel's name. This includes
__________. (small passenger vessel regulations) |
life jackets, life floats and paddles |
bunks, silverware, china, and glassware |
anchors, line, paint cans, and fuel
drums |
whistles, searchlights, navigation
lights, and ship's bell |
|
What must be mounted at a small passenger vessel's operating station for
use by the Master and crew? |
Instructions on artificial respiration |
A tide table for the area |
The location of the first aid kit |
Emergency Instructions |
|
Who is required to prepare and post Emergency Instructions in a conspicuous
place accessible to crew and passengers? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
The owner or Master of the vessel |
The builder of the vessel |
The U.S. Coast Guard |
The classification society |
|
On board small passenger vessels, how often shall the Master test the steering
gear? |
Once a month |
Every 72 operating hours while underway |
Once a week |
Before getting underway for the day's
operations |
|
Aboard small passenger vessels the steering gear, signaling whistle, controls,
and communication system shall be tested by the Master __________. |
at every inspection and reinspection |
at least once in every 48 hours |
once a week |
before getting underway for the day's
operation |
|
Which information are you required to report to the Coast Guard when an
accident occurs in which loss of life results? (small passenger vessel regulations) |
Number and name of vessel |
Names of owners |
Location of the occurrence |
All of the above. |
|
When would it NOT be necessary to immediately notify the U.S. Coast Guard?
(small passenger vessel regulations) |
Major damage affecting the seaworthiness
of a vessel |
Damage amounting to $2,000 |
Injury to a person which requires
medical treatment beyond first aid |
Loss of life |
|
How many type B-II hand portable fire extinguishers are required in the
machinery space of an uninspected towing vessel with 1,400 B.H.P.? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many type B-II hand portable fire extinguishers are required in the
machinery space of an uninspected motor vessel with 1,400 BHP? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
How many B-II hand portable fire extinguishers are required in the machinery
space of a 260 GT uninspected tow vessel with 2400 B.H.P.? |
5 |
2 |
6 |
3 |
|
In the machinery space of all uninspected motor vessels, there must be one
type B-II hand portable fire extinguisher for which of the following? |
500 S.H.P. of the main engines or
fraction thereof |
1000 S.H.P. of the main engines or
fraction thereof |
500 B.H.P. of the main engines or
fraction thereof |
1000 B.H.P. of the main engines or
fraction thereof |
|
All uninspected motor vessels constructed after 25 April 1940, which use
fuel with a flash point of 110°F (43°C) or less, shall have at least what
number of ventilator ducts for the removal of explosive or flammable gases
from every engine and fuel tank compartment? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
According to uninspected vessel regulations which is a B-II fire extinguisher? |
A 2-1/2 gallon water (stored pressure)
extinguisher |
A 15 lb. CO2 extinguisher |
A 2 lb. dry chemical extinguisher |
A 1-1/4 gallon foam extinguisher |
|
In the uninspected vessel regulations what does the "B" on a "B-II"
fire extinguisher refer to? |
Class of fire that the extinguisher
should be used on |
Size of the nozzle |
Size of the applicator |
Size of the extinguisher |
|
Uninspected vessels must have one approved ring life buoy on board if the
length is over how many feet? |
26 feet |
16 feet |
6 feet |
36 feet |
|
By regulation, life preservers aboard an uninspected towing vessel must
be which of the following? |
stowed with the emergency provisions |
securely stowed |
stored in sealed containers |
readily accessible |
|
On an uninspected vessel which sizes of fire extinguishers are considered
to be semi-portable? |
I, II, III, IV, and V |
I, II, and III only |
II, III, and IV only |
III, IV, and V only |
|
According to uninspected vessel regulations what is NOT listed on the metallic
name plate required to be attached to hand portable fire extinguishers? |
An identifying mark of the actual
manufacturer |
The rated capacity in gallons, quarts,
or pounds |
The hydrostatic test date of the cylinder |
The name of the item |
|
According to uninspected vessel regulations, what is the minimum number
of portable fire extinguishers required on board a 45-foot motorboat having
a fixed fire system on board? |
1 B-I |
2 B-I |
3 B-I |
4 B-I |
|
What is the number of fire extinguishers required on an uninspected "motor
vessel" based on? |
vessel draft |
number of crew members |
vessel gross tonnage |
vessel length |
|
A 98 GT uninspected towing vessel with a 1500 B.H.P. engine capability would
be required to carry how many type B-II hand portable fire extinguishers
on board? |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
|
What is the minimum number of B-II hand portable fire extinguishers required
on board a 105 GT uninspected towboat with a 7500 B.H.P. plant (including
the machinery space)? |
6 |
8 |
9 |
11 |
|
Which type of fixed fire-extinguishing system is approved for use on board
uninspected vessels? |
Carbon dioxide |
Steam smothering |
Chemical foam |
All of the above. |
|
What is the minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on board
a 45-foot uninspected towing vessel having a fixed fire system on board? |
1 B-I |
2 B-I |
3 B-I |
4 B-I |
|
What is the minimum number of Type B-II hand portable fire extinguishers
required to be aboard a 3,000 BHP, 99 GT uninspected harbor tug? |
2 |
3 |
5 |
6 |
|
An uninspected 6,000 BHP, 199 GT tug operating on the Great Lakes is required
to carry how many B-II extinguishers? |
2 |
3 |
6 |
9 |
|
What is the minimum number of portable B-II fire extinguishers required
in the machinery space of a 199 GT uninspected motor towing vessel of 8000
B.H.P.? |
3 |
6 |
8 |
9 |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the ventilation of engine and fuel tank
compartments on uninspected towing vessels using fuel with a flash point
of 100°F? |
Only vessels using fuel with a flash
point above 110°F need ventilate engine and fuel compartments. |
There shall be at least 3 ventilator
ducts open to the atmosphere. |
At least one exhaust duct shall extend
from the open atmosphere to the lower portion of the bilge. |
At least one intake duct shall extend
from the open atmosphere to the lower portion of the bilge. |
|
The remote control for a fixed fire extinguishing system, on an uninspected
vessel, should be which of the following? |
painted red and labeled |
padlocked |
protected by plexiglas |
concealed from the crew |
|
On uninspected vessels where shall controls for a fixed carbon dioxide system
be mounted? |
on the main deck near the bow |
directly outside the space protected
by the system |
in the pilothouse |
as near the gas cylinders as possible |
|
What does the minimum amount of lifesaving equipment required aboard an
85-foot uninspected towing vessel consists of? |
one approved flotation cushion for
each person on board |
one approved inflatable vest for each
person on board |
one approved life preserver for each
person on board and one lifebuoy |
lifeboat capacity equal to 1 1/2 times
the number of persons on board |
|
An 85 foot uninspected towing vessel with a crew of ten (10) persons on
board must carry which of the following? |
at least ten approved life jackets
and one approved ring life buoy |
at least ten approved ring life buoys
and ten approved life preservers |
at least ten approved work vests |
at least eleven approved life preservers |
|
Which personal lifesaving device(s) is(are) approved for use on an uninspected
towboat 150 feet in length? |
Life preserver |
Special purpose safety device |
Buoyant vest or cushion |
All of the above. |
|
On uninspected vessels when may U. S. Coast Guard approved work vests may
be substituted life jackets? |
under no circumstances |
aboard work vessels |
aboard towing vessels |
aboard sailing vessels |
|
On uninspected vessels which statement is TRUE concerning work vests? |
They may be substituted for up to
10% of the required lifesaving gear aboard. |
They must be stowed separately from
approved life preservers. |
They need not be of an approved type. |
They may be worn during drills. |
|
Which uninspected vessel is required to carry an efficient daylight signaling
lamp? |
99 GT towing vessel on Inland Waters |
299 GT towing vessel on a coastwise
voyage |
199 GT towing vessel on an international
voyage |
199 GT towing vessel on a coastwise
voyage |
|
Who may certify a towing vessel's fire detection system to comply with the
Coast Guard's fire protection regulations? |
a registered professional engineer |
the owner or Master of the vessel |
a licensed electrician |
a Coast Guard inspector |
|
Which type of fixed fire protection system is approved for use on board
uninspected vessels? |
Dry chemical |
Chemical foam |
Steam smothering |
Water mist |
|
You are the operator of a 295 GRT uninspected towing vessel. Which type
of fire extinguishing system is required on your vessel, if its construction
was contracted for before August 27, 2003? |
Fixed CO2, AND another fixed fire-extinguishing
system |
Type B-V semi-portable OR a fixed
fire-extinguishing system |
Type B-IV semi-portable OR a fixed
fire-extinguishing system |
Type B-III semi-portable AND a fixed
fire-extinguishing system |
|
You are the operator of a 296 GRT uninspected towing vessel. Its construction
was contracted for after August 27, 2003. In addition to the hand portable
fire extinguishers, how much other fire extinguishing equipment are you
required to have on board? |
Both an approved B-V semi-portable
fire-extinguishing system and a fixed fire-extinguishing system |
Both an approved B-V semi-portable
fire-extinguishing system and an approved water mist fire protection system |
An approved water mist fire protection
system and a fixed CO2 fire-extinguishing system |
Either an approved B-V semi-portable
fire-extinguishing system or a fixed fire-extinguishing system |
|
Either one approved B-V semi-portable fire-extinguishing system or a fixed
fire-extinguishing system is required to protect the engine room on uninspected
towing vessels whose construction was contracted for before what date? |
April 29, 2004
|
August 27, 2003
|
April 29, 2005
|
February 1, 2002 |
|
Both an approved B-V semi-portable fire-extinguishing system and a fixed
fire-extinguishing system are required to protect the engine room on uninspected
towing vessels whose construction was contracted for on or after what date? |
April 29, 2004
|
April 29, 2005
|
August 27, 2003
|
February 1, 2002 |
|
You are the operator of a 290 GRT uninspected towing vessel whose construction
was contracted for after August 27, 2003. Which type of semi-portable fire-extinguishing
system is required on your vessel? |
B-III |
B-IV |
B-V |
None of the above |
|
Uninspected towing vessel fire protection regulations apply to which of
the following vessels? |
operating on the Western Rivers |
operating for assistance towing |
operating in restricted service such
as making up or breaking up larger tows |
operating for pollution response |
|
Fire protection regulations apply to those towing vessels __________. |
used only for pollution response |
used only within a barge fleeting
area |
owned and operated by the US government |
used only on inland waters |
|
Towing vessel fire protection regulations distinguish between "new"
and "existing" towing vessels. A "new" towing vessel
is one that was __________. |
not previously owned |
built within the last three years |
contracted for on or after August
27, 2002 |
contracted for on or after August
27, 2003 |
|
When a standard in the fire protection regulations for towing vessels is "incorporated
by reference," it means that the __________. |
standard, and where it can be obtained
or referred to, are listed in the Code of Federal Regulations |
Coast Guard accepts a commercial or
military standard as part of a specific regulation |
standard is readily available to the
public |
All of the above. |
|
Towing vessel fire protection regulations define a "fixed fire-extinguishing
system" to include all of the following EXCEPT a __________. |
manually-operated clean-agent system |
manually-operated water-mist system |
halon system |
carbon-dioxide system |
|
The regulations for a general alarm system on a towing vessel require all
of the following EXCEPT that it __________. |
have a contact maker at the operating
station |
be used instead of the public address
system |
be capable of notifying persons in
any accommodation, work space and the engine room |
have a flashing red light in areas
that have high background noise |
|
The control panel of a fire detection system must have all of the following
EXCEPT __________. |
a power-available light |
a way to bypass the entire panel if
it malfunctions |
an audible alarm to notify the crew
and identify the origin of the fire |
a means to silence audible alarms
while maintaining visible alarm lights |
|
In the towing vessel fire protection regulations, all of the following are
fire detection requirements, EXCEPT that __________. |
there must be a circuit-fault detector
test-switch in the control panel |
the detection system must be powered
from two sources, with the switchover being either manual or automatic |
the control panel must have labels
for all switches and indicator lights |
none of the above |
|
Which towing vessels are NOT required to have an internal communication
system between the engine room and the operating station? |
Vessels on limited routes |
Fleet boats making or breaking tows |
Vessels serving a single company or
facility |
Twin-screw vessels that have operating
station control for both engines |
|
Which devices may be used as part of an internal communication system on
a towing vessel? |
Sound-powered telephones |
Portable radios |
Either fixed or portable equipment |
All of the above. |
|
When is direct voice communication allowed in place of an internal communication
system between the engine room and the operating station on a towing vessel? |
When the controls at the operation
station are within 10 feet of the engine room access |
When the vessel is ruled to be an "existing
vessel" |
When a person's voice can be heard
better than a portable radio with existing background noise |
When the vessel is less than 26 meters
in length |
|
When do the towing vessel fire protection regulations allow a towing vessel
to carry portable fuel systems on board? |
When permanently attached to portable
equipment such as bilge and fire pumps |
When used for outboard engines |
If the portable tanks used for portable
equipment meet published safety standards |
All of the above. |
|
Fire protection regulations for towing vessels allow all of these types
of fuel piping, EXCEPT __________. |
steel |
schedule 80 fire resistant plastic
pipe |
nickel-copper, copper-nickel or annealed
copper |
aluminum in an aluminum-hulled vessel |
|
Fire protection regulations for towing vessels allow you to use a nonmetallic
flexible hose in fuel line installations under all of the following conditions
EXCEPT when __________. |
fitted with Coast Guard approved garden
hose fittings |
used in lengths of not more than 30
inches |
reinforced with wire braid |
visible and easily accessible |
|
Fire protection regulations for towing vessels require any fuel line subject
to internal head pressure from fuel in the tank to __________. |
have a gate valve easily accessible
in the space where the tank is located |
be fitted with a positive fuel shut-off
valve located at the tank |
have a drain cock at the lowest point
in the fuel line |
have a shut-off valve at the top of
the tank |
|
Fire protection regulations for towing vessels require training in all of
the following, EXCEPT __________. |
donning a self-contained breathing
apparatus, if the vessel is so equipped |
putting on a fireman's outfit, if
the vessel is so equipped |
refilling and servicing all expended
fire extinguishing equipment |
activating the general alarm and reporting
inoperative alarm systems and fire-detection systems |
|
Fire protection regulations for towing vessels require that drills be conducted
on board the vessel as if there were an actual emergency. Drills include
all of the following, EXCEPT __________. |
testing all alarm and detection systems |
one person putting on protective clothing,
if the vessel is so equipped |
breaking out and using the vessel's
emergency equipment |
participation by selected crew members |
|
Fire protection and manning regulations for towing vessels state that the
Master or person in charge must ensure that all crew members who have not
participated in the drills or received the safety orientation __________. |
receive a safety orientation or view
a videotape before the vessel gets underway |
view a videotape on safety procedures
within 48 hours of reporting for duty |
receive a safety orientation within
24 hours of reporting for duty |
none of the above |
|
Towing vessel fire protection regulations require that all fuel tank vent
pipes comply with all of the following provisions EXCEPT that the vent __________. |
must have a positive-acting shut-off
valve to prevent water from entering the tank in heavy weather |
be fitted with a 30-by-30 corrosion
resistant flame screen |
connects to the highest point of the
tank |
system discharges on a weather deck
through a U-shaped 180 degree pipe bend |
|
Which BEST describes the term "reaching"? |
The wind comes directly over the bow
of your sailboat while underway |
The wind comes from broad on the bow
to the quarter while underway |
The wind has no effect on the vessel
while underway |
The wind comes directly over the stern
of your sailboat while underway |
|
You are at the helm of a sloop-rigged sailing vessel under sail on the port
tack, on a beam reach, with all appropriate sails set and properly trimmed.
You are instructed to "head up quickly". Which action will utilize
your sails to assist with the turn? |
Trim the foreguy |
Slack the jib sheet |
Slack the main outhaul |
Slack the main sheet |
|
One of the sailboat's crew has just fallen overboard. Which is the most
efficient way to stop the vessel to recover the victim? |
Ease out the mainsheet |
Head the vessel downwind |
Trim in the mainsheet |
Head the vessel into the wind |
|
Which is the major lift-producing part of a sail? |
The head |
The leading edge |
The foil |
The trailing edge |
|
Which is the ideal situation to set your sails in a wing and wing configuration? |
When tacking |
When sailing with the wind aft |
When on a close reach |
When anchored or drifting |
|
What is the name of the metal spring-piston hooks used to bend a sail onto
a stay? |
Hanks |
Shackles |
Gudgeons |
Warps |
|
When shifting to a course where the wind comes more from astern, what will
easing the mainsheet accomplish? |
It will bring the boom more fore and
aft |
It decreases the force needed to haul
on the mainsheet |
It allows the sail to catch more wind |
It will bring the head of the sail
down from the top of the mast |
|
Which phrase describes a sailing vessel with the wind coming from 180° relative? |
Running before the wind |
Close hauled on the starboard tack |
Close hauled on the port tack |
On a broad reach on a port tack |
|
A small sailing vessel is anchoring to wait out rough weather. Which combination
of material is BEST suited for this boats anchor rode? |
Chain-nylon |
Chain-wire |
All chain |
Chain-manila |
|
When experiencing heavy winds, which is accomplished when you reef sails? |
The sails are brought parallel to
the wind |
Allow the sails to catch more wind |
The sail area exposed to the wind
is reduced |
Remove all tension on the main and
jib sheets |
|
Which item is designed to resist the sideways movement of the mast on a
sailing vessel? |
The shrouds |
The halyards |
The sheets |
The forestay |
|
On a sailing vessel, which is the BEST way to approach a person that has
fallen into the water? |
Aim the vessels bow directly at the
person |
Aim your vessel to the leeward side
of the person |
Turn the vessel 180 degrees and aim
the transom at the person |
Aim your vessel to the windward side
of the person |
|
What are reef points used for? |
Reduce the draft if the boat runs
aground |
Reduce the area of a sail |
Increase the strength of the mast |
Keep the sail taut in light airs |
|
Which line would NOT be used in handling a mainsail? |
Uphaul |
Downhaul |
Halyard |
Sheet |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 050° relative would be __________. |
close hauled on the starboard tack |
reaching on a starboard tack |
on a broad reach on a port tack |
running before the wind |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 090° relative would be __________. |
reaching on the starboard tack |
close hauled on the port tack |
on a broad reach on the starboard
tack |
close hauled on the starboard tack |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 180° relative would be __________. |
close hauled on the port tack |
on a broad reach on a port tack |
close hauled on the starboard tack |
running before the wind |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 140° relative would be __________. |
running before the wind |
on a broad reach |
close hauled on the port tack |
close hauled on the starboard tack |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 290° relative would be __________. |
on a broad reach on a port tack |
close hauled on a starboard tack |
on a close reach on a port tack |
on a beam reach on a starboard tack |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 260° relative would be __________. |
on a broad reach |
on a starboard tack |
on a close reach |
running before the wind |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 220° relative would be __________. |
running before the wind |
close hauled on the starboard tack |
on a broad reach |
close hauled on the port tack |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming from 020° relative would be __________. |
coming about |
on a broad reach on the starboard
tack |
close hauled on the port tack |
running before the wind |
|
Which line would be used to hoist a sail? |
Forestay |
Halyard |
Foreguy |
Mainsheet |
|
When repairing a torn sail at sea, you should __________. |
be sure to orient the weave of the
patch material, on large patches, in the same orientation as the sail cloth
being repaired |
avoid using glued patches on old sail
cloth |
use perfectly aligned stitches in
old sail cloth so as to get the strain properly aligned |
All of the above. |
|
To prevent a wooden hull from leaking you caulk it __________. |
afloat, where it is leaking |
after dry docking, while the hull
is moist |
afloat, in all accessible areas |
after dry docking, and the hull has
dried |
|
On small sailing vessels, the PRIMARY reason for using nylon in a combination
chain-nylon anchor line is to __________. |
reduce the cost |
reduce the weight |
provide elasticity |
increase the strength |
|
A deep keel on a sailing vessel increases the __________. |
length-depth ratio resulting in a
faster hull design |
resistance to lateral movement |
mast height to compensate for increased
lateral resistance |
height of the center of gravity above
the hull resulting in a more stable vessel |
|
You are sailing at 8 knots on a beam reach in an apparent wind of 25 knots.
Which statement is TRUE? |
If you turn to a close reach, the
apparent wind will reduce in strength. |
The true wind is a little abaft your
beam, at just under 25 knots. |
The apparent wind at the top of your
mast will be slightly stronger than 25 knots and slightly farther forward
than the wind at deck level. |
None of the above are true. |
|
With regard to aerodynamic lift, which statement is TRUE? |
When a sail is trimmed too tight,
turbulence will break out on the windward side of the sail and cause a telltale
there to flutter. |
If the thrust on a sail becomes excessive
when close-hauled, it is likely to capsize the vessel rather than drive
it. |
A properly trimmed sail should have
laminar flow on the windward side and turbulent flow on the leeward side. |
Adjusting the angle of attack on a
mainsail is accomplished by adjusting the outhaul or the vang, if fitted. |
|
What is the proper method to fix running rigging to a cleat? |
One round turn |
A round turn, figure eights, and a
half-hitch |
Half-hitches then a round turn |
A series of half-hitches |
|
When shifting to a course where the wind comes more from astern, easing
the mainsheet will __________. |
bring the head of the sail down from
the top of the mast |
allow the sail to catch more wind |
bring the boom more fore and aft |
decrease the force needed to haul
on the mainsheet |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning a sailing vessel with the sails properly
trimmed? |
As the sails are sheeted in on a close
hauled course, speed will increase as the side forces on the vessel decrease. |
The more the sails are sheeted in,
the greater your speed will be when sailing downwind. |
Sheeting in the sails will allow the
vessel to sail closer to the wind but will decrease speed. |
As the sails are sheeted in, the vessel
will heel less when close hauled. |
|
Your sails are properly trimmed while on a reaching course. Changing to
a close hauled course will __________. |
cause a greater heeling force to leeward |
require you to sheet in for best speed |
result in a reduction of speed |
All of the above. |
|
To get the best speed when tacking and using a mainsail and jib, the sails
should be trimmed such that __________. |
the jib is on one side of the vessel
and the mainsail on the other |
one sail is as close to a right angle
as possible to the other |
as much of a gap as possible exists
between the two sails in order to catch the most wind |
an air slot is formed between the
two sails |
|
Your vessel is drifting with the wind broad on the port beam. The marconi
sail is set and flapping free. As you sheet in the maximum drive is attained
when the sail __________. |
is at right angles to the true wind |
is 45° from the apparent wind |
first takes the shape of an airfoil |
is filled with a slight flap at the
leech |
|
You are sailing on a close reach when a strong wind suddenly heels the vessel
hard over. To reduce the heeling and yet maintain speed, you should __________. |
ease all sheets and bear more into
the wind |
ease the mainsheet and bear more away
from the wind |
haul in on the mainsheet and ease
the jib sheet |
haul in on the mainsheet and steer
more towards the wind |
|
The sails are properly set and trimmed. As a vessel heads up from a beam
reach to close-hauled the __________. |
heeling moment decreases |
side slip decreases |
speed increases |
apparent wind moves forward |
|
The sails are properly set and trimmed. As a vessel heads up from a beam
reach to close-hauled the __________. |
heeling moment decreases |
side slip decreases |
apparent wind remains steady |
speed decreases |
|
You are under sail on a close reach, and the wind is steady. While steady
on course, you reef the mainsail and your speed slows. The apparent wind
__________. |
increases and draws forward |
decreases and draws aft |
is unchanged |
increases and draws aft |
|
In order to maintain speed while changing course from a close reach to a
broad reach, the sails should be __________. |
hauled in |
lowered |
reefed |
eased out |
|
When properly set and drawing, a fore-and-aft sail has a cross-section that
__________. |
approximates a straight line |
is a curve with more curve at the
leach |
is a uniform curve |
is a curve with more curve at the
luff |
|
You are running before the wind in a fresh breeze. The boom may be prevented
from accidentally jibing by using a(n) __________. |
preventer |
clewline |
outhaul |
buntline |
|
Which action will NOT reduce heeling of a vessel when sailing on a tack? |
Changing to larger sails |
Heading up until your sails begin
to luff |
Reefing sails |
Easing sheets |
|
Which action will NOT reduce heeling of a vessel when sailing on a tack? |
Heading up until your sails begin
to luff |
Reefing sails |
Changing to larger sails |
Easing sheets |
|
Which statement about sailing close-hauled is TRUE? |
If you sheet your sails closer to
the centerline, you can sail closer to the wind and decrease leeway. |
If you sheet your sails closer to
the centerline, you will luff. |
If you ease the sheets you will be
in irons. |
If you ease the sheets and change
heading, you can sail faster but not so close to the wind. |
|
Which statement about sailing close-hauled is TRUE? |
If you ease the sheets, you can sail
faster and closer to the wind. |
If you steer closer to the wind, you
will slow down. |
If you ease the sheets, you can sail
faster on the same course. |
If you sheet your sails closer to
the centerline, you must bear away from the wind. |
|
Your 20-ton ketch-rigged sailing vessel is sailing close hauled on the port
tack in a moderate breeze with all sails properly trimmed. You wish to bear
off quickly to avoid a floating hazard. To utilize your sails to assist
with the turn, you should __________. |
put your rudder hard to port |
slack the mizzen sheet |
slack the jib sheet |
All of the above. |
|
You are at the helm of a ketch-rigged sailing vessel under sail on the starboard
tack, close hauled, with all appropriate sails set and properly trimmed.
You are instructed to "bear off quickly". To utilize your sails
to assist with the turn, you should __________. |
trim the main outhaul |
trim the mizzen vang |
slack the mizzen sheet |
slack the jib sheet |
|
You are at the helm of a sloop-rigged sailing vessel under sail on the port
tack, on a beam reach, with all appropriate sails set and properly trimmed.
You are instructed to "head up quickly". To utilize your sails
to assist with the turn, you should __________. |
trim the foreguy |
slack the main outhaul |
slack the jib sheet |
slack the main sheet |
|
You are at the helm of a schooner-rigged sailing vessel under sail on the
port tack, on a beam reach, with all appropriate sails set and properly
trimmed. You are instructed to "bear off quickly". To utilize
your sails to assist with the turn, you should __________. |
slack the fore-staysail sheet |
slack the foresail sheet |
slack the jib sheet |
slack the main sheet |
|
You can slow or stop a sailing vessel by __________. |
bring the vessel's head into the wind
and let the sails luff |
put the wind off the stern and ease
all sheets |
put the wind off the beam and sheet
in |
raise the centerboard when running
before the wind |
|
As a vessel falls off the wind from close-hauled to a beam reach, the tendency
for the vessel to move sideways through the water will __________. |
increase |
decrease |
change only if the vessel comes about
on the opposite tack |
not change |
|
Your vessel is sailing on a port tack when a sudden gust of wind heels the
vessel sharply to starboard. Which action will reduce the heeling of the
vessel? |
Ease the sheets to allow air flow
to spill off the sail |
Shift weight to the port side of the
vessel |
Attempt to sail the vessel closer
to the wind |
Any of the above. |
|
A ketch-rigged sailing vessel is sailing to windward with the wind about
50° on the port bow. All the sails are set and drawing properly. Which statement
is TRUE? |
If you slack the mizzen sheet, the
center of effort will move aft. |
If you sheet in the mainsail without
changing course, the vessel will heel farther and speed up. |
If you strike the mainsail, the center
of effort of the whole rig will move down. |
If you slack the main sheet, the lift
to drag ratio of the mainsail will increase. |
|
You are attempting to recover a mooring buoy. If you approach the object
on the port tack, how would you slow the vessel as you draw near? |
Bring the wind so that it comes over
the stern and ease all the sheets. |
Quickly change to a starboard tack
as you reach the object. |
Bring the wind directly over the bow
and allow the sails to luff. |
Shift the rudder from port to starboard
several times as you reach the object. |
|
You are sailing into a harbor with the intention of picking up your mooring.
There is no current. Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE? |
On a yawl, the last sail you will
strike after you have picked up the mooring will normally be the mainsail. |
On a sloop, if your initial approach
is to be downwind you could slow your approach by striking the jib and letting
your main sheet out as far as it will go. |
On a ketch, you will most likely strike
the jib before making your final approach. |
All of the above. |
|
When experiencing heavy winds, you should reef sails to __________. |
reduce sail area exposed to the wind |
bring the sails parallel to the wind |
allow the sails to catch more wind |
remove all tension on the main and
jib sheets |
|
You are Master of a 20-ton ketch. You wish to heave-to on the starboard
tack in 35 knots of wind. Which action would be appropriate? |
Set your storm jib aback to port and
secure your rudder hard to starboard. |
Sheet your mizzen in flat and secure
your rudder amidships. |
Secure your reefed mizzen aback to
starboard and your storm jib aback to port. Secure your rudder hard to port. |
Secure your storm jib aback to starboard
and sheet your reefed mizzen in flat. Secure your rudder hard to starboard. |
|
Which radio call-in plan is the most prudent? |
The designated responsible person
must be instructed to call the Coast Guard search and rescue authorities
immediately if your call does not come in on schedule. |
There must be a designated responsible
person who knows they are expecting your call at a certain time. |
Two responsible persons should be
designated so that one can relieve the other as necessary. |
There must be a designated responsible
person available at all times to receive your call. |
|
When crossing a bar in rough weather, you should enter on a(n) __________. |
tidal bore |
flood current |
ebbing current |
All of the above. |
|
A sail plan, including the vessel's itinerary, name, number, and persons
aboard, should be filed with __________. |
a responsible person |
the FAA |
U.S. Customs |
the Coast Guard |
|
A storm is forecast for the area where your vessel is moored. For its safety
you should put __________. |
chafing gear on the mooring lines |
more slack in the mooring lines |
a strain on the mooring lines |
grease on the mooring lines |
|
Your sailing vessel is docked during a storm and is in continuous motion.
If a mooring line parts due to vessel motion, it will most likely do so
__________. |
at the chock |
where it is made fast on the vessel |
at the eye |
midway between the vessel and the
dock |
|
Your 40-foot auxiliary sailing vessel has just run aground on a bar. She
has a relatively long, deep keel and the tide is falling. You have checked
the bilges for damage and found none. Which is the most prudent action to
take immediately? |
Take soundings visually, by sounding
pole, or lead line all around the vessel to locate the deepest water. |
Sheet the sails in flat to try to
heel her over with the wind and sail off. |
Strike the sails. Then run a kedge
anchor out to one side, hook the main halyard to it, and heave the boat
down onto one side. |
Start the engine and run it hard in
forward to try to drive over and off the bar. |
|
On a sailing vessel, it is best to approach a person in the water by placing
them on your __________. |
windward side |
transom |
bow |
leeward side |
|
A marker pole, with a horseshoe buoy and a sea anchor attached, should be
used to __________. |
indicate location of a man overboard |
mark the position of a lost mooring |
determine your speed through the water |
determine your vessel's sideslip underway |
|
You are running before a strong wind in a sloop. The most dangerous thing
to do is __________. |
jibe |
strike the jib |
reef the mainsail |
tack about |
|
You are sailing in a strong wind and may accidentally jibe when __________. |
tacking |
in irons |
running-free |
reaching |
|
You are running before a rough sea and a strong wind. Your sailing vessel
is yawing. If the wind should catch the mainsail on the reverse side you
will __________. |
tack |
broach |
go in irons |
jibe |
|
If you were to jibe in a strong wind, the part of the rigging most likely
to fail would be the __________. |
jumper stay |
backstay |
halyard |
forestay |
|
You are sailing before the wind in heavy weather. The failure of what will
affect the vessel's safety most? |
The helm |
The outhaul |
The jib sheet |
The main halyard |
|
A capsized small sail vessel is best righted when what part of the vessel
is downwind? |
Stern |
Centerboard |
Mast |
Bow |
|
How should you try to right a capsized small sailing vessel? |
Lock the centerboard in the down position,
stand on the centerboard, and pull on a shroud or a halyard. |
Put the centerboard in the up position
and have all personnel haul in on the line attached to the mast. |
Position all personnel around the
mast and lift the vessel upright. |
Position all personnel at the stern
and rock the vessel upright. |
|
When anchoring a small sailing vessel in rough weather, the best anchor
line would be composed of __________. |
all chain |
chain-nylon |
chain-wire |
chain-manila |
|
The old sailors admonition "Beware the lee shore" warns of the
danger due to __________. |
the ground swell making it difficult
to tack off |
the wind blowing stronger at this
location |
there being less wind in the lee of
the shore |
the current flowing directly on shore |
|
Every different type of sailing rig can be dangerous in certain circumstances.
Which situation would most likely be dangerous? |
A gaff rig is dangerous in a calm
wind and large swell. |
A tall, marconi, sloop rig is dangerous
to tack. |
A square rig, such as a ship rig,
is dangerous to jibe. |
A gaff rig is dangerous in a calm
wind and sea. |
|
Which radio call-in plan is the most prudent? |
There must be specific instructions
for the designated responsible person to follow if your call does not come
in on schedule. |
The designated responsible person
must be instructed to call the Coast Guard search and rescue authorities
immediately if your call does not come in on schedule. |
There must be a designated responsible
person who will be available to receive your call at anytime. |
The designated responsible person
should be over 18 years of age. |
|
You are preparing for what promises to be a rough ocean passage. Your 120-foot
schooner carries a yard on the foremast, about 50 feet above the water.
The yard weighs about 1000 pounds. If you take the yard down and stow it
on deck for the trip, you will __________. |
increase the reserve buoyancy |
give the vessel a gentler roll |
increase your vessel's GM |
decrease the metacentric height |
|
You must pick up an individual who has fallen overboard from a sailboat.
The final approach should be __________. |
on a broad reach |
downwind |
on a close reach |
upwind |
|
Your 80-ton schooner is hove to on the starboard tack under storm trysail
and fore-staysail in 45 knots of wind. Your heading is averaging about 000°
true and the wind is from the northeast. There is a dangerous shoal bearing
270° true, range 5 miles. Which action would be appropriate? |
You should set a reefed foresail and
strike the jib. |
You should tack or jibe to the port
tack and make all possible headway to the south. |
You need only stay alert for changes,
as your present drift will carry you away from the danger. |
You should strike all sails and get
underway under bare poles, making as much way as possible to the north. |
|
The term "lee side" refers to the __________. |
side of the vessel exposed to the
wind |
port side |
starboard side |
side of the vessel sheltered from
the wind |
|
A shroud is __________. |
a sheet |
a light sail |
standing rigging |
a topmast stay |
|
A sloop is a sailing vessel with __________. |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
forward of the rudder post |
one mast |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
abaft the rudder post |
two masts: a foremast and a mainmast |
|
A yawl is a sailing vessel with __________. |
a single mast |
two masts: a foremast and a mainmast |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
forward of the rudder post |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
abaft the rudder post |
|
As shown in illustration D002SL below, which of the following describes
the three corners of the main sail? |
luff, leech, and spar |
head, fore, and aft |
head, tack, and clew |
headboard, foot, and tail |
|
In illustration D001SL below, what is the edge of the sail labeled "A"
called? |
headboard |
leech |
luff |
clew |
|
Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE? |
Polyester sailcloth, such as Dacron,
is resistant to rot due to moisture but susceptible to UV degradation and
should be kept covered as much as possible. |
Canvas sailcloth is susceptible to
rot due to moisture and should never be covered when wet. |
Kevlar sail cloth is susceptible to
weakening due to repeated folding and therefore should be draped loosely
over the boom when stowed. |
All of the above. |
|
Dacron sails, when not in use, may be damaged if __________. |
folded frequently |
left in the sunlight |
stowed wet |
washed with soap |
|
Canvas sails, when not in use, may be damaged if __________. |
left in the sunlight |
stowed wet |
washed with soap and water |
folded frequently |
|
Kevlar sails, when not in use, may be damaged if __________. |
left in the sunlight |
washed with water and bleach |
folded frequently |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement is TRUE about sail shape? |
You can reduce the belly in a boomed
mainsail by easing the sheet. |
A high-aspect ratio marconi mainsail
is more efficient for downwind sailing than a gaff-rigged mainsail. |
You can move the belly up in a mainsail
by easing the luff tension. |
You should put more belly in a sail
in light airs than in a strong breeze. |
|
The major lift-producing part of a sail is the __________. |
head |
foil |
trailing edge |
leading edge |
|
Sails may be wing and wing when __________. |
on a close reach |
tacking |
sailing with the wind aft |
anchored or drifting |
|
When sailing with the wind aft, a vessel may carry sails on both sides at
the same time. The sails are __________. |
luffed |
cringled |
wing and wing |
reefed |
|
Sails may be wing and wing when __________. |
sailing with the wind aft |
tacking |
close hauled |
wearing |
|
Most recreational sailing craft have triangular sails and are said to be
__________. |
Square rigged |
Spinnaker rigged |
Gaff rigged |
Marconi rigged |
|
When a sail is reefed, the sail area is __________. |
reduced |
increased |
widened |
unchanged |
|
A sailing vessel with the wind coming over the port side is said to be on
a __________. |
port tack |
starboard tack |
port jibe |
starboard jibe |
|
A "reaching" course is one in which the wind __________. |
comes directly over the stern |
comes directly over the bow |
has no effect on the vessel |
comes over an area extending from
broad on the bow to the quarter |
|
The hinge fitting used to attach the boom to the mast is the __________. |
gooseneck |
pintle |
swivel |
step |
|
What fitting on the mast works in conjunction with the shrouds to control
side bend of the mast? |
Spreader |
Chainplate |
Hound |
Crowfoot |
|
The bottom of the mast rests on a part of the keel called the mast __________. |
sole |
foot |
heel |
step |
|
A schooner is a fore-and-aft rigged vessel with __________. |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
abaft the rudder post |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
forward of the rudder post |
a single mast |
at least two masts: a foremast and
a mainmast |
|
A ketch is a sailing vessel with __________. |
two masts: a foremast and a mainmast |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
abaft the rudder post |
one mast |
two masts: with the mizzen stepped
forward of the rudder post |
|
The metal horseshoe-shaped pieces used to bend a sail onto a stay are called_________. |
shackles |
warps |
hanks |
gudgeons |
|
A boom vang __________. |
douses the gaff topsail |
tautens the standing rigging |
holds the boom down and flattens the
main sail |
draws the head of the sail to windward |
|
What standing rigging supports the mast in the fore-and-aft and athwartships
directions? |
Guys and vangs |
Shrouds and stays |
Vangs and shrouds |
Sheets and guys |
|
Which is standing rigging? |
Sheets |
Halyards |
Stays |
Downhauls |
|
A stay is __________. |
standing rigging |
a halyard |
a downhaul |
a jib |
|
Which is a part of a vessel's standing rigging? |
Topping lift |
Backstay |
Sheet |
Downhaul |
|
What is NOT running rigging? |
Downhaul |
Halyard |
Sheet |
Backstay |
|
Sideways movement of the mast is resisted by the __________. |
shrouds |
forestay |
halyards |
sheets |
|
What is part of a vessel's standing rigging? |
Downhaul |
Sheet |
Topping lift |
Backstay |
|
What is the purpose of a centerboard when sailing on a tack? |
To prevent the vessel from jibing |
To reduce side slip of the vessel |
To reduce heeling of the vessel |
To add weight stability |
|
You are at the helm of a sailing vessel under sail on the starboard tack,
close hauled, and you are instructed to "head up". You should
__________. |
turn the wheel to port if you are
steering with a wheel |
turn the rudder to starboard |
push the tiller to starboard if you
are steering with a tiller |
All of the above. |
|
Changing direction by bringing the stern of the vessel through the eye of
the wind is known as __________. |
running before the wind |
jibing |
tacking |
reefing |
|
If you reef a marconi mainsail, the sail area __________. |
moves aft |
becomes less |
becomes larger |
does not change |
|
Which fitting is used to connect the boom to the mast? |
Clevis pin |
Gunter-lug |
Transom |
Gooseneck |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the gooseneck? |
It is a sailing condition where there
is a loss of air flow over the sails. |
It is a sailing maneuver which brings
the vessel's head through the wind. |
It connects the boom to the mast and
allows the boom to swing freely. |
None of the above |
|
Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE regarding heaving-to? |
A ketch will heave to with her jib
and mizzen aback. |
A sloop will heave to with her jib
and mainsail aback. |
A yawl will heave to with her jib
aback, main sheet eased, and her mizzen sheeted in. |
All of the above. |
|
The nautical term "lee shore" refers to the __________. |
shore on the lee side of the vessel |
shore in a harbor of refuge |
western shore of the Lesser Antilles |
shore that is in the lee |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of a threefold purchase when rove to disadvantage
and neglecting friction? |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
Disregarding friction, what is the mechanical advantage of a twofold purchase
when rove to disadvantage? |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
What is the name of tackle number 1 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Gun tackle |
One-fold purchase |
Whip |
Runner |
|
What is the name of tackle number 2 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Whip |
Gun tackle |
Single purchase |
Onefold purchase |
|
What is the name of tackle number 11 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Gun tackle |
Topping lift |
Three-two purchase |
Double luff tackle |
|
What is the name of tackle number 12 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Davit tackle |
Deck tackle |
Gin tackle |
Threefold purchase |
|
What is the name of tackle number 3 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Double whip |
1-2 purchase |
Single luff tackle |
Gun tackle |
|
What is the name of tackle number 4 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
2-2 tackle |
Luff tackle |
Two-fold purchase |
Double whip |
|
What is the name of tackle number 5 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Four-fold whip |
3-2 purchase |
Two-fold purchase |
Double luff tackle |
|
What is the name of tackle number 6 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Threefold purchase |
Clew garnet tackle |
Triple purchase |
Boat falls |
|
What is the name of tackle number 7 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Whip |
Runner |
Inverted whip |
Single purchase |
|
What is the name of tackle number 8 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Parbuckle |
Gun tackle |
Single purchase |
Single luff tackle |
|
What is the name of tackle number 9as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
Single purchase |
Double whip |
One-two tackle |
Luff tackle |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 9 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 10 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
4 |
4.5 |
5 |
5.5 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 11 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
5 |
7 |
5.5 |
6 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number
12 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
3 |
5.5 |
6 |
7 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 1 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
2 |
1 |
0.5 |
1.5 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 2 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
0.5 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 3 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number
4 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage, neglecting friction, of tackle number
5 as shown in illustration D029DG below? |
2 |
4 |
5 |
5.5 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 6 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
3 |
5 |
6 |
5.5 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 7 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
0 |
0.5 |
1 |
2 |
|
What is the mechanical advantage of tackle number 8 as shown in illustration
D029DG below? |
0.5 |
3 |
1.5 |
1 |
|
What is the stress on the hauling part when lifting a 4,200 lbs. weight
using a threefold purchase rove to advantage? (Allow 10 percent of the weight
per sheave for friction.) |
960 |
571.4 |
1066.7 |
715.2 |
|
The sheave diameter to be used with a 3-inch manila rope is __________. |
3 inches |
6 inches |
9 inches |
12 inches |
|
A breeches buoy is being rigged from the shore to a stranded vessel. The
initial shot line passed to the vessel is normally made fast to a __________. |
hawser which is used to pass a tail-block
and whip to the vessel |
tail-block and whip which may be used
to pass a hawser to the vessel |
hawser which should be made fast to
the vessel below the intended location of the tail-block |
hawser with breeches buoy and harness
attached |
|
How much force would be required to lift a weight of 200 lbs. using a gun
tackle rigged to disadvantage (do not consider friction)? |
50 lbs. |
100 lbs. |
150 lbs. |
200 lbs. |
|
Unless extremely flexible wire rope is used, the sheave diameter should
always be as large as possible, but should never be less than __________. |
2 times the rope diameter |
20 times the rope diameter |
the rope diameter |
10 times the rope diameter |
|
How much weight can you lift by applying 100 lbs. of force to a twofold
purchase rigged to disadvantage (do not consider friction)? |
200 lbs. |
300 lbs. |
400 lbs. |
500 lbs. |
|
What is meant by the term "two-blocked"? |
You have two blocks. |
There are turns in the fall. |
The bottom block touches the top block. |
The line has jumped the sheaves. |
|
Separating both blocks of a tackle to prepare it for reuse is called __________. |
two-blocking |
out-hauling |
over-hauling |
chockablocking |
|
To facilitate passing the end of a large rope through a block, you could
use a __________. |
reeving line |
head line |
gantline |
sail line |
|
To reeve a right-angle threefold purchase start with the __________. |
middle sheave top block |
left sheave bottom block |
left sheave top block |
right sheave bottom block |
|
You are ordering a new block to use with a 3-inch circumference manila line.
Which represents a proper size block for this line? |
9-inch cheek, 6-inch sheave |
6-inch cheek, 4-inch sheave |
8-inch cheek, any size sheave |
At least a 12-inch sheave |
|
What size block shell should be used with a 4-inch manila line? |
8" |
12" |
16" |
24" |
|
The cheek length of a block in inches should be about __________. |
twenty times the diameter of a manila
line |
twice the diameter of its sheaves
for manila line |
five times the diameter of a manila
line |
three times the circumference of a
manila line |
|
Which tackle arrangement has the LEAST mechanical advantage? |
Single whip |
Luff tackle |
Gun tackle |
Twofold purchase |
|
A block that can be opened at the hook or shackle end to receive a bight
of the line is a __________. |
bight block |
heel block |
snatch block |
gin block |
|
The grooved wheel inside a block is called a __________. |
drum |
sheave |
cheek |
gypsy |
|
A metal ring on the bottom of a block, to which the standing part of a tackle
is spliced, is known as a(n) __________. |
loop |
eye |
becket |
swivel |
|
The standing part of a tackle is __________. |
that part to which power is applied |
that part of the falls made fast to
one of the blocks |
all the fall except the hauling part |
the hook that engages the weight to
be moved |
|
A block and tackle is "rove to advantage". This means that the
__________. |
hauling part leads through the movable
block |
blocks have been overhauled |
hauling part leads through the standing
block |
hauling parts of two tackles are attached |
|
Safety shackles are fitted with __________. |
round pins and locknuts |
a threaded bolt |
a round pin, with a cotter pin |
a threaded bolt, locknuts, and cotter
pins |
|
A small light tackle with blocks of steel or wood that is used for miscellaneous
small jobs is called a __________. |
snatch block |
handy-billy |
threefold purchase |
chockablock |
|
A sheave is a __________. |
partial load of grain |
grooved wheel in a block |
line to hold a lifeboat next to the
embarkation deck |
seaman's knife |
|
A snatch block is a __________. |
block used only with manila rope |
chock roller |
hinged block |
strong block used for short, sharp
pulls |
|
A snatch block would most likely be used as a __________. |
fairlead |
boat fall |
riding pawl |
topping lift |
|
You are using tackle number 7 in illustration D029DG below to lift a weight
of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? |
55 lbs. |
110 lbs. |
200 lbs. |
150 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 8 in illustration D029DG below to lift a weight
of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave for
friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the weight? |
55 lbs. |
37 lbs. |
120 lbs. |
40 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 12 shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave
for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the
weight? |
80 lbs. |
55 lbs. |
50 lbs. |
69 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 2 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight of 100 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave
for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the
weight? |
50 lbs. |
55 lbs. |
60 lbs. |
110 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 3 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight of 120 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave
for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the
weight? |
52 lbs. |
27 lbs. |
40 lbs. |
49 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 5 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight of 300 lbs. If you include 10 percent of the weight for each sheave
for friction, what is the pull on the hauling part required to lift the
weight? |
50 lbs. |
75 lbs. |
90 lbs. |
112 lbs. |
|
You are using tackle number 4 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w)
of tackle number 10. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
5 |
9 |
4 |
20 |
|
You are using tackle number 4 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook of
tackle number 11. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
4 |
6 |
10 |
24 |
|
You are using tackle number 5 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook of
tackle number 9. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
9 |
4 |
5 |
20 |
|
You are using tackle number 5 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w)
of tackle number 8. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
10 |
5 |
20 |
15 |
|
You are using tackle number 6 as shown in illustration D029DG below to lift
a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook (w)
of tackle number 8. Disregarding friction, what is the mechanical advantage
of this rig? |
11 |
16 |
18 |
24 |
|
You are using tackle number 10 as shown in illustration D029DG below to
lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook
(w) of tackle number 4. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
24 |
20 |
13 |
9 |
|
You are using tackle number 12 as shown in illustration D029DG below to
lift a weight. The hauling part of this tackle is bent to the weight hook
(w) of tackle number 2. What is the mechanical advantage of this rig? |
9 |
10 |
14 |
21 |
|
Which statement about pneumatic chipping tools is TRUE? |
The equipment shall be secured to
the hose by a quick-disconnect coupling to prevent the tool from becoming
accidentally disconnected. |
The chipping mechanism is made of
non-sparking material that is safe to use near explosive atmospheres. |
The needles of the needle-type chipping
gun must be replaced when they have been blunted more than ½ of their diameter. |
The equipment must be grounded to
prevent shock hazard. |
|
You should NOT use a power tool if __________. |
the power source is alternating current |
hand tools can be used instead |
the insulation of the power wires
is worn |
it has a three-prong plug |
|
When instructing a crew member concerning the right way to lift a weight,
you would instruct him to __________. |
bend his back and stoop |
bend his knees and lift with his legs |
bend his back and stoop with arms
straight |
arch the back to add strength to the
muscles |
|
Safety goggles or glasses are NOT normally worn when __________. |
painting with a spray gun |
letting go the anchor |
using a rotary grinder with an installed
shield |
handling wire rope or natural fiber
line |
|
When chipping rust on a vessel, the MOST important piece of safety gear
is __________. |
a long sleeve shirt |
goggles |
gloves |
a hard hat |
|
When using a pneumatic chipping tool all of the following are TRUE except? |
It is not intended to be used in an
explosive atmosphere. |
The equipment is not required to be
grounded to prevent shock hazard. |
The needles of the needle-type chipping
gun must be replaced when they have been blunted more than ½ of their diameter. |
The equipment shall be secured to
the hose by a quick-disconnect coupling to prevent the tool from becoming
accidentally disconnected. |
|
How is a safety shackle is identified? |
The shape |
The color code |
The certification stamp |
The design of the pin |
|
What is a grapnel? |
type of clam bucket used for discharging
bulk cargo |
hook to prevent the anchor cable from
slipping |
device used to drag for a submerged
cable or line |
device for securing a chain topping
lift |
|
Which of the following is a hook that will release quickly? |
margin hook |
pelican hook |
marginal hook |
longshore hook |
|
A "skiff hook" is a device used to do which of the following? |
join a towline to a pair of towing
bridles |
attach a towline to the eye bolt to
the bow of a trailer-able boat |
shorten the length of catenary in
the towline |
to create a temporary fairlead |
|
Which of the following is a rope ladder with wooden rungs? |
jury ladder |
drop ladder |
Jacob's ladder |
life ladder |
|
What is a serving mallet is used for? |
splicing lines |
forcing fids into a line |
covering wire or fiber rope |
dogging hatches |
|
On a small boat, which knot is best suited for attaching a line to the ring
of an anchor? |
Figure-eight knot |
Overhand knot |
Clove hitch |
Fisherman's bend |
|
A monkey fist is found on which of the following? |
lead line |
heaving line |
mooring line |
manrope |
|
Which kind of hitch should you use to secure a spar? |
Two half hitches |
Blackwall hitch |
Timber hitch |
Stage hitch |
|
What type of knot is indicated by the Letter "I" in illustration
D030DG below? |
square knot |
bowline on a bight |
round knot |
timber hitch |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below should be used to secure a line
to a spar when the pull is parallel to the spar? |
G |
F |
P |
Q |
|
What is the MAIN use of the knot lettered M in in illustration D030DG below? |
secure a heaving line to a hawser |
provide a seat for a man to work over
the side |
form a temporary eye in the end of
a line |
marry two hawsers |
|
When improperly tied, which knot shown in illustration D030DG below is called
a granny or thief's knot? |
F |
M |
R |
W |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below should be used to secure a line
to a spar when the pull is perpendicular to the spar? |
E |
F |
N |
P |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below is secure only when there is a strain
on the line? |
H |
I |
L |
P |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "J"? |
plain whipping |
marline hitch |
becket bend |
bowline |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "Q"? |
bowline |
square knot |
round knot |
clove hitch |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "R"? |
fisherman's bend |
round turn and two half hitches |
double becket bend |
bowline |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "S"? |
hook hitch |
bowline |
blackwall hitch |
half hitch |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "W"? |
stopper knot |
square knot |
barrel hitch |
clove hitch |
|
Which knot shown in illustration D030DG below represents a square knot? |
H |
W |
R |
P |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a bowline? |
G |
H |
L |
Q |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a double sheet bend? |
T |
F |
R |
L |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a blackwall hitch? |
S |
F |
H |
P |
|
Which knot shown in illustration D030DG below is a French bowline? |
L |
T |
Q |
W |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a half hitch? |
S |
H |
U |
K |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a double blackwall hitch? |
F |
G |
L |
R |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a carrick bend? |
M |
L |
J |
H |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "N"? |
rolling bowline |
heaving line hitch |
timber hitch |
stopper |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a barrel hitch? |
E |
P |
U |
O |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a stopper hitch? |
L |
R |
N |
M |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a timber hitch? |
E |
F |
N |
U |
|
Which knot in illustration D030DG below represents a single becket bend? |
E |
F |
G |
H |
|
Which letter in illustration D030DG below represents a bowline on a bight? |
H |
I |
M |
W |
|
Which letter in illustration D030DG below represents a plain whipping? |
F |
E |
J |
V |
|
Which letter shown in illustration D030DG below represents a clove hitch? |
X |
T |
U |
R |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "O"? |
blackwall hitch |
timber hitch |
carrick bend |
barrel hitch |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "P"? |
rolling hitch |
clove hitch |
marline hitch |
round turn and two half hitches |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "E"? |
bowline on a bight |
stopper hitch |
timber and half hitch |
blackwall hitch |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "G"? |
barrel hitch |
round turn and two half hitches |
fisherman's bend |
timber hitch |
|
Which of the knots, bends, or hitches shown in illustration D030DG below
would you use to properly secure a bosun's chair to a gantline? |
I |
P |
R |
X |
|
Which tool is used to open the strands of fiber lines when making an eye
splice? |
Fid |
Heaver |
Belaying spike |
Pricker |
|
What type of knot in illustration D030DG below is indicated by the Letter "U"? |
plain whipping |
half hitch |
round knot |
becket bend |
|
A short splice in a line __________. |
should be used if the line is going
through a block |
doubles the size of the line |
decreases the size of the line |
should only be used in wire rope |
|
A "figure eight" knot is used to __________. |
shorten a line |
join lines of equal size |
be a stopper |
keep a line from passing through a
sheave |
|
Instead of whipping an end of a line, a temporary means of preventing the
line from unraveling is to tie a __________. |
figure-eight knot |
becket bend |
square knot |
blackwall hitch |
|
A whipping on a fiber line __________. |
protects your hands |
becomes part of a splice |
strengthens it |
keeps the ends from fraying |
|
Which statement about two lines spliced together is TRUE? |
Splicing is used to increase the circumference
of each line. |
Splicing is used to prevent rotting
of the lines bitter end. |
Splicing two lines together is stronger
than knotting two lines together. |
Splicing is used to increase the overall
strength of the line. |
|
Which of the following is a knot used to join two lines of different diameters? |
carrick bend |
square knot |
becket bend |
sheepshank |
|
The metal, teardrop-shaped object sometimes used within an eye splice is
a __________. |
thimble |
reinforcement |
splice form |
grommet |
|
Which knot reduces the strength of a line by the LEAST amount? |
Square knot |
Sheet bend |
Bowline |
Carrick bend |
|
What is a "bowline" used for? |
keep a line from fraying |
join lines of equal size |
form a temporary eye (loop) at the
end of a line |
be a stopper |
|
Which weakens a line the LEAST? |
Long splice |
Square knot |
Short splice |
Clove hitch |
|
Which of the following should splices made in nylon be? |
be short splices only |
be long splices only |
have extra tucks taken |
be around a thimble |
|
What is a "square knot" used for? |
joining two lines of equal size |
keeping line from unlaying or fraying |
forming temporary eyes in lines |
joining two lines of different size |
|
Which statement about splices is TRUE? |
A long splice is used to connect two
lines that will pass through narrow openings. |
A short splice is used to temporarily
connect two lines. |
A back splice is used to permanently
connect two lines together. |
In splicing fiber rope, you would
splice with the lay of the line. |
|
What is a "sheepshank" used for? |
shorten a line |
stop off a line |
join lines of unequal size |
keep a line from fraying |
|
Which splice is used to connect two separate lines together? |
Long splice |
Eye splice |
Back splice |
Chain splice |
|
Which line cannot be spliced? |
Double-braided line |
Any line can be spliced |
Braided line with a solid core |
Braided line with a hollow core |
|
What is the best splice for repairing a parted synthetic fiber mooring line? |
Locking long splice |
Long splice |
Liverpool splice |
Short splice |
|
What can a rolling hitch be used for? |
secure a line around a spar |
mouse a hook |
make a temporary eye |
shorten a line |
|
Which of the following is the strongest way to join the ends of two ropes? |
square knot |
back splice |
carrick bend |
short splice |
|
Which of the following describes a fid? |
tapered steel pin used to separate
wire rope |
sharp pointed crow bar used to unlay
wire rope |
mallet used when splicing wire rope |
tapered wooden pin used when splicing
heavy rope |
|
Which bend or knot is used to tie a small line to a larger one? |
Bowline |
Becket bend |
Lark's head |
Clove hitch |
|
Which knot is used to attach two different sized lines together? |
Sheet bend |
Thief knot |
Square knot |
Granny knot |
|
What is the knot at the end of the heaving line used to pass the towing
hawser called? |
heaving knot |
three strand Turk's head |
ball or baseball knot |
monkey's fist |
|
What is the knot used to join two lines or two large hawsers for towing
called? |
bowline |
square knot |
carrick bend |
sheet bend |
|
What is a "carrick bend" is used for? |
add strength to a weak spot in a line |
be a stopper to transfer a line under
strain |
join two hawsers |
join lines of different sizes |
|
Which is a method used to make an eye in a bight of line where it cannot
be spliced? |
seizing |
braiding |
plaiting |
serving |
|
Which is NOT a type of seizing? |
Throat seizing |
Flat seizing |
Racking seizing |
Tube seizing |
|
Which of the following describes a "whipping"? |
a stopper for nylon line |
a U-bolt for securing a cargo whip
to the winch drum |
turns of twine around a rope end |
a messenger |
|
What is the purpose for whipping the bitter end of a fiber rope? |
makes for easier handling |
prevents moisture from entering the
bitter end |
increases the circumference of the
rope |
prevents fraying of the bitter end |
|
The "rolling hitch" could be used to __________. |
act as a stopper to transfer a line
under strain |
add strength to a weak spot in a line |
join two lines of equal sizes |
join two lines of different sizes |
|
Which knot should be used to send a man over the side when he may have to
use both hands? |
Running bowline |
Bowline |
Bowline on a bight |
French bowline |
|
Which knot is suitable for hoisting an unconscious person? |
French bowline |
Fisherman's loop |
Bowline in a bight |
Spider hitch |
|
Which knot would serve best as a safety sling for a person working over
the side? |
Jug sling |
French bowline |
Bowline on a bight |
Lifting hitch |
|
When making a short splice in wire rope __________. |
all tucks go with the lay |
the first three wires are tucked with
the lay and the last three go against the lay |
the first three wires are tucked against
the lay and the last three go with the lay |
all tucks go against the lay |
|
Which statement concerning a short splice is TRUE? |
A short splice is stronger than two
lines joined by a knot. |
It is used to temporarily join two
lines together. |
A short splice decreases the diameter
of the line. |
None of the above |
|
A long splice in a line __________. |
doubles the size of the line |
is only used on fiber rope |
is used in running rigging |
is very weak |
|
Which splice should you use in order to make a permanent loop in a line? |
Back splice |
Long splice |
Short splice |
Eye splice |
|
A smooth, tapered pin, usually of wood, used to open up the strands of a
rope for splicing is called a(n) __________. |
fid |
bench hook |
awl |
batten |
|
Chafing gear is used to __________. |
strengthen mooring lines |
pick up heavy loads |
protect fiber rope from abrasion |
anchor the boat |
|
Chafing gear is normally used __________. |
for portable fenders |
on mooring lines |
for ground tackle |
on the inside of the hawsepipe |
|
Chafing gear __________. |
prevents corrosion of running rigging |
protects the body against extreme
cold |
reduces and prevents corrosion of
standing rigging |
reduces and prevents wear caused by
the rubbing of one object against another |
|
Which position shown in illustration D019DG below is the most dangerous
when tying up? |
III |
IV |
II |
I |
|
Marline is __________. |
sail twine |
four-stranded sisal line |
three-stranded cotton line |
two-stranded hemp cord |
|
Which line is two-stranded, left-handed small stuff? |
Houseline |
Lagline |
Ratline |
Marline |
|
In order to correctly open a new coil of manila line, you should __________. |
unreel the coil from a spool |
secure the outside end and unroll
the coil |
pull the tagged end through the eye
of the coil |
pull the tagged end from the top of
the coil |
|
The strongest of the natural fibers is __________. |
sisal |
manila |
cotton |
hemp |
|
Which term describes a part of a natural fiber line? |
Fibers |
Lacings |
Lays |
Twines |
|
The larger sizes of manila line are measured by their __________. |
weight per foot |
diameter |
circumference |
radius |
|
Which type of line would have the LEAST resistance to mildew and rot? |
Polypropylene |
Dacron |
Manila |
Nylon |
|
Manila lines in which the strands are right-hand laid __________. |
should be coiled in a counterclockwise
direction |
may be coiled either clockwise or
counterclockwise |
should be coiled in a clockwise direction |
should never be coiled |
|
Uncoiling manila line improperly can result in a(n) __________. |
50% loss of efficiency of the line |
kink in the line |
increase in deterioration of the line |
number of fishhooks |
|
As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands
run from the lower left to the upper right. Which type of line is this? |
Cable-laid |
Sennet-laid |
Right-hand laid |
Water-laid |
|
As you hold a piece of manila line vertically in front of you, the strands
run from the lower right to the upper left. Which type of line is this? |
Water-laid |
Left-hand laid |
Plain-laid |
Shroud-laid |
|
The "lay" of a line refers to __________. |
the manner in which it is rigged |
the manner in which it is coiled |
the direction of twist in the strands |
its normal location of stowage |
| "White
Line" is made from __________. |
cotton |
hemp |
manila |
sisal |
|
Line is called "small stuff" if its circumference is less than
__________. |
1" |
1 3/4" |
3/4" |
1/2" |
|
In the manufacture of line, plant fibers are twisted together to form __________. |
strands |
yarns |
cable |
line |
|
A piece of small stuff (small line) secured to an object to prevent it from
going adrift is a __________. |
lanyard |
stopper |
keeper |
noose |
|
To coil a left-hand laid rope, you should coil the line in __________. |
a counterclockwise direction only |
either a clockwise or a counterclockwise
direction |
a clockwise direction only |
an alternating clockwise and counterclockwise
direction |
|
To coil a right-laid rope, you should coil the line in __________. |
a counterclockwise direction |
either a clockwise or counterclockwise
directions |
a clockwise direction |
alternating clockwise and counterclockwise
directions |
|
Which term describes a rope in which three right-handed strands are laid
up left-handed? |
Hard-laid |
Shroud laid |
Hawser-laid |
Soft-laid |
|
Which method is used to detect rot in manila lines? |
Feeling the surface of the line for
broken fibers |
Opening the strands and examining
the inner fibers |
Observing for the appearance of mildew
on the outer surface |
Measuring the reduction in circumference
of the line |
|
A natural fiber rope can be ruined by dampness because it may __________. |
unlay |
stretch |
rot |
shrink |
|
In order to help protect a natural fiber rope from rotting, the line must
be __________. |
stowed in a hot, moist compartment |
stowed on deck at all times |
dried, and stowed in a place with
adequate ventilation |
stowed in any compartment |
|
Roundline is a __________. |
four-stranded, left- or right-handed
line |
small tarred hempline of three strands
laid left-handed |
three-stranded, left-handed line |
three-stranded, right-handed line |
|
An example of a messenger is a __________. |
heaving line |
fairlead |
stay |
warp |
|
Faking a line means to __________. |
stow it below |
coil it down on deck |
arrange it on deck in long bights |
put a whipping on it |
|
When using natural-fiber rope, you should NEVER __________. |
try to lubricate the line |
dry the line before stowing it |
use chafing gear |
reverse turns on winches periodically
to keep out kinks |
|
When caring for natural-fiber line, you should NEVER __________. |
dry the line before stowing it |
protect the line from weather |
lubricate the line |
slack off taut lines when it rains |
|
When taking a length of new manila rope from the coil, you should __________. |
mount the coil so it will turn like
a spool and unreel from the outside |
lay the coil on end with the inside
end down, then pull the inside end up through the middle of the coil |
roll the coil along the deck and allow
the rope to fall off the coil |
lay the coil on end with the inside
end up then unwind the rope from the outside of the coil |
|
When natural fiber rope gets wet, the __________. |
overall strength of the line will
decrease |
line will become more elastic |
line will be easier to handle |
line shrinks in length |
|
Which is NOT a recommended practice when handling nylon line? |
Nylon lines which become slippery
because of oil or grease should be scrubbed down. |
When easing out nylon line, keep an
extra turn on the bitt to prevent slipping. |
Manila line stoppers should be used
for holding nylon hawsers. |
Iced-over nylon lines should be thawed
and drained before stowing. |
|
Which type of line will stretch the most when under strain? |
Dacron |
Polypropylene |
Manila |
Nylon |
|
Nylon line is NOT suitable for __________. |
towing |
lashings |
mooring lines |
stoppers |
|
Under identical load conditions, nylon, when compared with natural fiber
line, will stretch __________. |
less and have greater strength |
less and have less strength |
more and have less strength |
more and have greater strength |
|
Which type of line is best able to withstand sudden shock loads? |
Nylon |
Manila |
Polypropylene |
Dacron |
|
If given equal care, nylon line should last how many times longer than manila
line? |
Three |
Four |
Five |
Six |
|
Compared to manila line, size for size, nylon line __________. |
is equivalent to manila line |
will rot quicker than manila line |
has more strength than manila line |
has less strength than manila line |
|
Nylon line can be dangerous because it __________. |
breaks down when wet |
kinks when wet |
stretches |
is not elastic |
|
An advantage of nylon rope over manila rope is that nylon rope __________. |
can be used in conjunction with wire
or spring-lay rope |
can hold a load even when a considerable
amount of the yarns have been abraded |
can be stored on decks exposed to
sunlight |
gives audible warning of overstress
whereas manila does not |
|
A new coil of nylon line should be opened by __________. |
unreeling from a spool |
pulling the end up through the eye
of the coil |
taking a strain on both ends |
uncoiling from the outside with the
coil standing on end |
|
The critical point in nylon line elongation is about __________. |
20 (%) |
30 (%) |
40 (%) |
50 (%) |
|
A normal safe working load for used nylon rope in good condition is __________. |
10% of its breaking strain |
25% of its breaking strain |
33% of its breaking strain |
50% of its breaking strain |
|
Which statement is TRUE about nylon line? |
Manila line will usually last longer
than nylon line. |
A normal safe working load will stretch
nylon line 50%. |
Nylon line is excellent for use in
alongside towing. |
Nylon stoppers should be used with
nylon line. |
|
Lines or gear NOT in use should be __________. |
secured or stowed out of the way |
stowed anywhere |
left on deck |
conspicuously marked |
|
Placing a lashing across a hook to prevent a fitting from slipping out of
the hook is called __________. |
mousing |
worming |
flemishing down |
faking |
|
Safety is increased if __________. |
power tools are kept plugged in for
immediate use |
extra line and wire are laid out on
deck for emergency use |
spare parts are kept on deck for ready
access |
all lashings are made up, and the
decks are clean and clear |
|
You should keep clear of __________. |
any line under a strain |
lines that are coiled down only |
lines that are paying out |
None of the above are correct |
|
A rope made of a combination of wire and fiber is known as __________. |
spring lay |
preformed |
lang lay |
independent |
|
Coiling new rope against the lay, bringing the lower end up through the
center of the coil, then coiling with the lay, in order to remove the kinks,
is known as __________. |
thoroughfooting |
flemishing |
faking |
coiling |
|
Stuffer-braid rope has __________. |
three strands |
a yarn core |
no core |
12 threads |
|
Which is a characteristic of stuffer-braid rope? |
A yarn core |
12 threads |
The line has no core |
Three strands |
|
Right-laid line should be coiled __________. |
on a reel |
either clockwise or counterclockwise |
counterclockwise |
clockwise |
|
Laying out a line in successive circles flat on deck with the bitter end
in the center is known as __________. |
flemishing |
lining |
coiling |
faking |
|
When a line is spirally coiled about its end and lying flat on deck, it
is said to be __________. |
seized |
coiled |
faked |
flemished |
|
When a line is laid down in loose, looping figure-eights, it is said to
be __________. |
flemished |
coiled |
faked |
chined |
|
During the manufacture of line, yarns are twisted together in the __________. |
opposite direction from which the
fibers are twisted together to form the line |
same direction the fibers are twisted
to form strands |
opposite direction from which the
fibers are twisted together to form strands |
opposite direction from which the
fibers are twisted together forming cables |
|
Which factor is most likely to impair the strength and durability of synthetic
line? |
Washing with mild soap |
Sunlight |
Mildew |
Dry rot |
|
Which rope has the greatest breaking strength? |
Polypropylene |
Manila |
Polyester |
Nylon |
|
Which synthetic rope has the greatest breaking strength? |
Polyethylene |
Polyester |
Polypropylene |
Polyglycine |
|
Which line would be least likely to kink? |
Left-handed laid |
Right-handed laid |
Braided |
Straight laid |
|
Which type of line floats? |
Dacron |
Polypropylene |
Nylon |
Old manila |
|
What type of line melts easiest? |
Polypropylene |
Dacron |
Wire |
Nylon |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "E"
called? |
after spring line |
bow spring line |
forward breast line |
bow line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "A"
called? |
onshore stern line |
after spring line |
offshore stern line |
after breast line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "B"
called? |
after spring line |
after breast line |
offshore stern line |
inshore stern line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "C"
called? |
breast line |
shore line |
stern line |
spring line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "D"
called? |
after spring line |
forward spring line |
waist breast line |
stern line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "H"
called? |
onshore bow line |
offshore spring line |
forward breast line |
offshore bow line |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "F"
called? |
bow line |
breast line |
forward spring line |
None of the above |
|
In illustration D044DG below, what is the mooring line labeled "G"
called? |
forward spring line |
offshore bow line |
forward breast line |
inshore bow line |
|
In order to pay out or slack a mooring line which is under strain, you should
__________. |
surge the line |
stopper the line |
slip the line |
sluice the line |
|
Which method of adjusting mooring lines is MOST useful for leaving a boat
free to rise and fall with the tide? |
Slacking bow and stern lines |
Doubling up on spring or breast lines |
Crossing the spring lines |
Slacking all forward running lines
while keeping all after running lines taut |
|
Two mooring lines may be placed on the same bollard and either one cast
off first if __________. |
the mooring lines are doubled |
the eye of the second line is dipped |
the bollard has two horns |
one of the lines is a breast line |
|
When passing a hawser to the dock you would first use what line? |
Warp |
Preventer |
Heaving line |
Gantline |
|
If two mooring lines are to be placed on the same bollard, which method
is BEST? |
It makes no difference how the lines
are placed. |
Place the eye from either line on
the bollard, and then bring the eye of the other line up through the eye
of the first, and place it on the bollard. |
Place the eye from the forward line
on the bollard and then place the eye from the second line directly over
the first. |
Place both eyes on the bollard, in
any manner, but lead both lines to the same winch head on the vessel and
secure them on the winch. |
|
What should you do to a line to prevent fraying where it passes over the
side of the vessel? |
Worm that part of the line. |
Cover it with chafing gear. |
Splice that part of the line. |
Install a cleat. |
|
When a line is subject to wear where it passes through a mooring chock,
it should be __________. |
wormed, parceled, and served |
wrapped with heavy tape |
wrapped with chafing gear |
wrapped in leather |
|
The usual method of arranging a line on deck so that it will run out easily
without kinking or fouling is __________. |
racking the line |
flemishing the line |
coiling the line |
faking down the line |
|
A mooring line that checks forward motion of a vessel at a pier is a __________. |
bow line |
forward bow line |
stern breast line |
stern line |
|
You want to double the strength of a mooring line by using two lines. To
accomplish this, the second line must __________. |
be of the same length |
be 1 1/2 times the diameter of the
first |
be married to the first |
not cross the first |
|
A Chinese stopper (two lines) will hold best when you __________. |
fasten the bitter ends to the mooring
line with half hitches |
twist the ends together and hold them
at right angles to the mooring line |
twist the ends together and hold them
in the direction of the pull |
twist the ends together and hold them
in the direction opposite to the pull |
|
The main advantage of a Chinese stopper over the one line stopper is that
it __________. |
is easier to use when under heavy
tension |
will not jam on the mooring line |
is stronger |
is safer to use when under heavy tension |
|
Your vessel is to dock bow first at a pier without the assistance of tugboats.
Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside
the pier? |
Bow breast line |
Inshore head line |
Bow spring line |
Stern breast line |
|
Your vessel is to dock bow in at a pier without the assistance of tugboats.
Which line will be the most useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside
the pier? |
Bow breast line |
Bow spring line |
Inshore head line |
Stern breast line |
|
Your vessel is docking, but not yet alongside. Which line will be the most
useful when maneuvering the vessel alongside the pier? |
Offshore head line |
Inshore head line |
Bow breast line |
Bow spring line |
|
Nylon line is better suited than manila for __________. |
holding knots and splices |
towing astern |
towing alongside |
resisting damage from chemicals |
|
The line with the most stretch is __________. |
dacron |
manila |
polypropylene |
nylon |
|
The rope which is the lightest is __________. |
polypropylene |
dacron |
nylon |
manila |
|
Using a safety factor of five, determine the safe working load of a line
with a breaking strain of 20,000 pounds. |
4000 |
5000 |
20000 |
100000 |
|
Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of a line with
a breaking strain of 30,000 pounds. |
5,000 lbs. |
100,000 lbs. |
20,000 lbs. |
4,000 lbs. |
|
Using a safety factor of 6, determine the safe working load of manila line
with a breaking stress of 8 tons. |
0.75 tons |
1.25 tons |
1.33 tons |
8.00 tons |
|
Using a safety factor of five, determine what is the safe working load for
3-1/2 inch manila line with a breaking stress of 4.9 tons. |
0.82 ton |
0.98 ton |
2.45 tons |
12.25 tons |
|
What is the computed breaking strength of a 4-inch manila line? |
5,280 lbs. |
7,700 lbs. |
12,200 lbs. |
14,400 lbs. |
|
What minimum size manila line is required to hold a weight of 932 pounds,
if you use a safety factor of six? |
2.0" |
2.5" |
3.0" |
3.5" |
|
What is the breaking strain of steel wire rope with a 5/8" diameter? |
1.0 tons |
6.6 tons |
9.6 tons |
15.6 tons |
|
A nylon line is rated at 15,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor
of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)? |
3,000 lbs |
5,000 lbs |
15,000 lbs |
65,000 lbs |
|
A nylon line is rated at 12,000 lbs. breaking strain. Using a safety factor
of 5, what is the safe working load (SWL)? |
2,000 lbs. |
2,400 lbs. |
12,000 lbs. |
60,000 lbs. |
|
A wire rope rove through two single blocks with two parts at the moving
block is used for a boat fall. The weight of the 100-person boat is 5 tons.
Compute the required breaking strain. Safety Factor - 6, weight per person
- 165 lbs., 10% friction per sheave (2 sheaves). |
18.30 tons B.S. |
20.29 tons B.S. |
22.27 tons B.S. |
24.31 tons B.S. |
|
Close link chain of not less the 3/4" (or the wire rope equivalent)
is required for lashing deck cargoes of timber. What size flexible wire
rope would provide the strength equivalent to 3/4" chain, using a safety
factor of 5? |
9/16" |
1" |
1 1/4" |
1 3/8" |
|
The rope which is rove from the truck to be used with a bos'n's chair is
called a __________. |
life line |
whip |
strop |
gantline |
|
You are preparing to lubricate standing rigging on your vessel. When rigging
a bosun's chair on a stay with a shackle, __________. |
tie the bitter end of the gantline
to the shackle before shackling it to the bosun's chair |
connect the shackle to the bosun's
chair with a hook |
never allow the shackle pin to ride
on the stay |
run the gantline through the shackle
and then make fast to the bosun's chair |
|
You would properly secure a gantline to a bosun's chair with a __________. |
double sheet bend |
double blackwall hitch |
fisherman's bend |
bowline |
|
After having been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair on a mast, you must now
make yourself fast in the chair prior to painting the mast. You should first
__________. |
have the sailor on deck make the hauling
part fast to a cleat on the mast |
make the tail of the line leading
from the becket bend fast to a padeye on the mast |
seize the hauling part and the standing
part firmly in one hand to support your weight |
frap yourself to the mast to take
the strain off the hauling part |
|
You have been pulled aloft in a bosun's chair rigged to a mast that you
intend to paint. You are now supporting your weight by seizing the hauling
part and the standing part of the gantline in one hand. Your next procedure
in securing the bosun's chair is to __________. |
dip the bight of the hauling part
around your back and up in front of you to form the hitch |
secure the tail of the standing part
leading from the becket bend to the mast |
secure the standing part of the gantline
to the hauling part by taking turns of marlin and tying off |
take a strain on the hauling part
by having it led to the gypsy head on a winch |
|
The normal and safest way for a sailor to be lowered in a bosun's chair
when descending vertically is __________. |
for that sailor to feed the hauling
part through a bosun's chair hitch |
to lead the hauling part to a cleat
on the mast and slacking the sailor down |
by leading the bight of the hauling
part to a rail and taking several turns, then slacking away with the bight |
by taking several turns of the gantline
on a winch drum and then lower the sailor by backing off on the winch |
|
The normal and safest way for a sailor in a bosun's chair to be raised aloft
is __________. |
by taking the gantline to a winch
drum and heaving away with the winch |
manually by two or three sailors heaving
away on deck |
by fairleading the gantline with a
snatch block and pulling with a cargo runner |
for the sailor to pull himself aloft
and then make fast with a bosun's chair hitch |
|
You are preparing to slush a stay on your vessel by lowering yourself down
the stay in a bosun's chair. The proper way to do this is to ride down the
stay on a riding shackle __________. |
with the pin of the shackle riding
on the stay |
with the pin of the shackle through
the chair's bridle eye |
with a hook attaching the chair to
the riding shackle |
connected to a second shackle on the
chair |
|
Which of the following statements concerning the rigging of bosuns' chairs
and their use is TRUE? |
Always secure the gantline to the
chair with a bowline. |
Always have the chair hoisted with
at least three turns on a winch drum. |
When riding a stay, make sure that
the bow of the shackle passes through the becket of the bridle. |
Any tools, paint pots etc. should
be secured by lanyards. |
|
When rigging a bosun's chair, a tail block or lizard is used to __________. |
guide the bosun's chair down a stay
when applying a protective coating |
run paint or tools up to a sailor
in a chair with a heaving line |
reeve the gantline through |
keep a bosun's chair from swinging
with the ship's motion |
|
What should you inspect to be sure that it is safe to go aloft in a bosun's
chair? |
The tail block |
The gantline |
The chair and bridle |
All of the above. |
|
You are rigging a stage over the ship's side to serve as a working platform.
For stability of the stage, the downhaul to one end of the stage and the
downhaul to the other end, which are used for lowering the stage, should
be led __________. |
one to the inboard and the other to
the outboard |
both to the outboard side of the stage |
both to the inboard side of the stage |
either both to the inboard or both
to the outboard side of the stage |
|
A vessel is underway with a work stage rigged over the side. A seaman may
work on the stage, but only when __________. |
the vessel is not making way |
wearing a life jacket |
wearing a safety harness secured to
the stage |
wearing both a life jacket and a safety
harness secured to the stage |
|
You are rigging a stage over the vessel's side and are securing the downhaul
with lowering turns at your end of the stage. When finished, the remainder
of the line should be __________. |
coiled on the stage with the bitter
end on top |
coiled on the stage with the bitter
end on the bottom |
lowered down into the water |
coiled on deck to be slacked down
by a seaman as needed |
|
To properly rig the downhaul to your stage for lowering, you must __________. |
pass the downhaul through the bridle
formed by the standing part and then take round turns |
take only figure eights around the
horns |
take 2 round turns around the stage
and then dip the third turn to form a clove hitch |
take 2 or 3 round turns around the
stage and then belay the downhaul around the horns |
|
The knot used to form the bridle at the standing part of a gantline rigged
to a stage is a __________. |
sheet bend |
fisherman's bend |
bowline |
carrick bend |
|
The hitch used to secure the standing part of a gantline to the horns of
a stage is a __________. |
blackwall hitch |
clove hitch |
Killick hitch |
marlinespike hitch |
|
When rigging a stage, the standing part should be fastened to the horns
of a stage with which of the following hitches? |
Timber hitch |
Double blackwall hitch |
Marlinespike hitch |
Clove hitch |
|
A stage should only be rigged __________. |
over the open water |
over the bow or stern of a vessel |
over the dockside |
over the flat sides of a vessel |
|
What should be readily available on deck while seamen are working over the
side on a stage? |
Fire extinguisher |
First aid kit |
Ring buoy |
Stokes basket |
|
What equipment is customarily used when seamen are working on a stage rigged
over the side of a vessel? |
Jacob's ladder |
Heaving lines |
Manropes |
All of the above. |
|
When lowering manropes alongside a stage rigged over the side of a vessel,
they should be allowed to trail in the water __________. |
only for short periods of time since
they will become waterlogged and be very heavy to pull up |
to allow the seamen on the stage to
know the direction and strength of the current |
to provide the seaman something to
hold onto if he or she falls from the stage into the water |
to easily remove the kinks that form
in the lines |
|
A bench hook is used for __________. |
sewing canvas |
handling of cargo cases |
hanging oilskins |
splicing small stuff |
|
A sail hook is used for __________. |
parceling |
testing canvas |
sewing canvas |
hoisting a windsail |
| "Herringbone"
is a term associated with __________. |
splicing |
anchoring |
sewing |
mooring |
|
Serving is __________. |
marline tightly wound on the rope
by means of a board or mallet |
a splice made by laying the strand
of one rope into the vacated grooves of another rope |
narrow strips of light canvas or cotton
cloth spiral-wrapped along the rope |
marline or ratline wound along the
grooves of a rope |
|
Sluicing or slushing wire rope __________. |
reduces internal friction within the
wire |
reduces chafing and increases its
useful service life |
prevents internal and external rust
and corrosion |
All of the above. |
|
Using illustration D058DG below, which of the figures is the preferred method
of forming a temporary eye splice using wire rope clips? |
A. |
B. |
C. |
D. |
|
When securing a hook to the end of a wire rope you should use __________. |
an overhand knot with a wire rope
clip |
a bowline knot |
wire rope clips with a thimble eye |
a long splice |
|
To find the distance the strands should be unlaid for an eye splice, multiply
the diameter of the wire in inches by __________. |
12 |
24 |
36 |
48 |
|
Using illustration D058DG below, which of the figures protects the stress
bearing end of a wire rope from being crushed while forming a temporary
eye splice using wire rope clips? |
C. |
A. |
B. |
All the above. |
|
What is an advantage of the 6X19 class of wire rope over the 6X37 class
of wire rope of the same diameter? |
More resistance to elongation |
Greater holding power |
Better for towing |
More resistance to corrosion |
|
A metal eye spliced into a wire is called a __________. |
cyclops |
chip |
fish eye |
thimble |
|
Which is normally used to hold wire rope for splicing? |
Sealing clamp |
Jigger |
Rigger's screw |
Come along |
|
Which statement(s) is(are) TRUE concerning wire rope? |
Wire rope should be condemned if the
outside wires are worn to one-half their original diameter. |
Wire rope should be condemned if the
fiber core appears moist. |
Wire rope which is right-hand laid
should be coiled counterclockwise to prevent kinking. |
All of the above. |
|
Wire rope should be renewed when the __________. |
outer wires are worn to half their
original diameter |
outer wires are rusted |
inner core appears dry |
certification period expires |
|
The correct way to make an eye in a wire rope with clips is to place the
clips with the __________. |
first and third U-bolts on the bitter
end and the second U-bolt on the standing part |
U-bolts of all clips on the bitter
end |
U-bolts of all clips on the standing
part |
first and third U-bolts on the standing
part and the second U-bolt on the bitter end |
|
The main function of the core of a wire rope is to __________. |
give flexibility |
support the strands laid around it |
allow lubrication inside the rope |
allow some circulation around the
strands |
|
Which of the following should you do when using wire rope clips to form
a temporary eye in a wire rope? |
place the U-bolt of the wire rope
clips on the dead end of the rope |
check the clips after an hour of operation
to determine if the clips loosened due to wire rope expansion |
wire rope clips should never be used
to form a temporary eye splice |
replace the entire wire rope if broken
wires are detected around the clips |
|
What is an advantage of having wire rope with a fiber core over that of
a wire rope of the same size with a wire core? |
Fiber core rope offers greater flexibility. |
Fiber core rope is the only type authorized
for cargo runners. |
Fiber core rope offers greater strength. |
Fiber core rope can be used at higher
operating temperatures. |
|
Temporary seizings on wire rope are made with __________. |
tape |
sail twine |
marline |
wire |
|
The ultimate or maximum strength of a wire rope is referred to as the __________. |
lifting load |
breaking strength |
operating strength |
working load |
|
A temporary wire eye splice made with three wire rope clamps will hold approximately
what percentage of the total rope strength? |
20 (%) |
50 (%) |
80 (%) |
99 (%) |
|
What is the main reason to slush a wire rope? |
Lubricate the inner wires and prevent
wear |
Prevent rotting |
Prevent kinking |
Keep the wire soft and manageable |
|
When cutting wire rope, seizings are put on each side of the cut. The seizings
prevent the wire from unlaying and also __________. |
maintain the original balance of the
tension in the wires and strands |
forces lubricant from the core to
protect the raw, cut end |
prevent moisture from entering between
the wires at the cut end |
All of the above. |
|
When cutting regular-lay wire rope, what is the minimum number of seizings
to be placed on each side of the cut? |
One |
Two, and three on rope diameters over
1 inch |
Three, and more on larger diameter
wire ropes |
Four |
|
Which will cause a wire rope to fail? |
Operating a winch too slow |
A sheave diameter of 24 times the
wire's diameter |
Using a medium graphite grease as
a lubricant |
Using a sheave with an undersized
throat |
|
When you "end for end" a wire rope, you __________. |
remove the wire rope from the drum
and turn it over, so the wire bends in the opposite direction |
cut off the free end and bitter end
of the rope |
splice two wire ropes together |
remove the wire rope from the drum
and reverse it so that the free end becomes the bitter end |
|
What material may be substituted for zinc when making a poured metal socket
ending to a wire rope? |
Babbitt |
Nothing |
Lead |
Solder |
|
The strongest method of forming an eye in wire rope is using __________. |
a thimble fastened with four or five
tucks |
a wire rope socket attached with zinc |
an eye splice with four or five tucks |
three wire rope clamps |
|
If you were to pass a stopper on a wire rope, what should the stopper be
made of? |
Wire |
Nylon |
Manila |
Chain |
|
Galvanizing would not be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used
for __________. |
cargo runners |
stays |
shrouds |
mooring wires |
|
A wire rope that has been overstrained will show __________. |
a decrease in diameter where the strain
occurred |
a kink in the wire where the strain
occurred |
a bulge in the wire where the strain
occurred |
no visible effects of an overstrain |
|
If kinking results while wire rope is being coiled clockwise, you should
__________. |
twist out the kinks under a strain |
not coil it |
coil it counterclockwise |
take a turn under |
|
After splicing an eye in a piece of wire rope, the splice should be parceled
and served to __________. |
prevent hand injury by covering loose
ends |
make the line more flexible |
increase its efficiency |
strengthen the line |
|
When inspecting wire rope before a hoisting operation, one must look for
__________. |
worn spots |
kinks |
fishhooks |
All of the above. |
|
When working with wire rope, which must be considered? |
It should be lubricated annually. |
The diameter of a sheave over which
a rope is worked should be ten times that of the rope. |
Metal sheaves should be lined with
wood or leather. |
It needs better care than hemp or
manila. |
|
Which molten substance is poured into the basket of a wire rope socket being
fitted to the end of a wire rope? |
Bronze |
Zinc |
Lead |
Babbitt |
|
What is a step in attaching a poured metal socket to a wire rope? |
Install a wire seizing on the wire
that will be inside the socket. |
Ensure the fiber core is well lubricated. |
Pour molten babbitt metal into the
socket. |
Etch the wire with acid. |
|
Which type of stopper should be used to stop off wire rope? |
Manila |
Polypropylene |
Chain |
Wire |
|
Galvanizing would be suitable for protecting wire rope which is used for
__________. |
topping lifts |
stays |
cargo runners |
All of the above. |
|
Wire rope is galvanized to __________. |
increase its circumference |
protect it from corrosion due to contact
with saltwater |
increase its strength |
make it bend more easily |
|
In the manufacture of wire rope, if the wires are shaped to conform to the
curvature of the finished rope before they are laid up, the rope is called
__________. |
preformed |
composite |
left-lay |
improved |
|
When talking about wire rope, the lay of the wire is the __________. |
direction the core is twisted |
number of strands in the wire |
direction wires and strands are twisted
together |
material used in the core |
|
A six-strand composite rope made up of alternate fiber and wire strands
around a fiber core is called __________. |
alternate lay |
spring lay |
cable lay |
lang lay |
|
A 6x12, two-inch wire rope has __________. |
6 strands and a two-inch circumference |
12 strands and a two-inch diameter |
12 strands and a two-inch circumference |
6 strands and a two-inch diameter |
|
A mooring line is described as being 6x24, 1-3/4 inch wire rope. What do
the above numbers refer to? |
Wires, yarns, diameter |
Strands, circumference, wires |
Strands, yarns, circumference |
Strands, wires, diameter |
|
A 6x19 wire rope would be __________. |
6 inches in circumference with 19
strands |
19 strands with 6 wires in each strand |
6 strands with 19 wires in each strand |
6 inches in diameter and 19 fathoms
long |
|
The size of wire rope is determined by the __________. |
diameter |
circumference |
number of strands |
number of wires in each strand |
|
A common class of wire rope is the 6X37 class. What does the 37 represent? |
Number of wires per strand |
Number of wires in the inner core |
Number of strands per wire rope |
Tensile strength of the wire |
|
The safe working load (SWL) of wire rope with a safety factor of 6 is what
percent of its strength? |
10 (%) |
17 (%) |
50 (%) |
80 (%) |
|
When taking a Pilot from a pilot vessel in a seaway, which way should you
head your vessel if the ladder is on the leeward side? |
Bow to the sea and no way on your
vessel |
Sea on the weather bow and ship moving
ahead slowly |
Sea on the lee quarter with ship moving
ahead slowly |
Sea on the quarter with sternway on
the ship |
|
You are approaching the pilot station with the wind fine on the starboard
bow and making about 3 knots. You can help to calm the seas by taking what
action just before the pilot boat comes along on the port side? |
Stopping the engines |
Giving right full rudder |
A short burst of ahead full with left
full rudder |
Backing full |
|
Which statement about a tunnel bow thruster is TRUE? |
It will allow you to hold a position
when the current is from astern. |
It is fully effective at speeds up
to about six knots. |
It provides lateral control without
affecting headway. |
It can be used to slow the ship in
addition to backing down. |
|
The bow thruster generally is ineffective at __________. |
over 1 knot sternway |
at any speed astern |
over 3 knots headway |
at any speed ahead |
|
Which statement about tunnel bow thrusters fitted to large vessels is TRUE? |
Because of their location, most modern
installations have as much power as a tug. |
They are fully effective at all drafts. |
They are effective on most vessels
at speeds up to 10 knots. |
When going astern at slow speed, they
provide effective steering control. |
| "An
electronic or electric device that indicates the rate of turn of a vessel,"
defines a/an __________. |
magnetic compass |
odometer |
gyro-compass |
swing meter |
|
Leeway is the __________. |
difference between the true course
and the compass course |
lateral movement of a vessel downwind
of her intended course |
momentum of a vessel after her engines
have been stopped |
displacement of a vessel multiplied
by her speed |
|
As a rule, ships of most configurations, when drifting in calm water with
negligible current, will lie __________. |
beam to the wind |
bow to the wind |
stern to the wind |
with the wind on the quarter |
|
A VLCC (100,000 DWT+) with a 30,000 Shaft Horsepower Steam Turbine is slow
to respond to engine movements and has less stopping power than normal ships
because it has a __________. |
larger power to weight ratio |
smaller propeller |
bigger propeller |
smaller power to weight ratio |
|
Most of your vessel's superstructure is forward. How will the vessel lie
when drifting with no way on? |
With the wind off the starboard beam |
With the wind from abaft the beam |
With the wind from ahead |
With the wind off the port beam |
|
You are drifting in a locale where there is no current. As a rule, your
vessel will lie __________. |
bow to the wind |
beam to the wind |
stern to the wind |
with the wind on the quarter |
|
Which statement concerning the handling characteristics of a fully loaded
vessel as compared with those of a light vessel is FALSE? |
A fully loaded vessel will be slower
to respond to the engines. |
A fully loaded vessel will maintain
her headway further. |
A light vessel loses more rudder effect
in shallow water. |
A light vessel will be more affected
by the wind. |
|
The effect of wind on exposed areas of the vessel is most noticeable when
__________. |
going full ahead |
turning |
backing |
going slow ahead |
|
When turning a ship in restricted space with a strong wind, it is normally
best to __________. |
back down with the rudder hard to
one side, if on a single-screw vessel |
take advantage of the tendency to
back to port, if on a twin-screw vessel |
turn so that the tendency to back
into the wind can be used, if on a single-screw vessel |
go ahead on both engines with the
rudder hard to one side, if on a twin-screw vessel |
|
Which statement about stopping a vessel is TRUE? |
A vessel is dead in the water when
the back wash from astern operation reaches the bow. |
A lightly laden vessel requires as
much stopping distance as a fully laden vessel when the current is from
astern. |
When a vessel is dead in the water
any speed displayed by Doppler log reflects the current. |
A tunnel bow thruster can be used
in an emergency to reduce the stopping distance. |
|
A vessel reduces speed without backing. The rate that her speed through
the water decreases depends primarily on the __________. |
vessel's displacement |
vessel's horsepower |
sea state |
number of propellers |
|
The maneuvering information required to be posted in the wheelhouse must
be based on certain conditions. Which of the following is NOT one of these
conditions? |
The hull must be clean. |
The depth of the water must be at
least one and one-half times the draft. |
There must be no current. |
There must be calm weather-wind 10
knots or less and a calm sea. |
|
You are heading into the sea during rough weather. Having too much weight
forward can cause your small boat to __________. |
rise rapidly over the wave |
plunge into the wave |
broach |
list |
|
Usually the most gentle way of riding out a severe storm on a larger vessel
is __________. |
running before the seas |
to rig a sea anchor |
hove to |
head on at slow speeds |
|
Which measure should NOT be taken to reduce the pounding of a vessel in
a head sea? |
Add ballast forward. |
Reduce speed. |
Alter course. |
Add ballast in the after peak. |
|
You are underway in heavy weather and your bow is into the seas. To prevent
pounding, you should __________. |
secure all loose gear |
decrease speed |
change course, in order to take the
seas at an 85 degree angle from the bow |
increase speed |
|
When running before a heavy sea, moving weights aft will affect the handling
of a vessel by __________. |
increasing rolling |
increasing yawing |
reducing yawing |
reducing rolling |
|
Your vessel is off a lee shore in heavy weather and laboring. Which action
should you take? |
Heave to in the trough of the sea. |
Put the sea and wind about two points
on either bow and reduce speed. |
Put the bow directly into the sea
and proceed at full speed. |
Put the sea and wind on either quarter
and proceed at increased speed. |
|
When a boat turns broadside to heavy seas and winds, thus exposing the boat
to the danger of capsizing, the boat has __________. |
pitchpoled |
yawed |
broached |
trimmed |
|
With a following sea, a vessel will tend to __________. |
reduce speed |
yaw |
pound |
heave to |
|
In which situation could a vessel most easily capsize? |
Running in the trough |
Running with following seas |
Running into head seas |
Anchored with your bow into the seas |
|
When the period of beam seas equals the natural rolling period of a vessel,
what will most likely occur? |
Excessive pitching |
Excessive yawing |
Excessive rolling |
No change should be evident |
|
When making way in heavy seas you notice that your vessel's screw is being
lifted clear of the water and racing. One way to correct this would be to
__________. |
decrease speed |
shift the rudder back and forth several
times |
move more weight forward |
increase speed |
|
If your propeller is racing in rough weather, you should __________. |
decrease your engine speed |
ignore it |
increase your engine speed |
stop your engine until the rough weather
passes |
|
Which action reduces the yawing of a vessel in a following sea? |
Increasing GM |
Pumping out tanks aft |
Shifting weights to the stern |
Shifting weights to the bow |
|
What is meant by the term "broaching to"? |
Having the vessel filled with water |
Having the vessel head toward the
sea |
Being turned broadside to the sea |
Running before a sea |
|
You are steaming in a heavy gale and find it necessary to heave to. Under
most circumstances, this is best done by __________. |
going slow astern and taking the seas
on the quarter |
taking the sea fine on the bow and
reducing the speed to the minimum to hold that position |
stopping the engines and drifting
beam to the seas |
maintaining speed and taking the sea
broad on the bow |
|
When a vessel is swinging from side to side off course due to quartering
seas, the vessel is __________. |
rolling |
broaching |
pitchpoling |
yawing |
|
Your vessel is broken down and rolling in heavy seas. You can reduce the
danger of capsizing by __________. |
moving all passengers to the stern |
rigging a sea anchor |
constantly shifting the rudder |
moving all passengers to one side
of the boat |
|
In a following sea, a wave has overtaken your vessel and thrown the stern
to starboard. To continue along your original course, you should __________. |
increase speed |
use more right rudder |
decrease speed |
use more left rudder |
|
Which statement about ships operating in ice is FALSE? |
Light and partly loaded ships should
be ballasted as deeply as possible. |
In brash-filled channels, operating
with a shallow draft forward is most effective. |
Good searchlights should be available
in the event of night navigation with or without icebreaker escort. |
Traditionally, operating ships light
in the ice has been effective in the spring. |
|
An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual
signal consisting of the code letter "E" (Echo) to signify that "__________". |
I am altering my course to port |
I am altering my course to starboard |
I am operating astern propulsion |
My vessel is stopped and making no
way through the water |
|
An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual
signal consisting of the code letter "M" (Mike) to signify that "__________". |
I am altering my course to port |
I am altering my course to starboard |
I am operating astern propulsion |
my vessel is stopped and making no
way through the water |
|
A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that he
is ready to cast off the towline (if one is used) by __________. |
sounding one prolonged blast of his
whistle |
displaying code numeral "5" |
sounding five short blasts of his
whistle |
displaying code letter "Y"
(Yankee) |
|
An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual
signal consisting of the code letter "I" (India) to signify that "__________". |
My vessel is stopped and making no
way through the water |
I am altering my course to port |
I am altering my course to starboard |
I am operating astern propulsion |
|
An icebreaker assisting a vessel through an ice field would display a visual
signal consisting of the code letter "S" (Sierra) to signify that "__________". |
I am altering my course to port |
I am operating astern propulsion |
My vessel is stopped and making no
way through the water |
I am altering my course to starboard |
|
When more than one vessel is being assisted by an icebreaker, distances
between vessels should be constant. Which signal should be given by a vessel
which is ahead of another and whose speed suddenly begins to drop? |
A flag hoist consisting of the code
figure "4" |
Four short blast on the whistle |
A flag hoist consisting of the code
letters "FE" (Foxtrot-Echo) |
A flag hoist consisting of the code
figure "5" |
|
An icebreaker may use the code letter "K" to remind ships of their
obligation to listen continuously on their radio. This signal may be made
by any of the following EXCEPT __________. |
radiotelephone |
light signal |
sound signal |
visual signal |
|
An icebreaker displaying a flag hoist which consists of the code letters "WO"
(Whiskey Oscar) is indicating that __________. |
the icebreaker is beset |
icebreaker support is commencing |
icebreaker support is finished |
the icebreaker is icebound |
|
What is the meaning of a flag hoist consisting of the code letters "WM"
(Whiskey Mike) when displayed by an icebreaker? |
"Icebreaker support is finished." |
"You should stop your vessel
instantly." |
"I am going ahead; follow me." |
"Icebreaker support is now commencing." |
|
Which vessel, if navigating independently in ice, is more likely to become
beset due to inadequate horsepower? |
A 254 ft. "Whaleback" tanker
with 1800 H.P. |
A 309 ft. cement carrier with 2000
H.P. |
A 385 ft. shallow draft tanker with
2400 H.P. |
A 630 ft. bulk ore carrier with 3500
H.P. |
|
Which single-letter signal, when used by icebreakers on the Great Lakes,
may be made by using the ship's whistle? |
E |
M |
I |
None |
|
Adequate horsepower is of great importance when a ship is navigating independently
in ice. Adequate horsepower is generally considered to exist when the horsepower
to length ratio is at least __________. |
6 to 1 or better |
8 to 1 or better |
4 to 1 or better |
5 to 1 or better |
|
Your vessel is being assisted through an ice field in Thunder Bay by the
Canadian Coast Guard icebreaker Alexander Henry. The starboard lookout reports
that the icebreaker has run up the code flag "N" (November). What
action should you take? |
Reverse your engines |
Reduce speed |
Stop your engines |
Stop your vessel instantly |
|
A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker, while escorting ships in ice, may sound four
short and one long blasts on the whistle to indicate that the icebreaker
__________. |
is increasing the distance between
vessels |
is increasing speed; watch for broken
ice |
has become beset in fast ice |
has its engines full astern |
|
What is NOT a basic shiphandling rule for navigating in ice concentrations
on the Great Lakes? |
Excessive speed means ice damage. |
Transit ice along pressure ridges
when possible. |
Keep moving - even very slowly, but
keep moving. |
Work with the ice movement, not against. |
|
Which statement is TRUE with respect to shiphandling procedures in ice? |
Enter ice at medium speeds to reduce
impact. |
Go astern in ice with extreme care
- always with rudder amidships. |
The presence of a snow cover on the
ice assists a vessel's progress through an ice field. |
Never go "full astern" at
any time while in ice. |
|
Ice is often strong enough to halt navigation through the St. Lawrence Seaway
by mid- __________. |
November |
December |
October |
January |
|
Your ship is navigating independently in heavy ice when it becomes beset.
Which statement is FALSE? |
The propeller is more susceptible
to ice damage when turning slowly than when stopped. |
It is advisable to clear the rudder
area of ice by using ahead turns before backing down. |
The vessel may be able to free herself
by pumping ballast from side to side. |
The vessel will most likely require
an icebreaker to free her. |
|
Commercial ships or other persons or agencies requiring the assistance of
Canadian Coast Guard icebreakers should first contact __________. |
the Canadian Coast Guard |
Ice Sarnia |
the Ice Navigation Center |
the icebreaker assigned to the area |
|
A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker would display a flag hoist
consisting of the code numeral "4" when the vessel __________. |
speed begins to drop |
receives ice damage |
stops |
becomes icebound |
|
Which type of ice is the most difficult to combat and presents the greatest
hazard to shipping on the Great Lakes during the winter months? |
Pack slush ice |
Slow ice |
Fast ice |
Icebergs |
|
Which statement concerning the navigation of a vessel in ice is FALSE? |
The "Free and Proceed" system
of escorting a beset vessel cuts down on the number of freeing operations. |
When anchoring in ice, it is advisable
to increase the scope of the chain over what is normally used for non-icing
conditions. |
Towing a vessel through an ice field
is not recommended except in an emergency. |
Anchoring in the presence of ice is
not recommended except in an emergency. |
|
How does an icebreaker normally free a ship which has become beset while
navigating independently? |
By approaching the vessel from astern
and towing the beset vessel stern first |
By approaching from the stern and
crossing ahead at an angle of 20° to 30° to the beset ship's course |
By overtaking the beset ship, running
ahead and then backing down the track to the beset vessel |
By backing down the track and cutting
out ice on either bow |
|
A U.S. Coast Guard icebreaker may use all of the following distinctive lights
when escorting ships in ice EXCEPT __________. |
a single red rotating light |
a single blue rotating light |
a single amber rotating light |
red aircraft warning lights |
|
While being assisted by an icebreaker on Lake Superior, you receive a single
letter code instructing you to slow your vessel. Which signal could you
use to signify that you are complying with the request? |
Four blasts of the whistle, namely
1 short 2 long and 1 short |
The code flag "A" (Alpha)
displayed from a halyard |
The code flag "L" (Lima)
displayed from a halyard |
Three blasts of the whistle |
|
Which publication would give detailed information on the commercial vessel
traffic reporting system for connecting waters from Lake Erie to Lake Huron? |
The appropriate Great Lakes Navigation
Chart |
Code of Federal Regulations - Title
33 |
United States Coast Pilot Number 6
- Great Lakes |
U.S. Coast Guard Light List - Vol.
VII |
|
A vessel which is being assisted by an icebreaker should indicate that she
is ready to cast off the towline by __________. |
displaying code numeral "5" |
sounding one prolonged blast on his
whistle |
displaying code letter "Y"
(Yankee) |
sounding five short blasts on his
whistle |
|
Before entering an ice area, the ship should be __________. |
trimmed down by the head |
trimmed down by the stern |
either trimmed by the head or the
stern |
on an even keel |
|
For operations in pack ice, a vessel should __________. |
be on an even keel |
have a drag of not more than 2 to
3 feet |
be trimmed slightly by the head |
be ballasted so the forefoot is near
the surface |
|
Ice concentration is measured in tenths. What concentration range of ice
corresponds to "Open Pack"? |
4 - 6 tenths |
< 1 tenth |
1 - 3 tenths |
7 - 8 tenths |
|
Ice concentration is measured in tenths. What concentration range of ice
corresponds to 1- 3 tenths? |
Very Close Pack |
Open Pack |
Very Open Pack |
Close Pack |
|
In general, an un-reinforced vessel can safely navigate in ice provided
the concentration does not exceed how many tenths? |
4 - 6 tenths |
1 - 3 tenths |
6 - 8 tenths |
9 - 10 tenths |
|
Ice concentration is measured in tenths. What concentration range of ice
corresponds to "Close Pack"? |
7 - 8 tenths |
1 - 3 tenths |
4 - 6 tenths |
9 - 10 tenths |
|
In general, a reinforced vessel can safely navigate in ice provided the
concentration does not exceed how many tenths? |
1-2 tenths |
3-4 tenths |
5- 7 tenths |
8- 9 tenths with ice breaker assistance |
|
You are on an ice-reinforced vessel about to enter pack ice. You should
__________. |
enter the pack on the windward side
where there is a well defined ice edge |
take maximum advantage of coastal
leads caused by offshore winds |
trim to an even keel or slightly down
by the bow to take maximum benefit of the ice reinforcement |
look for areas of rotten ice and enter
perpendicular to the ice edge |
|
What should NOT be used as an indicator that ice may be nearby? |
A yellowish glare in the sky |
A dark appearance of the sky |
A gradual drop in sea water temperature
to below 32°F |
The presence of seals or certain type
birds |
|
The proximity of pack ice may be indicated by __________. |
icebergs |
glare on clouds on the horizon |
changes in air temperature |
changes in seawater salinity |
|
What is NOT an indication that pack ice may be nearby? |
Sighting a walrus in the Arctic |
The presence of icebergs |
Ice blink |
Absence of wave motion |
| "Ice
blink" is __________. |
the dark appearance of the underside
of a cloud layer due to reflection of a surface of open water |
the soft light appearance on the underside
of a cloud layer due to reflection from a surface of open water |
"water sky" |
the yellowish-white glare on the underside
of a cloud layer |
|
Small floes of rough, hummocky sea ice capable of damaging a vessel __________. |
are indistinguishable from sea return
on the PPI |
are invisible to radar when covered
with a thick layer of snow |
are usually seen at night before they
are close enough to provide a radar echo |
can usually be detected by radar in
a smooth sea at a range of 4 to 6 kilometers |
|
When operating in an area where sea ice and icebergs are present, which
statement is TRUE? |
Both icebergs and sea ice will move
in approximately the same direction and at the same speed. |
Icebergs and sea ice will move in
the same direction, but the iceberg will move slower because of its underwater
bulk. |
Icebergs may travel in a direction
many degrees different from the sea ice. |
Icebergs and sea ice will move in
the same direction, but at different speeds due to the sail effect of the
berg. |
|
Which is NOT a potential hazard of approaching close to an iceberg? |
The brash ice in the vicinity may
clog sea intakes. |
There may be underwater rams extending
out from the berg. |
The berg may suddenly tilt or capsize
due to uneven melting and hit the vessel. |
The berg may calve with the bergy
bit hitting the vessel. |
|
During a period of "whiteout", you should expect which of the
following? |
Harsh contrast between sun-illuminated
snow cover and the background |
Snowfall or blowing snow |
Lack of ability to estimate distance |
Hazy horizons with extensive mirage
effects |
|
In polar regions you should NOT expect to see __________. |
mirage effects |
extensive snowfall |
sea smoke |
false horizons |
|
Multi-year ice is the hardest sea ice and should be avoided if possible.
It is recognizable because of what tone to its surface color? |
Grey |
Greenish |
Bluish |
Grey-white |
|
Which type of ice is a hazard to navigation? |
Pancake ice |
Frazil ice |
Ice rind |
Growlers |
|
What form of ice is of land origin? |
Bergy bit |
Floe |
Shuga |
Spicule |
|
What is NOT a form used by ice support services to disseminate information? |
Ice Outlooks |
Ice Bulletins |
Ice Analyses |
Ice Forecasts |
|
When moored with a Mediterranean moor, the ship should be secured to the
pier by having __________. |
all regular lines leading to the pier
in opposition to the anchor |
a stern line and two quarter lines
crossing under the stern |
a stern line, 2 bow lines, and 2 quarter
lines leading aft to the pier |
two bow lines and two midship lines
leading aft to the pier |
|
A "Mediterranean moor" should be used when __________. |
when anchoring in a strong current |
when docking bow to a berth |
when docking stern to a berth |
when anchoring in the Mediterranean |
|
The anchors should be dropped well out from the pier while at a Mediterranean
moor to __________. |
increase the anchor's reliability
by providing a large catenary in the chain |
eliminate navigational hazards by
allowing the chain to lie along the harbor bottom |
prevent damage to the stern caused
by swinging against the pier in the approach |
permit the ship to maneuver in the
stream while weighing anchors |
|
To ensure the best results during the Mediterranean moor, the chains should
__________. |
tend out at right angles to the bow |
tend aft 60° from each bow |
tend forward 30° on either bow |
be crossed around the bow |
|
You are making mooring lines fast to bitts, stern to, as in some Mediterranean
ports. A swell is liable to make the vessel surge. How should you tie up? |
Use wires only from the stern and
each quarter. |
Use synthetic fiber and/or manila
hawsers as required. |
Use manila or synthetic fiber hawsers
only. |
Use wires from each quarter and manila
hawsers from the stern. |
|
When using a Mediterranean Moor, the vessel is moored with her __________. |
bow to the pier |
anchors crossed |
stern to the pier |
anchor chains forward, side to the
pier |
|
The anchor chain should be kept moderately taut during a Mediterranean moor
to __________. |
indicate the anchor's location to
passing or mooring ships |
prevent damage to the stern in the
event of a headwind |
provide a steady platform for the
gangway between the fantail and pier |
facilitate speed of recovery during
the weighing process |
|
What best describes an anchor buoy? |
A buoy attached to the scope of an
anchor chain |
A mark of the number of fathoms in
an anchor chain |
A buoy attached to the anchor |
A black ball that is hoisted when
the ship anchors |
|
After casting off moorings at a mooring buoy in calm weather, you should
__________. |
go half ahead on the engines and put
the rudder hard right |
go half ahead on the engines and pass
upstream of the buoy |
back away a few lengths to clear the
buoy and then go ahead on the engines |
go full ahead on the engine(s) |
|
When picking up your mooring at the buoy, the correct method is to __________. |
approach the buoy with wind and sea
abeam |
approach the buoy with the wind and
current ahead |
stop upwind and up current and drift
down on the buoy |
approach the buoy with the wind and
current astern |
|
You are mooring to a buoy. You should approach the buoy with the current
from __________. |
broad on the bow |
ahead |
astern |
abeam |
|
The pitch of a propeller is a measure of the __________. |
number of feet per revolution the
propeller is designed to advance in still water without slip |
angle that the propeller makes with
a free stream of water |
angle that the propeller makes with
the surface of the water |
positive pressure resulting from the
difference of the forces on both sides of the moving propeller in still
water without slip |
|
As the propeller turns, voids are formed on the trailing and leading edges
of the propeller blades causing a loss of propulsive efficiency, pitting
of the blades, and vibration. These voids are known as __________. |
edging |
advance |
slip |
cavitation |
|
The force exerted by a propeller which tends to throw the stern right or
left is called __________. |
thrust |
sidewise force |
slip |
rotational force |
|
Sidewise force of the propeller tends to throw a vessel's stern to the right
or left, depending on rotation. This force is caused by __________. |
back current from the rudder |
greater pressure on the right or left
side of the propeller, depending on rotation |
lower pressure on the right or left
side of the propeller, depending on rotation |
torque from the velocity and angle
at which the surrounding water impinges upon the propeller blades |
|
Which type of rudder may lose its effectiveness at angles of 10 or more
degrees? |
Contra-guide |
Flat plate |
Balanced spade |
Unbalanced |
|
If a tug equipped with flanking rudders is to be turned in a confined circle,
when going astern, the stern will move to port the quickest if __________. |
the rudder is hard to port and the
flanking rudders are hard to port |
all rudders are hard to starboard |
the rudder is hard to port and the
flanking rudders are hard to starboard |
the rudder is amidships and the flanking
rudders are hard to port |
|
Flanking rudders effect a vessel's heading because of the __________. |
effect of the propeller flow on the
rudders |
water flow due to the vessel's movement
through the water |
discharge current being channeled
to impinge on the vessel's deadwood |
tunnel affect of the water flow past
opposing rudders |
|
Generally, you can best keep a vessel under steering control when the vessel
has __________. |
sternway |
no way on, with engines full ahead |
no way on, with engines stopped |
headway |
|
You are on a single-screw vessel with a left-handed propeller making no
way in the water. How will your vessel react when you apply right rudder? |
Rudder alone has no effect on the
vessel |
Bow will kick to starboard |
Stern will kick to port, then slowly
swing to starboard |
Bow will kick to port |
|
You are aboard a single-screw vessel (right-hand propeller) going full ahead
with good headway. The engine is put astern and the rudder is placed hard
left. The stern of the vessel will swing to __________. |
port until headway is lost and then
may possibly swing to starboard |
port |
starboard until headway is lost and
then to port |
port slowly at first and then quickly
to port |
|
Your ship is dead in the water with the rudder amidships. As the right-handed
screw starts to turn ahead, the bow will tend to go __________. |
as influenced by the tide and sea |
to starboard |
to port |
straight ahead |
|
You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller. The vessel
is going full speed astern with full right rudder. The bow will swing __________. |
probably to starboard |
probably to port |
quickly to port, then more slowly
to port |
slowly to port, then quickly to starboard |
|
In order to back a right-handed, single-screw vessel in a straight line,
you will probably need to use __________. |
very little rudder |
some right rudder |
some left rudder |
full left rudder |
|
You are aboard a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller. The
vessel is dead in the water and the rudder is amidships. If you reverse
your engine you would expect your vessel to __________. |
swing its stern to starboard, then
to port |
kick its stern to starboard |
move astern without swinging |
kick its stern to port |
|
You are landing a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller port
side to a dock. As you approach the dock, you back down on your engine with
rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to __________. |
swing its stern away from the dock |
drift away from the dock |
lose headway without swinging |
swing its stern towards the dock |
|
You are aboard a right-handed single-screw vessel with headway on. The engine
is put full astern and the rudder hard left. What will the bow do? |
It will swing to the left, and will
swing left faster as the vessel loses way. |
It will swing to the left without
increasing or decreasing its swing. |
It will swing to the left, straighten
out and then swing to the right as the vessel loses way. |
The bow will swing to the right. |
|
Your vessel is a single-screw ship with a right-hand propeller. There is
no current. The easiest way to make a landing is __________. |
dropping anchor and swinging the ship
in to the pier |
port side to |
starboard side to |
either port or starboard side to,
with no difference in degree of difficulty |
|
You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed controllable-pitch
propeller. When making large speed changes while decreasing pitch, which
statement is TRUE? |
The stern will immediately slew to
starboard due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller. |
You may lose rudder control until
the ship's speed has dropped to correspond to propeller speed. |
You will probably have full directional
control throughout the speed change. |
The stern will immediately slew to
port due to unbalanced forces acting on the propeller. |
|
You are on a large vessel fitted with a right-handed controllable-pitch
propeller set at maximum forward pitch. Which statement about reversing
is TRUE? |
The vessel will respond to the rudder
until sternway is developed, then the stern will slew to starboard. |
The vessel will have full rudder control
throughout the speed change from ahead to astern. |
There will probably be a loss of steering
control. |
When the pitch is reversed, the stern
will slew to port even with headway. |
|
You are landing a single-screw vessel, with a right-hand propeller, starboard
side to the dock. When you have approached the berth and back the engine,
you would expect the vessel to __________. |
head into the wind, regardless of
the side the wind is on |
turn her bow toward the dock |
lose headway without swinging |
turn her bow away from the dock |
|
You are landing a single-screw vessel with a left-handed propeller, starboard
side to the dock. As you approach the dock you back your engine with your
rudder amidships. You would expect the vessel to __________. |
turn its stern towards the dock |
lose headway without swinging |
turn its bow towards the dock |
drift away from the dock |
|
It is easier to dock a right-hand, single-screw vessel __________. |
starboard side to the wharf |
port side to the wharf |
either side to the wharf |
stern to the wharf |
|
A single-screw vessel going ahead tends to turn more rapidly to port because
of propeller __________. |
sidewise force |
suction current |
discharge current |
thrust |
|
When a vessel with a single right-hand propeller backs to port the __________. |
bow falls off to starboard |
vessel moves to starboard without
changing heading |
vessel moves to port without changing
heading |
bow swings to port |
|
On a single-screw vessel, when coming port side to a pier and being set
off the pier, you should __________. |
approach the pier on a parallel course
at reduced speed |
point the vessel's head well up into
the slip and decrease your speed |
swing wide and approach the pier so
as to land starboard side to |
make your approach at a greater angle
than in calm weather |
|
On a vessel with a single propeller, transverse force has the most effect
on the vessel when the engine is put __________. |
full astern |
half ahead |
full ahead |
slow astern |
|
A large vessel is equipped with a controllable pitch propeller. Which statement
is TRUE? |
When the vessel has headway and the
propeller is in neutral, there is no effect on rudder control. |
When going directly from full ahead
to full astern, there is complete steering control. |
When dead in the water, it is often
difficult to find the neutral position and slight headway or sternway may
result. |
When maneuvering in port, full ahead
or astern power can usually be obtained without changing shaft RPM. |
|
Which characteristic is a disadvantage of a controllable- pitch propeller
as compared to a fixed-pitch propeller? |
Slightly higher fuel consumption |
Inefficient at high shaft RPM |
Lack of directional control when backing |
Some unusual handling characteristics |
|
Which of the following is an inherent advantage possessed by a twin-screw
vessel in opposition to a single-screw vessel? |
The drag effect will be cancelled
out |
The vessel's speed will be increased |
The side forces will be cancelled
out |
The correct trim will be obtained
more easily |
|
You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships, when your port engine
stalls. To continue backing on course, you should __________. |
apply right rudder |
apply left rudder |
increase engine speed |
keep your rudder amidships |
|
A twin-screw vessel is easier to maneuver than a single-screw vessel because
the twin-screw vessel __________. |
can suck the water away from the rudder |
generates more power |
can turn without using her rudder |
permits the rudder to move faster |
|
You are backing on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your starboard engine
stalls. To continue backing on course, you should __________. |
apply right rudder |
apply left rudder |
increase your engine speed |
keep your rudder amidships |
|
When comparing twin screw tug to single-screw tugs, which statement about
a twin-screw tug is FALSE? |
If one engine fails, you do not lose
control of the tow. |
It is more maneuverable. |
It develops more bollard pull for
the same horsepower. |
It is generally subject to more propeller
damage from debris in the water. |
|
Your twin-screw vessel is moving ASTERN with rudders amidships. The starboard
screw suddenly stops turning. Your vessel's head will __________. |
go to port |
remain stationary |
suddenly drop down |
go to starboard |
|
A vessel is equipped with twin propellers, both turning outboard with the
engines half ahead. If there is no wind or current and the rudders are amidships,
what will happen? |
The vessel will steer a fairly straight
course. |
The bow will swing to port. |
The bow will swing to starboard. |
The vessel will steer a zigzag course. |
|
You are going ahead on twin engines with rudder amidships. Your starboard
engine stalls. To continue on course, you should __________. |
apply right rudder |
increase engine speed |
apply left rudder |
keep your rudder amidships |
|
A twin-screw vessel with a single rudder is making headway. The engines
are full speed ahead. There is no wind or current. Which statement is FALSE? |
Turning response by use of the rudder
only is greater than on a single-screw vessel. |
If one screw is stopped, the ship
will turn toward the side of the stopped screw. |
The principal force which turns the
ship is set up by the wake against the forward side of the rudder. |
With the rudder amidships, the ship
will steer a fairly steady course. |
|
You are going ahead on twin engines with rudders amidships. Your port engine
stalls. To continue your course you should __________. |
apply right rudder |
apply left rudder |
keep your rudder amidships |
increase engine speed |
|
You are operating a twin-screw vessel and lose your port engine. You continue
to operate on your starboard engine only. Which action would you take to
move your vessel ahead in a straight line? |
Compensate with right rudder. |
Surge the starboard engine. |
Compensate with left rudder. |
Rudder amidships - no compensation
is necessary on a twin-screw vessel. |
|
With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw vessel moving astern
with both engines backing will back __________. |
in a fairly straight line |
in a circular motion |
to port |
to starboard |
|
A twin screw vessel, making headway with both engines turning ahead, will
turn more readily to starboard if you __________. |
reverse starboard engine, apply right
rudder |
reverse port engine, apply right rudder |
reverse port engine, rudder amidships |
reverse starboard engine, rudder amidships |
|
You are going ahead on twin engines when you want to make a quick turn to
port. Which actions will turn your boat the fastest? |
Reverse starboard engine; rudder amidships |
Reverse port engine; rudder amidships |
Reverse starboard engine; apply left
rudder |
Reverse port engine; apply left rudder |
|
On a twin-screw, twin-rudder vessel, the most effective way to turn in your
own water, with no way on, is to put __________. |
one engine ahead and one engine astern,
with full rudder |
both engines astern, with full rudder |
both engines ahead, with full rudder |
one engine ahead and one engine astern,
with rudders amidships |
|
Your vessel is backing on the starboard screw, and going ahead on the port
screw. The bow will __________. |
move ahead on a straight line |
back on a straight line |
swing to port |
swing to starboard |
|
You may BEST turn a twin-screw vessel about, to the right, in a narrow channel
by using __________. |
port engine ahead and the starboard
engine astern |
both engines ahead and helm |
one engine only |
both engines astern and use helm |
|
A twin-screw ship going ahead on the starboard screw only tends to move
__________. |
to port |
to starboard |
from side to side |
in a straight line |
|
The rudders are amidships and both screws are going ahead. What will happen
if the starboard screw is stopped? |
The bow will go to starboard. |
The bow will go to port. |
The stern will go to starboard. |
The bow will remain steady. |
|
With rudders amidships and negligible wind, a twin-screw vessel moving ahead
on the port screw and backing on the starboard screw will __________. |
pivot to port |
move in a straight line |
pivot to starboard |
walk sideways to starboard |
|
A twin-screw vessel can clear the inboard propeller and maneuver off a pier
best by holding a(n) __________. |
forward spring line and going slow
ahead on both engines |
forward spring line and going slow
ahead on the outboard engine |
after spring line and going slow astern
on the outboard engine |
forward spring line and going slow
ahead on the inboard engine |
|
You are stopped with no way upon your vessel at the pilot station. Your
vessel is a large twin-screw ship. You must come around 180° to board your
Pilot. How should you use the engines and rudder to turn the ship fastest
in the least amount of space? |
Slow ahead with hard over rudder |
Full ahead on the engines and hard
over rudder |
Half ahead with hard over rudder,
then full astern on inboard engine |
Full ahead on one engine, full astern
on the other |
|
In twin-screw engine installations while going ahead, maneuvering qualities
are most effective when the tops of the propeller blades both turn __________. |
to port |
to starboard |
inboard toward the center |
outboard from the center |
|
The BEST way to steer a twin-screw vessel if you lose your rudder is by
using __________. |
both engines at the same speed |
one engine and a steering oar |
one engine at a time |
one engine running at reduced speed
and controlling the vessel with the other |
|
A common occurrence when a vessel is running into shallow water is that
__________. |
the wake is less pronounced |
"squat" will cause a decrease
in bottom clearance and an increase in draft |
the vessel is more responsive to the
rudder |
All of the above. |
|
Which shallow water effect will increase dramatically if you increase your
ship's speed past its "critical speed"? |
Sinkage |
Squatting |
Bank cushion |
Smelling the bottom |
|
Your ship is in shallow water and the bow rides up on its bow wave while
the stern sinks into a depression of its transverse wave system. What is
this called? |
Squatting |
Fish tailing |
Broaching |
Parallel sinkage |
|
A vessel will "squat" when it proceeds underway __________. |
in all depths of water |
only in deep water |
only in narrow channels |
only in shallow water |
|
In most cases, when a large merchant vessel enters shallow water at high
speed the __________. |
speed will increase |
maneuverability will increase |
bow will squat farther than the stern |
vessel will rise slightly, on a level
plane |
|
Most very large ocean going vessels, such as bulk carriers and large tankers,
tend to squat __________. |
by the stern |
at the end nearest the bottom |
by the bow |
evenly fore and aft |
|
You are aboard vessel "A" in a narrow channel and the pilot is
approaching vessel "B" as shown in illustration D037RR below.
Which of the following is the reason he has not previously changed course
to the starboard side of the channel? |
to avoid the effects of bank cushion
and bank suction |
to avoid vessel squat in the shallower
water near the bank |
because there is less chance of striking
submerged objects in mid-channel |
because the current has less eddies
in mid-channel |
|
Your vessel is proceeding along a narrow channel. The effect called bank
cushion has which effect on the vessel? |
Forces the stern away from the bank |
Forces the bow away from the bank |
Forces the entire vessel bodily away
from the bank |
Decreases the draft at the bow |
|
A wedge of water building up between the bow and nearer bank which forces
the bow out and away describes __________. |
bank cushion |
bank suction |
bend effect |
combined effect |
|
A vessel proceeding along the bank of a river or channel has the tendency
to __________. |
increase speed |
hug the bank |
sheer away from the bank |
continue in line with the bank |
|
How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw
vessel proceeding along a narrow channel? |
It pulls the bow toward the bank. |
It pulls the stern toward the bank. |
It heels the vessel toward the bank. |
It pushes the entire vessel away from
the bank. |
|
How does the effect known as "bank suction" act on a single-screw
vessel proceeding along a narrow channel? |
It pulls the bow toward the bank. |
It heels the vessel toward the bank. |
It pushes the entire vessel away from
the bank. |
It pulls the stern toward the bank. |
|
You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on
the bow to gauge your rate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving aft relative
to you, what should you do? |
Decrease speed |
Increase the rate of turn |
Decrease the rate of turn |
Maintain a constant rate of turn |
|
You are making a sharp turn in a channel and using a buoy four points on
the bow to gauge your rate of turn. If you observe the buoy moving forward
relative to you, what should you do? |
Increase speed |
Increase the rate of turn |
Maintain a constant rate of turn |
Decrease the rate of turn |
|
You are on a single-screw vessel with a right-handed propeller, and you
are making headway. When you enter shallow water, __________. |
your vessel will tend to ride higher |
you will have better rudder response |
your speed will increase without a
change in your throttle |
your rudder response will become sluggish |
|
You are proceeding along the right bank of a narrow channel aboard a right-handed
single-screw vessel. The vessel starts to sheer due to bank suction/cushion
effect. You should __________. |
increase speed and put the rudder
right full |
back full with rudder amidships |
decrease speed and put the rudder
right full |
stop engines and put the rudder left
full |
|
You are proceeding at a slow speed with your starboard side near the right
bank of a channel. If your vessel suddenly sheers toward the opposite bank,
the best maneuver would be __________. |
full ahead, hard left rudder |
full ahead, hard right rudder |
full astern, hard right rudder |
full astern, hard left rudder |
|
The effect known as "bank cushion" acts in which of the following
ways on a single-screw vessel proceeding along a narrow channel? |
It forces the stern away from the
bank. |
It forces the bow away from the bank. |
It forces the entire vessel away from
the bank. |
It heels the vessel toward the bank. |
|
A vessel traveling down a narrow channel, especially if the draft is nearly
equal to the depth of the water, may set off the nearer side. This effect
is known as __________. |
bank suction |
smelling the bottom |
bank cushion |
squatting |
|
You intend to overtake a vessel in a narrow channel. As you approach the
other vessel's stern __________. |
both vessels will gain speed |
the vessels will drift together |
the vessels will drift apart |
you will gain speed |
|
Two vessels are abreast of each other and passing port to port in a confined
waterway. What should you expect as your bow approaches the screws of the
other vessel? |
Your draft will significantly decrease. |
Your bow will sheer away from the
other vessel. |
Your speed will significantly increase. |
Your bow will sheer towards the other
vessel. |
|
When a wedge of water builds up between the head of the barge and the bank
it is referred to as __________. |
veering cushion |
bow wave |
bank suction |
bank cushion |
|
A predictable result of a vessel nearing a bank or edge of a channel is
that the __________. |
vessel continues in a straight line,
but with greatly reduced maneuverability |
vessel will be drawn bodily into the
bank unless the engines are stopped |
bow sheers toward the bank |
stern is drawn to the bank as the
bow sheers off |
|
When hugging a bank in a narrow channel, you should take precautions against
__________. |
striking underwater obstructions close
to the bank |
clogged sea chests, plugged sea strainers
and overheated machinery |
bank suction, squat and the effects
of vessels passing close aboard |
All of the above. |
You are piloting your vessel in a narrow channel. How will the vessel react
to a steep bank on your starboard side?
|
The vessel will be bodily pushed away
from the bank |
The bow will swing away from the bank,
and stern will swing into the bank |
The vessel will be bodily drawn into
the bank |
The bow will swing toward the bank,
and the stern will swing away from the bank |
|
A deep draft VLCC (100,000 DWT+) navigating in a narrow channel or canal
__________. |
draws less water with an increase
in speed |
requires less power for a given speed |
steers better under full power |
draws more water than when underway
in deep water |
|
River currents tend to __________. |
run slower in the center of the channel |
hug the inside of a bend |
cause the greatest depth of water
to be along the outside of a bend |
pick up speed where the channel widens |
|
When piloting a vessel, how are visual references used to establish a constant
rate of turn? |
Fixed objects that stay on the same
relative bearing when the ship is turning indicate a constant rate of turn. |
Keep the fixed object's relative bearing
opening, for a constant rate of turn. |
Visual references cannot be used to
maintain a constant rate of turn. |
Begin the turn when the fixed object
is on the beam. |
|
Conditions for crossing a rough bar are usually best at __________. |
high water slack |
low water slack |
high water ebb |
high water flood |
|
You notice that your speed has decreased, the stern of your vessel has settled
into the water, and your rudder is sluggish in responding. The MOST likely
cause is __________. |
current |
mechanical problems with the steering
gear |
loss of lubricating oil in the engine |
shallow water |
|
Which effect does speed through the water have on a vessel which is underway
in shallow water? |
An increase in speed results in the
vessel rising on an even plane. |
A decrease in the speed results in
a decrease in steering response and maneuverability. |
An increase in speed results in the
stern sucking down lower than the bow. |
A decrease in speed results in the
vessel sucking down on an even plane. |
|
Insufficient space between the hull and bottom in shallow water will prevent
normal screw currents resulting in __________. |
waste of power |
sluggish rudder response |
sudden sheering to either side |
All of the above. |
|
When you enter shallow water, you would expect your rudder response to __________. |
improve and your speed to increase |
be sluggish and your speed to increase |
be sluggish and your speed to decrease |
improve and your speed to decrease |
|
Which will most likely occur when entering shallow water? |
Rudder action will become more effective. |
The vessel's trim will change. |
The vessel's list will change. |
An increase in speed will occur. |
|
Water may boil up around the stern of a vessel in a channel due to __________. |
slack water when upbound |
a head current |
shallow water |
a cross current |
|
When turning a vessel in shallow water, which statement is TRUE? |
The turning diameter increases. |
The rate of turn is decreased. |
The rate of turn is increased. |
The turning diameter remains the same. |
|
For the deepest water when rounding a bend in a river, you should navigate
your vessel __________. |
in the river's center |
toward the outside of the bend |
toward the inside of the bend |
toward the center of the river just
before the bend, then change course for the river's center after the bend |
|
A V-shaped ripple with the point of the V pointing upstream in a river may
indicate a __________. |
sunken wreck, not dangerous to navigation |
submerged rock, not dangerous to navigation |
towed-under buoy |
All of the above. |
|
A snag or other underwater obstruction may form a __________. |
smoothing out of the vessel's wake |
V-shaped ripple with the point of
the V pointing downstream |
small patch of smooth water on a windy
day |
V-shaped ripple with the point of
the V pointing upstream |
|
A condition where two currents meet at the downstream end of a middle bar
can be determined by a __________. |
V-shaped ripple with the point of
the V pointing downstream |
small whirlpool |
V-shaped ripple with the point of
the V pointing upstream |
smooth patch of water |
|
While towing in shallow water you should consider __________. |
the catenary and the effect it may
have on the tow |
using a short towing hawser |
using a floating hawser |
All of the above. |
|
A tug is best positioned for towing and maneuvering on rivers and other
restricted waters where wave action is limited when __________. |
towing on a hawser |
towing on the hip |
directly astern and pushing the tow |
towing alongside and parallel to the
vessel it is towing |
|
What affect does shallow water have on a vessel's stopping distance? |
There is no difference in the stopping
distance. |
The propeller is more effective when
going astern in shallow water. |
The stopping distance is shorter. |
The stopping distance is longer. |
|
In the context of shiphandling, what would be the definition of shallow
water? |
Under keel clearance of less than
10 feet |
Under keel clearance of twice a vessel's
draft |
Water depth of less than twice a vessel's
draft |
Water depth of less than 1½ times
a vessel's draft |
|
How does a vessel's rate of turn change when entering shallow water? |
There is no change. |
It remains constant for varying propeller
revolutions. |
It is faster. |
It is slower. |
|
In stopping distances of vessels, "head reach" can best be described
as the __________. |
difference between the vessel's speed
through the water at any instant and the new speed ordered on the telegraph |
speed at which a vessel should proceed
to ensure that she will run a predetermined distance, once her engines have
been stopped |
distance the vessel will run between
taking action to stop her and being stationary in the water |
distance the vessel has actually run
through the water since a change of speed was ordered |
|
The distance that a vessel travels from the time that the order to put engines
full astern until the vessel is dead in the water is known as __________. |
surge |
head reach |
transfer |
advance |
|
The distance that a ship moves forward with each revolution of its propeller,
if there is no slip, is called __________. |
advance |
transfer |
pitch |
head reach |
|
As a ship moves through the water, it drags with it a body of water called
the wake. The ratio of the wake speed to the ship's speed is called __________. |
wake fraction |
speed of advance |
propeller velocity |
wake distribution |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning the vessel's slipstream? |
It has no effect on the steering of
the vessel. |
Its velocity is the same as that of
the wake. |
It has no effect on the rudder when
the helm is amidships. |
The propeller gives it a helical motion. |
|
As a ship moves through the water, it causes a wake, which is also moving
forward relative to the sea. In addition to a fore and aft motion, this
wake also has a(n) __________. |
downward and outward flow |
downward and inward flow |
upward and inward flow |
upward and outward flow |
|
A stream of water immediately surrounding a moving vessel's hull, flowing
in the same direction as the vessel is known as __________. |
forward current |
propeller current |
wake current |
directional current |
|
In order to reduce your wake in a narrow channel you should __________. |
shift the weight to the stern |
apply enough rudder to counter the
effect of the current |
change your course to a zigzag course |
reduce your speed |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
advance for a turn of 45°? D034DG |
740 yards |
590 yards |
635 yards |
690 yards |
|
The distance a vessel moves parallel to the original course from the point
where the rudder is put over to any point on the turning circle is called
the __________. |
pivoting point |
advance |
transfer |
drift angle |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is
the advance for a turn of 30°? |
380 yards |
420 yards |
470 yards |
525 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The
results are as shown. Based on this data what is the advance for a turn
of 60°? Illustration D035DG |
665 yards |
710 yards |
745 yards |
780 yards |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
advance for a turn of 75°? D034DG |
860 yards (774 meters) |
910 yards (819 meters) |
825 yards (754 meters) |
955 yards (860 meters) |
|
In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "advance"
means the distance __________. |
gained at right angles to the original
course |
gained in the direction of the original
course |
around the circumference of the turning
circle |
moved sidewise from the original course
when the rudder is first put over |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light with the results as shown. Based on this information, what is the
advance for a turn of 90°? D034DG |
820 yards |
870 yards |
930 yards |
975 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The
results are as shown. Based on this data what is the advance for a turn
of 90°? Illustration D035DG |
885 yards |
350 yards |
490 yards |
790 yards |
|
In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "kick" means
the distance __________. |
or throw of a vessel's stern from
her line of advance upon putting the helm hard over |
around the circumference of the turning
circle |
gained at right angles to the original
course |
gained in the direction of the original
course |
|
When underway and proceeding ahead, as the speed increases, the pivot point
tends to __________. |
remain stationary |
move lower |
move forward |
move aft |
|
When backing down with sternway, the pivot point of a vessel is __________. |
at the bow |
about one-third of the vessel's length
from the bow |
about one-quarter of the vessel's
length from the stern |
aft of the propellers |
|
The pivoting point of a fully loaded vessel with normal trim proceeding
ahead at sea speed is __________. |
two-thirds the length of the vessel
from the bow |
one-half the length of the vessel
from the bow |
one-third the length of the vessel
from the bow |
right at the bow |
|
The distance a vessel moves at right angles to the original course, when
a turn of 180° has been completed, is called the __________. |
kick |
tactical diameter |
advance |
pivoting point |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is
the tactical diameter of the turning circle? |
755 yards |
780 yards |
820 yards |
880 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are shown in illustration D035DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 60°? |
140 yards (126 meters) |
180 yards (162 meters) |
225 yards (203 meters) |
270 yards (243 meters) |
|
In relation to the turning circle of a ship, the term "transfer"
means the distance __________. |
the ship moves sidewise from the original
course away from the direction of the turn after the rudder is first put
over |
gained at right angles to the original
course |
around the circumference of the turning
circle |
gained in the direction of the original
course |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light. The results are shown in illustration D034DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 45°? |
130 yards |
165 yards |
195 yards |
230 yards |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light. The results are shown in illustration D034DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 180°? |
875 yards |
910 yards |
975 yards |
1015 yards |
|
You are on a course of 000°T and put the rudder right 30°. In which direction
will the transfer be measured? |
000°T |
090°T |
180°T |
270°T |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are shown in illustration D035DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 180°? |
745 yards |
770 yards |
850 yards |
890 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are shown in illustration D035DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 30°? |
230 yards |
140 yards |
190 yards |
40 yards |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn, you take ranges and bearings of an isolated
light. The results are shown in illustration D034DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 90°? |
455 yards |
355 yards |
380 yards |
410 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are shown in illustration D035DG below. What is the transfer
for a turn of 60°? |
105 yards |
155 yards |
205 yards |
255 yards |
|
You are conducting trials to determine the maneuvering characteristics of
your vessel. While making a turn you take the ranges and bearings of an
isolated light. The results are shown in illustration D034DG below. What
is the transfer for a turn of 75°? |
340 yards (306 meters) |
300 yards (274 meters) |
190 yards (171 meters) |
230 yards (207 meters) |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn. The
results are shown in illustration D035DG below. What is the transfer for
a turn of 90°? |
400 yards |
430 yards |
485 yards |
525 yards |
|
You have determined the maneuvering characteristics of your vessel by taking
the radar ranges and bearings of an isolated light while making a turn.
The results are listed in illustration D035DG. Based on this data what is
the tactical diameter of the turning circle? |
755 yards |
780 yards |
820 yards |
880 yards |
|
The turning circle of a vessel is the path followed by the __________. |
tipping center |
outermost part of the ship while making
the circle |
center of gravity |
bow |
|
The turning circle of a vessel making a turn over 360 degrees is the path
followed by the __________. |
bridge |
bow |
center of gravity |
centerline |
|
The turning circle of a vessel making a turn of over 360 degrees is the
path followed by the __________. |
centerline |
center of gravity |
bridge |
bow |
|
What is meant by veering the anchor chain? |
Paying out more chain |
Locking the windlass to prevent more
chain from running out |
Bringing the anchor to short stay |
Heaving in all the chain |
|
The locking pin that joins the parts of a detachable link is held in position
by __________. |
a lead plug |
a tack weld |
a cotter pin |
the self-locking characteristics of
its taper |
|
You are going astern (single-screw, right-handed propeller) with the anchor
down at a scope of twice the depth of the water. As the anchor dredges,
you should expect the __________. |
stern to walk to the same side as
the anchor being used |
stern to walk to port but at a reduced
rate |
vessel to back in a straight line |
stern to walk to port at a faster
rate than normal |
|
Lifting the anchor from the bottom is called __________. |
shifting the anchor |
weighing the anchor |
broaching the anchor |
walking the anchor |
|
Before letting the anchor go, you should check that the __________. |
chain is clear |
anchor is clear of obstructions |
wildcat is disengaged |
All of the above. |
|
Which safety check(s) should be made before letting go the anchor? |
See that the wildcat is disengaged. |
See that the anchor is clear of obstructions. |
See that the chain is all clear. |
All of the above. |
|
Which would you NOT use to report the amount of anchor chain out? "Three
shots __________." |
on the bottom |
well in the water |
on deck |
at the water's edge |
|
When dropping anchor, you are stationed at the windlass brake. The most
important piece(s) of gear is(are) __________. |
goggles |
a hard hat |
a long sleeve shirt |
gloves |
|
Which type of bottom is best suited for holding an anchor of a small boat? |
Rocky |
Gravel |
Mud and clay |
Sandy |
|
Generally speaking, the most favorable bottom for anchoring is __________. |
rocky |
very soft mud |
a mixture of mud and clay |
loose sand |
|
Which is the correct procedure for anchoring a small to medium size vessel
in deep water? |
Let the anchor fall off the brake
right from the hawsepipe, but keep a slight strain on the brake. |
Let the anchor fall free from the
hawsepipe, but apply the brake at intervals to check the rate of fall. |
Back the anchor slowly out of the
hawsepipe a few feet, and then let it fall in the normal fashion. |
Under power, back the anchor out until
it is near, but clear, of the bottom before letting it fall. |
|
Which type of bottom provides most anchors with the best holding ability? |
Soft sand |
Soft mud |
Sandy mud |
Clay and rocks |
|
You are coming to anchor in 8 fathoms of water. In this case, the __________. |
scope should be less than 3 times
the depth of the water |
anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe |
anchor should be lowered to within
2 fathoms of the bottom before being dropped |
anchor should be lowered to the bottom
then the ship backed and the remainder of the cable veered |
|
You are anchoring in 16 fathoms of water. On a small to medium size vessel,
the __________. |
scope should always be less than 5
times the depth of the water |
anchor should be lowered to within
2 fathoms of the bottom before being dropped |
scope should always be at least ten
times the depth of the water |
anchor may be dropped from the hawsepipe |
|
You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. When anchoring without the
aid of tugs, your maximum speed should not exceed how many feet per second? |
1.75 (1.0 knot) |
0.5 (0.3 knot) |
1.3 (0.8 knot) |
1.0 (0.6 knot) |
|
The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is __________. |
hard mud |
very soft mud |
rock |
shale |
|
When steaming through an anchorage, a shipmaster should __________. |
transit only on a flood tide |
avoid crossing close ahead of the
anchored ships |
avoid crossing close astern of the
anchored ships |
keep the ship moving at a good speed
to reduce set |
|
While anchoring your vessel, the best time to let go the anchor is when
the vessel is __________. |
dead in the water |
moving fast astern over the ground |
moving fast ahead over the ground |
moving slowly astern over the ground |
|
The BEST holding ground for conventional anchors is __________. |
rock |
very soft mud |
shale |
sand |
|
When anchoring a vessel, it is best to release the anchor when __________. |
going full ahead |
dead in the water |
going slow astern |
going full astern |
|
When anchoring in calm water, it is best to __________. |
have slight sternway on the vessel
while letting go the anchor |
maintain slight headway when letting
go the anchor |
let the anchor go from the stern with
the anchor cable leading from the bow |
wait until the vessel is dead in the
water before letting go the anchor |
|
You have arrived at your anchorage location. You have put the engines astern
prior to letting go the anchor. How will you know when the vessel has stopped
making way? |
The ship's Doppler log reads zero |
The backwash of the propeller reaches
amidships |
An azimuth bearing on the beam remains
steady |
All of the above. |
|
When preparing to hoist the anchor, you should FIRST __________. |
take off the chain stopper |
engage the wildcat |
take the riding pawl off the chain |
put the brake in the off position |
|
When weighing anchor in a rough sea, how would you avoid risk of damaging
the bow plating? |
Leave the anchor under foot, until
the vessel may be brought before the sea. |
Heave it home intermittently, between
swells. |
Heave it home as fast as you can. |
Wait for a calm spot between seas,
then house it. |
|
The easiest way to anchor a vessel in a current is to __________. |
stop all headway through the water
and keep the current astern when the anchor is dropped |
stem the current and make very slow
headway when the anchor is dropped |
stem the current and be falling aft
very slowly when the anchor is dropped |
stem the current and endeavor to make
neither headway nor sternway when the anchor is dropped |
|
When anchoring in a current, you should __________. |
back your vessel into the current |
drop the anchor with the bow headed
downstream |
anchor while stemming the current |
All of the above. |
|
You are anchoring in a river where the current is from one direction only.
The best way to lay out two anchors is to have them __________. |
so that their lines form an angle |
directly in line with the bow |
side by side, with their lines on
the port and starboard side |
on top of one another |
|
You are riding to a single anchor. The vessel is yawing excessively. Which
action should be taken to reduce the yawing? |
Drop the second anchor at the extreme
end of the yaw, then adjust the cables until the scope is equal |
Veer chain to the riding anchor |
Drop the second anchor at the extreme
end of the yaw and veer the riding anchor |
Heave to a shorter scope of chain
on the riding anchor |
|
A vessel is wind rode when it is __________. |
carrying lee rudder |
backing into the wind |
at anchor and heading into the wind |
necessary to apply a leeway correction
to the course |
|
A vessel is tide rode when it is __________. |
carrying extra rudder to compensate
for the current |
necessary to adjust the course steered
to allow for the current |
at anchor and stemming the current |
being forced off of a pier by the
hydraulic effect of the current |
|
When dropping anchor, you are stationed at the windlass brake. The most
important piece(s) of gear is(are) __________. |
a hard hat |
a long sleeve shirt |
goggles |
gloves |
|
Mooring with two bow anchors has which major advantage over anchoring with
one bow anchor? |
The radius of the vessel's swing will
be shortened. |
The vessel will not reverse direction
in a tidal current. |
The vessel will not swing with a change
in wind. |
A mooring approach may be made from
any direction. |
|
An anchor winch should be equipped with mechanical brakes capable of holding
__________. |
half the breaking strength of the
mooring line |
the full breaking strength of the
mooring line |
the maximum expected tension of the
mooring line |
50% over the working tension of the
mooring line |
|
The holding capability of an anchor is primarily determined by the __________. |
anchor's ability to dig in |
size of the vessel and its draft |
shape of the anchor |
stowage of the anchor on board |
|
The holding capabilities of an anchor are determined PRIMARILY by the __________. |
scope of the anchor chain |
design of the anchor |
weight of the anchor |
size of the vessel |
|
Before being certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, anchor chain
must undergo __________. |
x-ray inspection |
a breaking test |
USCG inspection |
spectroanalysis |
|
What does the proof test load of an anchor chain demonstrate? |
Safe working load of the anchor chain |
Adequate holding power for new bottom
conditions |
Strength of the anchor chain to a
specified limit |
The breaking strength of the anchor
chain |
|
What happens to the efficiency of an anchor when it is moved from sand to
mud? |
The efficiency increases. |
The efficiency cannot be determined. |
The efficiency decreases. |
The efficiency remains the same. |
|
The holding power of an anchor is the __________. |
maximum sustained vertical load an
anchor will resist before the mooring line breaks |
maximum sustained vertical load an
anchor will resist before dragging |
maximum sustained horizontal load
an anchor will resist before dragging |
maximum sustained horizontal load
an anchor will resist before the mooring line breaks |
|
The angle between the flukes and the shank of an anchor is called the __________. |
holding angle |
shank angle |
fleet angle |
fluke angle |
|
When attempting to free an anchor jammed in the hawsepipe, the simplest
method of freeing it may be __________. |
to pry it loose with a short piece
of pipe |
starting the disengaged windlass at
high speed |
to grease the hawsepipe |
rigging a bull rope to pull it out |
|
When anchoring in a clay bottom, what is one hazard that may cause the anchor
to drag? |
The flukes may not dig in. |
The flukes may dig in unevenly and
capsize the anchor when under stress. |
The anchor may get shod with clay
and not develop full holding power. |
The anchor will tend to dig in and
come to rest near the vertical. |
|
If your vessel is dragging her anchor in a strong wind, you should __________. |
put over the sea anchor |
shorten the scope of anchor cable |
increase the scope of anchor cable |
put over a stern anchor |
|
The best method of determining if a vessel is dragging anchor is to note
__________. |
changes in bearings of fixed objects
onshore |
the amount of line paid out |
how much the vessel sheers while at
anchor |
any change in the tautness of the
anchor chain |
|
The best method to stop a vessel from dragging anchor in a sand bottom is
to __________. |
swing the rudder several times to
work the anchor into the bottom |
pay out more anchor cable |
back the engines |
reduce the length of the cable |
|
You have anchored in a mud and clay bottom. The anchor appears to be dragging
in a storm. What action should you take? |
Drop the other anchor underfoot. |
Drop the second anchor, veer to a
good scope, then weigh the first anchor. |
Veer cable to the anchor. |
Shorten the scope of the cable. |
|
What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor? |
Changing bearings to distant fixed
objects abeam |
Drift lead with the line leading perpendicular
to the centerline |
Increasing radar range to a fixed
object ahead |
Vibrations felt by placing a hand
on the anchor cable |
|
A drift lead indicates that the vessel is dragging anchor when the line
is __________. |
slack |
taut and leading forward |
leading under the hull |
leading out perpendicular to the centerline |
|
What provides little or no indication that a vessel is dragging anchor? |
Drift lead with the line tending forward |
Changing bearing to a fixed distant
object abeam |
Changing range to an object abeam |
The cable alternates between slack
and heavy tension |
|
Your vessel is anchored in an open roadstead with three shots of chain out
on the port anchor. The wind freshens considerably and the anchor begins
to drag. Which action should you take FIRST? |
Drop the starboard anchor short with
about one shot of chain. |
Put the engines slow ahead to help
the anchor. |
Sheer out to starboard using the rudder,
then drop the starboard anchor with about four shots of chain. |
Veer out more chain on the port anchor. |
|
When a small craft's anchor fouls in a rocky bottom, the first attempt to
clear it should be made by __________. |
reversing the angle and direction
of pull, with moderate scope |
increasing the scope and running slowly
in a wide circle with the anchor line taut |
hauling vertically on the line |
making the line fast to the bitt and
bringing the vessel further forward |
|
You are planning to anchor in an area where several anchors have been lost
due to fouling. As a precaution, you should __________. |
fit a crown strap and work wire to
the anchor |
anchor using both anchors |
anchor with scope of 8 or more to
1 |
use a stern anchor |
|
How many fathoms are in a shot of anchor cable? |
6 |
15 |
20 |
30 |
|
The length of a standard "shot" of chain is __________. |
12 fathoms |
15 fathoms |
18 fathoms |
20 fathoms |
|
One shot of anchor chain is equal to how many feet (meters)? |
6 (1.8 meters) |
15 (4.6 meters) |
45 (13.7 meters) |
90 (27.4 meters) |
|
How many feet are there in 2 shots of anchor chain? |
50 |
60 |
180 |
360 |
|
Forty-five fathoms is marked on the anchor chain by __________. |
two turns of wire on the second stud
from each side of the detachable link |
one turn of wire on the first stud
from each side of the detachable link |
four turns of wire on the fourth stud
from each side of the detachable link |
three turns of wire on the third stud
from each side of the detachable link |
|
The marking on an anchor chain for 30 fathoms is __________. |
only the detachable link is painted
red |
two links on each side of the 30 fathom
detachable link are painted white |
three links on each side of the 30
fathom detachable link are painted white |
one link on each side of the 30 fathom
detachable link is painted white |
|
How many turns of wire normally mark either side of the detachable link
45 fathoms from the anchor? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
The next-to-last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________. |
red |
yellow |
white |
international orange |
|
The last shot of an anchor cable is usually painted __________. |
international orange |
white |
red |
yellow |
|
By paying out more anchor cable, you __________. |
decrease the swing of your vessel
while at anchor |
increase the holding power of your
anchor |
decrease the holding power of your
anchor |
increase the possibility that your
vessel will drag anchor |
|
If you shorten the scope of anchor cable, your anchor's holding power __________. |
increases |
remains the same |
has no relation to the scope |
decreases |
|
When anchored, increasing the scope of the anchor chain normally serves
to __________. |
reduce strain on the windlass |
decrease swing of the vessel |
prevent dragging of the anchor |
prevent fouling of the anchor |
|
A sufficient amount of chain must be veered when anchoring a vessel to ensure
__________. |
there is a sufficient scope of chain
to keep the anchor on the bottom |
the vessel has enough room to swing
while at anchor |
there is more chain out than there
is in the chain locker |
the anchor flukes bite into the ocean
bottom |
|
When the anchor is brought to and holding, the horizontal component of anchor
cable tensions should equal the __________. |
weight forces |
buoyancy forces |
displacement tonnage |
environmental forces |
|
The holding power of an anchor at a given scope of cable increases when
the __________. |
amount of chain lying along the bottom
increases |
length of the catenary is reduced |
amount of chain lying along the bottom
decreases |
mooring line tension is increased |
|
You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle
B-4. It has a diameter of 500 yards and your vessel's LOA is 484 feet. If
you anchor in 8 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum
number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle? |
4 shots |
5 shots |
6 shots |
3 shots |
|
You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle
B-4. It has a diameter of 550 yards and your vessel's LOA is 449 feet. If
you anchor in 9 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum
number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle? |
5 shots |
6 shots |
4 shots |
3 shots |
|
You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle
B-4. It has a diameter of 600 yards and your vessel's LOA is 525 feet. If
you anchor in 10 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum
number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle? |
4 shots |
5 shots |
6 shots |
7 shots |
|
You are arriving in port and are assigned to anchor in anchorage circle
B-4. It has a diameter of 700 yards and your vessel's LOA is 600 feet. If
you anchor in 11 fathoms at the center of the circle, what is the maximum
number of shots of chain you can use and still remain in the circle? |
4 shots |
7 shots |
6 shots |
5 shots |
|
Using a scope of 5, determine how many feet of cable you should put out
to anchor in 5 fathoms of water. |
100 feet |
150 feet |
200 feet |
250 feet |
|
Using a scope of 6, determine how many feet of anchor cable you should put
out to anchor in 12 feet (3.7 meters) of water. |
2 feet (0.6 meters) |
18 feet (5.5 meters) |
48 feet (14.6 meters) |
72 feet (21.9 meters) |
|
Using a scope of 6, how much cable would have to be used in order to anchor
in 24 feet of water? |
4 feet |
18 feet |
30 feet |
144 feet |
|
Using a scope of five, determine how many feet of chain you should put out
to anchor in 12 fathoms of water. |
60 feet (18 meters) |
72 feet (22 meters) |
450 feet (137 meters) |
360 feet (110 meters) |
|
Using a scope of five, determine how many shots of chain you should put
out to anchor in 5 fathoms of water? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
5 |
|
When anchoring, it is a common rule of thumb to use a length of chain __________. |
seven to ten times the depth of water |
twice the depth of water |
five to seven times the depth of water |
twice the depth of water plus the
range of tide |
|
What is the best guide for determining the proper scope of anchor chain
to use for anchoring in normal conditions? |
One shot of chain for every fifteen
feet of water |
One shot of chain for every ninety
feet of water |
One shot of chain for every thirty
feet of water |
One shot of chain for every ten feet
of water |
|
When anchoring, good practice requires 5 to 7 fathoms of chain for each
fathom of depth. In deep water you should use __________. |
less chain for each fathom of depth |
the same ratio |
two anchors with the same ratio of
chain |
more chain for each fathom of depth |
|
In bad weather, what length of chain should be used with a single anchor? |
10 times the depth of water |
3 times the depth of water |
15 times the depth of water |
6 times the depth of water |
|
In moderate wind and current what should be the length of chain with a single
anchor? |
2 times the depth of the water in
poor holding ground |
8 times the depth of the water in
deep water |
5 times the depth of the water in
good holding ground |
10 times the depth of the water in
shallow water |
|
When anchoring a vessel under normal conditions, which scope of chain is
recommended? |
Two and one-half times the depth of
water |
Five to seven times the depth of water |
Four times the depth of water |
Fifteen times the depth of water |
|
In determining the scope of anchor line to pay out when anchoring a small
boat, one must consider the __________. |
depth of water, including tidal differences |
charted depth of water only |
type of anchor being used |
type of line being used for the anchor
rope |
|
To safely anchor a vessel there must be sufficient "scope" in
the anchor cable. Scope is the ratio of __________. |
weight of cable to weight of anchor |
length of cable to depth of water |
weight of cable to weight of vessel |
length of anchor to depth of water |
|
In determining the scope of cable to be used when anchoring, what would
NOT be considered? |
Character of the holding ground |
Depth of the water |
Type of anchor cable |
maintenance cost for the chain |
|
The primary purpose of the stud is to prevent the anchor chain from __________. |
breaking |
kinking |
elongating |
distorting |
|
Anchors are prevented from running out when secured by the __________. |
devil's claw |
pawls |
brake |
All of the above. |
|
The purpose of a devil's claw is to __________. |
act as a chain stopper |
prevent the chain from fouling on
deck |
prevent the windlass from engaging |
control the wildcat |
|
A stopper used in securing the ground tackle for sea that consists of a
grab attached to a turnbuckle is a __________. |
buckler |
riding pawl |
devil's claw |
locking ring |
|
An example of a modern anchor which has a stock is a(n) __________. |
Flipper Delta anchor |
Danforth anchor |
Baldt anchor |
articulated anchor |
|
An example of an anchor which has a stock is a __________. |
Dunn anchor |
Danforth anchor |
Hook anchor |
Bruce anchor |
|
If the winch should fail while you are hauling in the anchor, what prevents
the anchor cable from running out? |
Riding pawl |
Chain stopper |
Devil's claw |
Hawse ratchet |
|
The riding pawl is __________. |
the lug that rides on the eccentric
rib and engages the locking ring on the windlass |
a safety interlock in a cargo winch
that prevents the runner from overspeeding |
the device that locks the deck lashings
of the Peck and Hale system |
a stopper that prevents the anchor
cable from running free if the cable jumps the wildcat |
|
The safety stopper that prevents the anchor cable from running free if the
cable jumps the wildcat is the __________. |
buckler plate |
spill pipe |
riding pawl |
devil's claw |
|
A design modification of an anchor chain which prevents kinking is the __________. |
Kenter link |
stud link |
detachable link |
connecting link |
|
The sprocket wheel in a windlass, used for heaving in the anchor, is called
a __________. |
fairlead |
wildcat |
capstan |
dog wheel |
|
On an anchor windlass, the wheel over which the anchor chain passes is called
a __________. |
wildcat |
winch head |
brake compressor wheel |
devil's claw |
|
A wildcat is a __________. |
winch that is running out of control
due to a failure of the overspeed trips |
deeply-grooved drum on the windlass
with sprockets which engage the links of the anchor chain |
line that has jumped off the gypsyhead
while under strain |
nylon line that parts under strain
and whips back in a hazardous manner |
|
The wheel on the windlass with indentations for the anchor chain is the
__________. |
locking ring |
grabber |
pawl |
wildcat |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what part of the anchor is indicated by the
letter "K"? |
crown |
bending shot |
ring |
shank |
|
In illustration D038DG below the crown of the anchor shown is indicated
by which letter? |
J |
G |
K |
H |
|
In illustration D038DG below, which letter indicates the tripping palm? |
F |
G |
H |
J |
|
In illustration D038DG below, which letter indicates the anchor shackle? |
H |
J |
K |
F |
|
In illustration D038DG below, which letter indicates the pea? |
H |
J |
G |
F |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what part of the anchor is indicated by the
letter "J"? |
crown |
bill |
tip |
shank |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what part of the anchor is indicated by the
letter "I"? |
fluke |
bill |
stock |
tripping palm |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what part of the anchor is indicated by the
letter "H"? |
tripping palm |
crown |
shank |
fluke |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what part of the anchor is indicated by the
letter "G"? |
fluke |
tripping palm |
shank |
crown |
|
A Danforth lightweight anchor does NOT hold well in which type of bottom? |
Grass |
Sand |
Clay |
Mud |
|
In illustration D038DG below, what type of anchor is depicted? |
Old-fashioned |
Danforth |
Stock |
Patent |
|
Tripping defects in anchors frequently occur in __________. |
stiff soils |
shallow water |
deep water |
soft soils |
|
Which is NOT a part of an anchor? |
Crown |
Palm |
Bill |
Devil's claw |
|
How is the size of chain determined? |
Length of link in inches |
Diameter of metal in link in inches |
Links per fathom |
Weight of stud cable in pounds |
|
On stud-link anchor chain the addition of the stud increases the strength
of the link by about __________. |
20 (%) |
15 (%) |
50 (%) |
10 (%) |
|
The part of an anchor which takes hold on the bottom is the __________. |
fluke |
arm |
base |
stock |
|
The purpose of the stripping bar on an anchor windlass is to __________. |
engage or disengage the wildcat |
fairlead the chain from the hawsepipe
to the wildcat |
prevent the chain from fouling the
wildcat |
clean off any mud that may have accumulated
on the chain |
|
A chain stripper is used to __________. |
flake chain from a boat's chain locker |
prevent chain from clinging to the
wildcat |
clean the marine debris from the chain |
clean chain prior to an x-ray inspection |
|
Which is part of the ground tackle? |
Rat's tail |
Charlie noble |
Gooseneck |
Devil's claw |
|
Which part of the patent anchor performs the same function as the stock
of an old fashioned anchor; that is, forces the flukes to dig in? |
Bill or pea |
Tripping Palm |
Arm |
Shank |
|
Which part of an anchor actually digs into the bottom? |
Crown |
Fluke |
Shank |
Stock |
|
The anchors on the bow are known as __________. |
bower anchors |
stream anchors |
spare anchors |
kedge anchors |
|
Which type of link is generally used to connect shots of anchor chain? |
Stud link |
Detachable |
Pear shaped |
Open |
|
In small craft terminology, all of the anchor gear between a boat and her
anchor is called the __________. |
scope |
rode |
chock |
stock |
|
Buckler plates are __________. |
sheets of dunnage used to prevent
heavy cargo from buckling the deck plates |
faired shell plates with curvature
in two directions |
triangular-shaped plates connecting
the bull chain to the topping lift |
metal plates secured over the tops
of the hawsepipes |
|
Metal plates that cover the top of the hawsepipe are called __________. |
buckler plates |
stop waters |
plugs |
footings |
|
The angle at which the fluke penetrates the soil is called the __________. |
fluke angle |
holding angle |
penetration angle |
tripping angle |
|
The opening in the deck beneath the anchor windlass that leads to the chain
locker is the __________. |
drop-pipe |
fallpipe |
hawsepipe |
spill pipe |
|
What is a spill pipe? |
A chute, usually over the stern, to
lead dumped garbage clear of the hull |
An opening in the deck leading outside
the hull |
A drainage pipe that carries rain
or spray from an upper deck to a lower deck |
A pipe under the anchor windlass leading
to the chain locker |
|
The opening in the deck that leads the anchor cable outside the hull is
the __________. |
drop-pipe |
spill pipe |
fall pipe |
hawsepipe |
|
The best method of protecting that portion of a fiber anchor line nearest
the anchor from chafing on the bottom is by __________. |
using a small scope ratio |
replacing that portion with a short
length of chain |
using a synthetic line |
using a hockle to keep that portion
of the anchor line off the bottom |
|
What part of the ground tackle is the most likely to develop fractures due
to extensive anchor use? |
Fluke |
Jews' harp |
Anchor shank |
Swivel |
|
When inspecting ground tackle, fractures are most frequently found in the
__________. |
anchor shank |
swivel |
end links |
fluke |
|
Fracture damage to the end links of the anchor cable, or to the Jews' harp
may be eliminated by __________. |
ensuring the swivel is well lubricated
and free to turn |
using a small diameter connecting
shackle |
securing a piece of wood to the Jews'
harp |
installing the connecting shackle
with the bow towards the anchor |
|
The part of a windlass which physically engages the chain during hauling
or paying out is the __________. |
bull gear |
cat head |
devil's claw |
wildcat |
|
Before being certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, anchor chain
must undergo __________. |
a breaking test |
spectroanalysis |
x-ray inspection |
USCG inspection |
|
What does the proof test load of an anchor chain demonstrate? |
Adequate holding power for new bottom
conditions |
Safe working load of the chain |
Strength of the chain to a specified
limit |
Breaking strength of the chain |
|
The wildcat is linked to the central drive shaft on most windlasses by __________. |
a mechanical coupling where lugs engage
detents |
aligning the keyways on both and inserting
a key |
a hydraulic coupling |
an electromagnetic brake |
|
You are approaching a pier and intend to use the port anchor to assist in
docking port side to. You would NOT use the anchor if __________. |
another vessel is berthed ahead of
your position |
there is shallow water enroute to
the berth |
the wind was blowing from the starboard
side |
the current was setting you on the
pier |
|
The use of an anchor to assist in turning in restricted waters is __________. |
good seamanship |
to be used only with a single-screw
vessel |
a last resort |
the sign of a novice shiphandler |
|
You are using the anchor to steady the bow while maneuvering. You have the
proper scope of anchor cable when the __________. |
anchor is just touching the bottom |
scope is not more than 5 times the
depth of the water |
cable enters the water at an angle
between 60° and 85° from the horizontal |
bow is held in position with the engines
coming slowly ahead |
|
When using the anchor to steady the bow while approaching a dock you must
be aware of the fact that __________. |
the anchor cable must never lead under
the hull |
the vessel will tend to take a large
sheer towards the side where the anchor is down |
using an offshore anchor decreases
the chances of the anchor holding |
steering control is ineffective in
trying to turn to the side opposite to that of the anchor being used |
|
You are the Master of a single-screw vessel. You are docking at a port which
has no tugs available. You decide to drop the offshore anchor to help in
docking. The amount of chain you should pay out is __________. |
5 to 7 times the depth of the water |
you should NEVER use the anchor to
help in docking |
equal to the depth of the water |
1 1/2 to 2 times the depth of the
water |
|
You are docking a vessel starboard side to with the assistance of two tugs.
You are attempting to hold the vessel off by operating both tugs at right
angles to the vessel and at full power. You must ensure that __________. |
the ship has no headway at the time |
the bow closes the dock first |
steerageway is not taken off |
the bow doesn't close the dock first |
|
You are docking a ship with a single-screw tug assisting on your starboard
bow. How should the tug be tied up if you are anticipating that she will
have to hold your bow off while you stem the current? |
The tug should put a stern line up,
leading ahead on the ship. |
One head line would be sufficient. |
The tug would need at least two head
lines. |
The tug should put a spring line up,
leading astern on the ship. |
|
When a tug is pulling on a hawser at right angles to the ship, and the pilot
wants to come ahead or astern on the ship's engine, care must be taken that
the pilot __________. |
turns the ship toward the direction
of pull |
does not get too much way on the vessel |
keeps a steady course so the towline
will remain tight |
does not break the towline |
|
You are docking an oceangoing single-screw vessel under normal circumstances
with a single tug. The tug is usually used to __________. |
control the bow and is tied to the
offshore bow |
pull the vessel into the slip and
is tied to the bow |
control the stern and is tied to the
stern on the offshore side |
push the ship bodily alongside and
is tied to the offshore side amidships |
|
You are docking a vessel in a slip which has its entrance athwart the tide.
You land the ship across the end of the pier, stemming the tide, preparatory
to breaking the ship around the corner. You have one tug to assist. Where
would you generally tie up the tug? |
Tie her up on the inshore bow to hold
the ship off the end. |
Tie her up on the inshore quarter
to lift the stern. |
Tie her up on the offshore bow. |
Have her on a hawser from the stern. |
|
When using two tugs to assist in mooring a large, deeply laden ship, the
most powerful tug is usually placed __________. |
aft to assist the ship's rudder and
propeller |
amidships to move the entire vessel
evenly |
forward to control the bow |
anywhere, since the maneuverability
of the tug governs the placement not the power |
|
You are taking the bow line from the port bow of a large vessel that is
underway when the stern of your tug comes in contact with the vessel. The
forward motion of both vessels causes your tug to be turned toward the other
vessel and contact the stem thereby being "stemmed". You should
immediately __________. |
stop engines and the vessel's wake
will push you clear of the bow |
go full ahead with the rudder amidships |
go full astern with rudder amidships |
go full ahead with the rudder hard
over to starboard |
|
When a tug makes up to a large vessel, the spring line should lead from
the forward most part of the tug so that __________. |
the head line and spring line can
be worked simultaneously |
the length of the spring line is minimized |
friction on the spring line is minimized |
the tug can pivot freely |
|
You A tug would NOT assist a ship to steer if the tug is made up to the
large vessel __________. |
on the vessel's quarter |
by a tow line ahead of the vessel |
forward on either bow of the vessel |
approximately amidships of the vessel |
|
Your vessel must moor port side to a berth limited by vessels ahead and
astern using a single tug. You are stemming a slight current and there is
a light breeze of the dock. Your tug should be made up to the vessel's __________. |
stern on a hawser |
bow |
waist |
quarter |
|
The best time to work a boat into a slip is __________. |
with the current setting against you |
at slack water |
when the wind is against you |
with a cross current |
|
You are docking a vessel. If possible, you should __________. |
approach the dock at a 90° angle and
swing to |
pass a mooring line to the dock with
a heaving line and let the crew pull the vessel in |
go in with the current |
go in against the current |
|
You are docking a vessel. Wind and current are most favorable when they
are __________. |
crossing your course in opposite directions |
crossing your course in the same direction |
setting you on the pier |
parallel to the pier from ahead |
|
You are 15 feet off a pier and docking a vessel using only a bow breast
line and stern breast line. Once the slack is out of both lines you begin
to haul in on the bow breast line. What is the effect on the vessel? |
The bow will come in and the stern
will go out. |
The bow and stern come in equally
closer toward the pier. |
The stern will come in and the bow
will remain the same distance off the pier. |
The bow will come in and the stern
will remain the same distance off the pier. |
|
Your vessel is port side to a pier with a spring line led aft from the bow.
In calm weather, putting the engines ahead with the rudder hard left should
bring __________. |
both the bow and stern in |
the bow in and the stern out |
both the bow and stern out |
the bow out and the stern in |
|
You are on a 120,000 DWT loaded bulk carrier. What is the maximum safe docking
speed when coming alongside? |
0.75 foot per second (0.44 knot) |
0.5 foot per second (0.30 knot) |
0.2 foot per second (0.12 knot) |
0.1 foot per second (0.06 knot) |
|
After your vessel has been involved in a casualty, you are required to make
your logbooks, bell books, etc., available to __________. |
marine surveyors |
U.S. Coast Guard officials |
attorneys for opposition parties |
All of the above. |
|
Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner directly involved in the
incident is required to submit a urine specimen for drug testing within
__________. |
2 hours |
12 hours |
24 hours |
32 hours |
|
Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the
Coast Guard? |
You collide with a buoy and drag it
off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy. |
Your vessel is at anchor and grounds
at low tide with no apparent damage. |
A seaman slips on ice on deck and
sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage. |
Storm damage to the cargo winch motors
requires repairs costing $19,000. |
|
You are the person in charge of a vessel involved in a marine casualty.
You must notify the nearest Coast Guard Marine Inspection Office if the
property damage is over __________. |
1500 |
10000 |
25000 |
50000 |
|
Besides the chemical testing of a mariner's breath for alcohol, what other
specimen testing for alcohol is acceptable to be taken onboard the vessel
after a Serious Marine Incident? |
Saliva |
Hair |
Blood |
None of the above |
|
Which type of chemical testing is NOT required of merchant marine personnel? |
Periodic |
Pre-employment |
Random |
Annual |
|
When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in
which casualty situation? |
An injury requiring first aid treatment |
Loss of bridge-to-bridge radio capability |
Accidental stranding or grounding |
Damage to property amounting to $12,500 |
|
Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner directly involved in the
incident is required to submit to alcohol testing within __________. |
1 hour |
2 hours |
6 hours |
12 hours |
|
Following a serious marine incident, who can administer use of the device
that tests an individuals breath? |
any individual trained to conduct
such tests |
qualified medical personnel only |
the marine employer |
any USCG credentialed deck officer |
|
The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible? |
The Master of the vessel |
The owner of the vessel |
The person in charge of the vessel
at the time of casualty |
Any one of the above. |
|
What accident situation is considered a Serious Marine Incident? |
Damage to property in excess of $100,000 |
An injury to a crewmember that renders
that person unfit to continue working on the vessel |
A discharge of 10,000 gallons or more
of oil into navigable waters of the U.S. |
All of the above. |
|
As Master or person in charge, you must notify the U.S. Coast Guard if an
injury leaves a crewman unfit to perform routine duties for more than __________. |
72 hours |
24 hours |
48 hours |
Any amount of time |
|
When underway with a tow, you are required to notify the Coast Guard in
which casualty situation? |
Damage of bridge-to-bridge radio capability |
Damage to property amounting to $12,500 |
An injury requiring first aid treatment |
Accidental stranding or grounding |
|
You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers.
Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger
vessels, you must notify the __________. |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in damage to property in excess of $25,000 |
nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety
or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in a loss of life |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in injury to personnel |
|
A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes
the __________. |
cost of labor and material to restore
the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty |
damage claims awarded to individuals
or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000 |
loss of revenue while the vessel is
being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000 |
All of the above. |
|
In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard
Marine Safety Office? |
Your vessel is backing from a dock
and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes. |
A nylon mooring line parts while the
vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier. |
A seaman is injured and in the hospital
for four days. |
Your vessel strikes a pier and does
$1,500 damage to the pier but none to the vessel. |
|
A vessel is involved in a casualty. The cost of property damage includes
the __________. |
damage claims awarded to individuals
or companies involved in the casualty, up to a maximum of $50,000 |
loss of revenue while the vessel is
being repaired, up to a maximum of $50,000 |
cost of labor and material to restore
the vessel to the service condition which existed before the casualty |
All of the above. |
|
During the course of a voyage, a seaman falls on the main deck and injures
his ankle. The Master should submit a Report of Marine Accident, Injury
or Death if the __________. |
injured is unable to perform routine
duties |
injury results in loss of life only |
injury is the result of misconduct |
injured needs first aid |
|
In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard
Marine Safety Office? |
A seaman is injured and in the hospital
for four days. |
Your vessel strikes and sinks an anchored
sailboat costing a total of $20,000 for salvage and repair. |
Your vessel is backing from a dock
and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes. |
Nylon mooring line parts while the
vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier. |
|
On which form do you provide a written report of Marine Casualty to the
nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety Office? |
DOT 211 |
CG 5511 |
DD 214 |
CG 2692 |
|
The damage to a vessel is over $25,000. Who must notify the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible? |
The Master of the vessel |
The operator of the vessel |
The person in charge of the vessel |
All of the above. |
|
Under the federal regulations, what minimum level of Blood Alcohol Content
(BAC) constitutes a violation of the laws prohibiting Boating Under the
Influence of Alcohol (BUI) on commercial vessels? |
.04% BAC |
.06% BAC |
.18% BAC |
.10% BAC |
|
In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard
Marine Safety Office? |
A seaman is injured and in the hospital
for four days. |
Your vessel is backing from a dock
and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes. |
A nylon mooring line parts while the
vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier. |
Your vessel strikes a pier and does
$1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel. |
|
What requires a Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death? |
Injury beyond first aid |
Collision with a bridge |
loss of life |
All of the above. |
|
You are the Master of a 500-gross ton passenger vessel operating on rivers.
Your vessel accidentally runs aground. Under the regulations for passenger
vessels, you must notify the __________. |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in injury to personnel |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in damage to property in excess of $25,000 |
nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety
or Marine Inspection Office as soon as possible |
Coast Guard, only if the grounding
results in a loss of life |
|
In which casualty case is it UNNECESSARY to notify the local Coast Guard
Marine Safety Office? |
A seaman is injured and in the hospital
for four days. |
Your vessel is backing from a dock
and runs aground, but is pulled off by tugs in 30 minutes. |
A nylon mooring line parts while the
vessel is tied up and kills a harbor worker who was on the pier. |
Your vessel strikes a pier and does
$1,500 damage to the pier but no damage to the vessel. |
|
What is considered a Serious Marine Incident? |
an allision that results in $500 damage
to a boat dock |
grounding of a vessel on a sandbar
that does not result in injuries and/or any damage to the vessel |
an injury to a crewmember, passenger,
or other person which requires professional medical treatment beyond first
aid |
None of the above |
|
Which situation requires you to furnish a notice of marine casualty to the
Coast Guard? |
Your vessel is at anchor and grounds
at low tide with no apparent damage. |
You collide with a buoy and drag it
off station with no apparent damage to the vessel or the buoy. |
Storm damage to the cargo winch motors
requires repairs costing $19,000. |
A seaman slips on ice on deck and
sprains his ankle, requiring an ace bandage. |
|
Under federal regulations, what minimum level of Blood Alcohol Content (BAC)
constitutes a violation of the laws prohibiting Boating Under the Influence
of Alcohol (BUI) on commercial vessels? |
.04% BAC |
.10% BAC |
.18% BAC |
.06% BAC |
|
Following a Serious Marine Incident, a mariner involved in the incident
is prohibited from consuming alcohol until after being tested or __________. |
2 hours following the incident |
4 hours following the incident |
8 hours following the incident |
12 hours following the incident |
|
You are the operator of an uninspected vessel which is involved in an accident.
You are not required to assist people affected by the accident if __________. |
it would cause serious danger to your
vessel |
the other vessel did not appear to
be sinking |
it would unduly delay your voyage |
the other vessel was at fault |
|
The operator of an uninspected vessel MUST assist people affected by an
accident if he or she can do so without __________. |
undue delay |
serious danger to his or her own vessel |
creating a panic on either vessel |
further damaging the other vessel |
|
You are operator of a towing vessel which collides with a buoy and drags
it off station. What should you do if the damage to your vessel is not serious? |
Immediately notify the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and then submit form CG-2692. |
If the buoy is afloat, no action is
necessary. |
Wait one week and submit form GG-2692
to the nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office. |
Immediately notify the nearest Coast
Guard Marine Safety or Inspection Office and no further action is necessary. |
|
By law, the maximum penalty for failing (without reasonable cause) to give
aid in the case of collision is __________. |
one year imprisonment or $500 |
two years imprisonment or $1000 |
two years imprisonment or $1500 |
two years imprisonment or $2000 |
|
A report of casualty to a vessel must include __________. |
the name of the owner or agent of
the vessel |
the amount of ballast on board |
an evaluation of who was at fault |
the estimated cost of damage |
|
Form 2692 (Notice of Marine Casualty), when required, must be filed to the
U.S. Coast Guard within how many days? |
7 days |
3 days |
1 day |
5 days |
|
A Notice of Marine Casualty to a vessel must include __________. |
an evaluation of who was at fault |
the amount of ballast on board |
the estimated cost of damage |
the name of the owner or agent of
the vessel |
|
Who is responsible for providing urine specimen collection kits to be used
following a serious marine incident? |
The U.S. Coast Guard |
Qualified medical personnel |
The marine employer |
The local police department |
|
All inspected vessels on unrestricted ocean routes must have equipment on
board for testing an individual's __________. |
breath |
blood |
urine |
All of the above. |
|
As defined in the regulations governing marine casualties a "marine
employer" may be the __________. |
agent |
Master |
owner |
All of the above. |
|
A vessel is not required to carry urine specimen collecting kits onboard
the vessel only if the individuals directly involved in a Serious Marine
Incident can be tested ashore within __________? |
12 hours |
24 hours |
32 hours |
48 hours |
|
The owner, agent, Master or person-in-charge of a "T-Boat" involved
in a marine casualty causing injury that requires professional medical treatment
must __________. |
keep all voyage records and make them
available to Coast Guard investigators |
file a written report (CG2692) of
the casualty within five days |
immediately notify the nearest USCG
MSO, MIO, or Group Office |
All of the above. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, when estimating the cost of collision damage
to a tank vessel after a marine accident, which of the following should
NOT be included in the repair cost estimate? |
Cost to gas-free the cargo tanks |
Cost to off-load the current cargo |
Cost to drydock the vessel |
All of the above. |
|
A cargo exception would appear on __________. |
the cargo manifest |
the Export Declaration |
a Bill of Lading |
a Letter of Indemnity |
|
If there is a discrepancy in the cargo totals, between the cargo onboard
the vessel and the cargo listed in the cargo manifest, the more accurate
account of cargo totals can be found in the __________. |
Bill of Lading |
Charter Party |
Portage Bill |
Notice of Readiness |
|
The original Bill of Lading, once signed by the Master, is NOT __________. |
used to transfer ownership of the
cargo while the ship is enroute |
a receipt and proof that goods have
been received on board |
surrendered to the customs agency
of the country where the cargo is discharged |
proof of title or ownership of the
cargo |
|
A vessel loads 5000 tons of manganese ore. The railroad cars that brought
the ore to the vessel were previously loaded with iron ore so the ore is
contaminated. The agent requests the Master to sign a Clean Bill of Lading
and in return the shipper will give him a Letter of Indemnity. What is the
best procedure to follow? |
Refuse to sign a Clean Bill of Lading. |
Sign a Clean Bill of Lading and accept
the Letter of Indemnity. |
Sign the Clean Bill of Lading and
have the agent countersign it. |
Sign a Clean Bill of lading under
protest. |
|
A vessel loads 100 tons of glass jars. The mate on watch discovers that
some of the cartons have been damaged and has an exception made on the Bill
of Lading. What is this document called? |
Damage Bill of Lading |
Unclean Bill of Lading |
Non-negotiable Bill of Lading |
Letter of Indemnity |
|
A vessel has completed loading cargo in the port of San Francisco. What
document is signed by the Master stating the terms that goods were delivered
and received by the ship? |
Cargo Receipt |
Bill of Lading |
Bill of Goods |
Cargo Manifest |
|
A shipper of cargo aboard your vessel offers a letter of indemnity for the
cargo. This is done in order to obtain a(n) __________. |
Clean Bill of Lading |
Through Bill of Lading |
Order Bill of Lading |
Straight Bill of Lading |
|
An implied warranty of seaworthiness on the part of the vessel's owner lies
in the __________. |
contract of carriage, i.e. Bill of
Lading |
Classification Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
Cargo Manifest |
|
Which is a negotiable document? |
Receiving Report |
Export Declaration |
Bill of Lading |
Cargo Manifest |
|
A contract of affreightment is a __________. |
Bill of Lading |
Portage Bill |
manifest |
Bottomry Bond |
|
A vessel arrives in the port of Los Angeles from a foreign port and discharges
some of its inward foreign cargo. What additional manifest is required? |
Inward Foreign Manifest |
Pro Forma Manifest |
Discharge Manifest |
Traveling Manifest |
|
The exact and complete identification of all cargo on board must be found
on the __________. |
Hatch Report |
Cargo Manifest |
Loading List |
Mate's Receipt |
|
A "dangerous cargo manifest" is needed for you to carry a combustible
cargo. You should obtain the shipping papers to make this "manifest"
from the __________. |
ABS |
manufacturer |
shipper |
Coast Guard |
|
Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification
of a cargo is NOT correct? |
Class 8 |
Division 3.1 |
Division 2.3 |
All of the above. |
|
Which entry on a dangerous cargo manifest concerning the classification
of a cargo is correct? |
Division 2.2 - nonflammable gas |
Class 8 |
Class 3 - flammable liquid |
All of the above. |
|
The dangerous cargo manifest does NOT indicate __________. |
the stowage location of hazardous
material aboard the vessel |
the net weight of each hazardous cargo |
a description of the packaging (drums,
boxes, etc.) |
UN identification numbers |
|
Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest is FALSE? |
The hazard class of each cargo must
be indicated. |
The manifest must be made up by the
carrier, agents, and any person designated for this purpose. |
Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous
cargoes may be listed on the manifest if they are destined for the same
consignee. |
The manifest must be kept in a designated
holder on or near the bridge. |
|
Which statement about the dangerous cargo manifest, carried on a ship, is
TRUE? |
The manifest must be made up by the
Master or other designated ship's officer. |
Shipments of hazardous and non-hazardous
cargo may be listed on the manifest if they are destined for the same consignee. |
The manifest must be kept in a designated
holder on or near the bridge. |
The type of label(s) required for
each cargo must be indicated. |
|
Which cargo would require a dangerous cargo manifest? |
Lumber |
Wheat |
Cotton |
Sugar |
|
What is NOT accepted as the required shipping papers on a manned and loaded
tank barge? |
Bill of Lading |
Manifest |
Shipping document |
Logbook entry |
|
What will be accepted as the shipping papers for an unmanned tank barge
but will not be accepted if the tank barge is manned? |
Manifest |
Shipping document |
Logbook entry |
Bill of Lading |
|
The shipping papers for the products being carried in your tankship are
NOT required to contain the __________. |
location of the delivery point(s) |
exact quantity of the cargoes |
name of the consignee(s) |
grades of the cargoes |
|
On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a box is called __________. |
light weight |
rate weight |
gross weight |
net weight |
|
On the cargo manifest, the gross weight of a box containing cargo is the
weight of the __________. |
box |
rate weight |
cargo and box |
cargo |
|
On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty cargo box is the __________. |
tare weight |
cargo weight |
net weight |
gross weight |
|
On the cargo manifest, the total weight of a box containing cargo is the
__________. |
gross weight |
cargo weight |
tare weight |
net weight |
|
On the cargo manifest, the weight of the cargo inside a box is called the
__________. |
gross weight |
rate weight |
net weight |
light weight |
|
On the cargo manifest, the gross weight of a box containing cargo is the
weight of the __________. |
cargo and box |
box |
cargo |
rate weight |
|
On the cargo manifest, the total weight of an empty cargo box is the __________. |
tare weight |
gross weight |
cargo weight |
net weight |
|
A declaration made by the Master before a U.S. Consul, giving particulars
regarding heavy weather or other incidents which may have caused damage
to the vessel or cargo, through no fault of the vessel, her officers, or
crew is a(n) __________. |
note of protest |
Master's declaration |
exception report |
cargo addendum |
|
The S.S. Ossel Hitch arrives in Capetown, South Africa, and the Master affects
a note of protest with the U.S. Consul. Why would the Master affect this
document? |
Crew misconduct |
Suspicion of cargo pilferage by crew |
Inability of vessel to comply with
voyage charter |
Suspicion of heavy weather damage
to vessel or cargo |
|
The document that establishes the facts of a casualty and is the prima facie
relief from liability for the damage is the __________. |
Master's protest |
insurance policy |
adjuster's report |
invoice |
|
A document used to indicate suspected cargo damage caused by rough weather
would be the __________. |
Master's Note of Protest |
hull damage report |
Unseaworthy Certificate |
cargo report |
|
The declaration made by the Master when he anticipates hull and/or cargo
damage due to unusual weather conditions is a __________. |
Notice of Casualty |
Portage Bill |
Note of Protest |
Bottomry Bond |
|
A Master should file a marine note of protest if __________. |
longshore labor went on strike in
the port causing undue vessel delay |
the vessel encountered heavy weather
which might have caused cargo damage |
cargo was received at ship side which
was damaged in land transit |
portions of his vessel's cargo were
illegally impounded in a foreign port |
|
The S.S. Sheet Bend arrives in New York after encountering heavy weather
on a voyage from Cape Town. Who will note the maritime protest for the Master? |
Notary Public |
Officer in Charge Marine Inspection |
Collector of Customs |
U.S. Shipping Commissioner |
|
You are in charge of a towing vessel that operates exclusively on inland
waters. You regularly tow barges that provide services (cargo lighters,
fuel barges, etc.) to foreign flag vessels in port. What will be accepted
as proper credentials for you and your crew? |
Social Security card |
Merchant Mariner Credential |
State driver's license with photo
ID |
No credentials are required since
you operate on inland waters only |
|
How long is a credential issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for apprentice mate
(steersman) of Towing Vessels valid for? |
2 years and must be renewed |
3 years and must be renewed |
5 years and must be renewed |
None of the above |
|
When are Operators of Uninspected Passenger Vessels are required to keep
their Coast Guard credential aboard their vessel? |
only when carrying passengers for
hire |
only when operating more than one
mile from shore |
only when operating at night |
At all times |
|
A credential for apprentice mate (steersman) of towing vessels shall be
renewed within what time period before or after the expiration date? |
12 months |
90 days |
6 months |
30 days |
|
How long is a credential issued by the U.S. Coast Guard for Master of Towing
Vessels valid for? |
5 years and must be renewed |
life and need not be renewed |
2 years and must be renewed |
3 years and must be renewed |
|
A credentialed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the person in charge
of which towing vessel? |
500 GRT towboat operating on the Western
Rivers |
99 GRT towing vessel operating on
Chesapeake Bay |
199 GRT towing vessel operating in
the Gulf of Alaska |
349 GRT towing vessel operating between
Florida and Puerto Rico |
|
A credentialed Master of Towing Vessels may NOT serve as the Captain of
which towing vessel? |
199 GRT towing vessel operating in
the Gulf of Alaska |
375 GRT towing vessel operating between
Texas and Puerto Rico |
400 GRT towboat operating on the Western
Rivers |
99 GRT towing vessel operating on
Chesapeake Bay |
|
You operate a harbor craft on inland waters exclusively. If you regularly
service or contact foreign flag vessels in the course of business, which
statement is TRUE? |
Your crew must have identification
credentials. |
A customs official must be on board
when contacting a foreign flag vessel. |
Your vessel must be inspected. |
All contacts with a foreign flag vessel
must be reported to the U.S. Coast Guard. |
|
How many months after its expiration date may a Coast Guard credential be
renewed without retaking the complete exam? |
1 month |
6 months |
12 months |
24 months |
|
What is the period of validity of a Merchant Mariner Credential? |
1 year |
3 years |
5 years |
2 years |
|
A mariner whose credential has been revoked shall not be issued another
credential without which of the following? |
approval of an administrative law
judge |
approval of the Officer-in-Charge,
Marine Inspection |
approval of the Commandant |
taking a new examination |
|
Which lien against a vessel would be settled FIRST? |
Vessel mortgage |
Ship repairer's lien |
Maintenance and cure |
Salvage lien |
|
A maritime lien may be placed against __________. |
objects that are fixed and immovable,
such as wharves |
any assets that a ship's owner may
have |
a vessel, cargo, or freight |
the vessel only |
|
The Certificate of Freeboard is the __________. |
Forecastle Card |
Certificate of Inspection |
Admeasurer's Certificate |
Load Line Certificate |
|
Which certificate is issued by the American Bureau of Shipping? |
Certificate of Inspection |
Load Line Certificate |
Permit to Proceed for repairs |
Safety Equipment Certificate |
|
Your load line certificate expires on 27 May 1988. The vessel is surveyed
on that date and is found satisfactory. You are sailing foreign the same
day. Which statement is TRUE? |
A new certificate must be issued before
you sail. |
The existing certificate is extended
for a period of up to 150 days. |
The existing certificate is endorsed
as valid for a five year period commencing 27 May 1988. |
The existing certificate is extended
until the first foreign port of call where a new certificate will be issued
by the local surveyor. |
|
Periodic surveys to renew the load line assignment must be made at intervals
NOT exceeding __________. |
18 months |
two years |
three years |
five years |
|
The Plimsoll mark on a vessel is used to __________. |
determine the vessel's trim |
align the vessel's tail shaft |
determine the vessel's freeboard |
locate the vessel's centerline |
|
What is the group of markings shown in illustration D003DG below is called? |
water mark |
load line mark |
loft mark |
test mark |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter B in illustration D003DG
below? |
Summer load line |
Timber summer load line |
Tropical load line |
Tropical fresh water load line |
|
Your vessel has the symbol shown in illustration D022DG below inscribed
on the side. Which statement concerning this symbol is TRUE? |
The symbol is the equivalent of a
load line marking and is used by government vessels (USN, MSC, USCG) only. |
This represents the load line marks
when engaged on a voyage upon the Great Lakes. |
The applicable gross and net tonnage
of the ship will change if this mark is submerged and the load line mark
is visible. |
The line directly under the triangle
is at the same level as the summer load line. |
|
You are loading in the winter in Albany, N.Y., for a voyage to a port governed
by the tropical load line mark. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
(Hydrometer reading in Albany is 1.000) |
You may calculate the burnout necessary
to reach the tropical zone and load extra cargo to compensate. |
You may load to the winter mark less
the fresh water allowance if you will be at the tropical mark upon arrival
in the tropical zone. |
You may not exceed the winter load
line mark when you finish loading except for the burnout to sea. |
The freshwater allowance and burnout
to sea may be subtracted from the required freeboard in Albany. |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter A in illustration D003DG
below? |
Plimsoll line |
Deck line |
Fresh Water load line |
Winter North Atlantic load line |
|
You are loading at port A, governed by the summer load line mark, for a
voyage to port B, governed by the winter mark. The fresh water allowance
is 10", and the hydrometer reads 1.020. Which statement is TRUE? |
You may not load beyond the summer
mark and must be at the winter mark upon arrival at port B. |
You may not load beyond the winter
mark except for 2 inches brackish water allowance. |
You may load to the summer mark plus
2 inches if you will be at the winter mark when entering the winter zone. |
You may not load beyond the summer
mark plus 8 inches brackish water allowance. |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter C in illustration D003DG
below? |
Fresh water line |
Winter North Atlantic water line |
Tropical water line |
Summer water line |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter E in illustration D003DG
below? |
Summer water line |
Tropical water line |
Fresh water line |
Winter water line |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter D in illustration D003DG
below? |
Summer load line |
Fresh load line |
Tropical load line |
Winter load line |
|
You are loading in a port governed by the tropical load line mark for a
voyage to a port governed by the winter mark. The fresh water allowance
is 5 inches, and the hydrometer reads 1.005. Which statement is TRUE? |
You may load to the tropical mark
plus 1 inch brackish water allowance. |
You may only load to the winter mark
plus a brackish water allowance of 4 inches. |
You must load so that each zone mark
will not be submerged upon entering the zone. |
Your draft must not exceed the winter
mark plus the fresh water allowance upon arrival off the discharge port. |
|
What is the name of the mark indicated by the letter F in illustration D003DG
below? |
Summer load line |
Tropical load line |
Winter load line |
Fresh water load line |
|
You are bound from port A governed by the summer load line mark to port
B also governed by the summer mark. The great circle track will take you
into a zone governed by the winter mark. Which statement is TRUE? |
You must be at the winter mark when
you enter the winter zone and cannot exceed the summer mark upon departing
port A. |
You can load so that upon arrival
at the pier at port B your freeboard is equal to the summer mark less any
fresh water allowance. |
You cannot load beyond the summer
mark at port A and must be at the winter mark upon arrival at port B. |
You can only load to the winter mark
plus any fresh water allowance and burnout to sea at port A. |
|
In addition to the load lines indicated in illustration D003DG below, some
vessels have a Winter North Atlantic line. Which statement about this load
line mark is TRUE? |
It is marked above line B in the diagram. |
It applies only to vessels not exceeding
328 ft. navigating in the Winter North Atlantic zones. |
It is carried on VLCC/ULCC type vessels
and allows reduced freeboard considering their size. |
It is applied to vessels on restricted
trade routes between the United Kingdom, Iceland, and Northern European
countries. |
|
The primary purpose of a load line is to establish required __________. |
transverse stability |
GM |
fresh water allowances |
minimum freeboard |
|
Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will insure that the vessel
has adequate __________. |
ballast |
reserve buoyancy |
rolling periods |
displacement |
|
The maximum draft to which a vessel can legally be submerged is indicated
by the __________. |
Certificate of Inspection |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
tonnage mark |
load line mark |
|
The load line regulations are administered by the __________. |
U.S. Coast Guard |
National Cargo Bureau |
Maritime Administration |
Lloyd's Register of Shipping |
|
Which factor does NOT affect the required freeboard of a cargo vessel? |
Geographic zone of operation |
Density of the water |
Season of the year |
Condition of trim in normal operation |
|
A disk with a horizontal line through its center, equivalent to the summer
load line, is called the __________. |
tonnage mark |
Plimsoll mark |
maximum allowable draft mark |
deadrise mark |
|
The strictest load line regulations apply to __________. |
freighters (break-bulk) |
passenger ships |
gas carriers |
tankers |
|
Which statement about the deck line is TRUE? |
The deck edge is marked at the intersection
of the freeboard deck with the side shell, at the lowest point of sheer,
with the vessel at even trim. |
A vessel with wooden planks on a steel
deck will have the deck line marked at the intersection of the upper line
of the wood sheathing with the side shell. |
On a vessel with a rounded stringer-sheer
plate, the deck line is marked where the stringer plate turns down from
the plane of the deck line. |
The top of the deck line is marked
at the highest point of the freeboard deck, including camber, at the midships
point. |
|
What is NOT surveyed at an annual load line survey? |
Portholes and deadlights in the side
plating |
Main deck hatch covers |
The overall structure and layout of
the vessel for alterations to the superstructure |
The bilge pumping system |
|
Which statement concerning dual-tonnage vessels is TRUE? |
The dual-tonnage mark is always marked
above the load line marks. |
A single-deck vessel may not be assigned
dual tonnages. |
The dual-tonnage mark must never be
submerged beyond the freshwater allowance. |
The tonnages referred to are the displacement
tonnage and gross tonnage. |
|
In the United States, the load line markings are set by the __________. |
Coast Guard |
IMO |
Federal Maritime Board |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
The annual survey for endorsement of a Load Line Certificate must be held
within __________. |
the three month period immediately
following the certificate's anniversary date |
the three month period immediately
preceding the certificate's anniversary date |
the three month period centered on
the certificate's anniversary date |
three months either way of the certificate's
anniversary date |
|
Your vessel is issued a load line certificate dated 27 May 1992. What is
NOT an acceptable date for one of the surveys for endorsements? |
February 28, 1993 |
May 27, 1995 |
August 26, 1994 |
November 27, 1993 |
|
A load line certificate is valid for how many years? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
5 |
|
Load lines for U.S. vessels are assigned by __________. |
the National Cargo Bureau |
the American Bureau of Shipping |
the U.S. Coast Guard |
Lloyd's Register of Shipping |
|
The agency which assigns load lines and issues Load Line Certificates is
the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
U.S. Customs |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Secretary of Commerce |
|
What is the period of validity of a Safety Management Certificate? |
36 months |
48 months |
60 months |
42 months |
|
The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in
the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may
the Master take? |
He is normally required to take the
seaman. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
the seaman has a contagious disease. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
it will violate the Certificate of Inspection. |
All of the above. |
|
What is the penalty for desertion? |
Revocation of Merchant Mariner Credential
and forfeiture of wages due |
Forfeiture of money and property left
on the vessel, and wages due |
Imprisonment for not more than 2 years
and/or a fine of not more than $2000 dollars |
Fine of not more than $2000 dollars
and forfeiture of wages |
|
Under U.S. law, what is the penalty for assaulting the Master? |
Fine of not more than $500 and/or
imprisonment for not more than 1 year |
Fine of not more than $1000 |
Revocation of the Merchant Mariner
Credential |
Imprisonment for not more than 2 years |
|
A person is found operating a vessel while under the influence of alcohol.
He/she is liable for __________. |
a fine of not more than $10,000 |
a fine of not more than $3,000 |
a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 |
imprisonment for up to three years |
|
After a seaman is discharged, at the end of the voyage, the final payment
of wages due must be made, whichever is earliest, either within 24 hours
after the cargo has been discharged, or __________. |
within 4 days after the seaman's discharge |
prior to the vessel's departure on
the next voyage |
prior to loading any out-bound cargo |
prior to any change of Master |
|
What is the penalty for willfully damaging cargo? |
Forfeiture of wages equal to the value
of the damage and, if ordered by the court, imprisonment for not more than
12 months |
Fine equal to the value of the damage
plus a 1000 dollar penalty and/or imprisonment not to exceed 2 years |
Fine not to exceed the value of the
damage and/or imprisonment not to exceed 18 months |
Revocation of Merchant Mariner Credential,
fine equal to the value of the damage or imprisonment for not more than
2 years |
|
Your enrolled vessel is bound from Baltimore, MD, to Norfolk, VA, via Chesapeake
Bay. Which statement about the required Pilot is TRUE? |
The Pilot must be credentialed by
Virginia, Maryland and the Coast Guard. |
The Pilot must be credentialed by
either Virginia or Maryland. |
The Pilot must be credentialed by
Virginia and Maryland. |
The Pilot need only be credentialed
by the Coast Guard. |
|
The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in
the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may
the Master take? |
He must take the seaman even if the
seaman has a contagious disease. |
He may refuse to accept the seaman
if the seaman is medically unfit. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
it will violate the Certificate of Inspection. |
He is always required to take the
seaman. |
|
The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in
the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may
the Master take? |
He is required to take the seaman
under any circumstance. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
the ship will not stop at a U.S. port within 30 days. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
the seaman has a contagious disease. |
He is required to accept the seaman
only if the seaman is medically unfit. |
|
The American Consul has asked the Master of a vessel bound for a port in
the U.S. to transport a destitute seaman back to the U.S. Which action may
the Master take? |
He may refuse the seaman if the seaman
has a contagious disease. |
He must always take the seaman. |
He is required to accept the seaman
only if the seaman is medically unfit. |
He may refuse to take the seaman if
he is being held by shore authorities. |
|
A seaman may not make an allotment to his __________. |
mother-in-law |
grandparents |
minor children |
brother |
|
A seaman may have all or part of his wages deposited by allotment to a bank
or savings institution. Which of the following is NOT a requirement for
this type of allotment? |
The account must be either a checking
or savings account. |
The institution must be insured by
the FSLIC or FDIC. |
The account must be opened by the
seaman and maintained in the seaman's name. |
All of the above. |
|
A seaman deserts the vessel in a foreign port. What should the Master do
with any of the deserter's personal effects remaining on board? |
Donate them to a local charity upon
return to the United States. |
Transfer them to the appropriate district
court of the U.S. at the end of the voyage. |
Inventory them, make an appropriate
entry in the Official Logbook and dispose of them at sea. |
Sell them at auction and deposit the
money in the ship's morale or welfare fund. |
|
Your vessel is required to have a slop chest. Which of the following articles
is NOT required by law to be carried in the slop chest? |
Blankets |
Candy |
Tobacco products |
Foul weather clothing |
|
You are Master of a vessel that is sold in a foreign country after discharge
of cargo. What is your responsibility to the crew in regards to return to
the United States? |
There is no requirement for return
to the United States provided the voyage has exceeded 4 weeks duration. |
You must provide air transportation
to the nearest port of entry in the United States. |
The crew can be employed on another
United States vessel, but only if it is returning to the port of original
engagement. |
You must provide passage to the port
of original engagement. |
|
A crew has signed on for a 3-month voyage. Fourteen days into the voyage
a seaman is improperly discharged at the first port of call. How much pay
is he entitled to receive? |
14 days and one month's extra |
1 month's |
14 days |
double wages (28 days) |
|
Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________. |
payment of back taxes to the IRS |
payment of any fines imposed by the
court |
support of a spouse |
All of the above. |
|
Wages due a seaman may be attached by the court for the __________. |
payment of monthly bills |
payment of creditors |
support of a minor child |
All of the above. |
|
You are in charge of a U.S. documented vessel. Under title 46 of the United
States Code, if you fail to report a complaint of a sexual offense, you
may be __________. |
civilly charged and fined |
criminally charged and jailed |
held personally liable by the victim
and sued |
All of the above. |
|
Under title 46 of the United States Code, the person in charge of a documented
vessel who fails to report a complaint of a sexual offense may be __________. |
charged with accessory to sexual assault |
fined up to $5,000 |
imprisoned for up to one year |
All of the above. |
|
Following a collision or accident, the Master of each vessel involved must
render assistance to persons affected by the collision or accident __________. |
if he can do so without undue delay |
if he can do so without any risk to
his vessel |
if he can do so without serious danger
to his vessel or to individuals on board |
without regard to any danger to his
vessel |
|
A person who willfully violates safety regulations may be fined up to $5,000
and __________. |
forbidden to work in the fishing industry |
imprisoned for up to five years |
imprisoned for up to a year |
no other penalty may be applied |
|
A majority of the crew requests a survey from the American Consul to determine
a vessel's seaworthiness. The vessel is found unfit to continue her intended
voyage. The Consul allows the vessel to sail to another port where deficiencies
can be corrected. The crew must __________. |
be furnished employment on another
vessel returning to the United States which is satisfactory to that crew |
be discharged by the American Consul
with additional one month's wages until repairs are made |
comply with the judgment |
be discharged and given first class
passage back to the original port of signing on in lieu of one month's wages |
|
The Master of any vessel bound on a voyage must apply to a district court
when an allegation of unseaworthiness has been made to the Master by __________. |
any two officers of the vessel and
a majority of the crew |
the First and Second Officers of the
vessel or a majority of the crew |
any member of the crew of the vessel |
the First Officer of the vessel |
|
As Chief Officer of a vessel underway, it comes to your attention that the
vessel is, in some manner, unseaworthy. Under such circumstances the Master
is required to take action upon receiving __________. |
notification of such condition from
yourself and any other member of the crew |
notification of such condition from
yourself or the Second Officer |
information of such condition from
yourself |
notification of such condition from
yourself and the Second Officer |
|
A vessel is found to be seaworthy after a complaint in writing to the American
Consul by the Chief and Second Mates. The cost of the survey is to be paid
by the __________. |
Vessel's agent |
Chief and Second Mates |
American Consul |
vessel's owners |
|
A complaint of unseaworthiness by a majority of crew members to the American
Consul is found to be justified after a survey is completed. Who must pay
the cost of the survey? |
Master |
Crew members requesting the survey |
American Consul |
Vessel's owners |
|
What would be prima facie evidence of unseaworthiness? |
Overstowage |
Overloading |
Overcarriage |
Overbooking |
|
When anyone voluntarily deposits his/her Merchant Mariner Credential with
a Coast Guard investigating officer, which of the following is TRUE? |
he/she permanently gives up rights
to the credential |
it must be for reason of addiction
to narcotics |
it may be for reasons of mental or
physical incompetence |
All of the above. |
|
Anyone voluntarily surrendering their Merchant Mariner Credential to a U.S.
Coast Guard investigating officer signs a statement indicating which of
the following? |
they may be issued a new credential
in 5 years after passing another written examination |
their rights to a hearing are waived |
all title to the credential is given
up for 5 years |
All of the above. |
|
Which act would be considered barratry? |
A criminal act committed by a crew
member ashore in a foreign port |
Theft of cargo by longshoremen |
A criminal act committed by the ship
Master in violation of his duty to the shipowner |
Smuggling with the connivance of the
shipowner |
|
Who cannot commit the crime of barratry? |
Ship's unlicensed crewmember(s) |
Ship owner |
Ship's officer(s) |
Master |
|
By law, a user of marijuana shall be subject to which of the following? |
revocation of Merchant Mariner Credential |
reprimand by the US Coast Guard |
termination of employment |
loss of pay during the period of such
use |
|
If you are guilty of failure to properly perform your duties as Master of
Uninspected Towing Vessels, which of the following actions may NOT be taken? |
A fine placed against your Merchant
Mariner Credential |
Suspension of your Merchant Mariner
Credential |
Issuance of a letter of warning |
Revocation of your Merchant Mariner
Credential |
|
The Master may have his/her Merchant Mariner Credential suspended or revoked
for which of the following? |
carrying stowaways |
sailing shorthanded |
being negligent |
All of the above. |
|
Which U.S. Government agency can suspend or revoke a Merchant Mariner Credential
for violating the load line act? |
U.S. Customs Service |
U.S. Coast Guard |
American Bureau of Shipping |
U.S. Maritime Administration |
|
What is required to be posted in the pilothouse of a vessel? |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
Certificate of Inspection |
Company Mission Statement |
Officer's licenses |
|
A new crewman reports on board. He must be trained in the use of the ship's
lifesaving appliances within what time period? |
Before sailing |
2 months |
2 weeks |
1 month |
|
Instructions to the crew in the use of all the ship's lifesaving equipment
shall be completed __________. |
in one month and repeated quarterly |
before sailing |
within one week of sailing |
within any two month period |
|
Preparation of muster lists and signing of same is the responsibility of
the __________. |
Chief Officer of the vessel |
United States Coast Guard |
owner of the vessel |
Master of the vessel |
|
Seeing that all hands are familiar with their duties, as specified in the
muster list, is the responsibility of the __________. |
Chief Mate |
department heads |
Master |
safety officer |
|
Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be found on the __________. |
Certificate of Inspection |
shipping articles |
crewman's duty list |
muster list |
|
Each crewmember has an assigned firefighting station. This assignment is
shown on the __________. |
muster list |
Certificate of Inspection |
fire fighting plan |
shipping articles |
|
All self-propelled vessels on an international voyage must be equipped with
how many Emergency Position Indicating Radio beacons (EPIRB)? |
One approved Category 1 EPIRB |
Three approved Category 1 EPIRBs |
Two approved Class B EPIRBs |
One approved Class B EPIRB |
|
The international body responsible for drafting the convention prohibiting
marine pollution (MARPOL) is the __________. |
International Association of Shipping |
International Maritime Organization |
Maritime Advisory Council |
Association of Seafaring Nations |
|
Annex V to MARPOL 73/78 contains requirements pertaining to the discharge
into the marine environment of __________. |
noxious liquid substances |
oil |
garbage |
None of the above |
|
The Safety of Life at Sea Convention was developed by the __________. |
International Maritime Organization |
U.S. Coast Guard |
American Institute of Maritime Shipping |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate? |
6 months |
12 months |
24 months |
60 months |
|
The Safety of Life at Sea Convention was developed by the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
American Institute of Maritime Shipping |
International Maritime Organization |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
What is the period of validity of the SOLAS required Cargo Ship Safety Construction
Certificate? |
12 months |
24 months |
48 months |
60 months |
|
What is the period of validity of a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate? |
72 months |
60 months |
48 months |
42 months |
|
On U.S. flag vessels, which certificate is always issued by the Coast Guard? |
Load Line Certificate |
Safety Construction Certificate |
Safety Equipment Certificate |
Register of cargo gear |
|
Due to the nature of a vessel's construction for a particular trade, it
does not fully comply with the provisions of SOLAS. Where will this be indicated? |
Nowhere; the vessel must comply to
engage in international trade. |
On the Exemption Certificate |
On the reverse of the particular SOLAS
certificate affected |
On the face of the Certificate of
Inspection |
|
The Safety Equipment Certificate shows that the vessel conforms to the standards
of the __________. |
S.O.L.A.S. Convention |
American Bureau of Shipping |
U.S. Coast Guard |
American Salvage Association |
|
SOLAS requires a lifesaving training manual be provided in each crew cabin
or in the __________. |
fire control room |
recreation and messrooms |
engineering control station |
bridge |
|
What is NOT a requirement for a salvage claim? |
The property saved must be "maritime
property." |
The property must be in peril. |
The salvors must save or attempt to
save any life in peril. |
The salvage service must be voluntary. |
|
What is NOT considered maritime property in a salvage claim? |
light-vessels |
cargo |
rafts |
tug boat |
|
What is NOT considered maritime property in a salvage claim? |
buoys |
semi-submerged shipwreck |
cargo |
sea plane |
|
When several salvors are on-scene at the same time to assist a vessel that
has not been abandoned, which principal governs the decision as to which
one's services will be accepted? |
The first salvor on-scene has the
prior claim providing he has adequate facilities to assist the vessel needing
assistance. |
The salvors must agree to a division
of any salvage among themselves with the major share allotted to those doing
the most work. |
The Master of the ship needing assistance
has the absolute right to decide. |
The first salvor on-scene has the
absolute right to provide assistance; however, he is liable if the ship
is lost due to his lack of experience, equipment, etc. |
|
Your vessel is disabled and in imminent danger of grounding on a lee shore.
The Master agrees to salvage services using Lloyd's Open Form of Salvage
Agreement. Which is TRUE? |
The salvage service is on a "no
cure-no pay" basis. |
The salvor becomes the owner of the
vessel until the salvage award, if any, is paid. |
The salvage award will be decided
by suit in Admiralty Court. |
Underwriters will repudiate the agreement
if it is unsuccessful, due to their increased liability. |
|
What is NOT true regarding a Lloyd's Open Form (LOF) Salvage Agreement? |
There is a bonus to the salvage award
if environmental casualty is averted |
If salvage is not successful, vessel
owes salvor nothing |
The LOF is subject to the law of the
country the two parties agree upon |
The agreement between vessels can
be made via VHF |
|
What statement is true regarding a Contract Salvage Agreement? |
There is a "no cure-no pay"
agreement |
Lloyd's Open Form (LOF) Salvage Agreement
is a Contract Salvage Agreement |
The cost of the salvage is set at
a fixed price |
The crew is allotted the largest percentage
of the salvage award |
|
While assigned to a 120 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign"
articles on a voyage from New York City to which port? |
Halifax, Canada |
Saint Maarten, Netherlands Antilles |
Long Beach, California |
Veracruz, Mexico |
|
While assigned to a 90 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign"
articles on a voyage from Philadelphia to which port? |
San Francisco, CA |
Tampico, Mexico |
Montreal, Canada |
Baltimore, MD |
|
While assigned to a 106 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign"
articles on a voyage from San Francisco to which port? |
Vera Cruz, Mexico (east coast) |
Vancouver, Canada (west coast) |
New York, NY |
Mazatlan, Mexico (west coast) |
|
While assigned to a 150 GRT vessel, you are required to sign "foreign"
articles on a voyage from New Orleans to which port? |
Veracruz, Mexico |
Houston, Texas |
Kingston, Jamaica |
Cristobal Colon, Panama |
|
A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________. |
there is a change of Master |
intoxicated |
there is a change of home port |
the vessel is overloaded |
|
A seaman is entitled by law to a release from Foreign Articles when __________. |
injured |
intoxicated |
the vessel is overloaded |
deductions are made from wages |
|
The Shipping Articles shall be signed by each seaman and the __________. |
U.S. Customs Service |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Master of the vessel |
Shipping Commissioner |
|
A seaman signed on articles on 16 January 1987 and signed off on 2 March
1987. How should you enter this under the Time of Service column in the
articles? |
1 Month 16 Days |
2 Months |
1 Month 18 Days |
46 Days |
|
A vessel is to make a voyage between New York and San Juan, Puerto Rico,
and return. The crew should be signed on __________. |
Foreign Articles |
no articles |
Intercoastal Articles |
Coastwise Articles |
|
Shipping articles are a contract of agreement between the members of the
crew and the __________. |
vessel's owner |
Coast Guard |
charterers |
Master |
|
The Articles of Agreement __________. |
is also known as a Merchant Mariner's
Document |
are signed by each crewmember at the
end of the voyage |
designates the quarters a seaman will
occupy during a voyage |
advises the crew of the conditions
of employment |
|
The forecastle card is a copy of the __________. |
unlicensed shipping card from the
union |
quarters allocation |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
shipping agreement |
|
A copy of the Articles of Agreement, less the signatures, is required to
be posted. What is this document called? |
Articles Copy |
Voyage Agreement |
Forecastle Card |
Shipping Articles |
|
Which statement about the forecastle card is TRUE? |
Is an exact copy of shipping articles. |
The forecastle card is a blank sample
of the articles. |
Each crewmember is given a copy of
the forecastle card. |
It contains copies of the crew's signatures
from the articles. |
|
Which statement is true regarding the forecastle card? |
advises the crew of the conditions
of employment |
is posted in the crews quarters and
lists the emergency stations |
is also known as a Merchant Mariner's
Document |
designates the quarters a seaman will
occupy during a voyage |
|
When can the US citizenship requirement for the Master of a US-flag uninspected
towing vessel be waived? |
When the towing vessel operates shoreward
of the boundary line |
Never, under any circumstances |
When it costs too much to hire a US
credentialed Master |
When US credentialed Masters are not
readily available |
|
You are the credentialed Master of a 199 GT uninspected towing vessel making
a 500 mile coastwise trip. You carry a deck crew of six (6). Which statement
is TRUE? |
Only the able seamen require Merchant
Mariner Credentials. |
There must be at least 5 able seamen
among the deck crew. |
There must be 3 separate watches stood. |
None of the above |
|
You are the Master of an uninspected diesel towing vessel of 190 GT operating
on a regular run from New York to the Gulf of Mexico. Which statement is
TRUE? |
A credentialed Chief Engineer is required. |
Able Seamen are not required in the
deck crew. |
Sailors may stand watch for 6 hours
on and 6 hours off. |
All crew members must have a Merchant
Mariner Credential |
|
On which vessels may credentialed individuals be required to stand watch
under the two-watch system, on voyages of more than 600 miles in length? |
Cargo ships |
Uninspected towing vessels |
Offshore supply vessels |
Tank vessels |
|
Which statement concerning a 298 GRT inspected tug engaged in towing from
Seattle, WA, to Alaska is TRUE? |
A credentialed Master of Towing Vessels
may serve as Master. |
Each crew member must be issued a
certificate of discharge at the time of discharge. |
No able seamen are required. |
Crew must be signed on before a Shipping
Commissioner. |
|
You are onboard a 120 GT uninspected sea going tug which carries one Master
and one Mate of Towing Vessels and four (4) seamen when underway. How many
of the four seamen must have a rating as able seamen if the voyage is under
600 miles? |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
|
Which category of able seaman is not authorized to be counted as an able
seaman on a seagoing tug of over 100 gross tons? |
Special |
Special (OSV) |
Unlimited |
Limited |
|
On a coastwise tugboat of 199 GT, on a voyage over 600 miles, what percentage
of the deck crew (excluding officers) must hold a document of able seaman? |
65 (%) |
50 (%) |
25 (%) |
0 (%) |
|
If the Master of a US-flag towing vessel replaces any crew member with a
non-US citizen, he/she must ensure that the __________. |
replacement can communicate with other
crew members to the extent required by regulations |
replacement holds a credential equivalent
in experience and training to a mariner holding US credentials |
vessel is on a foreign voyage, outside
US jurisdiction, and not operating above the US outer continental shelf |
All of the above. |
|
Your 199 GT tugboat is on a 675 mile coastwise voyage. What percentage of
the deck crew must be Able Bodied Seamen? |
0 (%) |
25 (%) |
50 (%) |
65 (%) |
|
When may foreign credentialed personnel be employed on a US-flag towing
vessel? |
While operating above the US outer
continental shelf |
Never, under any circumstances |
While on a foreign voyage and outside
US jurisdiction, in order to meet manning requirements |
On vessels operating on domestic voyages
only |
|
Considering manning requirements for US flag vessels, your 2 watch cargo
vessel has a deck crew of 20 people, exclusive of officers. How many of
these people do the manning regulations require to be able seamen? |
13 |
10 |
7 |
5 |
|
You are the credentialed Master of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise.
What percentage of the deck crew must be able to understand any order spoken
by the officers? |
50 (%) |
65 (%) |
75 (%) |
100 (%) |
|
On a sea going towing vessel of 150 gross tons, there are six (6) seamen
in the deck crew. How many certificated able seamen are required if the
voyage is over 600 miles? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
You are the credentialed Master of a towing vessel operating between New
York and Tampa, FL. If you carry four deckhands onboard, how many must be
able seamen? |
one |
two |
three |
four |
|
You are the credentialed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel sailing coastwise.
What percentage of the deck crew must be able to understand the language
commonly used onboard the vessel? |
50 (%) |
100 (%) |
65 (%) |
75 (%) |
|
Who is responsible for establishing watches aboard a U.S. vessel? |
The owner of the vessel |
The Master of the vessel |
The company that charters the vessel |
The company that operates the vessel |
|
A holder of a credential as Master of towing vessels may work each 24 hours
for a period not to exceed __________. |
6 hours |
12 hours |
18 hours |
24 hours |
|
Who may perform as a lookout? |
A member of the navigational watch |
A member of the engineering watch |
A member of the Stewards Department |
All of the above. |
|
In terms of vessel manning, a watch is the __________. |
direct performance of cargo loading
and discharge operations only |
direct performance of deck or engine
operations in a scheduled and fixed rotation |
performance of maintenance work necessary
for the vessel's safe operation, on a daily basis |
performance of lookout duties |
|
Who is responsible for properly manning a vessel in accordance with all
applicable laws, regulations and international conventions? |
The (USCG) Officer in Charge of Marine
Inspection |
The (USCG) Captain of the Port |
The Master of the vessel |
The owner or operator of the vessel |
|
On vessels over 100 gross tons, whose responsibility is it to ensure that
all able seamen in the vessel's crew have the documents and qualifications
required by law and regulation? |
USCG Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection |
Company's personnel director |
Master of the vessel |
Owner or operator of the vessel |
|
The terminology "able to understand any order spoken by the officers"
refers to all of the following situations EXCEPT __________. |
directing the use of lifesaving equipment |
in response to a man overboard |
for deck department crew members to
understand the terminology used in the engine room |
in response to a fire |
|
How can the Coast Guard determine that a crew member is "able to understand
any order spoken by the officers"? |
Require that an interpreter be provided |
Require a written test |
Require a demonstration by the officer
and the crew member |
All of the above. |
|
The Officers Competency Certificates Convention of 1936 applies to all of
these vessels operating seaward of the boundary line EXCEPT a/an __________. |
offshore supply vessel over 200 gross
tons |
passenger vessel of 295 gross tons |
uninspected towing vessel of less
than 200 gross tons |
inspected towing vessel of 305 gross
tons |
|
Which statement, concerning offshore supply vessel operations, correctly
defines the length of a voyage? |
The distance from the point of departure
to the vessel's first stop |
The shortest measurable distance from
the port of departure to the port of arrival |
The distance from the point of departure
to the most distant point offshore |
The total distance from the port of
departure to the port of arrival, not including stops at offshore points |
|
The Master may require part of the crew to work when needed for __________. |
performing fire, lifeboat or other
drills in port or at sea |
performing work necessary for the
safety of the vessel, its passengers, crew or cargo |
maneuvering, shifting berth, mooring
and unmooring |
All of the above. |
|
For towing vessels over 100 gross tons that are permitted to maintain a
two-watch system, what percentage of the deck crew must be able seamen? |
50 (%) |
65 (%) |
75 (%) |
100 (%) |
|
Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels (100 gross tons and
above), your cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 men, exclusive of the officers.
How many of these men do the manning regulations require to be Able Seamen? |
5 |
7 |
10 |
13 |
|
Considering the manning requirements for U.S. vessels, your three watch
cargo vessel has a deck crew of 20 people, exclusive of the officers. How
many of these people do the manning regulations require to be Able Seamen? |
10 |
13 |
7 |
5 |
|
Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when on
a trip exceeding __________. |
600 miles |
700 miles |
800 miles |
1000 miles |
|
Deckhands onboard towing vessels shall be divided into 3 watches when the
trip exceeds __________. |
1000 miles |
800 miles |
700 miles |
600 miles |
|
You are signing on a crew. You can determine the minimum number and qualifications
of the crew that you are required to carry by consulting which document? |
Certificate of Inspection |
Articles of Agreement |
fo'c'sle card |
Crew list |
|
You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard,
and the qualifications of each, is listed on the __________. |
fo'c'sle card |
Crew list |
Articles of Agreement |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
You are signing on crew members. The minimum number of people required aboard,
and the qualifications of each, is listed on the __________. |
Articles of Agreement |
fo'c'sle card |
Crew list |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
A U.S. or foreign flag vessel that does not comply with the Officers Competency
Certificates Convention of 1936 may be detained by certain designated officials.
These officials include all of the following EXCEPT a/an __________. |
State Police officer |
officer of the U.S. Customs Service |
Coast Guard petty officer |
Coast Guard officer |
|
You are the credentialed operator of a 100 GT towing vessel making coastwise
runs. Which of the following must you do whenever a crew member is discharged
from your vessel? |
retain the crew member's Certificate
of Discharge onboard |
issue a Certificate of Discharge and
make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Book |
retain the crew member's Continuous
Discharge Book onboard |
issue a Certificate of Discharge or
make an entry in his Continuous Discharge Book |
|
You are signing on your crew. Which is NOT authorized? |
A man presenting an MMC endorsed as "Able
Seaman" to sign on as Bosun |
A man presenting his Chief Mate endorsement
to sign on as able seaman |
An engineer presenting an MMC endorsed "QMED
- any rating" to sign on as an Electrician |
A man presenting an MMC endorsed "Steward's
Department (F.H.)" to sign on as Chief Cook |
|
A seaman leaves a vessel before it sails from a foreign port. He informs
the Chief Officer that he won't return. After the vessel sails, the Chief
Officer finds the seaman's work clothes in his locker. How should the Master
handle this matter? |
Take no action. |
Log the seaman as a fail to join. |
Log the seaman as a deserter. |
Log the seaman for misconduct. |
|
You are signing on a deck officer, who will be designated as one of the
GMDSS operators, before sailing foreign. Which statement is TRUE? |
He/she must have an STCW certificate
endorsed as "Valid for Service on Vessels Operating in the GMDSS System". |
You must consult the "List of
Qualifications" on the reverse of his/her FCC-issued license. |
His/her Merchant Mariners Credential
must have an added endorsement as "Radio Electronics Officer". |
He/she must present either an FCC-issued
license or a Coast Guard-issued license. |
|
While a vessel is in a foreign port where there is no American Consul, a
seaman becomes violent prior to sailing. The Master should __________. |
call local police, put the seaman
in prison ashore, and sail the vessel |
pay off the seaman and make arrangements
with the agent to return him to the original port of signing on in the U.S. |
put the seaman in irons and sail to
the next port where there is an American Consul |
send the seaman ashore and arrange
with the agent to repatriate him by armed guard |
|
Your vessel is on an extended foreign voyage. Several vacancies have occurred
in your unlicensed crew through sickness and repatriation. Which statement
is correct? |
Qualified aliens may be employed to
fill the vacancies. |
Seamen to fill vacancies must be flown
from U.S. to join the vessel in the foreign port. |
Aliens may be employed except that
all U.S. flag vessels must maintain no less than 90% U.S. citizens in the
crew. |
Vacancies can only be filled by U.S.
citizens with valid Merchant Mariner's Documents. |
|
An alien crewmember with a D-1 permit leaves the vessel in a U.S. port and
fails to return. The first report you make should be to the __________. |
Customs Service |
Immigration Service |
OCMI |
local police |
|
Your vessel is in a foreign port and you find that one of the crew members
has been incarcerated for drunkenness. The Official Logbook shows that the
seaman doesn't have funds to cover the costs of the fine. Which action should
the Master take? |
Leave the seaman in jail and log him
as a fail to join after the vessel sails. |
Pay the seaman's fine. |
Inventory his gear and send it and
a pay voucher ashore with the agent. |
Leave the seaman in jail and log him
as a deserter after the vessel sails. |
|
A vessel arrives in a foreign port and the Master is informed that the vessel
is being sold to foreign interests. The new owners request that the crew
remain on board to complete the voyage. Under these circumstances, the crew
__________. |
must remain aboard until the vessel
is delivered to the new owners at a mutually agreed upon port |
must comply with the decision made
by the Master |
must remain on board |
has the right to an immediate discharge
and transportation to original port of engagement |
|
A vessel has been surveyed in a foreign port and found unseaworthy as a
result of neglect. A seaman on this vessel is entitled to discharge and
__________. |
transportation to the port of engagement |
one month's pay or transportation
to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the least amount |
one month's pay or transportation
to the nearest U.S. port, whichever is the greater amount |
one month's pay only |
|
When the vessel is on coastwise articles, the original certificate of the
seaman's certificate of discharge is __________. |
sent to Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard |
given to the seaman |
retained on board |
sent to the shipping company |
|
If there are any changes in the crew in a foreign port, the changes will
be made by __________. |
the Master on the Shipping Articles |
the Master on the Certified Crew List |
U.S. Consul on the Shipping Articles |
U.S. Consul on the Certified Crew
List |
|
When paying off seamen in a foreign port, where a United States consul is
not available, the release must be executed by the seamen and the __________. |
representative of the foreign country |
Master of the vessel |
ship's union delegate |
local port authority representative |
|
In a foreign port with a consulate, the U.S. Consul may excuse the Master
from personally appearing before him to consent to the mutual release of
an injured seaman, when the __________. |
injury requires immediate inpatient
hospitalization of the seaman |
ship is still in port and the seaman
can appear before the Consul after medical treatment |
Master authorizes the agent to act
in his place |
seaman also consents to the absence,
and there is no dispute as to the wages due |
|
When may a seaman on a vessel engaged in foreign trade be paid before earning
the wages? |
The advance of wages is at the discretion
of the master; however, a seaman cannot be in an overpaid status at signoff. |
The seaman may only draw an advance
on earned wages. |
Wages up to fifty percent of the seaman's
base wage maybe advanced upon proof of serious family illness. |
Wages equivalent to three days base
wage may be advanced upon arrival in a foreign port. |
|
A seaman lost his continuous discharge book during the voyage. Upon discharge
from Articles, he should be issued a __________. |
letter of service on company letterhead
signed and sealed by the master |
Certificate of Discharge with the
white copy forwarded to the Commandant |
Mutual Release (CG-2119), and the
articles should be annotated as to the loss |
Record of Entry in a Continuous Discharge
Book for use in applying for a duplicate book |
|
A seaman about to be discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which statement
is TRUE? |
A Certificate of Discharge Form should
be attached to the book. |
The record of entry in the book must
be submitted to the Coast Guard. |
If a vessel was on coastwise articles,
the record of discharge will be made in the Official Logbook. |
An entry should be made in the book
and a Certificate of Discharge Form issued to the seaman. |
|
A seaman you have just discharged has a Continuous Discharge Book. Which
statement is TRUE? |
An entry should be made in the book
and a Certificate of Discharge issued to the seaman. |
The record of entry in the continuous
discharge book shall agree with the entry made in the Ship's Articles. |
If the vessel was on coastwise articles,
the record of discharge will be made in the Official Logbook. |
A Certificate of Discharge form should
be attached to the book. |
|
Total responsibility for shipping and discharging the seamen is that of
the __________. |
steamship company |
Master of the vessel |
U.S. Coast Guard |
U.S. Custom Service |
|
Which action will take place if a crew member is replaced in a U.S. port
after foreign articles have been signed, and the ship proceeds foreign? |
The name of the new man is added to
the articles but not to the Certified Crew List. |
The U.S. Consul will add the new man's
name to the Certified Crew List. |
The Master will remove the replaced
man's name from the Certified Crew List but not from the articles. |
The U.S. Consul will remove the replaced
man's name from the Certified Crew List. |
|
You are signing on a crew. Which person is presenting a Merchant Mariner's
Document (MMD) that you should suspect as being invalid? |
An AB with an endorsement of "Any
unlicensed rating in the deck department including Able Seaman" |
A Purser with an MMD only endorsed "See
certificate of registry" |
A seaman with an MMD only endorsed
as "Bosun" |
A Chief Steward with an MMD only endorsed
as "Steward's Dept. (FH)" |
|
You are signing on a crew. When they present their Merchant Mariner Credential,
you should suspect a fraudulent document if it has a single endorsement
that says __________. |
any unlicensed rating in the deck
department including AB |
see Certificate of Registry |
Bosun |
Steward's Department (F.H.) |
|
You are signing on a crew. A man presents a Merchant Mariner's Document
that you suspect has been tampered with. Which action should you take? |
Refuse to sign the man on articles
until authorized by the Coast Guard. |
Sign the man on and notify the Coast
Guard at the first U.S. port of call. |
Confiscate the document and deliver
it to the Coast Guard. |
Refuse to sign the man on and notify
the FBI of unauthorized use of a federal document. |
|
You are signing on the Purser. He should present a Merchant Mariner Credential
with which endorsement? |
Steward's Department |
See Certificate of Registry |
Staff Officer |
Purser |
|
The master or individual in charge of a vessel prepares a certificate of
discharge for each mariner being discharged from the vessel where the original
discharge goes to the __________. |
Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection
(OCMI) |
Mariner |
National Maritime Center |
Shipping Company |
|
Which statement is FALSE regarding certificates of discharge? |
The mariner receives the original
copy of the discharge |
Copies of the certificate of discharge
are furnished by the shipping company |
Computer generated signatures are
not authorized |
The mariner only signs the original
copy of the discharge |
|
Which document is NOT required by law to be posted aboard a vessel? |
Muster List |
Official Crew List |
Officer's licenses |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
Safety equipment on board vessels must be approved by the __________. |
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) |
U.S. Coast Guard |
Safety Standards Bureau |
National Safety Council |
|
The trim and stability booklet must be approved by the __________. |
Society of Naval Architects and Marine
Engineers |
United States Coast Guard |
International Maritime Organization |
National Cargo Bureau |
|
On an inspected vessel, when may a stability test be dispensed with? |
projected cost is unreasonable |
Coast Guard has the approved stability
test results of a sister vessel |
vessel is of a proven design |
Coast Guard does not have a qualified
inspector available |
|
What condition must be met during a stability test on an inspected vessel? |
water under vessel must be deep enough
to prevent grounding |
all dunnage, tools, and extraneous
items are secured |
each tank must be partially full to
show it does not leak |
the vessel must be moored snugly |
|
On an inspected vessel, which abbreviation refers to the horizontal distance
between perpendiculars taken at the forward-most and the after-most points
on the waterline at her deepest operating draft? |
LBP |
LOA |
LLL |
LWL |
|
Which item do you NOT have to provide for the Coast Guard representative
at the time of a stability test? |
General arrangement plans of decks;
holds and inner bottoms. |
Capacity plans showing the vertical
and longitudinal centers of gravity of stowage spaces and tanks. |
A stability letter. |
Tank sounding tables and draft mark
locations. |
|
Which U.S. agency issues a Certificate of Financial Responsibility? |
Environmental Protection Agency |
Corps of Engineers |
Coast Guard |
Maritime Administration |
|
What does a Certificate of Financial Responsibility attest to? |
has the minimum required amount of
P & I and hull insurance |
has financial reserves to meet reasonable
expected crew costs of an intended voyage |
will assume the responsibility for
any damage or loss to the shipper |
has financial backing to meet any
liability resulting from the discharge of oil |
|
You are moving a gas free tank barge to dry dock for repairs. The barge
must have onboard a valid __________. |
Certificate of Inspection |
Gas Free Certificate |
Permit to Proceed and Hot Work Permit |
All of the above. |
|
Your vessel has completed an inspection for certification and is issued
a temporary certificate. This __________. |
must be exchanged for a regular Certificate
of Inspection before going foreign or out of state |
expires six months after it is issued |
has the full force of a regular Certificate
of Inspection |
must be posted in the vicinity of
the officers' licenses |
|
Which document shows the minimum required crew a vessel must have to navigate
from one port in the United States to another? |
Articles |
Crew List |
Certificate of Inspection |
Register |
|
Fire fighting equipment requirements for a particular vessel may be found
on the __________. |
Certificate of Registry |
Certificate of Inspection |
Classification Certificate |
Certificate of Seaworthiness |
|
To determine the number of inflatable liferafts required on a vessel, you
should check the __________. |
Stability Letter |
SOLAS Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
Load Line Certificate |
|
You are in port A in the United States, and your Certificate of Inspection
has expired. You wish to go to port B in the United States for repairs and
to complete the inspection. If the Officer-in-Charge Marine Inspection deems
it safe, he may issue a __________. |
Temporary Certificate of Inspection |
Certificate of Seaworthiness |
Limited Certificate of Inspection |
Permit to Proceed |
|
Which document lists all the lifesaving equipment required for a vessel? |
Certificate of Registry |
Certificate of Inspection |
American Bureau of Shipping Classification
Certificate |
International Convention for the Safety
of Life at Sea Certificate |
|
The number of certificated lifeboatmen required for a vessel is found on
the __________. |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
lifeboats |
Certificate of Inspection |
Register or Enrollment |
|
Which document shows details of a tank vessel, cargoes it may carry, manning
and safety equipment required? |
Cargo Gear Certificate |
Safety Construction Certificate |
Declaration of Inspection |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
To determine the number of portable fire extinguishers required on an inspected
vessel, you should check the __________. |
hot work permit |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
Certificate of Inspection |
Safety of Life at Sea Certificate |
|
The Certificate of Inspection for your tankship authorizes the carriage
of grade A and lower products. Which chemical may NOT be carried unless
it is specifically endorsed on the Certificate of Inspection? |
Diisobutyl Phthalate |
Amylene |
Oleic acid |
Vinyl acetate |
|
To determine the number of able seamen required on an inspected vessel,
you should check the __________. |
operations manual |
Certificate of Inspection |
Safety of Life at Sea Certificate |
Load Line Certificate |
|
The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on a vessel
is determined by the __________. |
Corps of Engineers |
Coast Guard |
American Bureau of Shipping |
International Maritime Organization |
|
The number of able seamen required on board is stated in the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping code |
SOLAS Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
Classification Certificate |
|
You are operating a 150 GT towing vessel. What is NOT required on the vessel? |
Certificate of Documentation |
FCC station license |
Certificate of Inspection |
Your Coast Guard credential |
|
What will NOT be found on the Certificate of Inspection of an ocean going
tankship? |
Minimum freeboard permitted |
Grade(s) of cargoes that the vessel
may carry |
Waters upon which the vessel may be
operated |
Manning requirements |
|
The number of certificated able seamen and lifeboatmen required on board
is listed in the __________. |
Safety of Life at Sea Convention |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
Certificate of Inspection |
American Bureau of Shipping code |
|
What is NOT required on an uninspected towing vessel? |
Operators Credential |
FCC Station License |
Certificate of Inspection |
Certificate of Documentation |
|
Temporary Certificates of Inspection are effective until the __________. |
permanent Certificate of Inspection
is issued |
Load Line Certificate is renewed |
Solas Certificate is issued |
classification society approval is
issued |
|
The Certificate of Inspection for a containership __________. |
is issued by the Coast Guard and is
usually valid for 2 years. |
shows the due date of the quadrennial
test of the cargo gear |
must be posted under transparent material
in a conspicuous place |
lists all of the stability limitations
and conditions imposed on the vessel |
|
At least one reinspection shall be made on each vessel holding a Certificate
of Inspection valid for two years. This inspection shall be held between
the tenth and fourteenth months of the duration period of the certificate
and shall be __________. |
generally similar in scope to the
inspection required for certification, but in less detail |
at the discretion of the inspector,
but in no greater detail than required for original certification |
equivalent to the inspection required
for certification |
at the discretion of the inspector,
but in no lesser detail than required for original certification |
|
A Permit to Proceed is issued by the __________. |
American Bureau of Shipping |
National Cargo Bureau |
U.S. Department of Labor |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
The Certificate of Inspection of a damaged tank barge has expired. What
certificate authorizes the barge to move to a repair facility for repair
and inspection? |
Permit to Proceed |
Application for Inspection |
Change of Employment |
Temporary Certificate of Inspection |
|
The Certificate of Inspection on a passenger vessel of over 100 gross tons
must be posted __________. |
on the bridge |
in a conspicuous place where observation
by the passengers is likely |
in the passengers' dining room or,
where there is no dining room, in the lounge area |
in the Master's office |
|
Which document will describe lifesaving equipment located aboard your vessel? |
Forecastle Card |
Clearance Papers |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
Where would you find a list of the lifesaving equipment onboard your supply
boat? |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
Certificate of Inspection |
Ship's Articles |
U.S. Coast Guard Regulations |
|
The Coast Guard inspection required before a Certificate of Inspection can
be issued is conducted________________. |
when deemed necessary by the Regional
Inspection Center |
at random from a Coast Guard patrol
boat |
after a formal complaint is filed
with the OCMI |
after you apply in writing to the
nearest Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection (OCMI) |
|
A re-inspection of the vessel shall be made between which of the following
months while the Certificate of Inspection is valid? |
8 - 12 months |
10 - 12 months |
10 - 14 months |
12 - 14 months |
|
The S.S. Slip Knot has been chartered to the Longline Steamship Company.
The Longline Steamship Company agrees to pay all expenses and employ and
pay the crew. Which type of contract is involved? |
Time Charter Party |
Bareboat Charter Party |
Lease Charter Party |
Voyage Charter Party |
|
The owners of the S.S. Short Haul agree to a charter with the Long splice
Steamship Company. The owners stipulate in the charter party that they must
approve the Master of the vessel for the entire life of the contract. Which
charter has been affected? |
Bareboat |
Voyage |
Lease |
Time |
|
Your vessel is chartered under a time charter party. Under this type of
charter party, your responsibility is __________. |
solely to the cargo shippers and consignees |
solely to the owner, as under normal
conditions |
solely to the charterer for all matters
pertaining to cargo and ship administration |
to the owner for vessel administration
and to the charterer for cargo operations and schedule |
|
On a voyage charter, when a vessel is ready to load cargo, the Master should
render to the charterer a __________. |
Vessel Utilization and Performance
Report |
Notice of Readiness |
Shipmasters Declaration |
Master Certificate of Service |
|
The Master of a vessel may tender a Notice of Readiness to the charterer
when the vessel __________. |
is in all respects ready to load |
has completed the terms of the charter
party |
is safely moored or at a suitable
anchorage |
is in all respects ready to sail |
|
A Contract of Affreightment covering the movement of a particular cargo
from one designated port to another at a specified rate for each ton of
goods loaded is called a __________. |
demise charter party |
bareboat charter party |
voyage charter party |
time charter party |
|
The S.S. Hollowpoint has a charter party in which the charterer assumes
no responsibility for the operation of the vessel but pays stevedoring expenses.
What is the name of the charter party? |
Voyage |
Dispatch |
Demise |
Bareboat |
|
A vessel has a charter party for one voyage to carry a full load of manganese
from Durban, South Africa, to Baltimore, Maryland, at a stipulated rate
per ton. Which type of contract is involved? |
Bareboat charter party |
Voyage charter party |
Demise charter party |
Time charter party |
|
Payment of penalty for a ship's delay after the expiration of lay days due
to some fault of the charterer or his agent is known as __________. |
demurrage |
volatility |
late fee |
miscibility |
|
Delivery of a vessel to a charterer is called __________. |
tendering |
dispatching |
fixing |
chartering |
|
The basic shipping paper that forms an agreement between a shipowner and
a charterer is a __________. |
Charter Commission |
Charter Party |
Letter of Intent |
Cargo Declaration |
|
Which term defines the basic shipping paper that forms an agreement between
the owner of the vessel and a charterer? |
Charter Commission |
Charter Party |
Letter of Intent |
Cargo Declaration |
|
A clause in the charter party requires a vessel's owner to pay dispatch
money when the vessel __________. |
changes berths to expedite loading
or discharging |
does not load and discharge its cargo
in the time specified |
is not ready to load or discharge
cargo |
loads and discharges its cargo in
less time than specified |
|
The time allowed for loading and discharging cargo in a charter party is
referred to as __________. |
dispatch |
charter hire |
lay days |
demurrage |
|
The charterer has completed loading the vessel in 3 days instead of the
5 days agreed to in the charter party. As a result of this, the __________. |
stevedore may collect demurrage |
consignee may be required to pay a
ceaser fee |
shipowner may charge for two lay days |
charterer may receive dispatch money |
|
A charterer is unable to complete the loading of a vessel during the lay
days specified in the charter party. Under these circumstances, the __________. |
vessel operator can collect demurrage |
effective period of the charter is
extended |
charterer must pay dispatch money |
ship is authorized extra time to discharge
the cargo |
|
Dead freight is the charge for the __________. |
difference in the amount of cargo
loaded and the amount of cargo discharged |
carriage of demise cargo |
difference in the amount of cargo
loaded and the amount of cargo booked, through no fault of the vessel |
cost of transshipment of over-carried
cargo |
|
Which is a negotiated charter? |
Bill of Lading |
Conference agreement |
Fixture |
All of the above. |
|
A vessel proceeding to London, England, from New York makes an unscheduled
call at the port of Hamilton, Bermuda. What term is used to denote the voluntary
departure from the usual course? |
Liberty |
Unscheduled stop |
Alteration |
Deviation |
|
A vessel's Classification Certificate is issued by the __________. |
United States Customs |
United States Coast Guard |
National Cargo Bureau |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
Which certificate is NOT issued by the Coast Guard? |
Classification of Hull and Machinery |
Certificate of Inspection |
Award of official number |
Safety Equipment Certificate |
|
The document on a vessel, annually endorsed by an American Bureau of Shipping
surveyor, is called the __________. |
Load Line Certificate |
Certificate of Inspection |
Seaworthy Certificate |
Classification Certificate |
|
A vessel operating "in class" has met all the requirements of
the __________. |
U.S. Customs |
insurance company |
ABS or similar society |
U.S. Coast Guard |
|
A vessel arrives in San Francisco from a foreign voyage. When MUST the Master
make formal entry at the custom house? |
Within 48 hours and before all foreign
cargo is discharged for that port |
Within 24 hours after arrival |
Within 48 hours after arrival, Sundays
and holidays excepted |
Within 24 hours after arrival, Sundays
and holidays excepted |
|
A vessel has arrived in a U.S. port from a foreign voyage. Preliminary entry
has been made. Formal entry at the U.S. Custom House must be made within
how many hours after arrival (Sundays and holidays excepted)? |
12 |
24 |
48 |
72 without exception |
|
A vessel arrives at the port of San Francisco from Yokohama, Japan. The
passengers fill out the Baggage Declaration and Entry form. A passenger
has baggage arriving on another vessel. How must this baggage be handled
for U.S. Customs purposes? |
It need not be declared at this time. |
It must be declared on another form
entitled "Continuation Sheet". |
It must be declared on the same form
and marked "Unaccompanied Baggage". |
It must be declared only if the other
vessel's name is known. |
|
In some cases, the 50% duty on all foreign repairs made to American flag
merchant vessels may be remitted. Which work does NOT come under the remitting
policy of U.S. Customs? |
Repairs to hull structural damage |
Repairs due to damage done by heavy
weather |
Chipping, painting, and scaling by
foreign labor |
Repairs to the main propulsion machinery |
|
You are Master of a U.S. flag vessel which was dry docked for bottom cleaning
in Rotterdam, Netherlands. Upon return to a U.S. port, you must __________. |
obtain a U.S. Coast Guard diver to
certify the work |
file a customs' form for duty on this
repair |
file no extra reports |
file a report of the dry docking with
the U.S.C.G. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection |
|
A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan, to discharge cargo. The vessel
contracts a local shipyard to have the hull chipped and scaled. If the vessel
provides the primer and paint, which statement is TRUE? |
You need NOT declare the cost of labor,
since this is considered ship's personnel work. |
You need NOT declare the cost of labor,
since no duty is involved. |
You MUST declare the cost of labor,
but no duty is charged since labor is involved. |
You MUST declare the cost of labor
and pay duty. |
|
A vessel puts into the port of Kobe, Japan to discharge cargo. While awaiting
completion of the cargo operation, the vessel contracts with a local shipyard
to have the hull chipped, scaled, and painted. How is the cost of this maintenance
handled with the Collector of Customs? |
A declaration is made, but duty is
charged on the labor only. |
No declaration is required since this
is considered routine maintenance. |
A declaration is required and duty
is involved on the total cost. |
A declaration is made and duty is
charged on the materials only. |
|
A vessel sailing from Liverpool to New York puts into Boston, Mass. for
emergency repairs. If no inward foreign cargo is to be discharged at that
port, which of the following documents is required? |
Customs Manifest |
Inward Foreign Manifest |
Traveling Manifest |
Pro Forma Manifest |
|
U.S. Customs, upon boarding a vessel desiring entry into a U.S. port, would
inspect which document? |
Stores List |
Certified Crew List |
Cargo Manifest |
All of the above. |
|
The term used in levying customs duties when such are fixed at rates proportioned
to estimated value of goods concerned is __________. |
ad valorem |
specific |
infinite |
secure |
|
The document that the Master uses to attest to the truth of the manifest
of cargo is called __________. |
Owner's Oath |
Oath of Entry |
Master's Protest |
Shipper's Certification |
|
If you intend to land tulip bulbs from Holland in a U.S. port, they must
be inspected by the __________. |
Quarantine Officer |
Animal and Plant Health Service Inspector |
Captain of the Port personnel |
All of the above. |
|
You are the Chief Mate of a 30,000-DWT tankship. The vessel is engaged in
trade with another country signatory to MARPOL 73/78. Which statement is
TRUE? |
An IOPP Certificate is invalidated
if the ship carries cargoes outside the classes authorized thereon. |
An IOPP Certificate is renewed at
each inspection for certification. |
The Certificate of Inspection serves
as prima facie evidence of complying with MARPOL 73/78. |
The IOPP Certificate for an inspected
vessel is valid for 5 years. |
|
A 30,000 DWT tankship is required to have an IOPP certificate when __________. |
carrying cargoes listed in the MARPOL
regulations |
engaged in the coastwise trade |
calling at ports in another country
signatory to MARPOL 73/78 |
going foreign |
|
An IOPP Certificate on an inspected vessel is valid for what period of time? |
6 months |
12 months |
18 months |
5 years |
|
After an IOPP Certificate is issued to an inspected vessel, how many other
surveys of the vessel's pollution prevention equipment are conducted during
the period of validity of the certificate? |
None |
One |
Two |
Three |
|
In which case is the IOPP Certificate of an inspected vessel NOT invalidated? |
A 15 ppm oily-water separator is replaced
by a 100 ppm oily-water separator. |
An annual survey is conducted fifteen
months after the date of certificate issuance. |
The required oily-water separator
malfunctions. |
The ship is transferred to Liberian
registry. |
|
The supplement to the IOPP Certificate contains what type of data? |
The trade routes upon which the vessel
may operate. |
A checklist of the equipment installed
for controlling the discharge of oil. |
A list of the underwriters who will
assume financial responsibility in the event of an oil spill. |
The grades of cargo that an oil tanker
is permitted to carry. |
|
You are on a 30,000 DWT tankship engaged in trade to another country signatory
to MARPOL 73/78. Which statement is TRUE? |
The Certificate of Inspection is prima
facie evidence of compliance with MARPOL 73/78. |
The IOPP Certificate is valid for
5 years. |
AN IOPP Certificate is renewed at
each inspection for certification. |
An IOPP Certificate is invalid if
the ship carries cargoes outside the classes authorized thereon. |
|
The implied condition(s) with respect to the doctrine of deviation in a
marine insurance policy is(are) __________. |
that the voyage be commenced in a
reasonable time |
that the cargo be discharged from
the vessel with customary dispatch |
that the voyage be pursued over the
usual and direct route |
All of the above. |
|
The York-Antwerp Rules relate to the __________. |
ship owner's responsibilities to provide
a well-found vessel in a charter party |
minimum required number of officers
and crew |
settlement of general average claims |
navigation regulations that apply
in the English Channel |
|
While a vessel is at sea, the mate on watch discovers a fire in one of the
hatches. Fire hoses are used to put the fire out and some of the cargo is
damaged by water. In marine insurance terms, this partial loss by water
is called __________. |
fire and water damage |
an Act of God |
general average |
particular average |
|
One of the requirements for a general average act is __________. |
a successful venture |
no imminent peril |
no losses |
All of the above. |
|
Which statement about general average is TRUE? |
Property must have been sacrificed
or an expenditure of money incurred. |
The loss or damage to deck cargo due
to heavy weather constitutes general average. |
Of the ship, the freight, and the
cargo interests, only one need be involved. |
Damage to a ship must have been incurred
while the ship and/or its machinery was being used for its intended purpose. |
|
A fire has damaged 20 bales of cotton on a freighter loaded with general
cargo. This claim would come under __________. |
constructive total loss |
particular average |
total loss of a part |
general average |
|
While underway, part of your cargo is damaged by fire. In marine insurance
terms this partial loss is called __________. |
constructive total loss |
absolute total loss |
particular average |
general average |
|
Particular average is __________. |
charges against all parties in a marine
venture to pay for damages |
loss sustained by only one party |
the average distance steamed per day
over the duration of the voyage |
claimed after all liens against the
vessel are settled |
|
A vessel has been damaged by fire. The survey shows the cost of repairs
will exceed the value of the repaired vessel. This is an example of a(n)
__________. |
salvage loss |
constructive total loss |
actual loss |
preferred loss |
|
A vessel has been damaged by fire. The survey shows the cost of repairs
will exceed the value of the repaired vessel. How would this Marine Loss
be classified? |
Actual loss |
Constructive total loss |
Salvage loss |
Preferred total loss |
|
An underwriter is liable for __________. |
loss arising from the subject itself
because of its inherent qualities |
loss caused by the ordinary evaporation
of liquids |
the natural decay of the vessel due
to the passage of time |
loss caused by heavy weather |
|
A ballasted vessel sinks enroute to a dry dock. Under these circumstances,
the vessel's owner can claim __________. |
general average |
particular average |
actual total loss |
constructive total loss |
|
What is an example of the term "Restraint of Rulers, Princes, or Peoples"
in a marine insurance policy? |
Losses caused by fines from polluting
the harbor after malfunction of a piping system. |
Arrest of a vessel by legal authorities
to satisfy claims through exercise of a maritime lien. |
Damage caused by riot of the population
of a port. |
A prohibition from loading a cargo
from a country's government interference. |
|
Which condition would NOT entitle a vessel to carry goods on deck? |
Deck stowage is customary in the trade
(i.e. timber cargoes) |
Deck stowage is required by law or
regulation |
The shipper agrees to deck stowage |
The cargo will damage other cargoes
by tainting or contamination |
|
Before arriving at the first U.S. port from foreign, you must fill out a
Crewman's Landing Permit for each __________. |
alien crewmember |
unlicensed crew member |
nonresident alien crewmember |
crew member |
|
If an alien stowaway is discovered aboard your vessel, his name must be
placed on the __________. |
Crew List |
Passenger List |
Alien Crew List |
separate Passenger List marked stowaways |
|
A document which has a list of names, birthplaces, and residences of persons
employed on a merchant vessel bound from a U.S. port on a foreign voyage
and is required at every port is called the __________. |
Certified Crew List |
Crew Manifest |
Shipping Articles |
Muster List ("Station Bill") |
|
The Immigration and Naturalization Service is concerned with which document
on a vessel making preliminary entry into a U.S. port from a foreign port? |
Shipping Articles |
Certified Crew List |
Curio List |
Cargo Manifest |
|
What does a Visaed Alien Crew List which is made and submitted to the U.S.
Consul for visa show? |
All aliens aboard |
All crew members |
Nonresident aliens aboard |
Registered aliens aboard |
|
Which type of carrier accepts without discrimination all legal cargoes of
a shipper? |
Industrial |
Common |
Tramp |
Private |
|
The type of carrier required to file a copy of freight tariffs would be
the __________. |
bulk carrier |
common carrier |
tramp |
public vessel |
|
Uncleared crew curios remaining on board during a domestic coastwise voyage
after returning from foreign should be __________. |
noted in the Traveling Curio Manifest |
retained under locked security by
the owner |
cleared prior to the next foreign
voyage |
listed in the Official Logbook |
|
When clearing customs for a foreign voyage, which of the following is processed
at the custom's house and returned to the vessel? |
Official Logbook |
Shipping Articles |
Cargo Gear Register |
Traveling Curio Manifest |
|
When clearing a vessel for a foreign voyage, the original crew list is duly
certified by proper authority. In a U.S. port, this authority is the U.S.
__________. |
Customs |
Immigration Service |
Public Health Service |
Coast Guard |
|
Your vessel is in Charleston, S.C. You need not clear Customs if __________. |
you did not discharge any cargo in
Charleston and are bound for Panama |
all the cargo on board is of U.S.
origin and destined for New York |
you took on no new cargo in Charleston,
S.C. and are bound for Puerto Rico and thence foreign |
you did not load any cargo in Charleston
and are bound for Halifax |
|
The citizenship of a crew member of a vessel in a U.S. port is determined
solely by the __________. |
Coast Guard |
Customs Officer |
Immigration Officer |
Union Official |
|
The agency most concerned with a stowaway is __________. |
U.S.D.A. |
Public Health |
Customs |
Immigration |
| "Free
pratique" means that __________. |
shipment will be made at no cost |
health requirements have been met
and no further quarantine formalities are required |
clearance requirements for all regulatory
bodies have been met |
tonnage taxes are not required to
be paid |
|
If, after examination by the Quarantine Officer, your vessel is found to
have a specific deficiency, you may be issued __________. |
Bill of health |
Notice to Comply |
Controlled Free Pratique |
Free Pratique |
|
When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, a record of engine speeds is
kept in the __________. |
Official Logbook |
deck rough log |
bell book |
engine rough log |
|
When an azimuth of the Sun has been taken and the deviation of the standard
magnetic compass computed, the watch officer should record the results __________. |
on the compass deviation card |
in the vessel's Official Logbook |
in the compass deviation log |
on a Napier diagram |
|
In writing up the logbook at the end of your watch, you make an error in
writing an entry. What is the proper means of correcting this error? |
Cross out the error with a single
line, and write the correct entry, then initial it. |
Blot out the error completely and
rewrite the entry correctly. |
Remove this page of the log book,
and rewrite all entries on a clean page. |
Carefully and neatly erase the entry
and rewrite it correctly. |
|
The proper way to correct a mistake in the logbook is to __________. |
draw a line through the entry, rewrite,
and initial the correction |
draw several lines through the entry,
rewrite, and initial the correction |
completely black out the entry, rewrite,
and initial the correction |
erase the entry and rewrite |
|
A journal kept by the officer of the watch in which day to day happenings
are recorded regarding the deck department is the __________. |
bell book |
Official Logbook |
deck rough log |
cargo record book |
|
All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________. |
the person about whom the entry concerns |
no one else |
one other crew member |
the Union Representative |
|
Every entry required to be made in the Official Logbook shall be signed
by the __________. |
Master and Chief Mate or other member
of the crew |
Master only |
Mate on watch |
Purser, one of the Mates, and some
other member of the crew |
|
All entries in the Official Logbook must be signed by the Master and __________. |
one other crew member |
the Chief Engineer |
the person about whom the entry concerns |
No other signature is required. |
|
Your vessel (185 GT) is on a voyage between New York and San Francisco.
Which statement is TRUE? |
An Official Logbook must be maintained. |
The maintenance of an Official Logbook
is optional. |
The vessel must be on foreign articles. |
This is considered a coastwise voyage. |
|
Which vessel is required by regulations to have an Official Logbook? |
A 100-gross ton tug on a trip between
Baltimore, Maryland, and San Pedro, California. |
A 66-gross ton tug operating between
states. |
A 199-gross ton tug on a coastwise
trip of 610 miles. |
All of the above. |
|
An Official Logbook is required on which vessel? |
A 150-G.T. tug going from Boston to
New Orleans. |
A 100-G.T. tug going from New York
to San Pedro, California. |
A 50-G.T. tug going from Miami to
Seattle. |
A 199-G.T. tug on a coastwise trip
of 650 miles. |
|
The Master of a passenger vessel which is not required to maintain an Official
Logbook must keep a record of the number of passengers received and delivered
from day to day. This record must be available for a period of __________. |
6 months |
12 months |
24 months |
36 months |
|
Upon completion of a voyage, the official logbook shall be filed with the
__________. |
the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
(OCMI) |
Captain of the Port (COTP) |
nearest Regional Exam Center (REC) |
None of the above |
|
The official logbook is filed with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection
(OCMI) __________. |
within 30 days of the date of arrival
of the first U.S. port |
at the next Certificate of Inspection |
at the end of the year with all other
official logbooks |
upon completion of the voyage |
|
When an Official logbook is not required, an unofficial logbook is required
to be kept aboard for review by a marine inspector for __________. |
six months |
one month |
12 months |
None of the above |
|
A seaman assaults the Second Mate and injures him with a beer bottle while
the ship is at sea. The incident is logged in the Official Logbook. In subsequent
suspension and revocation proceedings against the seaman, according to the
regulations, __________. |
the Second Mate and the Master must
testify as to the facts of the assault |
the logbook entry is prima facie evidence
of the facts if it complies with the law |
the logbook is inadmissible if the
logbook entries do not conform to the law |
the case will be dismissed if the
logbook entries are improperly made |
|
What is required to be entered into the Official Logbook? |
The drafts on entering port |
Opening a sideport at sea to renew
a gasket |
The annual required stripping and
cleaning of the lifeboats |
The biennial weight test of the lifeboats
and falls |
|
Which entry is NOT required in the Official Logbook? |
Steering gear tests |
Position of the load line and freeboard
upon sailing |
Closure of hatches and sideports upon
sailing |
Commencement and termination of cargo
operations |
|
Which item must be entered in the official log? |
Names of night mates and engineers |
Drafts upon leaving port |
All engine orders |
Number of cargo gangs on board |
|
Which is NOT a required entry in the ship's Official Logbook? |
Medical treatment of an injury |
Sale of effects of a deceased crew
member |
Dry docking of the vessel |
Inspections of cargo gear |
|
As operator of a 199 GT towing vessel sailing foreign, it shall be your
duty to enter in the Official Logbook or other permanent record __________. |
the barges load line and draft readings |
the condition of all towing gear to
be used |
all information contained on the barge's
Certificate of Inspection |
all navigational aids to be used |
|
A seaman dies during a voyage. What is NOT required to be entered into the
Official Log? |
Statement as to the total deductions
to be made from the wages |
An inventory of the money and property |
Statement of the wages due |
Statement that the Master has taken
custody of the deceased's MMD and passport |
|
If a drill required by regulations is not completed, the Master or person
in charge must __________. |
conduct two of the required drills
at the next opportunity |
log the reason for not completing
the drill |
report this immediately to the Commandant
of the Coast Guard |
All of the above. |
|
Which logbook is required to be submitted to the Coast Guard? |
Bell log |
Smooth log |
Official Log |
Rough log |
|
The responsibility for maintaining the Official Logbook on voyages between
the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the United States rests with the __________. |
Master of the vessel |
Chief Mate of the vessel |
Deck Officer of the watch at the time
of the occurrence |
Purser of the vessel |
|
Which log includes a statement of the conduct, ability, and character of
each crew member on the completion of a voyage? |
Smooth Logbook |
Crew Logbook |
Department Logbook |
Official Logbook |
|
Which is supplied to the vessel by the U.S. Coast Guard? |
Official Logbook |
Rough Logbook |
Bell book |
Cargo gear register |
|
All of the following records are usually maintained by the watch-standing
officers aboard a vessel EXCEPT the __________. |
deck logbook |
chronometer error book |
compass record book |
official logbook |
|
The oil record book is required to be carried aboard __________. |
passenger vessels |
tankers |
cargo vessels |
All of the above. |
|
Under normal operating conditions aboard a ship, who has the overall responsibility
in maintaining the Oil Record Book? |
Master |
Chief Mate |
Chief Engineer |
First Assistant Engineer |
|
Which of the following is not an acceptable unit of measure to be used consistently
throughout an Oil Record Book? |
tons |
gallons |
barrels |
cubic meters |
|
According to 33 CFR, on board which type of vessel described below is required
to maintain Part II (Cargo/Ballast Operations) of the Oil Record Book? |
A non-tanker that carries more than
200 cubic meters of oil in bulk. |
Any oil tanker of 100 gross tons and
above. |
An oil tanker of 150 gross tons and
above on domestic voyages only. |
A ship of 150 gross tons and above,
other than an oil tanker. |
|
The Oil Record Book for all U.S. ships is the property of the __________. |
master of the vessel |
charterer of the vessel |
U.S. government |
vessel's owner |
|
After each operation involving the transfer of oil or oily mixture, an entry
shall be recorded in the Oil Record Book __________. |
within 6 hours of completion of the
operation |
without delay |
as the operation permits |
within 1 hour of completion of the
inspection |
|
On a passenger vessel over 400 gross tons, routine entries for the Oil Record
Book are recorded in __________. |
Part III (Emergency Discharge/Spillage) |
Oil Record Book is not required |
Part II (Cargo Oil/Ballast Operations) |
Part I (Machinery Space Operations) |
|
The Oil Record Book for all fixed or floating drilling rigs is the property
of the __________. |
company leasing the drilling rig |
U.S. government |
drilling rig's owner |
state in whose water the drilling
rig is located |
|
Who is the legal owner of the Oil Record Book for a fixed or floating drilling
rig? |
The company leasing the drilling rig |
The local state government where the
drilling rig is located |
The U.S. government |
The drilling rig's owner, until surrendered
upon request |
|
According to Pollution Prevention Regulations (33CFR), each completed page
in the Oil Record Book is to be signed by __________. |
person(s) in charge of the operation |
the master |
oil terminal representative |
Coast Guard representative designated
by COTP |
|
The Master must maintain the Oil Record Book on board for at least __________. |
1 month |
12 months |
24 months |
36 months |
|
The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a foreign voyage shall be
maintained on board for not less than __________. |
12 months |
36 months |
24 months |
48 months |
|
According to Pollution Prevention Regulations (33CFR), who is to sign the
Oil Record Book after every designated operation? |
person(s) in charge of the operation |
a credentialed officer present at
the operation designated by the master |
the master |
person(s) in charge of the operation
and a credentialed officer present at the operation |
|
Container vessels are required to maintain an Oil Record Book when the vessel
is _________? |
150 gross tons and above |
200 gross tons and above |
300 gross tons above |
400 gross tons and above |
|
When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required in the __________. |
engine rough log |
Oil Record Book |
Official Logbook |
deck rough log |
|
When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an entry must be made in the
__________. |
Official Logbook |
Oil Record Book |
deck rough log |
engine rough log |
|
Official proof of an American vessel's nationality is contained in the __________. |
Official Log |
Shipping Articles |
Certificate of Documentation |
Certificate of Inspection |
|
All U.S. Flag vessels engaged in foreign trade are required to be which
of the following? |
enrolled |
classed |
registered |
licensed |
|
The document which shows a vessel's nationality, ownership, and tonnage
is the __________. |
Manifest Certificate |
Official Logbook |
Bill of Lading Certificate |
Certificate of Documentation |
|
The official identification of a vessel is found in the __________. |
Certificate of Inspection |
Classification Certificate |
Certificate of Documentation |
Load Line Certificate |
|
A vessel's Certificate of Documentation __________. |
must be kept on file at the corporate
offices of the owner or operator |
must be carried on board |
may be retained by the owner at the
home port OR kept on the vessel |
must be posted under transparent material
in the pilothouse |
|
Which U.S. agency assigns an official number to a vessel? |
Collector of Customs |
Coast Guard |
Treasury Department |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
A change of a documented vessel's name can only be made by the __________. |
Commissioner of Customs |
Coast Guard |
Treasury Department |
American Bureau of Shipping |
|
The official number of a documented vessel is __________. |
not required to be marked anywhere
on the vessel |
required to be permanently marked
on the vessel's structure |
required to be painted on the vessel's
stern |
required to be painted on the vessel's
bow |
|
The name and hailing port of a documented commercial vessel is __________. |
required to be marked on the keel,
stern, and both bows |
required to be marked on the stern
with the name of the vessel marked on both bows |
not required to be marked anywhere
on the vessel |
required to be marked on both bows
and on the keel |
|
The number or name of a tank barge shall be __________. |
displayed as close to the navigation
lights as possible |
displayed at the highest point of
the barge's hull such that it can be seen from either side |
carved on a wooden board and attached
to the barge's hull |
displayed in at least 4 different
positions on the barge |
|
What is the minimum size required before a vessel can be documented? |
26 feet between perpendiculars |
5 net tons |
26 feet; end-to-end over the deck
excluding sheer |
100 gross tons |
|
An International Tonnage Certificate will be issued to a vessel when it
meets several requirements, one of which is that the vessel must __________. |
admeasure over 100 GT |
be issued a Certificate of Inspection |
engage in intercoastal or international
trade |
be 79 or more feet in length |
|
What is the difference between net tonnage and gross tonnage? |
Net tonnage is the gross tonnage less
certain deductible spaces. |
Net tonnage is tonnage of cargo compared
to tonnage of whole ship. |
Net tonnage is gross tonnage minus
engine and bunker spaces. |
Net tonnage is the net weight of the
ship. |
|
Which space(s) is(are) exempt when measuring gross tonnage? |
Steering gear room |
Auxiliary machinery spaces above the
uppermost continuous deck |
Part of the wheelhouse used to control
vessel |
All of the above. |
|
Which space(s) is(are) NOT exempt when measuring gross tonnage? |
Steering gear room |
Auxiliary machinery spaces above the
deck |
Galley in a deckhouse |
Cargo holds |
|
Which space cannot be deducted from gross tonnage when calculating net tonnage? |
Forepeak ballast tank |
Chain locker |
Crew mess room |
Master's cabin |
|
Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage? |
Spaces for the exclusive use of the
officers or crew |
Chart room |
Boatswain's stores |
All of the above. |
|
Which space(s) is (are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage? |
Passenger spaces |
Boatswain's stores |
Companions and booby hatches |
All of the above. |
|
Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage? |
Companions and booby hatches |
Open structures |
Chart room |
All of the above. |
|
Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage? |
Companions and booby hatches |
Water ballast spaces |
Open structures |
Spaces for the exclusive use of the
officers or crew |
|
Which space(s) is(are) deducted from gross tonnage to derive net tonnage? |
Galley fitted with range or oven |
Boatswain's stores |
Passenger spaces |
Open structures |
|
The figure obtained by dividing the total volume of the ship in cubic feet
(after omission of exempted spaces) by 100 is the __________. |
gross tonnage |
bale cubic |
light displacement |
net tonnage |
|
The term "gross tonnage" refers to __________. |
the weight of a vessel with all tanks
full |
the weight of a grossly overloaded
vessel |
the weight of the vessel measured
in long tons |
the vessel's approximate volume including
all enclosed spaces less certain exempt spaces |
|
You are towing a 1,000 GT gasoline tank barge which is not gas free. By
regulation, cargo tank hatches, ullage holes, and Butterworth plates on
the barge may __________. |
be open without flame screens in good
weather from 16 May to 15 September |
not be open without flame screens
under any circumstances |
be open without flame screens when
the barge is empty |
be open without flame screens under
the supervision of the senior crew member on duty |
|
You are towing a 1000 gross ton gasoline tank barge. Regulations say that
cargo tank hatches, ullage holes, and Butterworth plates may remain open
without flame screens ONLY __________. |
if an approved type B-II fire extinguisher
is provided |
when the open tanks are gas free |
if the barge is towed on a hawser
astern |
for periods not to exceed five minutes |
|
Cargo tanks on barges fitted with goose neck vents and flame screens are
limited to carrying which grade of cargo? |
A and below |
B and below |
C and below |
D and E only |
|
What type of vent system would a barge of acrylonitrile have? |
Pressure-vacuum |
Open |
Rupture disk |
Safety relief |
|
While underway and towing an unmanned tank barge you are required to __________. |
take hourly soundings of any loaded
tanks on the barge |
fly a red flag from the towing vessel |
maintain a strict watch on the barge
from the towing vessel |
open the tops of all empty tanks on
the barge |
|
While underway and towing an unmanned tank barge which action are you required
to take? |
Maintain a strict watch on the barge
from the towing vessel |
Fly a red flag from the towing vessel |
Take hourly soundings of any loaded
tanks on the barge |
Open the tops of all empty tanks on
the barge |
|
If you have a liquefied flammable gas barge in tow, which is NOT required
of you with respect to the barge and its cargo? |
Make periodic inspections of bilges. |
Have a properly certificated tankerman
or at least one credentialed officer on board the towing vessel. |
Keep the barge under constant surveillance. |
Verify ullage readings. |
|
What is NOT a responsibility of the tankerman in charge of loading an unmanned
tank barge? |
Enforcement of smoking restrictions |
Insuring that a combustible gas indicator
is aboard |
Protecting cargo hose with chafing
gear |
Restricting vessels from coming alongside
the barge |
|
Your tow includes a loaded chlorine barge. After inspecting the tow, the
mate reports that he hears a hissing sound coming from the safety valves.
Where will you find information on emergency procedures concerning the uncontrolled
release of cargo? |
Dangerous Cargo Regulations |
Cargo Information Card on your towboat |
Cargo Manifest or loading paper |
Barge's Certificate of Inspection |
|
You are making tow. A loaded, open-hopper barge with independent tanks has
placards, with alternating red and white quadrants, located at each side
and end. You inspect the barge and find slight traces of water in the wing
voids due to condensation. What should you do? |
Accept the barge and periodically
check the wing voids. |
Accept the barge and when weather
conditions permit run with the wing voids open to ventilate the spaces. |
Return the barge to the fleet and
depart without the barge. |
Refuse to accept the barge until all
wing voids are dry. |
|
When loading bulk liquid cargo, what is the FIRST action you should take
if a cargo valve jammed open? |
Call the owner, operator, or terminal
supervisor. |
Run out the vessel or terminal fire
hose. |
Order the dock man to shut down. |
Trip the pump relief valve. |
|
On tankers ullages are measured from what point? |
an above-deck datum such as the top
of the ullage pipe |
the tank ceiling aboard transversely
framed vessels |
the tank top |
a thievage mark below the edge of
the deck |
|
According to U.S. regulations, what is required where cargo pump shafts
on tankers pierce bulkheads? |
compressed air shall be used as the
primary means to discharge cargo |
the glands are to be kept under continuous
suction with power ventilation |
a pressure gauge or manometer shall
be installed on the bulkhead to ensure the gastight seal is maintained |
readily accessible gastight glands
shall be provided |
|
Who may approve cargo piping to pass through a machinery space for a barge
designed to carry only grade E products? |
American Bureau of Shipping |
National Cargo Bureau |
Vessel owner |
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard |
|
If your JP-5 barge has operated in saltwater for less than 1 month in the
12 month period since it was last dry-docked, when is it required to be
hauled out again? |
60 months since last dry-docking |
36 months since last dry-docking |
24 months since last dry-docking |
12 months since last dry-docking |
|
Which credential enables a person to serve as person in charge of a tank
barge which is transferring cargo? |
Certified Tankerman |
Operator of Uninspected Towing Vessels |
Ordinary Seaman/Wiper |
Able Seaman |
|
You have orders to drop off a barge loaded with propylene oxide at a fleet.
In doing so, you must ensure that __________. |
all wing voids and rakes are pumped
dry before tying off the barge |
the barge is under the care of a watchman |
the barge is moored next to the bank
where it will be protected from a possible collision |
a rake end is facing upstream to minimize
the effect of current on the mooring lines |
|
If your Bunker-C barge has operated in salt water for more than 12 months
in the 24 month period since it was last dry-docked, when is it required
to be hauled out again? |
30 months since last dry-docking |
36 months since last dry-docking |
18 months since last dry-docking |
12 months since last dry-docking |
|
What are the venting requirements for a barge with a cargo of adiponitrile? |
Closed venting with a vapor recovery
system |
Open venting |
Pressure-vacuum relief valves |
Gooseneck vents fitted with flame
screens |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning cargo hose on tank barges? |
Cargo hose must be able to withstand
at least 150 psi. |
Cargo hose must be able to withstand
the shut-off head plus the static head of the cargo pump. |
Cargo hose must be able to withstand
the static head of the cargo pump but no less than 100 psi. |
Cargo hose must be able to withstand
the shut-off head less the static head of the cargo pump but no less than
100 psi. |
|
What form of venting of cargo tanks is allowed for a tank barge certificated
to carry grade B petroleum products? |
Gooseneck vents with flame screens |
Straight vents with flame screens |
Individual pressure-vacuum relief
valves with flame screens |
Gooseneck vents only |
|
A person may operate an air compressor in which of the following areas on
board a tank barge? |
A space two meters from a cargo valve |
Generator room |
A space adjacent to a cargo tank |
Pumproom |
|
Which type of power may a towing vessel use to drive the cargo pumps of
a tank barge? |
Only air |
Air or steam only |
Steam, air, or electricity |
Only steam |
|
Which tank barges require draft marks? |
Tank barges over 100 GT |
Notch barges over 1000 GT |
Tank barges over 50 GT |
All tank barges |
|
When discharging cargo from a tank barge, in which case may the cargo pass
through or over the towing vessel? |
With permission from the person in
charge of the shore facility |
When off-loading grade C cargo |
With permission from the person in
charge of the towing vessel |
In no case |
|
Where is the most probable location of the remote shutdown station for cargo
pumps on a tank barge carrying oil? |
Within 25 feet of the pump engine |
The loading dock |
Above the forward rake end |
The midpoint of the barge |
|
A tank barge equipped with an internal-combustion engine-driven cargo pump
on the weather deck shall be provided with a minimum of one remote manual
shutdown station. What is the correct location of the shutdown station? |
Stern of the vessel or 100 feet from
the engine |
Bow of the vessel or 75 feet from
the engine |
Midpoint of the vessel or 75 feet
from the bow |
Midpoint of the vessel or 100 feet
from the engine |
|
What is a requirement for remote manual shutdown stations for internal combustion
engine driven cargo pumps on tank barges? |
They must be located at least 10 feet
from the engine. |
They must be conspicuously marked. |
The valve rods shall be fitted with
stuffing boxes. |
There must be at least two such shutdown
devices. |
|
The use of portable electrical equipment in the pumproom on tank barges
is prohibited unless __________. |
all other compartments in which flammable
vapors and gases may exist are closed and secured |
the pumproom is gas-free |
spaces with bulkheads common to the
pumproom are either gas-free, inert, filled with water, or contain grade
E liquid |
All of the above. |
|
Which commodity would be regulated by subchapter D, Rules and Regulations
for Tank Vessels? |
Benzene |
Vinyl Chloride |
Asphalt |
All of the above. |
|
While underway and towing an unmanned tank barge you are required to __________. |
take hourly soundings of any loaded
tanks on the barge |
fly a red flag from the towing vessel |
maintain a strict watch on the barge
from the towing vessel |
open the tops of all empty tanks on
the barge |
|
What is NOT a requirement for storage batteries on tank barges? |
They must be located in well ventilated
spaces |
They must be secured against movement |
Each battery box must have a watertight
lining |
They may be located in cargo handling
rooms |
|
The sign used to caution persons approaching the gangway of a tank barge
during cargo transfer reads __________. |
"Dangerous Cargo Being Transferred" |
"Warning, No Smoking, No Open
Lights, No Visitors" |
"Warning, Keep Off, Stay Clear" |
"Danger, Do Not Board" |
|
Why is a warning sign displayed at the gangway or access point of a barge
during cargo transfer? |
To keep visitors away from the barge |
To prohibit open lights |
To prohibit smoking |
All of the above. |
|
Which signal must you display at night on a docked tank barge to show that
it is loading or discharging flammable liquid cargo? |
Two orange lights |
Red light |
ICC yellow light |
Flashing amber light |
|
Where should a tank barge's Certificate of Inspection be kept? |
On the towboat |
In the operator's office |
On the barge |
In the owner's office |
|
The final inspection responsibility for seeing that a tank barge is provided
with the required equipment and fittings in good and serviceable condition
prior to loading cargo rests with the __________. |
charterer through the Master of the
towing vessel |
terminal operator |
tankerman or person in charge of loading |
owner of the barge |
|
A barge displaying a 2' X 3' white sign with the word "WARNING"
followed by "DANGEROUS CARGO" in black letters __________. |
may not be in the same tow as a barge
carrying gasoline |
must be located as a lead barge in
a tow |
would require that a cargo information
card be carried in the pilothouse of the towboat |
may not be spotted next to the towboat
while under tow |
|
Which is TRUE of a barge loading a 46 CFR Subchapter O cargo that is required
to display a 2' X 3' white sign with the word "WARNING" followed
by "DANGEROUS CARGO" in black letters? |
It is required to have a cargo information
card in the pilothouse of the towboat |
It must be located as a lead barge
in a tow |
It may not be spotted next to the
towboat while under tow |
It may not be in the same tow as a
barge carrying gasoline |
|
Your tow includes a barge carrying chlorine. Which special requirements
must be observed? |
You must post a deckhand to keep a
special watch on this barge. |
A cargo information card for chlorine
must be in the pilothouse. |
The wing voids shall not be opened
when underway. |
All of the above. |
|
Which barge in your tow would require a cargo information card to be carried
in the pilothouse? |
An empty (not gas-free) barge that
last carried benzene |
An open hopper barge carrying coal |
A gas-free chlorine barge |
A tank barge with a sign reading "No
Visitors, No Smoking, No Open Lights" |
|
A cargo information card does NOT contain __________. |
precautions to be observed in case
of a spill or leak |
appearance and odor characteristics
of the cargo |
duties of the person in charge during
the transfer of cargo |
instructions for the safe handling
of the cargo |
|
You are underway with a tow consisting of six barges containing hazardous
chemicals. Which statement is FALSE concerning a cargo information card? |
It contains information on procedure
for spills or leaks. |
It must be posted on the lead barge
of the tow only. |
It must be carried in the pilothouse,
readily available for each chemical carried. |
It must be posted on each barge on
the tow. |
|
Your tow contains a barge carrying carbon tetrachloride. What is NOT required? |
Certificated tankerman on towboat |
Cargo information card in pilothouse |
Cargo information card on barge |
Cargo warning signs on barge |
|
A loaded hopper barge with independent tanks has a placard, with alternating
red and white quadrants, on each side and end. Which statement concerning
this barge is TRUE? |
The cargo will spontaneously ignite
if released to the atmosphere. |
The barge should be spotted as far
away from the towboat as possible. |
The barge must be in a protected position
within the tow. |
You must operate this barge as a lead
barge. |
|
According to regulations, how many B-II hand portable fire extinguishers
are required in the cargo tank area of an unmanned, cargo pump-equipped
tank barge while engaged in transferring grade B flammable liquids? |
Three |
One |
Two |
None |
|
Regulations require that venting for cargo tanks in which only grades D
or E liquids are to be transported shall, as a MINIMUM, be of which type?
(tank barge constructed on or after July 1, 1951) |
Individual pressure vacuum relief
valves |
Branch vent lines connected to a vent
header system |
Straight vents open to atmosphere |
Gooseneck vents and flame screens |
|
What are cargo tanks carrying grades D or E liquids on tank barges required
to be ventilated with? |
pressure-vacuum relief valves |
gooseneck vents and flame screens |
branch vent lines and a vent header |
forced draft blowers |
|
On a tank barge constructed on or after July 1, 1951, what is the required
vent size for each cargo tank? |
not less than 1.5 inches |
not less than 2.0 inches |
not less than 2.5 inches |
not less than 3.0 inches |
|
How many portable fire extinguishers are required in the cargo tank area
of an unmanned tank barge during cargo transfer, if the barge has no cargo
pumps of her own? |
Three |
One |
Two |
None |
|
How many fire extinguishers, and what type, are required on an unmanned
oil barge during transfer operations, if the barge has no cargo pumps aboard? |
One B-II |
Two B-II |
Two A-II |
One B-V |
|
What type of vent is required on a barge transporting No. 6 fuel oil? |
Vent header |
Branch vent line |
Pressure-vacuum |
Gooseneck vents fitted with flame
screens |
|
If your asphalt barge has operated more than 12 months in saltwater in the
24 month period since it was last dry-docked, when is it required to be
hauled out again? |
12 months since last dry-docking |
18 months since last dry-docking |
24 months since last dry-docking |
36 months since last dry-docking |
|
Which cargo grade(s) are permitted by regulations to be carried on a barge
in tanks fitted only with gooseneck vents and flame screens? |
B only |
B or C |
C or D |
D or E |
|
To determine the pressure and temperature limitations under which LFG is
required to be transported on a barge, you should look at the __________. |
loading order |
Certificate of Inspection |
rules and regulations for tank vessels |
tankerman's document |
|
You are in charge of a 225-gross ton tug preparing to depart from Houston,
Texas, with a loaded 2500-gross ton tank barge bound for New York. Prior
to departure, regulations require that you __________. |
record the status of all firefighting
equipment |
record the condition of the towing
gear |
have on board an Official Logbook
in lieu of other forms of records |
record the barge's load line and draft
readings |
|
On a barge carrying grade A cargo, who determines where smoking may be permitted
during a loading operation? |
The certificated tankerman on duty |
The OCMI who issued the Certificate
of Inspection |
The vessel owner |
Smoking is not permitted during a
loading operation. |
|
What is NOT a requirement of the reinspection for a tank barge with a certificate
of inspection valid for two years? |
The scope of the reinspection shall
be the same as for the inspection for certification, but in less detail. |
The inspector shall examine the vessel
machinery as well as equipment. |
The inspector shall examine all accessible
parts of the vessel's hull. |
The reinspection will be made between
the fourteenth and sixteenth months. |
|
Cargo tanks carrying grades D or E liquids on tank barges are required to
be vented with which of the following? |
forced draft blowers |
pressure-vacuum relief valves |
branch vent lines and a vent header |
gooseneck vents and flame screens |
|
What type of vent is required on a barge transporting No. 6 fuel oil? |
Vent header |
Pressure-vacuum |
Branch vent line |
Gooseneck vents fitted with flame
screens |
|
During cargo transfer on an unmanned tank barge, how many portable fire
extinguishers are required in the cargo tank area, if the barge has no cargo
pumps of her own? |
One |
Two |
Three |
None |
|
How many, and what type, fire extinguishers are required on an unmanned
oil barge during transfer operations, if the barge has no cargo pumps aboard? |
Two B-II |
One B-II |
One B-V |
Two A-II |
|
The tank barge on which you are preparing to load petroleum is required
to have on board one B-II fire extinguisher. What does NOT meet this requirement? |
2-1/2 gallon foam |
5 gallon water (stored pressure) |
10 pound dry chemical |
15 pound CO2 |
|
A B-II fire extinguisher has a minimum capacity of __________. |
3 gallons of foam |
10 pounds of dry chemical |
20 pounds of CO2 |
All of the above. |
|
On an inspection of your tankship you notice that there are no portable
fire extinguishers in the pumproom. To comply with regulations, you __________. |
should arrange to have a B-II extinguisher
placed in the vicinity of the exit |
need not be concerned since no portable
extinguishers are required in the pumproom |
may substitute sand for the required
extinguishers |
should arrange to have a B-II extinguisher
placed in the lower pumproom |
|
Which portable fire extinguisher is classified as a type B-III extinguisher? |
12 gallon soda acid |
20 gallon foam |
30 pound carbon dioxide |
20 pound dry chemical |
|
On tank vessels, fully charged fire extinguishers are considered semi-portable
when they have a gross weight of more than __________. |
55 pounds |
75 pounds |
95 pounds |
125 pounds |
|
Deck foam systems, designed to protect cargo areas on tank vessels built
after January 1, 1975, must have a supply of foam-producing material to
operate the system at its designed rate of foam production for __________. |
15 minutes without recharging |
20 minutes without recharging |
25 minutes without recharging |
30 minutes without recharging |
|
What is the total number of approved low-velocity spray ("water-fog")
applicators required aboard a tankship? |
4 |
7 |
10 |
11 |
|
How many low-velocity spray applicators are required on the weather decks
of a tankship? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Four |
|
A tankship has 40 gallons of 6% foam concentrate aboard. Approximately how
much foam solution can be produced from this supply? |
200 gallons |
420 gallons |
667 gallons |
986 gallons |
|
According to regulations, how many B-II hand portable fire extinguishers
are required in the cargo tank area of an unmanned, cargo pump-equipped
tank barge engaged in transferring grade B flammable liquids? |
Two |
None |
One |
Three |
|
Where is a permanently installed system of gas detection required? |
Cargo compressor rooms. |
Air locks. |
Cargo pump rooms. |
All of the above. |
|
Each fire pump on a tankship must have a pressure gauge located at __________. |
each fire station discharge |
the pump station |
the manifold connection |
the pump discharge |
|
According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), when loading, or discharging
oil in bulk at a dock, which of the following signals must be displayed? |
A signal is not required for discharging
oil, only gasoline |
A red flag (day), red light (night) |
A yellow flag (day), red light (night) |
A green flag (day), green light (night) |
|
You have berthed in a port area with other tank vessels. What signal is
displayed by a vessel to indicate it is transferring flammable or combustible
liquid cargo? |
A flashing yellow light |
A green light visible all around the
horizon |
An illuminated red and yellow caution
flag |
A red light visible all around the
horizon |
|
Which statement about the use of portable electric lights in petroleum product
tanks is TRUE? |
No portable electric equipment of
any type is allowed. |
The fixture must be explosion-proof
and the line must have a ground wire. |
They must be explosion-proof, self-contained,
battery-fed lamps. |
They can be used only when the compartment
is gas free. |
|
You are requisitioning stores for your tank vessel. What type of matches
are permitted aboard? |
Safety |
Wooden |
Phosphorous |
Self-extinguishing |
|
A tug should not come alongside a tank vessel in way of its cargo tanks
while it is loading grade A, B, or C cargo without the permission of the
__________. |
superintendent of the shoreside facility |
person in charge of the transfer |
local fire department |
the cognizant OCMI |
|
Portable fire extinguishers must be provided for the cargo tank area of
an unmanned tank barge __________. |
when transferring cargo |
only when the barge is being towed |
if one or more tanks are full |
only when fully loaded |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning buoyant work vests aboard tank vessels? |
They may be worn while working on
deck but not while working over the side. |
They may be worn during drills. |
They must be used only under supervision
of a designated ship's officer. |
They will be accepted for up to 10%
of the required life preservers. |
|
U.S. regulations require any tankship making a voyage of over 48 hours duration
to conduct certain tests not more than 12 hours prior to leaving port. Which
of the following must be tested to meet this requirement? |
fire pump relief valve |
means of communication between the
bridge and engine room |
emergency lighting system |
watertight door to the shaft alley |
|
According to U.S. regulations, how many emergency outfits are required to
be carried onboard all tankships over 1,000 gross tons? |
One emergency outfit |
Two emergency outfits |
Three emergency outfits |
Four emergency outfits |
|
Which commodity would be regulated by subchapter D, Rules and Regulations
for Tank Vessels? |
Asphalt |
Vinyl Chloride |
Benzene |
All of the above. |
|
In accordance with U.S. regulations, no vessel can come or remain alongside
a tank vessel while it is loading A, B, or C grade cargo without permission
from whom? |
USCG captain of the port |
terminal manager |
officer-in-charge of the vessel which
is loading |
tank ship owner |
|
According to regulations, which grade(s) of cargo may be carried in tanks
that are vented only with gooseneck vents and flame screens? |
B only |
B or C |
C or D |
D or E |
|
Cargo tanks on barges fitted with goose neck vents and flame screens are
limited to carrying which grade of cargo? |
A and below |
B and below |
C and below |
D and E only |
|
By regulation, cargo tank atmosphere must be inert before and during which
operation? |
loading |
discharging |
crude oil washing |
All of the above. |
|
By regulation, cargo tank atmosphere must be inert before and during which
operation? |
topping off |
crude oil washing |
stripping |
All of the above. |
|
When using the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR's) for Tank Vessels, you
see T/O and B/C. What do the T and B tell you? |
Grades of cargo which may be carried |
The waters in which vessels may operate |
Special construction limitations |
Type of vessel to which the regulation
applies |
|
For the purpose of regulating tank vessels, flammable liquids are liquids
which will __________. |
sustain combustion at a temperature
at or below 100°F (38°C) |
have a Reid vapor pressure of 18 pounds
or more |
give off flammable vapors at or below
80°F (27°C) |
give off flammable vapors only above
80°F (27°C) |
|
To determine which grades of cargo a tank vessel is permitted to carry you
should __________. |
check the loading order |
ask the terminal supervisor or his
representative |
refer to the vessel's Certificate
of Inspection |
examine the cargo tanks and fittings |
|
Records of tests and inspections of a cargo vessel's fire extinguishing
systems shall be kept on board __________. |
for 1 year |
until the vessel's Certificate of
Inspection expires |
for 2 years |
until the next Coast Guard inspection |
|
When inspecting a tank barge to see that it has all the required fire extinguishers
and other safety items aboard, which of the following is the best source
for determining what is required? |
The supervisor in charge of the dock
to which the barge is tied up |
The local fire marshal |
Part 38 of the Rules and Regulations
for Tank Vessels |
The Certificate of Inspection of the
barge |
|
A re-inspection of the vessel shall be made between which of the following
months while the Certificate of Inspection is valid? |
8 - 12 months |
10 - 12 months |
10 - 14 months |
12 - 14 months |
|
If your asphalt barge has operated more than 12 months in saltwater in the
24 month period since it was last dry-docked, when is it required to be
hauled out again? |
12 months since last dry-docking |
18 months since last dry-docking |
24 months since last dry-docking |
36 months since last dry-docking |
|
What certificate verifies that a liquefied gas tanker complies with the
requirements with regard to their structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements,
and materials? |
Cargo Ship Safety Construction |
International Oil Prevention Certificate |
Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage
of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk |
Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious
Liquid Substances |
|
Cargo pumprooms on tank vessels, constructed in 1965, handling grade C liquid
cargo shall have power ventilation systems. What is time requirement for
these ventilation systems to completely change the air? |
1 minute |
3 minutes |
5 minutes |
10 minutes |
|
Regulations require that cargo pumprooms handling grades D and/or E liquid
cargo only shall be fitted with at LEAST how many ducts extended to the
weather deck? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is the required access to a cargo pumproom in a tank vessel carrying
grades C or D liquid cargo? |
from areas equipped with power ventilation |
only from enclosed areas free from
sources of vapor ignition |
from the open deck |
from within the vessel |
|
What is NOT a requirement of cargo piping installed in tank vessels carrying
grade D or E cargo ONLY? |
The cargo piping system shall be fixed. |
Piping through bunker spaces may be
run through a pipe tunnel. |
Connections at bulkheads must be made
so that the plating does not form part of a flanged joint. |
Flanged joints shall be used for pipe
sizes exceeding 2 inches in diameter. |
|
What type of ventilation is required for pumprooms on tank vessels, carrying
grade C liquid cargo, with machinery spaces below the freeboard deck? |
a vent header system |
gooseneck vents and flame screens |
at least two ducts extending to the
weather deck |
power ventilation |
|
What is required of the access to a cargo pumproom on a tank vessel carrying
grade D liquid cargo? |
from the open deck |
isolated from sources of vapor ignition |
only from areas equipped with power
ventilation systems |
away from galleys, living quarters,
or navigation spaces |
|
Regulations require that cargo pumps in tank vessels carrying grade D liquid
cargo shall be isolated from sources of vapor ignition by __________. |
gastight bulkheads |
cofferdams |
passageways or living quarters |
general cargo spaces |
|
Branch venting, from safety relief valves on barges, shall be constructed
to discharge gas at what minimum vertical height above the weather deck? |
6 feet |
8 feet |
10 feet |
12 feet |
|
Which spaces are required to be segregated from cargo tanks carrying grades
A, B, C, or D cargoes? |
Pump rooms |
Cofferdams |
Enclosed deck spaces |
Navigation spaces |
|
U.S. regulations require cargo pump rooms, on tank vessels handling grades
A, B, or C liquid cargo, shall be equipped with power ventilation of the
exhaust type. in what amount of time should the ventilation effect a complete
change of air? |
not more than 1 minute |
not more than 2 minutes |
not more than 3 minutes |
not more than 5 minutes |
|
What is required of an access to a cargo pumproom in a tank vessel carrying
grade D liquid cargo? |
away from galleys, living quarters,
or navigation spaces |
isolated from sources of vapor ignition |
from the open deck |
only from areas equipped with power
ventilation systems |
|
Each hose used for transferring vapors must be which of the following? |
be capable of withstanding at least
2.0 psi vacuum without collapsing or constricting |
have a design burst pressure of at
least 25 psig |
be electrically continuous with a
maximum resistance of 10,000 ohms |
All of the above. |
|
Regulations require that cargo pumprooms handling grades D and/or E liquid
cargo only shall be fitted with at LEAST how many ducts extended to the
weather deck? |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
What is required of the access to a cargo pumproom on a tank vessel carrying
grades A, B, C or D liquid cargoes? |
it is isolated from any part of the
vessel which normally contains sources of vapor ignition |
it is at least 13.1 feet away from
the galleys, living quarters or navigation spaces |
it is only from areas equipped with
power ventilation systems |
it is from the open deck |
|
On a vessel, constructed after 1970, carrying grades A, B, C or D cargoes,
what can NOT segregate enclosed spaces where sources of vapor ignition are
normally present from cargo tanks? |
cofferdams |
galleys |
tanks used to carry liquids having
a flash point of 150°F or above |
pump rooms |
|
What is an advantage of the spherical type containment system? |
good visibility over the bow for ship
handling |
the design does not require a full
liquid tight secondary barrier |
both "A" and "B" |
neither "A" or "B" |
|
According to U.S. regulations which of the following statements is correct
regarding the fuel oil containment around loading manifolds? |
Containment drains are prohibited
from leading to a common tank. |
They may be fixed or portable, depending
upon the age of the vessel. |
The containment drains must have quick-closing
valves to be closed in the event of leakage or failure of any part of the
transfer connection. |
All containment drains must lead to
a common fixed drain tank. |
|
According to U.S. regulations, which grade(s) of cargo may be carried in
tanks that are vented only with gooseneck vents and flame screens? |
C or D |
D or E |
B or C |
B only |
|
According to U.S. regulations, what is required where cargo pump shafts
on tankers pierce bulkheads? |
compressed air shall be used as the
primary means to discharge cargo |
a pressure gauge or manometer shall
be installed on the bulkhead to ensure the gastight seal is maintained |
readily accessible gastight glands
shall be provided |
the glands are to be kept under continuous
suction with power ventilation |
|
Which of the following describes the requirement for ventilation spaces
of a gas safe space within the cargo area? |
they must be operating on at all times |
they must be positive pressure |
they must be a filtered system |
they must be sucking from the outside
atmosphere |
|
In special cases, the Commandant of the Coast Guard may permit cargo piping
to pass through machinery spaces. This is permitted provided that the only
cargo carried through such piping is(are) which of the following? |
LFG |
grades D or E |
grade E |
grades A or B |
|
According to U.S. regulations, access to a cargo pumproom in a tank vessel
carrying grades C or D liquid cargo must be which of the following? |
from within the vessel |
from the open deck |
only from enclosed areas free from
sources of vapor ignition |
from areas equipped with power ventilation |
|
U.S. regulations require that cargo tanks in which grades B or C liquids
are carried must be vented with which of the following? |
Pressure vacuum relief valves |
Gooseneck vents |
Flame screens |
Forced draft blowers |
|
What is NOT required of the cargo tank venting on a tank barge carrying
grade A liquids? |
Each cargo tank must have a vent. |
A vent header must be fitted with
a pressure-vacuum valve. |
The diameter of the vent must be greater
than 4 inches in diameter. |
The vent must extend to a reasonable
height above the weather deck. |
|
Cargo hose carried on tank vessels must be designed to withstand the pressure
of the shutoff head of the cargo pump or pump relief valve setting, but
in no case should it be less than __________. |
100 psi |
150 psi |
200 psi |
250 psi |
|
What pressure shall cargo hoses carried on tank vessels be able to withstand? |
at least 75 psi |
at least 100 psi |
at least 120 psi |
at least 150 psi |
|
What is the minimum temperature required in order for steam driven pumps
to be considered a source of vapor ignition? |
100°C |
212°F |
500°F |
1200°F |
|
In a tank vessel constructed in 1970, carrying grade A, B, C, or D liquid
cargo, what is required to isolate cargo pumps from sources of vapor ignition? |
passageways or living quarters |
general cargo spaces |
cofferdams |
gastight bulkheads |
|
What must cargo pumps in tank vessels carrying grade D liquid cargo be isolated
from sources of vapor ignition by? |
general cargo spaces |
gastight bulkheads |
cofferdams |
passageways or living quarters |
|
What do regulations require that pumprooms on tank vessels carrying grade
C liquid cargo with machinery spaces below the freeboard deck be ventilated
with? |
at least two ducts extending to the
weather deck |
a vent header system |
power ventilation |
gooseneck vents and flame screens |
|
The weight of liquefied petroleum gas vapors as compared to air is __________. |
lighter |
heavier |
variable |
the same |
|
Liquefied flammable gas is defined as any flammable gas having a Reid vapor
pressure exceeding how many pounds? |
14 |
30 |
40 |
50 |
|
The vapor pressure of a gas is the pressure necessary to keep it in a(n)
__________. |
inert state |
soluble state |
liquefied state |
solid state |
|
The primary hazard of liquefied petroleum gas and liquefied natural gas
is __________. |
pressure |
toxicity |
flammability |
temperature |
|
One of the principal dangers inherent in liquefied petroleum gas is __________. |
as it warms up it becomes heavier
than air |
its low temperature causes frostbite
or freezing |
the way it reacts with sea water |
the strong odor it produces |
|
Upon release to the atmosphere, LFG readily __________. |
attacks corrosively |
rises |
vaporizes |
attacks caustically |
|
Generally, the first action in extinguishing an LFG fire caused by escaping
gas is to __________. |
use a chemical foam fire extinguisher |
sweep flames away with water spray |
call the local fire department |
shut off the leak |
|
Flames from small leaks of LFG may be extinguished by __________. |
blowing the flames out |
utilizing soda and acid fire extinguishers |
letting it burn itself out |
utilizing carbon dioxide or dry chemical
fire extinguishers |
|
What normally helps in detecting escaping gas? |
Running hand along pipe |
Odor |
Increase the line pressure |
Red flame |
|
Name one major advantage of transporting gas under refrigeration __________. |
It increases its volume. |
It has less product per volume. |
It reduces its volume. |
None of the above |
|
A chemical additive to LPG gives it a characteristic __________. |
color |
odor |
pressure |
density |
|
Why is gas-freeing rarely required for LPG cargo tanks? |
The cargo tanks are used for one type
of cargo only. |
LPG is compatible with all cargoes. |
Cargo tanks are inspected less frequently
than on oil tankers. |
LPG's high oxygen content makes it
nonvolatile. |
|
The amount of LFG that may be loaded into a given tank is determined by
__________. |
loading to within 10 percent of the
safety relief valve setting |
loading to within 1 percent of outage |
filling to the maximum level indicated
on the liquid level gauging device |
checking the loading sheet |
|
On a LNG ship at anchor with cargo onboard, how is the vapor pressure in
the cargo tanks controlled? |
All boil-off vapor is normally burned
in the boilers, and any excess steam generated is controlled by the "steam
dump system". |
The vapor is compressed by the high
duty gas compressor and returned to the tanks. |
Excess vapor is controlled by the "Thermo-regenerative
saturation plant". |
Excess vapor is vented to the atmosphere. |
|
LNG containment insulation performs all of the following functions, except
which of the following? |
protects the hull against low temperature |
absorbs loads imposed by the cargo |
limits the heat leak to the cargo |
increases the dew point of the hold
space atmosphere |
|
Why is gas-freeing rarely required for LPG cargo tanks? |
Cargo tanks are inspected less frequently
than on oil tankers. |
The cargo tanks are used for one type
of cargo only. |
LPG is compatible with all cargos. |
LPG high oxygen content makes it nonvolatile. |
|
What does the LNG cargo pumps capacity depends upon? |
speed (LPG/LNG pumps are constant
speed) |
back pressure |
density of cargo |
All of the above. |
|
Tankers carrying cryogenic cargoes, such as LNG, are fitted with gas detector
systems alarmed at 30% of the lower explosive limit. What is indicated if
the gas detector alarms sounds? |
a flammable vapor concentration exists
at the sample point, but it is too lean to burn |
the detector is sampling a space in
which 30 percent of the atmosphere is explosive |
an explosion is about to take place |
the detector sensor is sampling a
space where the cargo vapor concentration is 30 percent by volume |
|
An LNG vessel containment system must be cooled down prior to loading cargo.
Where are the cool-down parameters and rates obtained from? |
the instruction manual provided by
the manufacturer of the containment system |
the knowledgable shoreside loading
terminal personnel |
either the master or chief engineer
probably knows this information |
the port engineer |
|
What is the most common liquified gas cargo? |
butane |
chemical gases |
ammonia |
hydrocarbons |
|
Flames from small leaks of LFG may be extinguished by which of the following? |
blowing the flames out |
utilizing carbon dioxide or dry chemical
fire extinguishers |
letting it burn itself out |
utilizing soda and acid fire extinguishers |
|
Which of the following describes a chemical gas? |
substance whose molecules contain
other atoms as well as carbon and hydrogen |
gas that has molecules but not carbon
or hydrogen |
substance whose molecules contain
only carbon and hydrogen |
substance whose molecules not exceed
4 carbon molecules |
|
There is a water spray or deluge system on LNG vessels that provide a water
spray over all areas around the cargo system. What can this system be used
for? |
protecting mild steel hull plating
from cracking due to LNG leaks |
protecting surrounding areas from
the radiant heat of a fire |
both "A" and "B" |
neither "A" nor "B" |
|
At what maximum gas concentration must the fixed gas detection system on
a LNG ship activate an audible and visual alarm? |
30% by volume. |
20% by volume. |
30% by lower flammable limit |
20% of the lower flammable limit. |
|
Liquefied flammable gas is defined as any flammable gas having a Reid vapor
pressure exceeding how many pounds? |
14 |
30 |
40 |
50 |
|
Which of the following statements is true? |
LNG contains smaller quantities of
a heavier hydrocarbon known as pantene |
LNG contains smaller quantities of
a heavier hydrocarbon known as NGL |
NGL contains smaller quantities of
a heavier hydrocarbon known as LNG. |
LNG is a pure substance and has no
other component |
|
A portion of the cargo of an LNG carrier boils off during each voyage. How
is the cargo boil off normally handled? |
Burned in the boilers. |
Vented to the atmosphere. |
Mixed with nitrogen and recirculated
through the primary barrier. |
Compressed, condensed, and return
to the cargo tanks. |
|
In case of a LNG leak from a liquid header flanged connection, what is the
first precautionary action to take? |
Call the Coast Guard |
Stop cargo transfer until the cause
of the leak is corrected. |
Flood the area under the leak with
water. |
Tighten the flange bolts until the
leak stops. |
|
LNG boil-off is used as fuel in the dual fuel system to produce steam in
the boilers to run the turbines. What happens under slow maneuvering speeds,
due to excessive steam being generated? |
the boil-off is vented to the atmosphere |
the boil-off is not permitted to be
used as a fuel |
the steam produced in the boiler,
due to the dual fuel system, is dumped to the main condenser |
the steam is vented to the atmosphere
to prevent excess build-up of pressure in the boiler |
|
What happens to steam that is produced by gas burning in excess of machinery
plant demand? |
recirculated to the first stage articulator |
dumped to a condenser |
vented to the atmosphere |
jettisoned overboard below the waterline |
|
What do gas compressors on an LNG vessels provide the motive force to do? |
deliver boil-off gas to the engine
room |
deliver gas ashore when loading |
circulate gas when warming up the
tanks |
All of the above. |
|
What should LFG tank and pipeline maintenance include? |
exclusion of all sand and solid matter |
examination for fractures and pitting |
cleaning with clean fresh or sea water |
All of the above. |
|
What is the term used for evaporated LNG? |
vapor |
GNG |
boil-off |
All of the above. |
|
What is one of the principal dangers inherent in liquefied petroleum gas? |
as it warms up it becomes heavier
than air |
the way it reacts with sea water |
its low temperature causes frostbite
or freezing |
the strong odor it produces |
|
What functions do reliquification plants perform? |
cool down cargo tanks and pipes prior
to loading |
keep cargo at a temperature and pressure
within the design limit of the cargo system during transport |
reliquify cargo vapor generated during
loading and return it to the cargo tanks |
All of the above. |
|
How is the amount of LFG that may be loaded into a given tank determined? |
loading to within 10 percent of the
safety relief valve setting |
filling to the maximum level indicated
on the liquid level gauging device |
checking the loading sheet |
loading to within 1 percent of outage |
|
What characteristic does a chemical additive to LPG give it? |
density |
color |
odor |
pressure |
|
What is the LNG cargo term "rollover" used to describe? |
vapor pockets forming at the bottom
of a half-filled tank |
when two or more stratified layers
of different density LNG in the same tank suddenly mix together, causing
a rapid increase in boil-off vapors |
moving LNG from one tank to another |
custody transfer at the terminal |
|
Which of the following is not an acceptable means to measure a liquid level
in a cryogenic cargo tank? |
a nitrogen bubbler system |
a sounding tape gage using blue chalk |
a radar gage |
a capacitance level measurement system |
|
What is generally, the first action in extinguishing an LFG fire caused
by escaping gas? |
shut off the leak |
use a chemical foam fire extinguisher |
call the local fire department |
sweep flames away with water spray |
|
What is the preferable way to extinguish an LNG fire? |
Shut off the source of the gas feeding
the fire. |
Apply mechanical foam. |
Apply "Purple K" dry chemical. |
Apply water fog. |
|
Which is NOT a safety precaution to be observed during the loading of LFG? |
Make sure the rake ends of the barge
are completely dry and mopped. |
Be on the lookout for work being accomplished
ashore in the vicinity of the barges. |
Report any leakage of cargo. |
Ascertain that the hoses to be used
are in good order. |
|
What device will be activated while loading a LNG tank and the HI-HI liquid
level set point is reached? |
Remote shutdown valve control. |
Emergency shutdown. |
Overflow shutdown. |
No shutdown required. |
|
What is one major advantage of transporting gas under refrigeration? |
It has less product per volume. |
It reduces its volume. |
It increases its volume. |
None of the above |
|
What is the gas above the liquid in an LNG tank? |
very dry air |
nitrogen |
inert gas |
gaseous natural gas |
|
What is the Inert gas plant on an LNG vessel designed to produce? |
inert gas only |
nitrogen and dry air with a dew point
of at least -20°F |
inert gas and dry air with a minimum
dew point of -40°F |
warm GNG for purging |
|
During the ballast voyage, how are the tanks kept cold on an LNG tanker? |
aggressive gas compressor operation |
managing the tank pressure |
venting gas to the atmosphere |
spraying LNG heel through spray nozzles
in the tanks |
|
While underway with full LNG cargo tanks, an alarm indicates liquid in hold
space #3. What should be the first action taken? |
immediately commence lining up the
system to educt LNG from the cargo hold and prepare to jettison LNG from
cargo tank #3 |
commence purging hold #3 with inert
gas |
send someone into the hold space with
SCBA and cyrogenic immersion suit, to investigate the condition of the hold |
check the temperature and pressure
indicators in the hold space |
|
In what condition is LNG transported? |
At its critical temperature. |
At its boiling point. |
At a pressure in excess of 15.4 PSIA. |
All of the above. |
|
In illustration D024DG below, which item is rigged to transmit the thrust
from one barge to another barge when going ahead? |
I |
H |
E |
B |
|
In illustration D024DG below, what is the purpose of item "G"? |
prevent the towboat from capsizing
if item I should part |
prevent the knee from shifting when
the rudder is put hard over |
keep the barges from shifting fore
and aft |
distribute the vessel's thrust over
a wider area |
|
In illustration D024DG below, which item is rigged to transmit the thrust
from one barge to another when backing down? |
B |
C |
I |
H |
|
In illustration D024DG below, which item refers to the facewire? |
I |
H |
B |
A |
|
Which item in illustration D024DG below, parting which item is one of the
greatest hazards of pushing ahead? |
A |
B |
F |
I |
|
In illustration D024DG below what does item "A" represent? |
tandem wire |
lashing |
scissor wire |
drag wire |
|
What is NOT considered "jewelry"? |
Buttons |
Steamboat ratchets |
Manila lines |
Shackles |
|
The circular steel structure installed around the propeller of a towboat
is the __________. |
strut |
nozzle |
hood |
shroud |
|
What is the name of the circular steel structure installed around the propeller
(wheel) of a towboat? |
Hood |
Strut |
Kort nozzle |
Shroud |
|
Kort nozzles are installed around the propellers of some vessels to __________. |
prevent the propeller from striking
barges towed on the hip |
prevent the propeller from touching
bottom in low water |
increase the thrust of the propeller |
protect the propeller from striking
sawyers |
| "Hanging
a barge off" means to __________. |
remove and deliver a loaded barge
from a multiple tow |
tow an empty barge astern |
remove a barge while locking through |
moor a barge to the bank and leave |
|
A long pole with a hook at one end, used to reach for lines, is known as
a __________. |
hooker |
line rod |
pike pole |
jack staff |
|
You would NOT secure a line to a __________. |
timber head |
stand pipe |
button |
kevel |
|
You would NOT secure a line to which item? |
Caval |
Button |
Timber head |
Stand pipe |
|
The section of each end of a barge which is heavily reinforced to take the
pressure of pushing is called the __________. |
bullnose |
collision bulkhead |
headlog |
towhead |
|
When barge headlogs do not meet or are not even with one another, the void
or opening between them is called a __________. |
gap |
hole |
spacing |
notch |
|
A device used to tighten up remaining slack in wire rope when you are making
up to a tow in inland waters is a __________. |
tripping line |
steamboat ratchet |
norman pin |
tripping bracket |
|
A tow consists of 8 barges: 6 jumbo barges made up 3 abreast and 2 long,
with 2 standard barges abreast as lead barges. How long is this tow? |
525 feet |
545 feet |
565 feet |
595 feet |
|
A tow of 9 barges is made up three abreast by three long. The towboat is
faced up to the last barge of the center string. The outer two strings of
barges are the __________. |
outer strings |
port and starboard strings |
side strings |
drag strings |
|
You attach a line to a stationary barge lying off your starboard beam in
order to maneuver it into position to make up tow. The line used to do this
is a __________. |
swing line |
fore and aft line |
check line |
jockey line |
|
When "checking down" a barge using a check line you should use
__________. |
at least three figure-eights around
the timber heads |
one round turn and at least two figure-eights
around the timber heads |
a clove hitch around one timber head |
at least three round turns around
one timber head |
|
A face line is used to __________. |
secure barges side-by-side |
prevent barge movement in a lock |
secure two barges end-to-end |
secure barges to the towboat |
|
A "check" line is __________. |
a safety line attached to a man working
over the side |
used to measure water depth |
used to measure the overhead height
of a bridge |
used to slow the headway of a barge |
|
You are in the process of adding a barge to your tow. A line run from your
power capstan and around timber heads on your tow is made fast on the new
barge so that it can be pulled into position. This line is called a __________. |
spring line |
scissors wire |
capstan line |
fore and aft line |
|
A lashing used to secure three or four barges at a common corner, lashed
in an "X" fashion, is called a __________. |
towing wire |
scissor wire |
cross wire |
breast wire |
|
In towing, chocks are used to __________. |
protect the towline from chafing |
absorb shock loading on the towline |
secure the end of the towline on the
tug |
stop off the towline while retrieving
it |
|
In towing, heaving lines are used for __________. |
passing a messenger line |
passing a tow bridle to the tug |
service lines with rocket line throwers |
heaving in the tow bridle |
|
Which structural members improve a towing vessel's chance of surviving punctured
shell plating? |
The rake |
Transverse watertight bulkheads |
Stringers |
Longitudinals |
|
Yawing can be described as __________. |
corkscrew motion of the tow due to
wave action |
veering from side to side on the end
of the towline |
jumping on the towline as the tow
slams into waves |
jumping on the towline as the tow
pitches |
|
The owner or Master of a vessel pushing ahead or towing alongside must ensure
that each of the following is appropriate for the vessel's horsepower and
tow arrangement EXCEPT __________. |
push gear |
hydraulic couplings |
face wires |
spring lines |
|
In astern towing, a tow span, also called the "tow bar" or "towing
arch", is used to __________. |
reduce chafing of the towing hawser |
increase the stability of the towing
vessel by raising the hawser off the deck |
prevent fouling of the hawser on deck
gear located on the stern of the towing vessel |
insure that the hawser leads directly
aft as it passes over the stern of the towing vessel |
|
When connecting the tow bridle to a tug, the end of the bridle is passed
with a __________. |
high line |
messenger line |
heaving line |
shot line |
|
To lead the towing hawser over the center of the stern when not under a
strain you could __________. |
fairlead it through a stern roller
chock |
hold it in the median position by
a gob rope |
lead it through the Norman pins |
All of the above. |
|
It is NOT advisable to use nylon for alongside towing because it __________. |
stretches too much |
parts too readily |
is too susceptible to mildew |
is too difficult to make fast |
|
When towing astern, chafing gear should NOT be used on a hawser which is
__________. |
held amidships by a gob rope |
attached to an automatic towing engine |
connected to a swivel |
attached to an "H" bitt |
|
Which towing equipment can be used to prevent the tripping of a tug? |
Drogues |
Bridles |
Chafing boards |
Gob ropes |
|
Which statement is TRUE about the use of a "gob rope"? |
The gob rope is a mooring line for
tying up lighters for working cargo alongside a vessel anchored in an open
roadstead. |
The gob rope is a rope used in mooring
a vessel to a buoy. |
The gob rope is a line hung over a
vessel's side to assist in boarding. |
The gob rope is used to secure the
towline aft over the centerline of a tug.. |
|
Which type of towing hawser is preferred for towing astern? |
Polyester |
Polypropylene |
Nylon |
Manila |
|
A texas bar __________. |
prevents the towing hawser from snagging
any equipment or gear on deck |
allows the crew access to the fantail |
may be equipped with a greased, free
sliding spool to fairlead the towing hawser |
All of the above. |
|
As seen from the tow, what should connect the leading ends of both towing
bridle legs to the main towing hawser? |
A pad eye |
A fishplate, flounder, or towing plate |
A cable clamp |
The towing bitts |
|
An ocean towing bridle whose legs are of equal length, but too short, may
__________. |
put excessive strain on each leg |
cause the bridle legs to jump clear
of the chocks or fairleads |
cause unequal distribution of the
load to one leg |
None of the above |
|
Which statement is FALSE about using a wire bridle on an ocean tow? |
Each leg should be at least 60 to
90 feet long. |
The strength of each leg should be
at least one-half that of the main towing hawser. |
The inboard end of each bridle leg
should have a large eye splice to fit over the bitts. |
None of the above |
|
Which factor(s) must you consider when making up a towing bridle? |
The horsepower of the tug |
The weight of the tow |
The beam of the barge |
All of the above. |
|
Which best describes a "fishplate" used in towing? |
A steel plate in the shape of a flat
fish |
A circular piece of heavy steel with
three holes forming an equilateral triangle |
A rectangular-shaped piece of heavy
steel plate with four holes |
A triangular-shaped heavy steel plate
with a round hole inset from each corner |
|
You would be most likely to use a fishplate __________. |
when towing alongside |
on a hawser tow |
when pushing ahead or in the notch |
when running "light boat" |
|
Where is a surge line placed in the towing hookup? |
End of line fastened directly to the
drum of the towing winch |
Connected between the "H"
towing bitts and the main towing hawser |
As both legs of the towing bridle |
Connected between the main towing
hawser and the towing bridle |
|
If the towing bridle legs are not of equal length __________. |
the shorter leg may fail |
excessive strain is placed on the
shorter leg |
the longer leg is slack |
All of the above. |
|
Which type of bridle is the most effective for a heavy ocean tow? |
Nylon because of its strength |
Wire rope for flexibility and strength |
Polypropylene because it floats and
is easier to handle |
Stud link anchor chain for chafe resistance
and strength |
|
A bridle for an ocean tow consists of __________. |
two long legs of wire rope shackled
to a fishplate |
a single nylon pendant rove through
a heavy ring free to move on the pendant |
a single length of heavy chain with
both ends secured on deck to welded pad eyes |
two chains of equal length |
|
A chain bridle is used when towing astern because it __________. |
makes rigging a swivel unnecessary |
provides an effective catenary and
absorbs shock due to its weight |
is easy to connect |
prevents the tow from yawing by the
drag of the chains in a seaway |
|
A chain bridle is preferable to a wire rope towing bridle on a long ocean
tow because chain __________. |
is less subject to wear and damage
from abrasion |
requires little maintenance |
is more flexible and has the ability
to absorb shock because of its weight |
All of the above. |
|
The biggest problem you generally encounter while towing a single tow astern
is __________. |
the tow tending to dive |
the catenary dragging on the bottom |
swamping of the tow |
yaw |
|
When towing astern, one way to reduce yawing of the tow is to __________. |
list the tow on the side it is yawing |
trim the tow by the stern |
have the tow on an even keel |
trim the tow by the head |
|
A tow that veers to the side on the end of the towline is said to __________. |
swing |
yaw |
surge |
sway |
|
A tow astern is veering from side to side on its towline. The best way of
controlling the action is to __________. |
adjust the length of the towing bridle |
list the tow to windward |
trim the tow by the bow |
trim the tow by the stern |
|
When making up a long, large coastwise tow, which of the following procedures
is INCORRECT? |
Safety shackles should be used when
connecting to the fishplate |
Back-up wires are left slack |
Rig tripping ropes (retrieving lines) |
A chain towing bridle is generally
preferred |
|
What is used to prevent twisting of a towing bridle? |
A bitt |
A V-spring |
A fishplate |
A bulkhead |
|
The legs of a tow bridle are joined together with a __________. |
tri-link |
bridle plate |
fishplate |
shackle |
|
A tow bridle is attached to the main tow hawser at the __________. |
bight ring |
tow hook |
swivel |
fishplate |
|
On a light tow, what could you substitute for a fishplate? |
swivel |
pelican hook |
ring |
heart-shaped shackle |
|
With a large ocean tow in heavy weather, you should NOT __________. |
use a long towing hawser |
keep the low point of the catenary
in the water |
keep the stern of the tug well down
in the water |
adjust the towline so the tug is on
the crest when the tow is in the trough |
|
When towing astern, you notice that another vessel is about to pass between
the towing vessel and the tow. You should immediately __________. |
slow down and pay out the main tow
hawser |
shine a spotlight in the direction
of the approaching vessel |
turn away from the approaching vessel |
sever the towline |
|
The MINIMUM acceptable size for a towing bridle would be that size in which
the safe working load (SWL) of each leg of the bridle is equal to __________. |
one-half the SWL of the main towing
hawser |
twice that of the main towing hawser |
three-fourths the SWL of the main
towing hawser |
that of the main towing hawser |
|
What is NOT suitable for use in making up the towing rig for a heavy, long
ocean tow? |
Chain |
A fishplate |
Solid thimble |
Ring |
|
You intend to tow a barge with one tug and expect continuous high winds
from the north. To reduce the yaw of your tow, you should __________. |
trim the barge down by the bow |
place bulky deck loads as far aft
as possible |
reduce the draft of the barge |
shorten one leg of the bridle |
|
While towing, bridle legs of unequal lengths may cause __________. |
the bridle to foul |
the shorter leg to fail |
a bent swivel |
chafing on the fairlead or bitts |
|
The biggest problem encountered when towing bridle legs are too short is
__________. |
retrieval |
hookup to main towline |
excessive strain |
adjusting tension |
|
The choice of length of tow bridle legs is governed by the __________. |
need to reduce yaw |
freeboard of the unit being towed |
capability of retrieving gear |
expected towing forces |
|
While towing, sudden shock-loading caused during heavy weather can be reduced
by __________. |
using a heavier hawser |
using a nonelastic type hawser |
decreasing the catenary in the hawser |
using a short tow hawser |
|
When a tug is "in irons", she __________. |
may be in danger of being overrun
by her tow |
should pay out more towline |
is in dry dock |
is made fast to the dock with engines
secured |
|
When making up a tow connection, you should use __________. |
plain eye hooks |
round pin shackles |
screw pin shackles |
safety hooks |
|
The danger of a towing vessel tripping is increased the closer the towline
is secured to __________. |
the stern |
the bow |
amidships |
the quarter |
|
What may prevent a tug from tripping or capsizing when towing a large vessel? |
Norman Pins |
Under riders |
Surge lines |
Safety shackles |
|
A towing vessel is tripped when __________. |
the propeller is fouled by the towing
hawser |
the weight of the towing hawser causes
loss of maneuverability |
it is overtaken by the tow |
it is pulled sideways by the tow |
|
When towing astern what equipment should be stowed ready for use near the
towline? |
Chafing gear |
Fire extinguisher |
Axe or cutting torch |
First aid kit |
|
An ocean tow is sinking in deep water. Attempts to sever the towing hawser
are unsuccessful. Which action should now be taken? |
Abandon the towing vessel. |
Secure all watertight openings on
the towing vessel. |
Slip the towline and allow it to run
off the drum. |
Radio for emergency assistance. |
|
A towing vessel becomes tripped while towing on a hawser astern. What factor
is LEAST important when assessing the risk of capsizing? |
Length of the barge |
Height of the towline connection |
Direction of opposing force |
Length of the towline |
|
You have been towing astern and have just let go the tow. Your deckhands
are pulling in and faking the towline by hand on the stern. The most dangerous
action to take is to __________. |
continue ahead at slow speed |
back down on your engines |
continue ahead at half speed |
stop your engines |
|
You are towing a large barge on a hawser. Your main engine suddenly fails.
What is the greatest danger? |
The tow will endanger other traffic. |
The tow will overrun tug. |
The tug and the tow will go aground. |
The tow will block the channel. |
|
What is the greatest danger of an overriding tow? |
Loss of steering |
Collision between the tow and the
stern of the towing vessel |
Tripping |
Fouling of the towing hawser |
|
When towing, a tow hook is used to __________. |
attach a hawser to a tow which has
no bitts or pad eyes |
join two hawsers for lengthening a
tow |
provide quick release of the hawser |
pull a tow alongside |
|
With a large tow astern, there is immediate danger to the tug in the event
of the __________. |
tow broaching |
tow line parting |
bridle twisting |
tug losing power |
|
What is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge on a hawser
in order to slow the barge's speed? |
Free surface effect of liquid inside
the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads if the turn is too quick. |
The barge may pass under the hawser
and capsize the tug. |
Dangerous wakes may result from the
swinging barge and capsize the tug. |
The barge may swing too quickly and
run over the tug. |
|
While towing, what is the principal danger in attempting to swing a barge
on a short hawser in order to slow the barge's speed? |
Dangerous wakes may result from the
swinging barge and capsize the tug. |
Free surface effect of liquid inside
the barge may rupture the barge bulkheads when turning too quickly. |
The barge may capsize from the sharp
turn. |
The barge may swing too quickly and
run over the tug. |
|
A "loose" tow may cause all of the following EXCEPT __________. |
loss of maneuverability |
a saving in the transit time |
damage to the towing vessel and tow |
lines to part |
|
What is used to prevent wear on towlines that bear on hard surfaces? |
Chocks |
Chafing gear |
Boots |
Grease |
|
Towlines should be inspected for chafing where the towline __________. |
passes through chocks |
is attached to the disabled vessel |
passes over the stern of the towing
vessel |
All of the above. |
|
Once a towline is connected between the towing vessel and the disabled vessel,
the towing vessel should __________. |
come up to speed very slowly and maintain
a "safe speed" |
not exceed bare steerageway during
the transit |
take a strain as soon as you can to
control the tow |
come up to speed quickly, then cut
back power considerably to ease the strain |
|
The best method to secure a tow line to a cleat is to __________. |
take a turn, a half turn, and a figure-eight |
take a turn around the cleat, then
figure-eights, and a half-hitch |
make figure-eights, followed by a
half-hitch, then a figure-eight knot |
take several turns around the cleat
only |
|
A towline should be fastened to __________. |
the most forward, centermost point
of a towed vessel such as a sturdy bow rail |
a secure fitting near the bow of the
towed vessel |
the mast of a towed sailboat |
the chocks at the bow of a towed vessel |
|
When being towed by one tug, the towing bridle should be connected to towing
__________. |
bitts with figure eights |
pad eyes with pelican hooks |
pad eyes with safety hooks |
All of the above. |
|
You should attach a towline to a trailer eye bolt using a(n) __________. |
eye splice |
square knot |
towing hitch |
bowline |
|
Fittings used for towing must be __________. |
securely fastened |
stamped with maximum working loads |
positioned exactly at the bow of the
towed vessel |
Coast Guard approved |
|
When towing a small trailer-able boat, the sturdiest fitting available to
attach a tow rig is the __________. |
chock |
most forward handrail stanchion |
trailer eye |
towing cleat on the bow |
|
A vessel brought alongside should be fended off the towing vessel by __________. |
No fending is necessary due to the
rugged construction of most towing vessels. |
fenders |
a boat hook |
crew members using their arms |
|
To reduce the amount of catenary you may __________. |
make a sharp turn |
lengthen the hawser or reduce the
tug's speed |
shorten the hawser or increase the
tug's speed |
place your tug in irons |
|
Which factor(s) can affect the performance of a river towboat? |
The presence of flanking rudders and
Kort nozzles |
The draft of the towboat and the draft
of the barges under tow |
The placement of the barges within
the tow |
All of the above. |
|
What shape barge offers the least resistance in river towing? |
A square ended barge |
Barges with raked shaped bows |
Ship-shaped barges |
Hopper barges |
|
Which statement describes the motion of a yawing tow? |
The tow sheers to one side behind
the tug and maintains a position in a line diagonal to the tug's forward
movement |
The tow snakes behind the tug |
The tow twists, sometimes violently,
astern of the tug |
All of the above. |
|
When being towed, a fairlead is a __________. |
fabricated shape used to change the
direction of a flexible member of the tow hookup |
fabricated shape used to secure the
tow hookup to the towed vessel |
line connecting the fishplate to the
bridle legs |
line connecting the tow bridle to
the towed vessel |
|
Barges and vessels are ballasted before departure to __________. |
allow movement of liquids within the
barge for tank cleaning |
avoid polluting waters where liquid
ballast may not be discharged |
prevent free surface effects |
improve their stability |
|
Which type of ballast is most commonly used in barges and ships? |
Sand, rock and gravel |
Concrete and barite |
Oil |
Water |
|
An advantage of the modified Christmas Tree towing method is to __________. |
provide rapid delivery of logs from
the northwestern United States to Hawaiian sawmills |
reduce catenary, allow operation in
shallower water, and to release one barge without breaking up the entire
tow |
enable one tug and its crew without
any outside assistance to make up or break down the tow |
increase the towing hawser's catenary
and provide more spring |
|
When your tug reduces speed to shorten tow, the __________. |
towing hawser may drag the bottom
and put the tug in irons |
tow may continue its momentum and
overtake the tug |
length of the tow gets shorter as
the strain is reduced |
All of the above. |
|
The effect of excessive catenary in shallow water may be __________. |
dragging the towing hawser along the
bottom and chafing it |
slowing, stopping or endangering the
towing operation by placing the tug in irons |
snagging sunken or submerged objects |
All of the above. |
|
A tug is "in irons" when held in a fixed position by __________. |
the weight of its tow, its being anchored,
or grounded |
the towing hawser snagged on the bottom |
an adverse current |
lack of power or an engine breakdown |
|
Under which condition is a tug likely to be tripped? |
While making up to tow a large oil
rig |
When the tow "jumps" on
the line |
When the towing hawser leads forward
of the quarter |
When the tug exerts maximum bollard
pull with the tow close astern |
|
Is tripping limited to harbor and coastal towing? |
No. Tripping is common in ocean towing
because of more frequent maneuvering |
Yes. The long towing hawser used in
ocean towing eliminates the danger of tripping. |
No. Forces tending to capsize a tug
are as dangerous on the high seas as they are in harbor and coastal work. |
Yes. Because of increased water depths,
forces required to capsize a tug are not usually found in ocean towing |
|
What is the effect of releasing the towline in a tripping situation? |
It frees the tug from its towing responsibilities. |
Yawing |
There is no effect other than relief. |
It disconnects the capsizing force
and allows the tug to recover from its list. |
|
What could be used as fairleads on a towed vessel? |
Double bitts |
Chocks |
Roller chocks |
All of the above. |
|
How do the height and location of a tug's towing bitts relate to the danger
of tripping? |
Placement further aft permits more
effective pulling, better steering and eliminates the danger of tripping. |
Installing the bitts down low lowers
the center of gravity. |
The height and position of towing
bitts has no significance. |
The further forward and closer to
amidships the more readily the tug will trip. |
|
What imminent danger results from tripping? |
The stern of the tug submerges causing
flooding into engine room |
Capsizing your tug |
Your tug being pulled backwards by
your tow |
The barge(s) collide with the stern |
|
The owner or Master of a towing vessel that tows astern must keep records
of the towline(s) that include all of the following information EXCEPT __________. |
an invoice showing the cost of the
towline |
the history of loading of the towline |
the towline's nautical miles of use
or time in service |
the towline's initial minimum breaking
strength as determined by the manufacturer |
|
When should you conduct a visual inspection of your towline? |
Whenever its serviceability is in
doubt. |
In accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation. |
At least once a month. |
All of the above. |
|
The size and material used for towline(s) must meet all of the following
requirements, EXCEPT __________. |
fit any spare wire clips carried on
board the vessel for repair purposes |
be suitable for exposure to the marine
environment |
be strong enough to handle any static
or dynamic loads expected during its service life |
be appropriate to the vessel's horsepower
or bollard pull |
|
When towing astern, each towline must meet all of these requirements, EXCEPT
__________. |
being suitable for use as soon as
it is removed from its normal stowage location |
being free of knots |
having the end either spliced with
a thimble or fitted with a poured socket |
having wire clips for other than a
temporary repair |
|
How many wire clips must be used to make a temporary repair to a tow wire? |
3 |
4 |
5 |
Wire clips are never, under any circumstances,
permitted |
|
The condition of a towline must be monitored by __________. |
conducting routine visual inspections
of the towline |
keeping record of each retest of the
towline's minimum breaking strength |
keeping record of the towline's initial
minimum breaking strength |
All of the above. |
|
The owner or Master of a towing vessel must evaluate whether the entire
towline, or a part of it, is no longer serviceable. The towline should be
removed from service in all cases EXCEPT __________. |
in accordance with a replacement schedule |
depending on the mileage or time that
the towline has been in service |
when recommended by the manufacturer
or an authorized classification society |
when the vessel is underway |
|
The lead of a tow bridle is usually redirected with a __________. |
bollard |
pad eye |
chock |
devil's claw |
|
Which factor(s) might indicate that a towline should be removed from service? |
Measurements showing a decrease in
diameter. |
Visible damage to the towline, including
fishhooks. |
A surface condition of corrosion and
discoloration. |
All of the above. |
|
When must the owner or Master of a towing vessel retest a towline or remove
it from service? |
After it drags on the bottom. |
After it jams on the towing winch. |
When it has not been used for over
60 days. |
When the record of its material condition
lapses for 3 months or more. |
|
The term "overriding" or "overrunning" when applied
to towing, implies that __________. |
the towing hawser comes out of the
water |
the tow has overtaken its tug |
there is more crew on board than required |
the Norman pins are not effective |
|
A tow can override its tug as a result of __________. |
a mechanical breakdown on the tug |
the tug reducing its speed |
adverse tidal current conditions |
All of the above. |
|
What safety precautions must you take when maneuvering on a towing hook? |
Lash the hook closed so it does not
open accidentally. |
Clear the afterdeck and fantail of
personnel. |
The engines must be operated on the
slow bell. |
The towing winch engine must be running. |
|
Before leaving port on an ocean tow, a tug captain should assure himself
of all the following EXCEPT __________. |
an insurance underwriter has prepared
a pre-sailing survey |
the towing hawser can be released
quickly in an emergency |
the correct navigation lights are
rigged and operable on the tug and tow |
a pick-up wire has been rigged on
the tow in case of a breakaway. |
|
What is the equipment used to control, protect and connect a towline called
? |
terminal gear |
cat head |
poured socket |
level wind |
|
The connection to the towline must be secured with a __________. |
shackle secured a nut and cotter pin |
hardened steel thimble |
shackle fitted with a swivel piece |
galvanized screw-pin shackle |
|
A towing winch, that handles a wire towline, must have all of the following
EXCEPT a __________. |
brake that can be operated when there
is no power available to drive the winch |
device that evenly spools and tightly
winds the towline |
source of emergency power to operate
the winch |
brake with holding power appropriate
for the vessel's horsepower or bollard pull |
|
A vessel that tows astern must have a/an __________. |
method to easily release the towline |
oxy-acetylene cutting torch |
towing winch |
ax or knife mounted near the towing
bitts |
|
Fairleads perform the same function as __________. |
bollards |
bitts |
chocks |
deadeyes |
|
Which of the following responsibilities should you assume once you have
agreed to assist a disabled vessel? |
All passengers move to the highest
point on the disabled vessel to remain clear of towing gear |
Operator of disabled vessel on the
bow with a lifejacket and emergency tow disconnect equipment |
All personnel on the disabled vessel
don life jackets |
Operator of disabled vessel to dump
fuel and ballast to improve disabled vessel's towing movement |
|
Which effects listed below does NOT influence stability of a towing vessel? |
Load heights |
Free surface |
Ice |
Towline length |
|
What action should you take if your tow sinks in shallow water? |
release it immediately |
attempt to beach it before it goes
under |
shorten cable to keep it off the bottom |
pay out cable until it's on the bottom
and place a buoy on the upper end |
|
One advantage of chain over wire rope for a tow bridle is that chain __________. |
resists damage from chafing |
equalizes towing forces better |
handles more easily |
is better suited for inland towing |
|
If the towline parts, you should __________. |
start pushing ahead |
abandon the towing vessel |
retrieve the tow bridle |
relieve strain on the retrieving line |
|
To reconnect a broken tow line, it is better to use a polypropylene messenger
line because it __________. |
floats |
is very supple |
has great strength |
absorbs shock by stretching |
|
To overcome the effects of static forces between two vessels of vastly different
tonnages that may potentially part a line, you should __________. |
rig a bridle at both the bow of the
disabled vessel and stern of the towing vessel |
commence tow at a slow bell and increase
speed incrementally |
at slow bell alter course 30 degrees
to both side of disabled tow |
pay out extra towline and increase
speed rapidly to "jump start" disabled vessel |
|
Nylon rope is often used in the makeup of a towline because it __________. |
stretches |
resists rot |
floats |
handles easily |
|
The disadvantage of using three strand nylon line for towing is its __________. |
strength and shock absorbing abilities |
tendency to rot if left damp |
danger to crew if it parts |
inherent weakness |
|
Your vessel is being towed and you are using a tripping rope. A tripping
rope of fiber or wire is used to __________. |
retrieve the outboard legs of the
bridle where they are connected to the fishplate |
open the pelican hook at the fishplate |
give added strength to the main tow
hawser |
retrieve the main tow hawser |
|
How many legs does the bridle for an ocean tow have? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Four |
|
An ocean towing bridle should __________. |
never be made up of chain |
have equal legs of sufficient length |
be formed on a bight of cable through
a ring |
have a large angle between the legs |
|
On a long ocean tow, the bridle should be made up of two equal lengths of
__________. |
nylon |
chain |
polyester |
wire |
|
You are being towed by one tug. As you lengthen the bridle legs you __________. |
reduce the spring effect of the tow
connection |
reduce the yawing of your vessel |
increase your chances of breaking
the towing hawser |
increase your chances of breaking
the bridle legs |
|
When a tow is trimmed by the stern it is said to __________. |
hog |
drag |
sag |
list |
|
Back-up wires on a towed vessel provide __________. |
a distribution of the towing load |
a factor of safety |
additional strength |
All of the above. |
|
Your vessel is being towed and back-up wires have been installed. Back-up
wires carry the towing load in the event that the __________. |
main towing hawser parts |
towing bitt or pad eye fails |
bight ring fails |
bridle legs part |
|
The amount of force a tug can exert on a stationary pull is called its __________. |
brake horsepower |
bollard pull |
indicated horsepower |
shaft horsepower |
|
The static bollard pull of a tug is measured in tons and consists of the
brake horsepower of the tug's engine divided by 100 and multiplied by a
factor of __________. |
0.5 |
1.3 |
3 |
10 |
|
Where are the towing bitts best placed for towing purposes? |
Forward of the rudder post and close
to the tug's center of pivot |
On each side of the vessel near the
stern |
As far aft as possible |
Near the centerline and over the rudders |
|
One reason a tug's towing bitts are located forward of the rudders is because
__________. |
it is traditional |
this is where the towhook is located |
it makes it easier to hook up the
towing hawser |
this allows more responsive steering |
|
Where should the foundation supports for towing bitts terminate? |
On the deck plates in the engine room |
Forward of the towing winch |
On deck, aft of the towing winch |
In the frames or other substantial
structural members below decks |
|
What purpose does a tow hook serve? |
To help pick up the towing hawser
from the water |
To quickly connect or release the
towing hawser |
To recover the towing hawser from
a barge |
To prevent the towing hawser from
fouling the propeller |
|
Where is the best location to install a towing hook? |
Just aft of amidships |
Forward of the towing bitts |
Near the Norman Pins |
On the fantail |
|
A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck
on a towing vessel is sometimes called a __________. |
main brace |
jockey bar |
texas bar |
None of the above |
|
A heavy steel curved arch constructed athwartships and above the after deck
on a towing vessel is sometimes called a __________. |
chafing bar |
Dutch tow bar |
carling |
None of the above |
|
Of which type of material may a towing hawser be constructed? |
Polyester |
Nylon |
Wire rope |
All of the above. |
|
A towing hawser should be stowed __________. |
by hanging it in the engine room |
in a sealed locker with adequate air
circulation |
by spooling it on the winch |
by faking on a rack |
|
A towing hawser is readied for service by __________. |
coiling it in a counterclockwise direction
on the fantail |
spooling it on a reel lying on its
side to prevent rolling |
spooling it on a winch cathead |
faking it on deck in a fore and aft
direction |
|
What does "end for end" mean in regard to a towing hawser? |
To swap ends of the hawser to minimize
wear |
To fake it down in figure eights |
To increase the catenary |
To take the kinks out of the hawser |
|
When paying out nylon line from around the bitts __________. |
you can surge the line even with a
single turn |
stand clear of the bitts and use two
or more round turns under your figure eights |
no extra turns are necessary since
nylon has a high coefficient of friction |
stand in the bight of the line |
|
Wire rope is used in the towing industry __________. |
for back up wires and main towing
hawsers |
for face wires or jockeys when pushing
ahead |
as stern wires when pushing ahead |
All of the above. |
|
What is NOT an advantage of a wire towing hawser? |
Subject to less deterioration than
synthetic if properly maintained. |
Can be used to tow heavier loads because
of its smaller diameter and more manageable size. |
Easy to handle when properly spooled
on the drum of a towing winch. |
Has more spring and shock resistance
than synthetic. |
|
To lay out a towing hawser in a fore-and-aft direction so each bight is
clear and can run out freely without snagging describes __________. |
faking |
worming, parceling and serving |
flemishing |
spooling |
|
What equipment is NOT used to protect a towing hawser? |
Norman pins and tow spans |
Halyards and snaphooks |
Hawser boards and chafing gear |
Seizing wire, rope yarn and marline |
|
In a tow made up astern, the fishplate __________. |
keeps the hawser amidships on the
tug |
connects the hawser to the bridle |
is the capping piece on the "H"
bitt |
connects the bridle to the tow |
|
Synchronous towing means that the __________. |
tug is on the crest of a wave while
the tow is in the trough |
tug and tow are both in the same relative
position on different waves at the same time |
tug is in the trough while the tow
is riding on the crest of a wave |
port and starboard engines on the
tug are turning at the same RPM |
|
Good seamanship while towing in heavy weather requires all of the following
EXCEPT __________. |
dogging all hatches and watertight
doors |
lashing down or stowing all loose
gear |
streaming all of your towing hawser |
reducing speed to reduce surging on
the towline |
|
The catenary __________. |
gives an approximation of the amount
of strain on the towing hawser |
is the dip in the towing hawser between
the tug and the tow |
acts as a reserve length of towing
hawser when the tug applies more power, and it dampens the surge effect
of the tow |
All of the above. |
|
An intermediate spring is __________. |
fitted in each leg of the towing bridle |
usually made of manila hawser |
generally located between the "fishplate"
and the main towing hawser |
secured at the "H" bitts |
|
When towing astern, increased catenary will __________. |
increase control of the tow |
make the towing vessel less maneuverable |
prevent the towing vessel from going
in irons |
reduce shock stress on the towing
hawser |
|
Catenary as applied to tow lines denotes the __________. |
dip of the line |
length of the line |
stretch of the line |
strain on the line |
|
On a shallow water tow, the catenary of the towline should be __________. |
small |
eliminated |
adjusted frequently |
large |
|
Which statement is TRUE concerning hawser towing? |
The catenary in a hawser should be
sufficient so that the hawser just touches the bottom. |
Increasing speed usually increases
the catenary in the hawser. |
The hawser is of sufficient length
for towing when taut between tug and tow. |
Shortening the tow hawser generally
decreases the maneuverability of the tug. |
|
To obtain better steering control when you are towing alongside, your vessel
should be positioned with its __________. |
bow extending forward of the tow |
bow even with the bow of the tow |
stern amidships of the tow |
stern extending aft of the tow |
|
When you have a tow alongside, your stern should extend aft of the tow in
order to __________. |
let the barge deflect floating objects
from your propeller |
provide a better lead for your lines |
avoid obscuring your stern light |
obtain better steering control |
|
Where should a vessel being towed alongside be positioned for increased
maneuverability? |
Stern of the towed vessel aft of the
stern of the towing vessel |
Stern of the towed vessel forward
of the stern of the towing vessel |
Stern of the towed vessel even with
the stern of the towing vessel |
Bow of the towed vessel even with
the bow of the towing vessel |
|
The catenary in a towline is __________. |
another name for a pelican hook |
used to hold it amidships |
the downward curvature of the hawser |
a short bridle |
|
A term used to describe the dip in a towline that acts as a shock absorber
is __________. |
step |
shock dip |
bight |
catenary |
|
What will NOT reduce yawing of a tow? |
Drogues put over the stern |
Trimming the tow by the stern |
Increasing the length of the towing
hawser |
Stowing deck loads forward |
|
To reduce stress on the towing hawser when towing astern (ocean tow), the
hawser should be __________. |
as short as possible |
just touching the water |
secured to the aftermost fitting on
the towing vessel |
underwater |
|
When towing another vessel astern, the length of the towline should be __________. |
as long as possible |
such that the vessels will be "in
step" |
such that one vessel will be on a
crest while the other is in a trough |
not over two wave lengths in seas
up to 10 feet |
|
The main reason a long towline is used during an ocean tow is that __________. |
the towline will wear more evenly |
there will be less stress on the towline |
a slight increase in speed will be
realized |
a margin of safety is provided should
the line part |
|
It is good practice to use long towlines for ocean tows because the __________. |
danger of overriding is reduced |
wear on the towline is equalized |
dip in the towline absorbs shock loads |
weight of the towline increases the
towing force |
|
Which towing method maintains the most control over the tow? |
Breasted tug towing |
Tandem tug towing |
Tandem towing |
Honolulu towing |
|
Towing a structure using two tugs approximately side by side, each using
one hawser, is referred to as a __________. |
tandem tow |
Honolulu tow |
tandem tug tow |
breasted tug tow |
|
The Honolulu (Christmas tree) tow was devised to __________. |
reduce hawser length |
allow easy removal of a center tow |
keep the catenary to a minimum |
increase the catenary |
|
The tow makeup that is designed to keep the catenary of the tow hawser to
a minimum is called the __________. |
British tow |
tandem tow |
tandem tug tow |
Christmas tree tow |
|
When tandem tug towing, the more powerful of the two tugs should be __________. |
towing at a right angle to the smaller
tug |
towing at a faster speed than the
smaller tug |
the lead tug |
behind the lead tug |
|
Which statement concerning an automatic towing engine is FALSE? |
As tension on the hawser decreases,
more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine. |
As tension on the hawser increases,
more line is taken in by the automatic towing engine. |
It automatically maintains tow line
tension. |
It prolongs the life of the hawser
by distributing chafing as the hawser is paid out and taken in. |
|
When towing, the least amount of tension will be on each bridle leg when
the two legs __________. |
are of unequal length |
form a small angle with each other |
form a large angle with each other |
are joined by a fishplate |
|
When towing, what is the main reason for using a chain bridle on a wire
hawser? |
It eliminates the necessity of a swivel. |
It gives a spring effect to cushion
the shock. |
It makes for an easy connection. |
It does not chafe. |
|
Tugs sometimes shackle a length of chain in the towline in order to __________. |
prevent the towline from whipping
should it part |
assure that if the towline is overstressed
it will part close to the bridle |
take the wear should the towline drag
bottom |
put spring in the towline |
|
In securing a towing cable, consideration must be given to letting go in
an emergency. The possible whip of towlines when released can be overcome
by __________. |
using a pelican hook for quick release |
using preventers |
using a short chain for the lead through
the stern chock |
increasing the shaft RPM prior to
release |
|
What does the term "end-for-end" refer to in regard to a wire
towing hawser? |
Splicing two wire ropes together |
Cutting off the bitter and towing
ends of the wire rope |
Removing the wire rope from the drum
and reversing it so that the towing end becomes the bitter end |
Removing the wire rope from the drum
and turning it over so that the wire bends in the opposite direction when
rolled on a drum |
|
When hip towing, a line led from the stern of the towboat forward to the
barge provides the towing pull when __________. |
backing |
dead in the water |
going ahead |
in a following current |
|
When hip towing, a line led from the bow of the towing vessel aft to the
vessel being towed would be a __________. |
stern line |
breast line |
backing line |
towing line |
|
When maneuvering a heavy barge up a wide channel with a tug, the tow may
be most closely controlled by making up to the barge __________. |
with a short tow astern |
nearly bow to bow, at a small angle |
nearly stern to stern, at a small
angle to the barge |
amidships, parallel to the barge |
|
A tug is to assist in docking an oceangoing vessel on a hawser. The greatest
danger to the tug is __________. |
from being overrun if making up forward |
from the ship's propeller when making
up aft |
getting in a tripping position |
hull damage while alongside passing
a hawser |
|
Why are stern towing bitts placed well forward of the rudder when hawser
towing? |
To have as much of the towing hawser
in use as possible |
To keep the hawser from fouling the
rudder |
To keep the towing bitts as far away
as possible from the tugs pivoting point |
To allow the stern to swing more freely
when using rudder |
|
When towing in an open seaway, it is important to use a towing line __________. |
with little dip to gain maximum control
of the tow |
made only of wire rope, due to possible
weather conditions |
that will have the tow on a crest
while your vessel is in a trough |
that will have the tow on a crest
while your vessel is on a crest |
|
When towing another vessel, the length of the towing line should be __________. |
such that the vessels will be in step |
as short as possible under the circumstances
and not over two wave lengths |
such that one vessel will be on a
crest while the other is in a trough |
as long as possible |
|
What does "in step" refer to in regards to towing? |
There is no catenary in the towing
hawser. |
Both the towed and towing vessels
reach a wave crest or trough at the same time. |
The towed vessel follows exactly in
the wake of the towing vessel. |
When turning, both the towed and towing
vessels turn at the same time. |
|
In towing it is desirable for the tug and the tow to ride wave crests simultaneously
because __________. |
the tow is more visible from the tug |
towing speed is improved |
the catenary of the towline is reduced |
shock loading on the tow line is reduced |
|
A towing vessel should be on the crest of a wave at the same time as its
tow and in the trough at the same time. The term used to describe this is
__________. |
Williamson's Tow |
tow strain |
catenary length |
being in step |
|
The term "bollard pull" refers to a towing vessel's __________. |
pulling ability at cruise power |
towing winch capability |
propulsion horsepower available |
pulling ability under static conditions |
|
A tug's horsepower available at the shaft is __________. |
indicated horsepower |
brake horsepower |
net horsepower |
dynamic horsepower |
|
Indicated horsepower refers to a towing vessel's power which is __________. |
theoretically available |
measured on a test bed |
developed at the shaft |
measured by dynamometer |
|
The measurement of the amount of force a towing vessel is capable of applying
to a motionless tow is called __________. |
bollard pull |
towrope pull |
delivered horsepower |
shaft horsepower |
|
A towing vessel's capability is BEST measured by horsepower, maneuverability,
displacement, and __________. |
propeller design |
stability |
bollard pull |
towing winch horsepower |
|
The effect of ocean current is usually more evident on a tug and tow than
on a tug navigating independently because the __________. |
current causes yawing |
towline catches the current |
current will offset the tow |
speed of the tug and tow is less |
|
A towing hook may be released from the __________. |
towing bitts by reaching over and
releasing a lever |
pilot house or aft steering station |
tug's engine room or the bow |
forecastle |
|
Which type of shackle is used for most towing connections? |
Heart shaped shackles |
Safety shackles |
Round pin anchor shackles |
Screw pin shackles |
|
What is an advantage in the use of a towing hook? |
To quickly connect or release a tow,
especially a sinking tow |
To prevent the tug from becoming tripped |
To facilitate berthing maneuvers |
All of the above. |
|
When working on a tow, a good safety precaution is to __________. |
tighten ratchets outboard |
walk on the top of covered barges
when possible to avoid narrow gunwales |
carry loads on your inside shoulder
when walking along the outside of a barge |
always remove the toothpick after
tightening the ratchet |
|
You are on watch at night in clear visibility and the vessel has just been
anchored. What is the first thing that you should do after the anchor has
been let go? |
turn off the running lights and turn
on the anchor lights |
take bearings to obtain ship's position |
stop the engines |
lower the accommodation ladder and
illuminate it |
|
You are on watch and the pilot has just anchored the vessel. The next thing
that you should do after the anchor has been let go is to __________. |
stop the engines |
plot the vessel's position on the
chart |
escort the pilot to the accommodation
ladder |
make a round of the weather decks |
|
You are on anchor watch. As an aid to preventing thievery on the vessel
you should __________. |
show running lights, anchor lights
and deck lights |
maintain water on deck with firehoses
led out and all-purpose nozzles attached |
show anchor lights, deck lights and
cargo lights hung over the vessel's side |
only show the required anchor lights
and keep the rest of the vessel darkened |
|
Rudder position is shown on the bridge by the __________. |
telemotor position |
follow-up gear |
rudder angle indicator |
Rapson slide indicator |
|
When the gyro-pilot is used for steering, what control is adjusted to compensate
for varying sea conditions? |
Weather adjustment |
Sea control |
Lost motion adjustment |
Rudder control |
|
While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper lookout at all times. On
a 700-foot cargo vessel being hand-steered during daylight hours in good
visibility and clear of any navigational hazards, the lookout may be __________. |
the mate on watch |
the helmsman |
Either A or B |
Neither A nor B |
|
Bilge soundings indicate __________. |
whether the vessel is taking on water |
the amount of condensation in the
hold |
whether the cargo is leaking or not |
All of the above. |
|
While on watch at sea you must maintain a proper lookout at all times. You
are on a 200-foot cargo vessel with an unobstructed view astern from the
steering position. The vessel is being hand-steered during daylight hours
in good visibility and clear of any navigational hazards. The lookout may
be __________. |
the helmsman |
the officer on watch |
Either A or B |
Neither A nor B |
|
You are on watch at sea at night and a fire breaks out in #3 hold. What
should be done IMMEDIATELY? |
Shut down the cargo hold ventilation. |
Proceed to the space and determine
the extent of the fire. |
Cool the deck to contain the fire. |
Flood the space with CO2 from the
fixed fire fighting system. |
|
Your ship is steaming at night with the gyro-pilot engaged when you notice
that the vessel's course is slowly changing to the right. What action should
you take FIRST? |
shift steering to the emergency steering
station |
switch to hand steering |
notify the engine room |
call the Master |
|
The "rudder adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand
is used to __________. |
set the departure from base course
before actuating the rudder |
align the rudder angle indicator with
the true rudder angle |
set the number of degrees of rudder
per degree of course error |
set the rate at which the rudder responds |
|
The "weather adjustment" control on an autopilot steering stand
is used to __________. |
proportionally set the number of degrees
of rudder response per degree of course error |
allow leeway according to the weather
conditions |
set the speed at which the rudder
responds |
set the null band or dead zone signal
before actuating the rudder |
|
The "Port-Off-Stbd" selector switch on an autopilot steering stand
is used to __________. |
change over one steering system to
the other |
change from hand electric steering
to automatic gyro |
change over hand electric steering
to non-followup |
change over the port to the starboard
bow thruster |
|
When a vessel is on autopilot steering, the "weather " control
is adjusted to compensate for which severe weather effect on a vessel? |
Leeway |
Yaw |
Roll |
Pitch |
|
The "Mode" selector switch can be positioned and select all of
the following EXCEPT __________. |
non-followup control |
hand-electric steering |
automatic gyro |
weather adjustments |
|
You have the "conn" at the time the helmsman who is steering by
hand reports that the rudder is not responding to the wheel. Your FIRST
action should be to __________. |
call the Master |
shift the selector switch to the other
steering pump |
call the engine room |
signal the engine room to stop the
engines |
|
When steering by hand, which of the following may be a functional input
to the steering gear as a result of turning the wheel? |
Non-followup |
Weather adjustment |
Rudder adjustment |
All the above may be activated |
|
When steering on autopilot which of the following input conditions may NOT
have an effect on the control of the steering gear? |
Rudder adjustment |
Weather adjustment |
Non-followup |
All the above may be activated |
|
You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the
watch. After reviewing the chart and having been briefed by the off-going
mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. The watch is officially transferred
to you after __________. |
you say, "I relieve you"
and you state the course per gyro and magnetic compasses |
the mate being relieved tells you
the vessel's course and speed and states that you have the watch |
the mate being relieved says, "You
have the conn" and you state the ship's course |
you state the vessel's charted position,
present course and port of destination |
|
You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the
watch while underway at sea. The watch should not be transferred __________. |
unless the helm is in the "hand"
mode |
during a navigational course change |
during an engine speed change |
All of the above. |
|
You are preparing to relieve the mate on watch while underway at sea. The
watch should not be transferred __________. |
during an engine speed change |
while the Master is on the bridge |
during a collision avoidance maneuver |
All of the above. |
|
You are a watchstanding mate and have come to the bridge to relieve the
watch. After reviewing the chart and having been briefed by the off-going
mate, you are now ready to effect the relief. Which of the following is
exemplary of the statement that would officially transfer the watch? |
The mate being relieved says, "All
in apparent good order, course 068° per gyro, 075° per standard." |
You say to the mate going off watch, "Destination
New York, course 283°, speed 16 knots." |
You say to the mate going off watch, "I
relieve you, course 321° per gyro, 316° per standard." |
The mate being relieved says, "You
now have the watch, course 147°, speed 15 knots." |
|
You are on watch at sea and find it prudent to call the Master to the bridge
due to traffic congestion. The moment that the Master officially relieves
you of the conn is whenever __________. |
you call the Captain to the bridge
in a traffic situation |
the Master specifically informs you
that he has the conn |
the Captain states the course being
steered |
a watchstander announces "Captain's
on the bridge" |
|
While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the PRIMARY
responsibility of the watch officer? |
Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's
orders and countermand them if necessary. |
Record the bells and their times in
the bell book. |
Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette. |
Insure that helm and throttle orders
given by the Pilot are correctly executed. |
|
While the Pilot is maneuvering the vessel to a dock, what is the primary
responsibility of the watch officer? |
Record the bells and their times in
the bell book |
Insure that helm and throttle orders
given by the Pilot are correctly executed |
Supervise the signaling and flag etiquette |
Judge the appropriateness of the Pilot's
orders and countermand them if necessary |
|
When the pilot is embarked he or she __________. |
is a specialist hired for his or her
local navigational knowledge |
is solely responsible for the safe
navigation of the vessel |
relieves the Master of his duties |
relieves the officer of the watch |
|
A vessel is entering port and has a Pilot conning the vessel. The Master
is unsure that the Pilot is taking sufficient action to prevent a collision.
What should the Master do? |
Recommend an alternative action and
if not followed relieve the Pilot. |
State his concerns to the Pilot but
do not interfere with the handling of the vessel. |
Direct the Pilot to stop the vessel
and anchor if necessary until the situation clears. |
Nothing; the Pilot is required by
law and is solely responsible for the safety of the vessel. |
|
You are on a large merchant vessel entering a U.S. port. There is a Pilot
on board and he has the conn. Which statement is TRUE? |
The Pilot becomes solely responsible
for the safe navigation of the vessel only if the Master relinquishes the
conn. |
The Pilot is solely responsible for
the safe maneuvering of the ship only if he is required to be on board by
law. |
The Pilot is solely responsible for
the internal working of the ship. |
The Master is responsible for the
safe navigation of the ship and the Pilot is employed for his local knowledge. |
|
Before a Master relieves a Pilot of the conn, the __________. |
vessel must be in extremis |
Master should agree to sign a release
of liability form |
Master should foresee any danger to
the vessel on the present course |
Master must first request the Pilot
to take corrective action |
|
You are standing watch on entering port and the Master gives a rudder command
which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should ensure
the helmsman __________. |
asks the Pilot if he has relinquished
control |
brings the rudder to a position midway
between the two conflicting positions |
obeys the Master |
obeys the Pilot |
|
You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning.
The pilot gave a steering command to the helmsman who failed to acknowledge
it by repeating the order. You have now enunciated the pilot's order to
the helmsman and there is still no response. If the helmsman continues on
the original course, you should immediately __________. |
repeat the Pilot's command a second
time and notify the Master |
tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot
to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understand |
take the helm and expedite the maneuver
that the pilot ordered |
ask the Pilot to repeat the command
since the helmsman failed to hear it |
|
You are on watch while your vessel is entering port with a pilot conning.
The pilot gives a steering command to the helmsman who fails to acknowledge
it by repeating the command. You should immediately __________. |
repeat the Pilot's command and ensure
that the helmsman repeats it exactly |
ask the Pilot to repeat the command
since the helmsman failed to hear it |
notify the Master |
tell the helmsman to ask the Pilot
to repeat any command that he fails to hear or understand |
|
You are on watch and the Pilot has the conn. The Master has temporarily
gone below. The Pilot orders a course change which you are certain will
put the vessel into imminent danger. Your first action should be to __________. |
immediately sound a short ring on
the general alarm |
immediately call the Master and await
further orders from him |
countermand the order and immediately
notify the Master |
make an appropriate entry in the deck
log concerning the Pilot's order |
|
While you are on watch entering port, the Master gives the helmsman a rudder
command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. You should
make sure the helmsman __________. |
brings the rudder to a point midway
between the two conflicting positions |
obeys the Master |
obeys the Pilot |
asks you for instructions |
|
While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind
causes the vessel's bow lines to part. The bow begins to fall away from
the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Which measure(s) should
you take FIRST? |
Call the Master and the deck gang. |
Slip the stern lines, let the vessel
drift into the river, and then anchor. |
Let go the starboard anchor. |
Obtain assistance and attempt to put
some new bow lines out. |
|
While your vessel is docked port side to a wharf, a sudden gale force wind
causes the vessel's stern lines to part. The stern begins to fall away from
the dock, and no tugs are immediately available. Which measure(s) should
you take FIRST? |
Let go the port anchor and veer to
a short scope of chain. |
Shut down any cargo transfer that's
in progress. |
Notify the engine room of the need
for propulsion. |
Obtain assistance from the terminal
to put new stern lines out. |
|
What does the helm command "shift the rudder" mean? |
Put the rudder over to the opposite
side, the same number of degrees it is now. |
Shift the rudder control to the alternate
steering method. |
Stop the swing of the ship. |
Put the rudder amidships and hold
the heading steady as she goes. |
|
What does the helm command "meet her" mean? |
steer more carefully |
use rudder to check the swing |
decrease the rudder angle which is
on |
note the course and steady on that
heading |
|
The helm command "Nothing to the left" means do NOT __________. |
steer right of the ordered course |
leave any buoys on the port side |
steer left of the ordered course |
use left rudder |
|
What does the helm command "Left twenty" mean? |
put the rudder left twenty degrees
and then ease back as the vessel starts swinging |
put the rudder left twenty degrees |
put the rudder hard left for the first
twenty degrees of swing |
change course twenty degrees to the
left |
|
What does the helm command "Check her" mean? |
read the compass heading |
test the steering control |
slow the swing using moderate rudder |
stop the swing using hard over rudder |
|
What does the helm command "Steady as you go" mean? |
don't allow the vessel to swing off
course so much |
steer the course you are on now |
steer the course when the swing stops |
maintain the rate of swing |
|
The lookout sights a vessel dead ahead. This should be reported on the bell
with __________. |
one bell |
two bells |
three bells |
four bells |
|
A look-out at the bow sights an object on your port side. How many bell
strokes should he sound? |
One |
Two |
Three |
Four |
|
While on duty as a look-out, which other duty may you perform? |
Paint any area near your station |
Overhaul a block, as long as it is
at your look-out station |
Sweep down the fo'c'sle |
None of the above |
|
When must a proper look-out be kept? |
only when entering and leaving port |
only in fog |
only between the hours of sunset and
sunrise |
at all times |
|
While standing look-out at night, a dim light on the horizon will be seen
quickest by looking. |
a little below the horizon |
a little above the horizon |
directly towards the light |
quickly above then quickly below the
horizon |
|
When is a lookout permitted to leave his station? |
at the end of the watch |
15 minutes before the end of the watch |
only when properly relieved |
at any time |
|
What should look-outs report? |
Discolored water |
Floating objects |
Shoals |
All of the above. |
|
As look-out, you spot an object 45° off your port bow. You should report
the object as __________. |
3 points on the port bow |
3 points forward of the port beam |
broad on the port bow |
on the port beam |
|
A vessel spotted at 45° relative can be reported as __________. |
4 points forward of starboard bow |
4 points abaft the starboard beam |
broad on the starboard bow |
on the starboard beam |
|
A look-out should report objects sighted using __________. |
magnetic bearings |
gyro bearings |
true bearings |
relative bearings |
|
What does the command "Hard right rudder" mean? |
meet a swing to the right, then return
to amidships |
jam the rudder against the stops |
put the rudder over quickly to 15°
right rudder |
put the rudder over to the right all
the way |
|
What action should the helmsman take when hearing the command "ease
the rudder"? |
decrease the rudder angle |
bring the rudder amidships |
move the rudder slowly in the direction
of the most recent rudder command |
steer the course which is your present
heading |
|
When a helmsman receives the command "Right 15 degrees rudder,"
What should the helmsman's immediate reply be ? |
"Aye Aye Sir" |
"Right 15 degrees rudder" |
No reply is necessary, just carry
out the order. |
"Rudder is right 15 degrees" |
|
What is a CORRECT reply to a pilot's request, "How's your head"? |
"Checked" |
"Passing 50°" |
"Steady" |
"Eased to 10° rudder" |
|
When being relieved of the helm, the new helmsman would find it handy to
know which of the following? |
deviation on that heading |
amount of helm carried for a steady
course |
leeway |
variation in the area |
|
When relieving the helm, the new helmsman should know which of the following
before assuming the watch? |
variation |
maximum rudder angle previously used |
gyro error |
course per magnetic steering compass |
|
What is the "iron mike"? |
speaker |
pilot |
automatic pilot |
standby wheel |
|
You are standing the wheel watch on entering port and the Master gives you
a rudder command which conflicts with a rudder command from the Pilot. What
should you do? |
Ask the Pilot if he relinquishes control. |
Bring the rudder to a position midway
between the two conflicting positions. |
Obey the Master. |
Obey the Pilot. |
|
When steering a vessel, which of the following will an effective helmsman
do? |
keep the rudder amidships except when
changing course |
repeat back to the watch officer any
rudder commands before executing them |
use as much rudder as possible to
keep the vessel on course |
apply rudder to move the compass card
towards the lubbers line when off course |
|
